As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 9, 2013
 
Securities Act Registration No. 333-185205
Investment Company Act Registration No. 811-22774
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
________________
 
FORM N-2
 
ý Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933
ý Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1
¨ Post-Effective Amendment No.
and/or
ý Registration Statement Under the Investment Company Act of 1940
ý Amendment No. 1
________________
 
BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Declaration of Trust)
 
100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(800) 882-0052
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
 
John Perlowski, President
BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust
55 East 52 nd Street
New York, New York 10055
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
 
________________
Copies to:
 
Thomas A. DeCapo, Esq.
 
Leonard B. Mackey, Jr., Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
 
Clifford R. Cone, Esq.
One Beacon Street
 
Clifford Chance US LLP
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
 
31 West 52 nd Street
   
New York, New York 10019
________________
 
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
________________
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Title of Securities Being Registered
Amount Being Registered
Proposed
Maximum Offering
Price per Unit
Proposed Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price
Amount of Registration Fee
Common Shares, $0.001 par value
50,000 shares
$20.00 (1)
$1,000,000 (1)
$136.40 (2)

(1)            Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.

(2)            Previously paid.
________________
 
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATES AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
 
 
 
 
 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 9 , 2013
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
 
 
                Shares
BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust
Common Shares
$20.00 per share
 
Investment Objectives.   BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust (the “Trust”) is a newly-organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. The Trust’s primary investment objective is to seek high current income, with a secondary objective of capital appreciation.  There can be no assurance that the Trust’s investment objectives will be achieved or that the Trust’s investment program will be successful.
 
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisors . The Trust’s investment adviser is BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Advisor”) and the Trust’s investment sub-advisers are BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (collectively, the “Sub-Advisors ”). We sometimes refer to the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors collectively as the “Advisors.”
 
Investment Strategy.   Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined in this Prospectus) in loan and debt instruments and other investments with similar economic characteristics (collectively “fixed income securities”).  In investing the Trust’s assets, the Advisors expect to allocate capital across multiple sectors of the fixed income securities market by evaluating portfolio risk in light of the available investment opportunities and prevailing risks in the fixed income market, with the goal of delivering attractive risk-adjusted returns.  In doing so, the Advisors seek to find the appropriate balance between risk mitigation and opportunism.  The Advisors do not manage the Trust to a benchmark, which provides flexibility to allocate and rotate the Trust’s assets across various sectors within the fixed income universe.  This strategy seeks to provide exposure to those segments of the fixed income market that the Advisors anticipate will provide value while attempting to minimize exposure to those segments that the Advisors anticipate will not provide value.  If the Advisors’ perception of the value of a segment of the fixed income market or an individual security is incorrect, your investment in the Trust may lose value.
 
Fixed income securities in which the Trust may invest include: mortgage related securities; asset-backed securities; U.S. Government and agency securities; loans and loan participations, including senior secured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt (“Senior Loans”) and second lien or other subordinated or unsecured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt (“Second Lien Loans”); bonds or other debt securities issued by U.S. or foreign (non-U.S.) corporations or other business entities; collateralized loan obligations ; preferred securities; convertible securities, including synthetic convertible securities; sovereign debt; municipal securities; and structured instruments.
 
The Trust may invest in securities of any quality, rated or unrated, including those that are rated below investment grade quality (rated Ba/BB or below by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Corporation Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or Fitch Ratings, Inc.) or securities that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisors .  Such securities, sometimes referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds, are predominantly speculative with respect to the capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the security and generally involve greater price volatility than securities in higher rating categories. The Trust may hold securities of any duration or maturity and does not maintain set policies with respect to the average duration or maturity of the Trust’s portfolio. The Trust may invest without limitation in securities of U.S. issuers and non-U.S. issuers located in countries throughout the world, including in developed and emerging markets. Foreign securities in which the Trust may invest may be U.S. dollar-denominated or non-U.S. dollar-denominated. The Trust may invest in securities of issuers of any market capitalization size, including small- and mid-cap companies, and of issuers that operate in any sector or industry.
 
No Prior History.   Because the Trust is newly organized, its common shares have no history of public trading.  Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value.  The risk of loss due to this discount may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after completion of the public offering.
 
The Trust’s common shares are expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “ BIT .”
 
Investing in the Trust’s common shares involves certain risks that are described in the “Risks” section beginning on page 4 4 of this Prospectus.   Certain of these risks are summarized in “Prospectus Summary—Special Risk Considerations” beginning on page 4.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
 

 


 
   
Per Share
   
Total ( 3 )
 
Public Offering Price
  $ 20.00     $    
Sales Load ( 1 )
  $ .90     $    
Estimated Offering Expenses ( 2 )
  $ .04     $    
Proceeds, After Expenses, to the Trust (4)
  $ 19.06     $    
 
( notes on inside front cover )
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about                   , 2013 .
_____________________
 
     
 
_____________________
 
 
The date of this Prospectus is                    , 2013 .

 
 

 

 
( notes from previous page )
 
( 1 )
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay from its own assets structuring fees to           ,                ,                   and                . The Advisor (and not the Trust) may also pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering. The Advisor and certain of its affiliates (and not the Trust) expect to pay compensation to certain registered representatives of BlackRock Investments, LLC (an affiliate of the Advisor) that participate in the marketing of the Trust’s common shares. See “Underwriting.”
 
( 2 )
The Trust has agreed to pay the underwriters $       , or $       (if the underwriters exercise the option to purchase additional common shares in full) representing $.00667 per common share as a partial reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with the offering.   The Advisor has agreed to pay offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement ) to the extent that offering expenses (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement), when added to organizational costs paid by the Trust, exceed $ .04   per common share. The Trust will pay offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement ), when added to organizational costs  paid by the Trust, of  up to $ .04 per common share, which may include a reimbursement of the Advisor’s expenses incurred in connection with this offering. Any offering expenses paid by the Trust will be deducted from the proceeds of the offering received by the Trust. The aggregate organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement ) are estimated to be $        (or $     per common share). The aggregate organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement ) to be incurred by the Trust are estimated to be $         (or $      per common share). The aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement ) to be incurred by the Advisor on behalf of the Trust are estimated to be $               (or $           per common share). If the underwriters exercise the overallotment option in full, the aggregate organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement ) are estimated to be $         (or $      per common share).
 
( 3 )
The Trust has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                 additional common shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days of the date of this Prospectus.  If such option is exercised in full, the public offering price, sales load and proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust will be $        , $         and $        , respectively.  See “Underwriting.”
 
(4)
The Trust will pay its organizational costs in full out of its seed capital prior to completion of this offering.
 
(continued from previous page)
 
Leverage .   The Trust currently intends to use leverage to seek to achieve its investment objectives.  The Trust currently anticipates that it will use leverage through reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls and the Trust may also borrow funds from banks or other financial institutions and/or issue preferred shares as described in this Prospectus.  The Trust intends to use economic leverage of up to    % of its Managed Assets (        % of its net assets), although it may use economic leverage of up to 50% of its Managed Assets (100% of its net assets) .  See “Leverage.”
 
The use of leverage is subject to numerous risks. When leverage is employed, the net asset value and market price of the common shares and the yield to holders of common shares will be more volatile than if leverage were not used. For example, a rise in short-term interest rates, which currently are near historically low levels, will cause the Trust’s net asset value to decline more than if the Trust had not used leverage. A reduction in the Trust’s net asset value may cause a reduction in the market price of its common shares. The Trust cannot assure you that the use of leverage will result in a higher yield on the common shares.  The Trust’s leveraging strategy may not be successful.  See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”
 
****
 
You should read this Prospectus, which concisely sets forth information about the Trust, before deciding whether to invest in the common shares and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated                   , 2013 containing additional information about the Trust (the “SAI”), has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and, as amended from time to time, is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You can review the table of contents for the SAI on page 8 1 of this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of the SAI by calling (800) 882-0052 or by writing to the Trust, or obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Trust) from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call (202) 551-8090 for information. The Securities and Exchange Commission charges a fee for copies. You can get the same information free from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website (http://www.sec.gov). You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publicinfo@sec.gov or make a request in writing to the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. The Trust does not post a copy of the SAI on its website because the Trust’s common shares are not continuously offered, which means the SAI will not be updated after completion of this offering and the information contained in the SAI will become outdated. In addition, you may request copies of the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports or other information about the Trust or make shareholder inquiries by calling (800) 882-0052. The Trust’s annual and semi-annual reports, when produced, will be available at the Trust’s website (http://www.blackrock.com) free of charge.
 
You should not construe the contents of this Prospectus as legal, tax or financial advice. You should consult with your own professional advisors as to the legal, tax, financial or other matters relevant to the suitability of an investment in the Trust.
 
 
 

 

The Trust’s common shares do not represent a deposit or an obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
 

 

 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

Prospectus Summary
    1  
Summary of Trust Expenses
    21  
The Trust
    23  
Use of Proceeds
    23  
The Trust’s Investments
    23  
Leverage
    41  
Risks
    44  
How the Trust Manages Risk
    65  
Management of the Trust
    66  
Net Asset Value
    68  
Distributions
    68  
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
    69  
Description of Shares
    70  
Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws
    71  
Closed-End Fund Structure
    73  
Repurchase of Common Shares
    73  
Tax Matters
    73  
Underwriting
    77  
Custodian and Transfer Agent
    79  
Administration and Accounting Services
    79  
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    79  
Legal Opinions
    79  
Privacy Principles of the Trust
    80  
Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information
    81  

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus. The Trust has not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this Prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this Prospectus. Our business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date.
 
 
 

 
 
     
  PROSPECTUS SUMMARY  
     
  This is only a summary of certain information contained in this Prospectus relating to BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust . This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common shares. You should review the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”).  
     
 
The Trust
 
BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history.  Throughout the Prospectus, we refer to BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust simply as the “Trust” or as “we,” “us” or “our.”  See “The Trust.”
 
         
 
The Offering
 
The Trust is offering             common shares of beneficial interest at $20.00 per share through a group of underwriters led by            and               . The common shares of beneficial interest are called “common shares” in the rest of this Prospectus.  You must purchase at least 100 common shares ($2,000) in order to participate in this offering.  The Trust has given the underwriters an option to purchase up to                  additional common shares within 45 days of the date of this Prospectus solely to cover overallotments, if any. BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Advisor”), the Trust’s investment adviser, has agreed to pay offering   expenses (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement) to the extent that offering expenses (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement), when added to organizational costs paid by the Trust, exceed $ .04   per common share.  See “Underwriting.”
 
         
 
Investment Objectives
 
The Trust’s primary investment objective is to seek high current income, with a secondary objective of capital appreciation.  The Trust is not intended as, and you should not construe it to be, a complete investment program.  There can be no assurance that the Trust’s investment objectives will be achieved or that the Trust’s investment program will be successful. The Trust’s investment objectives may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board,” and each member, a “Trustee”) without prior shareholder approval.
 
         
 
Investment Strategy
 
In investing the Trust’s assets, the Advisors expect to allocate capital across multiple sectors of the fixed income securities market by evaluating portfolio risk in light of the available investment opportunities and prevailing risks in the fixed income market, with the goal of delivering attractive risk-adjusted returns.    In doing so, the Advisors seek to find the appropriate balance between risk mitigation and opportunism.  The Advisors do not manage the Trust to a benchmark, which provides flexibility to allocate and rotate the Trust’s assets across various sectors within the fixed income universe.  This strategy seeks to provide exposure to those segments of the fixed income market that the Advisors anticipate will provide value while attempting to minimize exposure to those segments that the Advisors anticipate will not provide value.  If the Advisors’ perception of the value of a segment of the fixed income market or an individual security is incorrect, your investment in the Trust may lose value.
 
         
 
Investment Policies
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined in this Prospectus) in loan and debt instruments and and other investments with similar economic characteristics (collectively “fixed income securities”).
 
Fixed income securities in which the Trust may invest include: mortgage related securities; asset-backed securities (“ABS”); U.S. Government and agency securities; loans and loan participations, including senior secured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt (“Senior Loans”) and second lien or other subordinated or
 
         
 
 
 
1

 

         
     
unsecured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt (“Second Lien Loans”); bonds or other debt securities issued by U.S. or foreign (non-U.S.) corporations or other business entities; collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”); preferred securities; convertible securities, including synthetic convertible securities; sovereign debt; municipal securities; and structured instruments.
 
The Trust may invest in securities of any quality, rated or unrated, including those that are rated below investment grade quality (rated Ba/BB or below by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s Corporation Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”)) or securities that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisors .  Such securities, sometimes referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds, are predominantly speculative with respect to the capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the security and generally involve greater price volatility than securities in higher rating categories. Below investment grade securities and comparable unrated securities involve substantial risk of loss and are susceptible to default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and business developments.   Under normal market conditions, the Trust will not invest more than 20% of its Managed Assets in securities, other than mortgage related and other asset-backed securities, that are, at the time of investment, rated CCC+ or lower by S&P or Fitch or Caa1 or lower by Moody’s, or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisors.  For purposes of applying the foregoing policy, in the case of securities with split ratings (i.e., a security receiving two different ratings from two different rating agencies), the Trust will apply the higher of the applicable ratings.  The Trust may invest in mortgage related and other asset backed securities of any quality, rated or unrated, without limitation.
 
The Trust may invest in fixed income securities of any type, including those with fixed, floating or variable interest rates, those with interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified reference interest rate or index of interest rates and those with interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, as well as those that do not bear interest.  The Trust may hold securities of any duration or maturity and does not maintain set policies with respect to the average duration or maturity of the Trust’s portfolio.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will not invest more than 10% of its Managed Assets in CLOs.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 25% of its total assets in mortgage related securities.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than fixed income securities, including common stocks, warrants, depositary receipts and other equity securities.
 
The Trust may invest without limitation in securities of U.S. issuers and non-U.S. issuers located in countries throughout the world, including in developed and emerging markets. Foreign securities in which the Trust may invest may be U.S. dollar-denominated or non-U.S. dollar-denominated.   The Trust may invest in securities of issuers of any market capitalization size, including small- and mid-cap companies, and of issuers that operate in any sector or industry.
 
The Trust may also invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), subject to applicable regulatory limits, that invest primarily in securities of the types in which the Trust may invest directly. The Trust treats its investments in open- or closed-end
 
         
 
 
2

 

         
     
investment companies that invest substantially all of their assets in fixed income securities as investments in fixed income securities.
 
During temporary defensive periods, including the period during which the net proceeds of this offering are being invested, and in order to keep the Trust’s cash fully invested, the Trust may invest up to 100% of its total assets in liquid, short-term investments, including high quality, short-term securities. The Trust may not achieve its investment objectives under these circumstances.
 
The Trust may engage in Strategic Transactions (as defined in this Prospectus) for hedging purposes, to establish a position in the securities market as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities or to enhance income or gain.  See “The Trust’s Investments—Portfolio Contents and Techniques—Strategic Transactions and Other Management Techniques.”
 
The Trust may also engage in short sales of securities. See “The Trust’s Investments—Portfolio Contents and Techniques—Short Sales” in this Prospectus and “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI for information about the limitations applicable to the Trust’s short sale activities.
 
The Trust may lend securities with a value of up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (including such loans) to financial institutions that provide cash or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government as collateral.
 
Unless otherwise stated herein or in the SAI, the Trust’s investment policies are non-fundamental policies and may be changed by the Board without prior shareholder approval.  The Trust’s policy to invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in fixed income securities may be changed by the Board; however, if this policy changes, the Trust will provide shareholders at least 60 days’ written notice before implementation of the change.
 
For a discussion of risk factors that may affect the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives , see “Risks.”
 
         
 
Leverage
 
The Trust currently intends to use leverage to seek to achieve its investment objectives .  The Trust currently anticipates that it will use leverage through reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls and the Trust may also borrow funds from banks or other financial institutions and/or issue preferred shares as described in this Prospectus.  The Trust intends to use economic leverage of up to    % of its Managed Assets (        % of its net assets), although it may use economic leverage of up to 50% of its Managed Assets (100% of its net assets ). See “Leverage.”
 
         
     
The use of leverage is subject to numerous risks.  When leverage is employed, the net asset value and market price of the common shares and the yield to holders of common shares will be more volatile than if leverage were not used. For example, a rise in short-term interest rates, which currently are near historically low levels, will cause the Trust’s net asset value to decline more than if the Trust had not used leverage. A reduction in the Trust’s net asset value may cause a reduction in the market price of its common shares. The Trust cannot assure you that the use of leverage will result in a higher yield on the common shares.    When the Trust uses leverage, the management fee and sub-advisory fees payable to the Advisors will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage .   The Trust’s leveraging strategy may not be successful.  See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”
 
         
 
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisors
 
BlackRock Advisors, LLC will be the Trust’s investment adviser and the Advisor’s affiliates, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (collectively, the “Sub-Advisors”) , will be the
 
         
 
 
3

 

         
     
Trust’s investment sub-advisers . Throughout the Prospectus, we sometimes refer to the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors collectively as the “Advisors.”  The Advisor will receive an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 0.80 % of the average daily value of the Trust’s Managed Assets. The Advisor will pay an annual sub-advisory fee to each Sub-Advisor equal to 46 % of the monthly management fee received by the Advisor with respect to the assets of the Trust allocated to such Sub-Advisor . See “Management of the Trust—Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisors .”
 
         
 
Distributions
 
Commencing with the Trust’s initial dividend, the Trust intends to distribute monthly all or a portion of its net investment income to holders of common shares. We expect to declare the initial monthly dividend on the Trust’s common shares approximately 45 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial monthly dividend approximately 60 to 90 days after completion of this offering, depending on market conditions. The Trust intends to pay any capital gains distributions at least annually.
 
         
     
Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust in accordance with the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan, unless an election is made to receive cash by contacting the Reinvestment Plan Agent (as defined herein), at (800) 699-1236 . See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
         
     
The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of its monthly distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to common shareholders. See “Distributions.”
 
         
 
Listing
 
The Trust’s common shares are expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “ BIT .” See “Description of Shares—Common Shares.”
 
         
 
Custodian and Transfer Agent
 
State Street Bank and Trust Company will serve as the Trust’s Custodian, and   Computershare Trust Company, N.A. will serve as the Trust’s Transfer Agent.
 
         
 
Administrator
 
State Street Bank and Trust Company will serve as the Trust’s administrator and fund accountant.
 
         
 
Market Price of Shares
 
Common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at prices lower than their net asset value. The Trust cannot assure you that its common shares will trade at a price higher than or equal to net asset value. The value of a shareholder’s investment in the Trust will be reduced immediately following this offering by the sales load and the amount of the organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust. See “Use of Proceeds.”  The Trust’s common shares will trade in the open market at market prices that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), net asset value, call protection for portfolio securities, portfolio credit quality, liquidity, dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of the common shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors.  See “Leverage,” “Risks,” “Description of Shares” and the section of the SAI with the heading “Repurchase of Common Shares.” The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase common shares of the Trust if you intend to sell them shortly after purchase.
 
         
 
Special Risk Considerations
 
An investment in common shares of the Trust involves risk. You should consider carefully the risks discussed below, which are described in more detail under “Risks” beginning on page 4 4 of this Prospectus.
 
         
     
No Operating History .     The Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-
 
         
 
 
4

 

         
     
end management investment company with no operating history.  The Trust does not have any historical financial statements or other meaningful operating or financial data on which potential investors may evaluate the Trust and its performance.   See “Risks—No Operating History.”
 
         
     
Non-Diversified Status .   The Trust will be a non-diversified fund. As defined in the Investment Company Act, a non-diversified fund may have a significant part of its investments in a smaller number of securities than can a diversified fund. Having a larger percentage of assets in a smaller number of securities makes a non-diversified fund, like the Trust, more susceptible to the risk that one single event or occurrence can have a significant adverse impact upon the Trust.
 
         
     
Investment and Market Discount Risk An investment in the Trust’s common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. As with any stock, the price of the Trust’s common shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. The value of your investment in the Trust will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by the amount of the sales load and the amount of the organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust. Common shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that the Trust’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities.  At any point in time an investment in the Trust’s common shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account distributions paid by the Trust. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their common shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering. The Trust anticipates using leverage, which will magnify the Trust’s investment, market and certain other risks.
 
         
     
Fixed Income Securities Risks . Fixed income securities in which the Trust may invest are generally subject to the following risks:
 
         
     
Issuer Risk . The value of fixed income securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of the assets of the issuer.
 
         
     
Credit Risk .   Credit risk is the risk that one or more fixed income securities in the Trust’s portfolio will decline in price or fail to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer of the security experiences a decline in its financial status. Credit risk is increased when a portfolio security is downgraded or the perceived creditworthiness of the issuer deteriorates.  To the extent the Trust invests in below investment grade securities, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund which only invests in investment grade securities. In addition, to the extent the Trust uses credit derivatives, such use will expose it to additional risk in the event that the bonds underlying the derivatives default.  See “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
         
     
Interest Rate Risk . The value of certain fixed income securities in the Trust’s portfolio could be affected by interest rate fluctuations. Generally, when market interest rates fall, fixed rate securities prices rise, and vice versa. Interest rate risk is the risk that the securities in the Trust’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. The prices of longer-term securities fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term securities as interest rates change. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because certain interest rates are near historically low levels. The Trust’s use of leverage, as described
 
         
 
 
5

 

         
     
below, will tend to increase common share interest rate risk.  The Trust may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of fixed income securities held by the Trust and decreasing the Trust’s exposure to interest rate risk. The Trust is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and may choose not to do so. To the extent the Trust holds variable or floating rate instruments, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating rate securities, an increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities , which may adversly affect the net asset value of the Trust’s common shares.  See “Risks—Fixed Income Securities Risks—Interest Rate Risk.”
 
         
     
Prepayment Risk . During periods of declining interest rates, borrowers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled. For fixed rate securities, such payments often occur during periods of declining interest rates, forcing the Trust to reinvest in lower yielding securities, resulting in a possible decline in the Trust’s income and distributions to shareholders. This is known as prepayment or “call” risk. Below investment grade securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met (“call protection”).  For premium bonds (bonds acquired at prices that exceed their par or principal value) purchased by the Trust, prepayment risk may be enhanced.
 
         
     
Reinvestment Risk . Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Trust’s portfolio will decline if the Trust invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called fixed income securities at market interest rates that are below the Trust portfolio’s current earnings rate.
 
         
     
Duration and Maturity Risk . The Trust has no set policy regarding portfolio maturity or duration. Holding long duration and long maturity investments will expose the Trust to certain magnified risks.
 
         
     
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk .   The Trust may invest in securities that are rated, at the time of investment, below investment grade quality (rated “Ba/BB” or below, or unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisors), which are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  The value of high yield, lower quality bonds is affected by the creditworthiness of the issuers of the securities and by general economic and specific industry conditions.  Issuers of high yield bonds are not perceived to be as strong financially as those with higher credit ratings.  These issuers are more vulnerable to financial setbacks and recession than more creditworthy issuers, which may impair their ability to make interest and principal payments. Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could disrupt severely the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities. The secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that for higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s net asset value. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the short-term and the long-term. To the extent that the Trust invests in lower grade securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more
 
         
 
 
6

 

         
     
dependent on the Advisors’ credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities. See “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
         
     
Mortgage Related Securities Risks . Investing in mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) entails various risks. MBS represent an interest in a pool of mortgages. The risks associated with MBS include: credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; risks associated with their structure and execution (including the collateral, the process by which principal and interest payments are allocated and distributed to investors and how credit losses affect the return to investors in such MBS); risks associated with the servicer of the underlying mortgages ; adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in the value of the mortgage-backed security; loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral.  In addition, the Trust’s level of investment in MBS of a particular type or in MBS issued or guaranteed by affiliated obligors, serviced by the same servicer or backed by underlying collateral located in a specific geographic region, may subject the Trust to additional risk.
 
         
     
When market interest rates decline, more mortgages are refinanced and the securities are paid off earlier than expected. Prepayments may also occur on a scheduled basis or due to foreclosure. During such periods, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Trust will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid.  When market interest rates increase, the market values of MBS decline. At the same time, however, mortgage refinancings and prepayments slow, lengthening the effective maturities of these securities. As a result, the negative effect of the rate increase on the market value of MBS is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of fixed income securities. Moreover, the relationship between borrower prepayments and changes in interest rates may mean some high-yielding mortgage related and other asset-backed securities have less potential for increases in value if market interest rates were to fall than conventional bonds with comparable maturities.
 
         
     
MBS generally are classified as either residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) or commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”), each of which are subject to certain specific risks as further described below.
 
         
     
RMBS Risk . Credit-related risk on RMBS arises from losses due to delinquencies and defaults by the borrowers in payments on the underlying mortgage loans and breaches by originators and servicers of their obligations under the underlying documentation pursuant to which the RMBS are issued. Residential mortgage loans are obligations of the borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity. The rate of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans and the aggregate amount of the resulting losses will be affected by a number of factors, including general economic conditions, particularly those in the area where the related mortgaged property is located, the level of the borrower’s equity in the mortgaged property and the individual financial circumstances of the borrower. If a residential mortgage loan is in default, foreclosure on the related residential property may be a lengthy and difficult process involving significant legal and other expenses. The net proceeds obtained by the holder on a residential mortgage loan following the foreclosure
 
         
 
 
7

 

         
     
on the related property may be less than the total amount that remains due on the loan. The prospect of incurring a loss upon the foreclosure of the related property may lead the holder of the residential mortgage loan to restructure the residential mortgage loan or otherwise delay the foreclosure process. Non-agency RMBS ( which are RMBS issued by  non-governmental issuers ) have no direct or indirect government guarantees of payment and are subject to various risks as described herein.  See “Risks—Mortgage Related Securities Risks—RMBS Risk.”
 
         
     
CMBS Risk . CMBS are, generally, securities backed by obligations (including certificates of participation in obligations) that are principally secured by mortgages on real property or interests therein having a multifamily or commercial use, such as regional malls, other retail space, office buildings, industrial or warehouse properties, hotels, nursing homes and senior living centers. The market for CMBS developed more recently and, in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues, is relatively small compared to the market for single-family RMBS . CMBS are subject to particular risks, including lack of standardized terms, shorter maturities than residential mortgage loans and payment of all or substantially all of the principal only at maturity rather than regular amortization of principal. Additional risks may be presented by the type and use of a particular commercial property. Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties. See “Risks—Mortgage Related Securities Risks—CMBS Risk.”
 
         
     
Mortgage Loan Market Risk .  In recent years, the residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain mortgages and mortgage related securities. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially sub-prime and second lien mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. If the economy of the United States further deteriorates, the incidence of mortgage foreclosures, especially sub-prime mortgages, may continue to increase, which may adversely affect the value of any RMBS owned by the Trust.
 
         
     
Any increase in prevailing market interest rates, which are currently near historical lows, may result in increased payments for borrowers who have adjustable-rate mortgage loans. Moreover, with respect to hybrid mortgage loans after their initial fixed rate period or other adjustable-rate mortgage loans, interest-only products or products having a lower rate, and with respect to mortgage loans with a negative amortization feature which reach their negative amortization cap, borrowers may experience a substantial increase in their monthly payment even without an increase in prevailing market interest rates. Increases in payments for borrowers may result in increased rates of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans underlying the non-agency RMBS.
 
         
     
New laws, legislation or other government regulations, including those promulgated in furtherance of a “bailout” or “rescue” plan to address the crisis and distress in the residential mortgage loan sector, may result in a reduction of available transactional opportunities for the Trust, or an increase in the cost associated with such transactions. Any such law, legislation or regulation may adversely affect the market value of RMBS.  See “Risks—Mortgage Related Securities Risks—Mortgage Loan Market Risk.”
 
         
     
Stripped MBS Risk .  Stripped MBS may be subject to additional risks.  One type
 
         
 
 
8

 

         
     
of stripped mortgage-backed security pays to one class all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal only or “PO” class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Trust may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated.
 
         
     
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations Risk . There are certain risks associated specifically with collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. The average life of a CMO is determined using mathematical models that incorporate prepayment assumptions and other factors that involve estimates of future economic and market conditions. Actual future results may vary from these estimates , particularly during periods of extreme market volatility. Further, under certain market conditions, such as those that occurred during the recent downturn in the mortgage markets, the average weighted life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and are not guaranteed by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee. Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payments when due, the holder could sustain a loss. Inverse floating rate CMOs are subject to additional risks.  See “Risks—Mortgage Related Securities Risks—CMO Risk.”
 
         
     
ABS Risk . ABS involve certain risks in addition to those presented by MBS. There is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. Relative to MBS, ABS may provide the Trust with a less effective security interest in the underlying collateral and are more dependent on the borrower’s ability to pay.  The collateral underlying ABS may constitute assets related to a wide range of industries and sectors, such as credit card and automobile receivables.  See “Risks—ABS Risk.”
 
         
     
CLO Risk .   In addition to the general risks associated with fixed income securities discussed herein, CLOs carry additional risks, including: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the CLO securities are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results. The credit quality of CLOs depends primarily upon the quality of the underlying assets and the level of credit support and/or enhancement provided. The underlying assets (e.g., loans ) of CLOs are subject to prepayments, which shorten the weighted average maturity and may lower the return of the securities issued by the CLOs.  The value of CLO securities also may change because of changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or fund providing the credit support or enhancement. Furthermore, the leveraged nature of each subordinated class may magnify the adverse impact on such class of changes in the value of the assets, changes in the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets, prepayment on assets and availability, price and interest rates of assets.  CLOs are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not
 
         
 
 
9

 

         
     
registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CLOs may be characterized by the Trust as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances. Finally, CLOs are limited recourse and may not be paid in full and may be subject to up to 100% loss.  See “Risks—CLO Risk.”
 
         
     
U.S. Government Securities Risk.   U.S. Government debt securities generally involve lower levels of credit risk than other types of fixed income securities of similar maturities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from such other securities. Like other fixed income securities, the values of U.S. Government securities change as interest rates fluctuate.   On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on U.S. Government debt to “AA+” from “AAA” with a negative outlook.  Moody’s affirmed the Aaa long-term sovereign credit rating of U.S. Government debt on November 21, 2011 while maintaining its negative outlook.  The downgrade by S&P and any future downgrades by other rating agencies could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and higher Treasury yields and increase borrowing costs generally.  These events could have significant adverse effects on the economy generally and could result in significant adverse impacts on securities issuers and the Trust.  The Advisors cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the Trust’s portfolio.
 
         
     
Senior Loans Risk .   Senior Loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the issuing entity, are typically secured with specific collateral and typically have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the borrower. The Trust’s investments in Senior Loans are typically below investment grade and are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuer.  The risks associated with Senior Loans are similar to the risks of below investment grade fixed income securities, although Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to other below investment grade fixed income securities, which are often subordinated and unsecured.  Senior Loans’ higher standing has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization. Although the Senior Loans in which the Trust will invest generally will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of the bankruptcy of a Borrower, the Trust could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Senior Loan. In addition, because their interest payments are typically adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates, investments in Senior Loans generally have less interest rate risk than other below investment grade fixed income securities, which may have fixed interest rates.  
 
         
     
The Trust may acquire Senior Loan assignments or participations. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution. A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the Borrower. In purchasing participations, the Trust generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the Borrower and the Trust may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Trust will be exposed to the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution selling the participation. See “Risks—Senior Loans
 
         
 
 
10

 

         
     
Risk.”
 
         
     
Second Lien Loans Risk . Second Lien Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investments in Senior Loans. Because Second Lien Loans are subordinated or unsecured and thus lower in priority of payment to Senior Loans, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower and property securing the loan or debt, if any, may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the borrower. This risk is generally higher for subordinated unsecured loans or debt, which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral. Second Lien Loans generally have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and may be less liquid. Second Lien Loans share the same risks as other below investment grade securities.
 
         
     
Corporate Bonds Risk . The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates. The market value of intermediate and longer term corporate bonds is generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates than is the market value of shorter term corporate bonds. The market value of a corporate bond also may be affected by factors directly related to the issuer, such as investors’ perceptions of the creditworthiness of the issuer, the issuer’s financial performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, performance of management of the issuer, the issuer’s capital structure and use of financial leverage and demand for the issuer’s goods and services. Certain risks associated with investments in corporate bonds are described elsewhere in this Prospectus in further detail, including under “Credit Risk,” “Interest Rate Risk,” “Prepayment Risk,” “Inflation Risk” and “Deflation Risk. ” There is a risk that the issuers of corporate bonds may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are often high risk and have speculative characteristics and may be particularly susceptible to adverse issuer-specific developments. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are subject to the risks described herein under “Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
         
     
Preferred Securities Risk . There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including deferral, subordination, limited voting rights, special redemption rights and risks associated with new types of securities.  See “Risks—Preferred Securities Risk.”
 
         
     
Convertible Securities Risk . Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. As with all fixed income securities, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock.  Synthetic convertible securities are subject to additional risks, including risks associated with derivatives.  See “Risks—Convertible Securities Risk.”
 
         
     
REITs Risk. To the extent that the Trust invests in real estate related investments, including real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry generally. These include difficulties in valuing and disposing of real estate, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, the possibility of adverse changes in the climate for real estate, environmental liability risks, the risk of increases in property taxes and
 
         
 
 
11

 

         
     
operating expenses, possible adverse changes in zoning laws, the risk of casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, the possibility of adverse changes in interest rates and in the credit markets and the possibility of borrowers paying off mortgages sooner than expected, which may lead to reinvestment of assets at lower prevailing interest rates. To the extent that the Trust invests in REITs, it will also be subject to the risk that a REIT may default on its obligations or go bankrupt. REITs are generally not taxed on income timely distributed to shareholders, provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). By investing in REITs indirectly through the Trust, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Trust, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs.  Mortgage REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest the majority of their assets in real property mortgages and which generally derive income primarily from interest payments thereon. Investing in mortgage REITs involves certain risks related to investing in real property mortgages. In addition, mortgage REITs must satisfy highly technical and complex requirements in order to qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to REITs under the Code.  No assurances can be given that a mortgage REIT in which the Trust invests will be able to continue to qualify as a REIT or that complying with the REIT requirements under the Code will not adversely affect such REIT’s ability to execute its business plan.
 
         
     
Municipal Securities Risk . Municipal securities involve certain risks. The amount of public information available about the municipal securities to which the Trust is economically exposed is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Trust may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Advisors than would be a stock fund or a taxable bond fund. The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly the below investment grade securities to which the Trust may be economically exposed, also tends to be less well-developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Trust’s ability to sell such securities at prices approximating those at which the Trust may currently value them.
 
         
     
In addition, many state and municipal governments that issue securities are under significant economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. The taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited by provisions of state constitutions or laws and an entity’s credit will depend on many factors, including the entity’s tax base, the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid and other factors which are beyond the entity’s control. In addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and such holders may not be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled.
 
         
     
The Trust may invest in taxable municipal securities, including Build America Bonds (“BABs”). BABs are taxable municipal obligations issued pursuant to legislation providing for the issuance of taxable municipal debt on which the issuer receives federal support of the interest paid. The issuance of BABs was discontinued on December 31, 2010. Under the sequestration process under the Budget Control Act of 2011, 7.6% of the federal subsidy for BABs and other
 
         
 
 
12

 

         
     
subsidized taxable municipal bonds could be eliminated beginning on March 1, 2013.
 
         
     
Unrated Securities Risk . Because the Trust may purchase securities that are not rated by any rating organization, the Advisors may, after assessing their credit quality, internally assign ratings to certain of those securities in categories similar to those of rating organizations.  Some unrated securities may not have an active trading market or may be difficult to value, which means the Trust might have difficulty selling them promptly at an acceptable price. To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated securities, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Advisors’ credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.
 
         
     
Distressed and Defaulted Securities Risk . Investments in the securities of financially distressed issuers involve substantial risks. These securities may present a substantial risk of default or may be in default at the time of investment. The Trust may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a portfolio company, the Trust may lose its entire investment or may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than its original investment. Among the risks inherent in investments in a troubled entity is the fact that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the true financial condition of such issuer. The Advisors’ judgment about the credit quality of the issuer and the relative value and liquidity of its securities may prove to be wrong.
 
         
     
Non-U.S. Securities Risk. The Trust may invest in securities of non-U.S. issuers (“ Non-U.S. Securities ”) . Such investments involve certain risks not involved in domestic investments. Securities markets in foreign countries often are not as developed, efficient or liquid as securities markets in the United States, and therefore, the prices of Non-U.S. Securities can be more volatile. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of Non-U.S. Securities to make payments of principal and interest to investors located outside the country. In addition, the Trust will be subject to risks associated with adverse political and economic developments in foreign countries, which could cause the Trust to lose money on its investments in Non-U.S. Securities. Because evidences of ownership of such securities usually are held outside the United States, the Trust will be subject to additional risks if it invests in Non-U.S. Securities, which include adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the foreign securities to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. Non-U.S. Securities may trade on days when the Trust’s common shares are not priced.
 
         
     
Emerging Markets Risk. The Trust may invest in Non-U.S. Securities of issuers in so-called “emerging markets” (or lesser developed countries). Such investments are particularly speculative and entail all of the risks of investing in Non-U.S. Securities but to a heightened degree. “Emerging market” countries generally include every nation in the world except developed countries, that is, the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. Foreign investment in certain emerging market countries may be restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in certain emerging market issuers and increase the costs and expenses of the Trust. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific
 
         
 
 
13

 

         
     
class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of the countries and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.
 
         
     
Foreign Currency Risk . Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities in the Trust and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trust’s net asset value could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. The Advisors may, but are not required to, elect for the Trust to seek to protect itself from changes in currency exchange rates through hedging transactions depending on market conditions. In addition, certain countries, particularly emerging market countries, may impose foreign currency exchange controls or other restrictions on the transferability, repatriation or convertibility of currency.
 
         
     
Sovereign Government and Supranational Debt Risk.   Investments in sovereign debt involve special risks. Foreign governmental issuers of debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or pay interest when due. In the event of default, there may be limited or no legal recourse in that, generally, remedies for defaults must be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party. Political conditions, especially a sovereign entity’s willingness to meet the terms of its debt obligations, are of considerable significance. The ability of a foreign sovereign issuer, especially an emerging market country, to make timely payments on its debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the sovereign issuer’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credit facilities and investments, fluctuations of interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, as many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. Foreign investment in certain sovereign debt is restricted or controlled to varying degrees, including requiring governmental approval for the repatriation of income, capital or proceeds of sales by foreign investors. See “Risks—Sovereign Government and Supranational Debt Risk.”
 
         
     
Leverage Risk.   The use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased common share net investment income dividends, but also creates risks for the holders of common shares.
 
         
     
There is no assurance that the Trust’s intended leveraging strategy will be successful. Leverage involves risks and special considerations for common shareholders, including:
 
·      the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value, market price and dividend rate of the common shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage;
 
·      the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt or in the interest or dividend rates on any leverage that the Trust must pay will reduce the return to the common shareholders;
 
·      the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the common shares than if the Trust were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the common shares;
 
         
 
 
14

 

         
     
·      when the Trust uses financial leverage, the management fee and sub-advisory fees payable to the Advisors will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage; and
 
·      leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return.
 
         
     
The Trust currently anticipates that it will use leverage through reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls and the Trust may also borrow from banks or other financial institutions and/or issue preferred shares as described in this Prospectus.  Certain types of leverage used by the Trust may result in the Trust being subject to covenants relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. The Trust may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for any debt securities or preferred shares issued by the Trust. The terms of any borrowings or these rating agency guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act. The Advisors do not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede them from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies. See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”
 
         
     
Risks associated with reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls are discussed under “Risks—Reverse Repurchase Agreement Risk” and “Risks—Dollar Roll Transaction Risk” respectively.
 
         
     
Inverse Floater and Related Securities Risk .   Investments in inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments expose the Trust to the same risks as investments in fixed income securities and derivatives, as well as other risks, including those associated with leverage and increased volatility. An investment in these securities typically will involve greater risk than an investment in a fixed rate security. Distributions on inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments will typically bear an inverse relationship to short term interest rates and typically will be reduced or, potentially, eliminated as interest rates rise. Inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments will underperform the market for fixed rate securities in a rising interest rate environment.   Inverse floaters may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that their interest rates vary by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in a reference rate of interest (typically a short term interest rate). The leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Investments in inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments that have fixed income securities underlying them will expose the Trust to the risks associated with those fixed income securities and the values of those investments may be especially sensitive to changes in prepayment rates on the underlying fixed income securities.
 
         
     
Inflation-Indexed Bonds Risk . Inflation-indexed securities are subject to the effects of changes in market interest rates caused by factors other than inflation (real interest rates). In general, the value of an inflation-indexed security tends to decrease when real interest rates increase and can increase when real interest rates decrease. Thus generally, during periods of rising inflation, the value of inflation-indexed securities will tend to increase and during periods of deflation, their value will tend to decrease. Interest payments on inflation-indexed securities are unpredictable and will fluctuate as the principal and interest are adjusted for inflation. There can be no assurance that the inflation index used will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Increases in the principal value of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds due to inflation are considered taxable ordinary income for the amount of the increase in the calendar
 
         
 
 
15

 

         
     
year.  In order to receive the special treatment accorded to “regulated investment companies”(“RICs”) and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes at the Trust level, the Trust may be required to distribute this income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is recognized (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Trust may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of cash income the Trust actually received, and to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions.  See “Risks—Inflation-Indexed Bonds Risk.”
 
         
     
Strategic Transactions and Derivatives Risk. The Trust may engage in various Strategic Transactions for duration management and other risk management purposes, including to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of the Trust’s portfolio resulting from trends in the fixed income securities markets and changes in interest rates or to protect the Trust’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities for investment purposes, to establish a position in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities or to enhance income or gain. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance current income may be particularly speculative. Strategic Transactions involve risks . The risks associated with derivatives transactions include the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the counterparty to the transaction ,  illiquidity of the derivative instruments , and  high volatility losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited .  Furthermore, the Trust’s ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors , which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, segregated liquid assets, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. See “Risks—Strategic Transactions and Derivatives Risk.”
 
         
     
Swaps Risk. Swaps are types of derivatives.  In order to seek to hedge the value of the Trust’s portfolio, to hedge against increases in the Trust’s cost associated with the interest payments on its outstanding borrowings or to seek to increase the Trust’s return, the Trust may enter into interest rate swap, total return swap or credit default swap transactions.  In interest rate swap transactions, there is a risk that yields will move in the direction opposite of the direction anticipated by the Trust, which would cause the Trust to make payments to its counterparty in the transaction that could adversely affect Trust performance. In addition to the risks applicable to swaps generally (including counterparty risk, liquidity risk and credit risk), credit default swap transactions involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty).  Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Trust’s portfolio because, in addition to its Managed Assets , the Trust would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.  Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Trust thereunder.  The Trust is not required to enter into swap transactions for
 
         
 
 
16

 
 
       
   
hedging purposes or to enhance income or gain and may choose not to do so. See “Risks—Swaps Risk.”
 
       
   
Structured Investments Risks. The Trust may invest in structured products, including structured notes, credit-linked notes and other types of structured products. Holders of structured products bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk. The Trust may have the right to receive payments only from the structured product and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured products enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured products generally pay their share of the structured product’s administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying structured products will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of structured products) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured product uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining such financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured products owned by the Trust.  See “Risks—Structured Investments Risks.”
 
       
   
Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense of the Trust, that the market value of the securities sold by the Trust may decline below the price at which the Trust is obligated to repurchase the securities and that the securities may not be returned to the Trust. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed.
 
       
   
Dollar Roll Transactions Risk. Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Trust is required to purchase may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities.  If the broker/dealer to which the Trust sells securities becomes insolvent, the Trust’s right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted.  Successful use of dollar rolls may depend upon the Advisors’ ability to predict correctly interest rates and prepayments.  There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed.  
 
       
   
Risk Associated with Recent Market Events.   The debt and equity capital markets in the United States have been negatively impacted by significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to sub-prime mortgages and the repricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market, among other things.  These events, along with the downgrade to the United States credit rating, deterioration of the housing market, the failure of major financial institutions and the resulting United States federal government actions have led to worsening general economic conditions, which have materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and have reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular.  These events have been adversely affecting the willingness of some lenders to extend credit in general, which may make it more difficult for issuers of fixed income securities to obtain financings or refinancings for their investment or lending activities or operations.  There is a risk that such issuers will be unable to successfully complete such financings or refinancings.  In particular, because of the current conditions in the credit markets, issuers of fixed income securities may be subject to increased cost for debt, tightening underwriting standards and reduced liquidity for loans they make, securities they purchase and securities they  
 
       
 
 
17

 

         
     
issue.  These events may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Trust and/or result in sudden and significant valuation increases or declines in its portfolio.  These events also may make it more difficult for the Trust to accurately value its securities or to sell its securities on a timely basis.  In addition, illiquidity and volatility in the credit markets may directly and adversely affect the setting of dividend rates on the common shares. These events have adversely affected the broader economy, and may continue to do so, which may adversely affect the ability of issuers of securities owned by the Trust to make payments of principal and interest when due, lead to lower credit ratings and increase defaults.  There is also a risk that developments in sectors of the credit markets in which the Trust does not invest may adversely affect the liquidity and the value of securities in sectors of the credit markets in which the Trust does invest, including securities owned by Trust.
 
         
     
While the extreme volatility and disruption that U.S. and global markets experienced for an extended period of time beginning in 2007 and 2008 has generally subsided, uncertainty and periods of volatility remain, and risks to a robust resumption of growth persist.  In 2010, several European Union (“EU”) countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain and Portugal, began to face budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries.  There is continued concern about national-level support for the Euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among European Economic and Monetary Union member countries.  Moreover, recent downgrades to the credit ratings of major banks could result in increased borrowing costs for such banks and negatively affect the broader economy.  A return to unfavorable economic conditions could impair the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives.
 
         
     
General market uncertainty and consequent repricing of risk have led to market imbalances of sellers and buyers, which in turn have resulted in significant valuation uncertainties in a variety of fixed income securities and significant and rapid value decline in certain instances.  These conditions resulted in, and in many cases continue to result in, greater price volatility, less liquidity, widening credit spreads and a lack of price transparency, with many fixed income securities remaining illiquid and of uncertain value.  Such market conditions may make valuation of some of the Trust’s securities uncertain and/or result in sudden and significant valuation increases or declines in its holdings.  If there is a significant decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio, this may impact the asset coverage levels for the Trust’s outstanding leverage.
 
         
     
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk . The aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Egypt, Libya, Syria and the Middle East, possible terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world, growing social and political discord in the United States, the European debt crisis, further downgrades of U.S. Government securities and other similar events may result in market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Trust does not know how long the securities markets may be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these events or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. See “Risks—Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk.”
 
         
     
Regulation and Government Intervention Risk .   The recent instability in the financial markets discussed above has led the U.S. Government and certain foreign governments to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity, including through direct purchases of equity and debt securities.  Federal, state,
 
         
 
 
18

 

         
     
and other governments, their regulatory agencies or self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the issuers in which the Trust invests in ways that are unforeseeable.  Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Trust is regulated.  Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives.   See “Risks—Regulation and Government Intervention Risk.”
 
         
     
Legal, Tax and Regulatory Risks.   Legal, tax and regulatory changes could occur that may materially adversely affect the Trust.  For example, the regulatory and tax environment for derivative instruments in which the Trust may participate is evolving, and changes in the regulation or taxation of derivative instruments may materially adversely affect the value of derivative instruments held by the Trust and the ability of the Trust to pursue its investment strategies.  
 
         
     
To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs , the Trust must, among other things, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources and distribute for each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (generally, ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss).  If for any taxable year the Trust does not qualify as a RIC , all of its taxable income for that year (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions would be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.
 
         
     
Potential Conflicts of Interest of the Advisors and Others.   BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”) and BlackRock’s affiliates (“Affiliates”) are involved worldwide with a broad spectrum of financial services and asset management activities and may engage in the ordinary course of business in activities in which their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with those of the Trust. BlackRock and its Affiliates may provide investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that follow an investment program similar to that of the Trust. Subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, BlackRock and its Affiliates intend to engage in such activities and may receive compensation from third parties for their services. Neither BlackRock nor its Affiliates are under any obligation to share any investment opportunity, idea or strategy with the Trust. As a result, BlackRock and its Affiliates may compete with the Trust for appropriate investment opportunities. The results of the Trust’s investment activities, therefore, may differ from those of an Affiliate or another account managed by an Affiliate, and it is possible that the Trust could sustain losses during periods in which one or more Affiliates and other accounts achieve profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. The Investment Company Act imposes limitations on certain transactions between a registered investment company and affiliated persons of the investment company , as well as affiliated persons of such affiliated persons.  Among others, affiliated persons of an investment company include its investment adviser ; officers ; directors/trustees ; any person who directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such investment company ; any person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding with power to vote, five percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of such investment company ; and any person five percent or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held with power to vote, by such investment company. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts of interests. For additional information about potential conflicts of interest and the way in which BlackRock addresses such conflicts, please see “Conflicts of Interest” and “Management of the Trust— Portfolio Management —Potential Material Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI.
 
         
 
 
19

 

         
     
Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk.   The Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to open-end status or to change the composition of the Board. Such provisions could limit the ability of shareholders to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Trust. See “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws.”
 
         
     
Additional Risks. For additional risks relating to investments in the Trust, including “Equity Securities Risk,” “Restricted and Illiquid Securities Risk,” “Counterparty Risk,” “Investment Companies and ETFs Risk,” “Repurchase Agreements Risk,” “When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions Risk,” “Securities Lending Risk,” “Short Sales Risk,” “Valuation Risk,” “Inflation Risk,” “Deflation Risk,” “EMU and Redenomination Risk,” “Investment Company Act Regulations,” “Legislation Risk,” “Management Risk,” “Market and Selection Risk,” “Reliance on the Advisors,” “Reliance on Service Providers Risk,” “Information Technology Systems,” “Misconduct of Employees and of Service Providers” and “Portfolio Turnover Risk”  please see “Risks” beginning on page 4 4 of this Prospectus.
 
         
 
 

 
20

 
 
SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES
 
 The following table shows estimated Trust expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares. The purpose of the following table and the example below is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a holder of common shares, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table under “Estimated Annual Expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the Trust’s first full year of operations and assume that the Trust issues               common shares (representing an aggregate public offering price of $                       ) and uses leverage in an amount equal to      % of the Trust’s Managed Assets (        % of the Trust’s net assets attributable to common shares). If the Trust issues fewer common shares, all other things being equal, these expenses would increase as a percentage of net assets attributable to the common shares. See “Management of the Trust” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” The following table should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this Prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, shareholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in the Trust.
 
 
Shareholder Transaction Expenses
 
Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price)                                                                                                                                   
 
4.50%
Offering expenses borne by the Trust (as a percentage of offering price) (1)(2)                                                                                                                                    
 
0.20%
Dividend reinvestment plan fees                                                                                                                                   
 
None (3)
 
 
 
Percentage of net assets
attributable to common shares
(assuming the use of leverage) (4)
Estimated Annual Expenses
     
Management fees                                                                                                        
 
%
 
Interest expense (5)                                                                                                         
 
%
 
Other expenses                                                                                                        
 
%
 
Total annual expenses                                                                                                        
 
%
 
_____________________
(1)
The Trust will pay its organizational costs in full out of its seed capital prior to completion of this offering. The Trust has agreed to pay the underwriters $       , or $       (if the underwriters exercise the option to purchase additional common shares in full) representing $.00667 per common share as a partial reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with the offering. The Trust will pay offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement), when added to organizational costs paid by the Trust, of  up to $ .04   per common share, which may include a reimbursement of the Advisor’s expenses incurred in connection with this offering.  The Advisor has agreed to pay offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement ) to the extent that offering expenses (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement), when added to organizational costs paid by the Trust, exceed $ .04 per common share. Any offering expenses paid by the Trust will be deducted from the proceeds of the offering received by the Trust. The aggregate organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement ) are estimated to be $        (or $     per common share). The aggregate organizational and Offering expenses (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement ) to be incurred by the Trust are estimated to be $         (or $ .04 per common share). The aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement ) to be incurred by the Advisor on behalf of the Trust are estimated to be $               (or $           per common share). If the underwriters exercise the overallotment option in full, the aggregate organizational and offering expenses (other than the sales load , but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement ) are estimated to be $         (or $      per common share).
 
(2)
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay from its own assets structuring and/or syndication fees to each of                   ,                   and                . Because these fees are paid by the Advisor, they are not reflected under sales load in the table above. The Advisor (and not the Trust) may pay certain qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering. The Advisor and certain of its affiliates (and not the Trust) expect to pay compensation to certain registered representatives of BlackRock Investments, LLC (an affiliate of the Advisor) that participate in the marketing of the Trust’s common shares.  See “Underwriting.”
 
(3)
The Reinvestment Plan Agent’s (as defined below under “Dividend Reinvestment Plan”) fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends will be paid by the Trust. However, you will pay a $ .02 per share fee incurred in connection with open-market purchases, which will be deducted from the value of the dividend. You will also be charged a $ 2.50   sales fee and pay a $ .15 per share fee if you direct the Reinvestment Plan Agent to sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. Per share fees include any applicable brokerage commissions the Reinvestment Plan Agent is required to pay.
 
(4)
Assumes leverage of          % of the Trust’s Managed Assets (        % of the Trust’s net assets attributable to common shares). “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust (including any assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes) minus the sum of the Trust’s accrued liabilities (other than money borrowed for investment purposes).  The Trust’s net assets attributable to common shares are the Trust’s Managed Assets minus the value of the Trust’s assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes. Thus, when the Trust uses leverage, its net assets attributable to common shares are less than its Managed Assets and its expenses stated as a percentage of its net assets attributable to common shares
 
 
 
21

 

are greater than they would be if stated as a percentage of its Managed Assets. This table reflects the fact that you, as a common shareholder, will bear the expenses of the Trust’s use of leverage in the form of higher fees as a percentage of the Trust’s net assets attributable to common shares than if the Trust did not use leverage. The Trust expects that it will take up to six months for it to fully implement its intended amount of leverage.
 
 
In order to help you better understand the costs associated with the Trust’s leveraging strategy, and to better understand the range of costs you will bear as a common shareholder as the Trust moves toward full implementation of its leveraging strategy after the completion of this offering, the table presented below estimates what the Trust’s annual expenses would be, stated as percentages of the Trust’s net assets attributable to common shares ( assuming the Trust is the same size as in the table above and does not use any leverage). In accordance with these assumptions, the Trust’s expenses would be estimated to be as follows:
 
 
 
Percentage of net assets
attributable to common shares
(assuming no leverage is used)
Estimated Annual Expenses
     
Management fees
 
%
 
Other expenses
 
%
 
Total annual expenses
 
%
 
 
(5)
Assumes the use of leverage in the form of reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls representing     % of the Trust’s Managed Assets (       % of the Trust’s net assets attributable to common shares) at an annual interest expense to the Trust of       %, which is based on current market conditions. The actual amount of interest expense borne by the Trust will vary over time in accordance with the level of the Trust’s use of leverage and variations in market interest rates. Interest expense is required to be treated as an expense of the Trust for accounting purposes. The Trust expects that it will take up to six months for it to fully implement its intended amount of leverage.
 
The following example illustrates the expenses (including the sales load of $45 and offering costs of $2) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares, assuming ( i ) total net annual expenses of          % of net assets attributable to common shares in years 1 through 10, and ( ii ) a 5% annual return:
 
   
1 Year
 
3 Years
 
5 Years
 
10 Years
Total expenses incurred*
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
_____________________
*
The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. The example assumes that the estimated “Other expenses” set forth in the Estimated Annual Expenses table are accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Trust’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.
 
 
22

 
 
THE TRUST
 
The Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on November 13, 2012, pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Trust has no operating history. The Trust’s principal office is located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, and its telephone number is (800) 882-0052.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The net proceeds of the offering of common shares will be approximately $              ($             if the underwriters (as defined herein) exercise the over-allotment option in full) after payment of the estimated organizational costs and offering expenses payable by the Trust (including sales load). The Trust will invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies as stated below. We currently anticipate that we will be able to invest all of the net proceeds in accordance with our investment objectives and policies within approximately three months after the completion of this offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in short-term investment grade securities .
 
THE TRUST’S INVESTMENTS
 
Investment Objectives and Policies
 
Investment Objectives . The Trust’s primary investment objective is to seek high current income, with a secondary objective of capital appreciation.  The Trust is not intended as, and you should not construe it to be, a complete investment program.  There can be no assurance that the Trust’s investment objectives will be achieved or that the Trust’s investment program will be successful. The Trust’s investment objectives may be changed by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board,” and each member, a “Trustee”) without prior shareholder approval.
 
Investment Strategy .   In investing the Trust’s assets, BlackRock Advisors, LLC, the Trust’s investment adviser (the “Advisor”), and   BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC , the Trust’s investment sub-advisers (collectively, the “Sub-Advisors” and, together with the Advisor, the “Advisors”), expect to allocate capital across multiple sectors of the fixed income securities market by evaluating portfolio risk in light of the available investment opportunities and prevailing risks in the fixed income market, with the goal of delivering attractive risk-adjusted returns.  In doing so, the Advisors seek to find the appropriate balance between risk mitigation and opportunism.  The Advisors do not manage the Trust to a benchmark, which provides flexibility to allocate and rotate the Trust’s assets across various sectors within the fixed income universe.  This strategy seeks to provide exposure to those segments of the fixed income market that the Advisors anticipate will provide value while attempting to minimize exposure to those segments that the Advisors anticipate will not provide value.  If the Advisors’ perception of the value of a segment of the fixed income market or an individual security is incorrect, your investment in the Trust may lose value.
 
Investment Policies . Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined in this Prospectus) in loan and debt instruments and other investments with similar economic characteristics (collectively “fixed income securities”). Fixed income securities in which the Trust may invest include:
 
 
mortgage related securities, including mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), which are structured debt obligations collateralized by pools of commercial mortgages (commercial mortgage-backed securities or “CMBS”) or residential mortgages (residential mortgage-backed securities or “RMBS”), including agency RMBS issued or guaranteed by U.S. federal agencies or government related guarantors and non-agency RMBS issued by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers; collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”); Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), including resecuritizations of REMICs; stripped mortgage-backed securities, including interest-only (“IO”) and principal-only (“PO”) classes; delegated underwriting and servicing bonds; MBS credit default swaps and other mortgage related derivative instruments; inverse floating rate instruments which are derivative interests in MBS; repurchase agreements supported by MBS; and interests in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) that invest the majority of their assets in real property mortgages or MBS, including debt and preferred stock issued by mortgage REITs;
 
 
asset-backed securities (“ABS”);
 
 
U.S. Government and agency securities;
 
 
23

 

 
loans and loan participations, including senior secured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt (“Senior Loans”) and second lien or other subordinated or unsecured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt (“Second Lien Loans”);
 
 
bonds or other debt securities issued by U.S. or foreign (non-U.S.) corporations or other business entities, which may include fixed, variable and floating rate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar types of  debt instrument (collectively referred to herein as “corporate bonds”), of any quality, rated or unrated, including those that are rated below investment grade quality;
 
 
collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”);
 
 
preferred securities;
 
 
convertible securities, including synthetic convertible securities;
 
 
sovereign debt, including obligations of foreign governments or their sub-divisions, agencies and government sponsored enterprises and obligations of international agencies and supranational entities;
 
 
municipal securities, including taxable municipal securities such as Build America Bonds (“BABs”); and
 
 
structured instruments, including structured notes, hybrid or indexed securities, event-linked securities, credit-linked notes (“CLNs”) , equity-linked notes and structured credit products.
 
The Trust may invest in fixed income securities of any type, certain of which are described in further detail under “—Portfolio Contents and Techniques,” including those with fixed, floating or variable interest rates, those with interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified reference interest rate or index of interest rates and those with interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, as well as those that do not bear interest. The Trust may hold securities of any duration or maturity and does not maintain set policies with respect to the average duration or maturity of the Trust’s portfolio.
 
The Trust may invest in securities of any quality, rated or unrated, including those that are rated below investment grade quality (rated Ba/BB or below by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), Standard & Poor’s Corporation Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”)) or securities that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisors .  Such securities, sometimes referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds, are predominantly speculative with respect to the capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the security and generally involve greater price volatility than securities in higher rating categories. Below investment grade securities and comparable unrated securities involve substantial risk of loss and are susceptible to default or decline in market value due to adverse economic and business developments. Under normal market conditions, the Trust will not invest more than 20% of its Managed Assets in securities, other than mortgage related and other asset-backed securities, that are, at the time of investment, rated CCC+ or lower by S&P or Fitch or Caa1 or lower by Moody’s, or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisors.  For purposes of applying the foregoing policy, in the case of securities with split ratings (i.e., a security receiving two different ratings from two different rating agencies), the Trust will apply the higher of the applicable ratings.  The Trust may invest in mortgage related and other asset backed securities of any quality, rated or unrated, without limitation .
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will not invest more than 10% of its Managed Assets in CLOs.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 25% of its total assets in mortgage related securities.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in securities other than fixed income securities, including common stocks, warrants, depositary receipts and other equity securities.
 
The Trust may invest without limitation in securities of U.S. issuers and non-U.S. issuers located in countries throughout the world, including in developed and emerging markets. Foreign securities in which the Trust may invest may be U.S. dollar-denominated or non-U.S. dollar-denominated.   The Trust may invest in securities of issuers of any market capitalization size, including small- and mid-cap companies, and of issuers that operate in any sector or industry.
 
The Trust may also invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), subject to applicable regulatory limits, that invest primarily in securities of the types in which the
 
 
24

 

Trust may invest directly. The Trust treats its investments in open- or closed-end investment companies that invest substantially all of their assets in fixed income securities as investments in fixed income securities.
 
The Trust may make short sales of securities.  The Trust will not make a short sale if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 25% of the value of its Managed Assets or the Trust’s aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities exceeds 25% of the outstanding securities of that class.
 
During temporary defensive periods, including the period during which the net proceeds of this offering are being invested, and in order to keep the Trust’s cash fully invested, the Trust may invest up to 100% of its total assets in liquid, short-term investments, including high quality, short-term securities. The Trust may not achieve its investment objectives under these circumstances.
 
Unless otherwise stated herein or in the SAI, the Trust’s investment policies are non-fundamental policies and may be changed by the Board without prior shareholder approval.  The Trust’s policy to invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in fixed income securities may be changed by the Board; however, if this policy changes, the Trust will provide shareholders at least 60 days’ written notice before implementation of the change.
 
The percentage limitations applicable to the Trust’s portfolio described in this Prospectus apply only at the time of initial investment and the Trust will not be required to sell investments due to subsequent changes in the value of investments that it owns.
 
Portfolio Contents and Techniques
 
The Trust’s portfolio will be composed principally of the following investments. Additional information with respect to the Trust’s investment policies and restrictions and certain of the Trust’s portfolio investments is contained in the SAI.
 
Mortgage Related Securities . Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 25% of its total assets in mortgage related securities.   Certain mortgage related securities in which the Trust may invest are described below.  Additional information regarding mortgage related securities is set forth in the SAI under “Investment Policies and Techniques—Mortgage Related Securities.”
 
MBS .  MBS include structured debt obligations collateralized by pools of commercial or residential mortgages. Pools of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed loans, such as mezzanine loans, are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. MBS include complex instruments such as CMOs, stripped MBS, mortgage pass-through securities and interests in REMICs. The MBS in which the Trust may invest include those with fixed, floating or variable interest rates, those with interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified reference interest rate or index of interest rates and those with interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, as well as those that do not bear interest. The Trust may invest in RMBS and CMBS  issued by governmental entities and private issuers, including subordinated MBS and residual interests. The Trust may invest in sub-prime mortgages or MBS that are backed by sub-prime mortgages.
 
Mortgage Pass-Through Securities .  Mortgage pass-through securities differ from other forms of fixed income securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs that may be incurred.
 
RMBS .  RMBS are securities the payments on which depend primarily on the cash flow from residential mortgage loans made to borrowers that are secured, on a first priority basis or second priority basis, subject to permitted liens, easements and other encumbrances, by residential real estate (one- to four-family properties), the proceeds of which are used to purchase real estate and purchase or construct dwellings thereon or to refinance indebtedness previously used for such purposes. Residential mortgage loans are obligations of the borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by residential property is dependent upon the income or assets of the borrower.
 
Agency RMBS .  The principal U.S. Governmental guarantor of mortgage related securities is the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), which is a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation.  GNMA is
 
 
25

 

authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the “FHA”), or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (the “VA”).  Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) include the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”).  FNMA and FHLMC issue pass-through securities guaranteed by the respective entity as to the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.  In 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship. FNMA and FHLMC are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remains liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its MBS. FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs. A 2011 report to Congress from the Treasury Department and the Department of Housing and Urban Development set forth a plan to reform America’s housing finance market, which would reduce the role of and eventually eliminate FNMA and FHLMC.
 
Non-Agency RMBS .  These RMBS are issued by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Timely payment of principal and interest on RMBS backed by pools created by non-governmental issuers often is supported partially by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by government entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or mortgage poolers can meet their obligations under the policies, so that if the issuers default on their obligations, the holders of the security could sustain a loss. No insurance or guarantee covers the Trust or the price of the Trust’s shares. RMBS issued by non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government agency and government-related securities because there are no direct or indirect government guarantees of payment.
 
CMBS .  CMBS generally are multi-class debt or pass-through certificates secured or backed by mortgage loans on commercial properties. CMBS generally are structured to provide protection to the senior class investors against potential losses on the underlying mortgage loans. This protection generally is provided by having the holders of subordinated classes of securities (“Subordinated CMBS”) take the first loss if there are defaults on the underlying commercial mortgage loans. Other protection, which may benefit all of the classes or particular classes, may include issuer guarantees, reserve funds, additional Subordinated CMBS, cross-collateralization and over-collateralization.
 
The Trust may invest in Subordinated CMBS, which are subordinated in some manner as to the payment of principal and/or interest to the holders of more senior CMBS arising out of the same pool of mortgages. The holders of Subordinated CMBS typically are compensated with a higher stated yield than are the holders of more senior CMBS. On the other hand, Subordinated CMBS typically subject the holder to greater risk than senior CMBS and tend to be rated in a lower rating category ( frequently a substantially lower rating category ) than the senior CMBS issued in respect of the same mortgage pool. Subordinated CMBS generally are likely to be more sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates and the market for such securities may be less liquid than is the case for traditional income securities and senior CMBS.
 
CMOs . A CMO is a multi-class bond backed by a pool of mortgage pass-through certificates or mortgage loans. CMOs may be collateralized by ( i ) GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC pass-through certificates, ( ii ) unsecuritized mortgage loans insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA, ( iii ) unsecuritized conventional mortgages, ( iv ) other MBS or ( v ) any combination thereof. Each class of a CMO, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on collateral underlying a CMO may cause it to be retired substantially earlier than its stated maturity or final distribution date. The principal and interest on the underlying mortgages may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in many ways. One or more tranches of a CMO may have coupon rates which reset periodically at a specified increment over an index, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) (or sometimes more than one index). These floating rate CMOs typically are issued with lifetime caps on the coupon rate thereon.    The Trust does not intend to invest in CMO residuals, which represent the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the payments of interest and principal on the tranches issued by the CMO and the payment of administrative expenses and management fees.
 
The Trust  may invest in inverse floating rate CMOs. Inverse floating rate CMOs constitute a tranche of a CMO with a coupon rate that moves in the reverse direction relative to an applicable index such as LIBOR. Accordingly, the
 
 
26

 

coupon rate thereon will increase as interest rates decrease. Inverse floating rate CMOs are typically more volatile than fixed or floating rate tranches of CMOs. Many inverse floating rate CMOs have coupons that move inversely to a multiple of an index. The effect of the coupon varying inversely to a multiple of an applicable index creates a leverage factor.
 
Stripped MBS . Stripped MBS are created by segregating the cash flows from underlying mortgage loans or mortgage securities to create two or more new securities, each receiving a specified percentage of the underlying security’s principal or interest payments. Mortgage securities may be partially stripped so that each investor class receives some interest and some principal. When securities are completely stripped, however, all of the interest is distributed to holders of one type of security, known as an interest-only security (or “ IO ” ), and all of the principal is distributed to holders of another type of security, known as a principal-only security (or “ PO ” ). Strips can be created in a pass-through structure or as tranches of a CMO. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are very sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Trust may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities .  Adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”) have interest rates that reset at periodic intervals. Acquiring ARMs permits the Trust to participate in increases in prevailing current interest rates through periodic adjustments in the coupons of mortgages underlying the pool on which ARMs are based. Such ARMs generally have higher current yield and lower price fluctuations than is the case with more traditional fixed income securities of comparable rating and maturity. In addition, when prepayments of principal are made on the underlying mortgages during periods of rising interest rates, the Trust can reinvest the proceeds of such prepayments at rates higher than those at which they were previously invested. Mortgages underlying most ARMs, however, have limits on the allowable annual or lifetime increases that can be made in the interest rate that the mortgagor pays. Therefore, if current interest rates rise above such limits over the period of the limitation, the Trust, when holding an ARM, does not benefit from further increases in interest rates. Moreover, when interest rates are in excess of the coupon rates (i.e., the rates being paid by mortgagors) of the mortgages, ARMs behave more like fixed income securities and less like adjustable-rate securities and are subject to the risks associated with fixed income securities. In addition, during periods of rising interest rates, increases in the coupon rate of ARMs generally lag current market interest rates slightly, thereby creating the potential for capital depreciation on such securities.
 
Sub-Prime Mortgages . Sub-prime mortgages are mortgages rated below “A” by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch. Historically, sub-prime mortgage loans have been made to borrowers with blemished (or non-existent) credit records, and the borrower is charged a higher interest rate to compensate for the greater risk of delinquency and the higher costs of loan servicing and collection. Sub-prime mortgages are subject to both state and federal anti-predatory lending statutes that carry potential liability to secondary market purchasers such as the Trust. Sub-prime mortgages have certain characteristics and associated risks similar to below investment grade securities, including a higher degree of credit risk, and certain characteristics and associated risks similar to MBS, including prepayment risk.
 
Mortgage REITs . A REIT is a corporation, or a business trust that would otherwise be taxed as a corporation, that meets the definitional requirements applicable to REITs under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Code permits a qualifying REIT to deduct dividends paid, thereby generally eliminating corporate level U.S. federal income tax and effectively making the REIT a pass-through vehicle for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To meet the definitional requirements of the Code, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including mortgages and other REITs) or cash and government securities, derive most of its income from rents from real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property, and distribute to shareholders annually substantially all of its otherwise taxable income. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments.  The value of securities issued by REITs is affected by tax and regulatory requirements and by perceptions of management skill. They also are subject to heavy cash flow dependency and the possibility of failing to qualify for REIT status under the Code or to maintain exemption from the Investment Company Act.
 
Mortgage Related Derivative Instruments .  The Trust may invest in MBS credit default swaps.  MBS credit default swaps include swaps the reference obligation for which is an MBS or related index, such as the CMBX Index (a tradeable index referencing a basket of CMBS), the TRX Index (a tradeable index referencing total return swaps based on CMBS) or the ABX Index (a tradeable index referencing a basket of sub-prime MBS). The Trust may engage in other derivative transactions related to MBS, including purchasing and selling exchange-listed and over-
 
 
27

 

the-counter put and call options, futures and forwards on mortgages and MBS.  The Trust may invest in newly developed mortgage related derivatives that may hereafter become available.  See “—Strategic Transactions and Other Management Techniques” in this Prospectus and “Investment Policies and Techniques —Strategic Transactions and Other Management Techniques” in the SAI for additional information regarding derivative transactions which the Trust may utilize.
 
Other Mortgage Related Securities . Other mortgage related securities include securities other than those described above that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property. Other mortgage related securities may be equity or debt securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
 
ABS .  ABS are a form of structured debt obligation. The securitization techniques used for ABS are similar to those used for MBS. ABS are bonds backed by pools of loans or other receivables. The collateral for these securities may include home equity loans, automobile and credit card receivables, boat loans, computer leases, airplane leases, mobile home loans, recreational vehicle loans and hospital account receivables. The Trust may invest in these and other types of ABS that may be developed in the future. ABS present certain risks that are not presented by mortgage related securities. Primarily, these securities may provide the Trust with a less effective security interest in the related collateral than do mortgage related securities. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.
 
CLOs . A CLO is a structured debt security, issued by a financing company (generally called a special purpose vehicle or “ SPV ”), that was created to reapportion the risk and return characteristics of a pool of bank loans . Investors in CLOs bear the credit risk of the underlying collateral .  The bank loans are used as collateral supporting the various debt tranches issued by the SPV . Multiple tranches of securities are issued by the CLO, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics. Tranches are categorized as senior, mezzanine, or subordinated/equity, according to their degree of risk . The key feature of the CLO structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of debt securities among the several classes of the CLO . If there are defaults or the CLO’s collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches, and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to subordinated/equity tranches. The Trust may invest in the equity or residual portion of the capital structure of CLOs . The SPV is a company founded solely for the purpose of securitizing payment claims. On this basis, marketable securities are issued which, due to the diversification of the underlying risk, generally represent a lower level of risk than the original assets. The redemption of the securities issued by the SPV takes place at maturity out of the cash flow generated by the collected claims. The vast majority of CLOs are actively managed by an independent investment manager.
 
U.S. Government Debt Securities . The Trust may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, including U.S. Treasury obligations, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance.  Such obligations include U.S. Treasury bills (maturity of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturity of one to ten years) and U.S. Treasury bonds (generally maturities of greater than ten years), including the principal components or the interest components issued by the U.S. Government under the separate trading of registered interest and principal securities program (i.e., “STRIPS”), all of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.
 
Senior Loans .  The Trust may invest in senior secured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt.  Senior Loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (the “Borrower”), are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower. The proceeds of Senior Loans primarily are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, refinancings, to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. Senior Loans typically have rates of interest which are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. These base lending rates are primarily LIBOR and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks and the certificate of deposit rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.
 
Senior Loans typically have a stated term of between five and nine years and have rates of interest which typically are redetermined daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. Longer interest rate reset periods generally increase fluctuations in the Trust’s net asset value as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Trust is not subject to any restrictions with respect to the maturity of Senior Loans held in its portfolio. As a result, as short-term interest rates increase, interest payable to the Trust from its investments in Senior Loans should increase, and as short-term interest rates decrease, interest payable to
 
 
28

 

the Trust from its investments in Senior Loans should decrease. Because of prepayments, the Advisors expect the average life of the Senior Loans in which the Trust invests to be shorter than the stated maturity.
 
Senior Loans are subject to the risk of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. Such non-payment would result in a reduction of income to the Trust, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the net asset value of the Trust. There can be no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral securing a Senior Loan would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of a Borrower, the Trust could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Senior Loan. The collateral securing a Senior Loan may lose all or substantially all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy of a Borrower. Some Senior Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate such Senior Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of Senior Loans including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such Senior Loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the Borrower. If interest were required to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Trust’s performance.
 
Many Senior Loans in which the Trust will invest may not be rated by a rating agency, will not be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) , or any state securities commission, and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available with respect to Senior Loans will generally be less extensive than that available for registered or exchange-listed securities. In evaluating the creditworthiness of Borrowers, the Advisors will consider, and may rely in part, on analyses performed by others. Borrowers may have outstanding debt obligations that are rated below investment grade by a rating agency. Many of the Senior Loans in which the Trust will invest will have been assigned below investment grade ratings by independent rating agencies. In the event Senior Loans are not rated, they are likely to be the equivalent of below investment grade quality. Because of the protective features of Senior Loans, the Advisors believe that Senior Loans tend to have more favorable loss recovery rates as compared to more junior types of below investment grade debt obligations. The Advisors do not view ratings as the determinative factor in their investment decisions and rely more upon their credit analysis abilities than upon ratings.
 
No active trading market may exist for some Senior Loans and some loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. A secondary market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the Trust’s net asset value. In addition, the Trust may not be able to readily dispose of its Senior Loans at prices that approximate those at which the Trust could sell such loans if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Trust may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. During periods of limited supply and liquidity of Senior Loans, the Trust’s yield may be lower.
 
When interest rates decline, the value of a fund invested in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fund invested in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. Although changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the value of Senior Loans (due to the fact that floating rates on Senior Loans only reset periodically), the value of Senior Loans is substantially less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than fixed rate instruments. As a result, to the extent the Trust invests in floating rate Senior Loans, the Trust’s portfolio may be less volatile and less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than if the Trust invested in fixed rate obligations. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may cause a decline in the value of these investments and in the Trust’s net asset value. Other factors (including, but not limited to, rating downgrades, credit deterioration, a large downward movement in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity) can reduce the value of Senior Loans and other debt obligations, impairing the Trust’s net asset value.
 
The Trust may purchase and retain in its portfolio Senior Loans where the Borrower has experienced, or may be perceived to be likely to experience, credit problems, including involvement in or recent emergence from bankruptcy reorganization proceedings or other forms of debt restructuring. Such investments may provide opportunities for enhanced income as well as capital appreciation, although they also will be subject to greater risk of loss. At times, in connection with the restructuring of a Senior Loan either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Trust may determine or be required to accept equity securities or junior fixed income securities in exchange for all or a portion of a Senior Loan.
 
The Trust may purchase Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis. If the Trust purchases a Senior Loan on direct assignment, it typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. Investments in Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis may involve additional risks to the Trust. For example, if such loan is foreclosed,
 
 
29

 

the Trust could become part owner of any collateral and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral.
 
The Trust may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Senior Loans. The participation by the Trust in a lender’s portion of a Senior Loan typically will result in the Trust having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Trust may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of payments from the Borrower. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participations in a loan to a Borrower and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. The Trust may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, the Trust assumes the credit risk associated with the Borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which the Trust intends to invest may not be rated by any nationally recognized rating service. Certain loan participations and assignments may be treated by the Trust as illiquid.
 
The Trust may obtain exposure to Senior Loans through the use of derivative instruments, which have recently become increasingly available. The Advisors may utilize these instruments and similar instruments that may be available in the future. The Trust may invest in a derivative instrument known as a Select Aggregate Market Index (“SAMI”), which provides investors with exposure to a reference basket of Senior Loans. SAMIs are structured as floating rate instruments. SAMIs consist of a basket of credit default swaps whose underlying reference securities are senior secured loans. While investing in SAMIs will increase the universe of floating rate fixed income securities to which the Trust is exposed, such investments entail risks that are not typically associated with investments in other floating rate fixed income securities. The liquidity of the market for SAMIs will be subject to liquidity in the secured loan and credit derivatives markets. Investment in SAMIs involves many of the risks associated with investments in derivative instruments discussed generally herein.
 
Second Lien Loans .  The Trust may invest in second lien or other subordinated or unsecured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt.  Second Lien Loans have the same characteristics as Senior Loans except that such loans are second in lien property rather than first. Second Lien Loans typically have adjustable floating rate interest payments. Accordingly, the risks associated with Second Lien Loans are higher than the risk of loans with first priority over the collateral. In the event of default on a Second Lien Loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no collateral value would remain for the second priority lien holder, which may result in a loss of investment to the Trust.
 
Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities .  The Trust may enter into, or acquire participations in, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities, in which a bank or other lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. These commitments may have the effect of requiring the Trust to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not be desirable to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are subject to credit, interest rate and liquidity risk and the risks of being a lender.
 
  Corporate Bonds .  Corporate bonds are debt obligations issued by corporations. Corporate bonds may be either secured or unsecured. Collateral used for secured debt includes real property, machinery, equipment, accounts receivable, stocks, bonds or notes. If a bond is unsecured, it is known as a debenture. Bondholders, as creditors, have a prior legal claim over common and preferred stockholders as to both income and assets of the corporation for the principal and interest due them and may have a prior claim over other creditors if liens or mortgages are involved. Interest on corporate bonds may be fixed or floating, or the bonds may be zero coupons. Interest on corporate bonds is typically paid semi-annually and is fully taxable to the bondholder. Corporate bonds contain elements of both interest rate risk and credit risk. The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates and may also be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the marketplace. Corporate bonds usually yield more than government or agency bonds due to the presence of credit risk.
 
Preferred Securities . The Trust may invest in preferred securities. There are two basic types of preferred securities. The first type, sometimes referred to as traditional preferred securities, consists of preferred stock issued by an entity taxable as a corporation. The second type, sometimes referred to as trust preferred securities, are usually issued by a trust or limited partnership and represent preferred interests in deeply subordinated debt instruments issued by the corporation for whose benefit the trust or partnership was established.
 
Traditional Preferred Securities .  Traditional preferred securities generally pay fixed or adjustable rate dividends to investors and generally have a “preference” over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of a company’s assets. This means that a company must pay dividends on preferred stock before paying any dividends
 
 
30

 

on its common stock. In order to be payable, distributions on such preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Income payments on typical preferred securities currently outstanding are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accumulate even if not declared by the board of directors or otherwise made payable. In such a case all accumulated dividends must be paid before any dividend on the common stock can be paid. However, some traditional preferred stocks are non-cumulative, in which case dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid. A portion of the portfolio may include investments in non-cumulative preferred securities, whereby the issuer does not have an obligation to make up any arrearages to its shareholders. Should an issuer of a non-cumulative preferred stock held by the Trust determine not to pay dividends on such stock, the amount of dividends the Trust pays may be adversely affected. There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on the traditional preferred securities in which the Trust invests will be declared or otherwise made payable.
 
Preferred stockholders usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. Shares of traditional preferred securities have a liquidation value that generally equals the original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market value of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting companies in the utilities and financial services sectors, which are prominent issuers of preferred securities, and by actual and anticipated changes in tax laws, such as changes in corporate income tax rates or the “Dividends Received Deduction.” Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by traditional preferred securities may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on such securities, the issuer may redeem the securities. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Trust’s holdings of higher rate-paying fixed rate preferred securities may be reduced and the Trust may be unable to acquire securities of comparable credit quality paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.
 
Trust Preferred Securities .  Trust preferred securities are a comparatively new asset class. Trust preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred security characteristics, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The trust preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates.
 
Trust preferred securities are typically junior and fully subordinated liabilities of an issuer or the beneficiary of a guarantee that is junior and fully subordinated to the other liabilities of the guarantor. In addition, trust preferred securities typically permit an issuer to defer the payment of income for eighteen months or more without triggering an event of default. Generally, the deferral period is five years or more. Because of their subordinated position in the capital structure of an issuer, the ability to defer payments for extended periods of time without default consequences to the issuer, and certain other features (such as restrictions on common dividend payments by the issuer or ultimate guarantor when full cumulative payments on the trust preferred securities have not been made), these trust preferred securities are often treated as close substitutes for traditional preferred securities, both by issuers and investors. Trust preferred securities have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows.
 
Convertible Securities .  A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument.
 
A “synthetic” convertible security may be created by the Trust or by a third party by combining separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security: an income producing component and a convertible component. The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertible component is achieved by investing in securities or instruments such as warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index. Unlike a traditional convertible security, which is a single security having a single market value, a synthetic
 
 
31

 

convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Because the “market value” of a synthetic convertible security is the sum of the values of its income-producing component and its convertible component, the value of a synthetic convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations than a traditional convertible security. The Trust also may purchase synthetic convertible securities created by other parties, including convertible structured notes. Convertible structured notes are income-producing debentures linked to equity. Convertible structured notes have the attributes of a convertible security; however, the issuer of the convertible note (typically an investment bank), rather than the issuer of the underlying common stock into which the note is convertible, assumes credit risk associated with the underlying investment and the Trust in turn assumes credit risk associated with the issuer of the convertible note.
 
REITs. The Trust may invest in equity interests and debt securities issued by REITs. REITs possess certain risks which differ from an investment in common stocks. REITs are financial vehicles that pool investor’s capital to purchase or finance real estate. REITs may concentrate their investments in specific geographic areas or in specific property types (i.e., hotels, shopping malls, residential complexes and office buildings). The market value of REIT shares and the ability of REITs to distribute income may be adversely affected by several factors, including rising interest rates, changes in the national, state and local economic climate and real estate conditions, perceptions of prospective tenants of the safety, convenience and attractiveness of the properties, the ability of the owners to provide adequate management, maintenance and insurance, the cost of complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act, increased competition from new properties, the impact of present or future environmental legislation and compliance with environmental laws, changes in real estate taxes and other operating expenses, adverse changes in governmental rules and fiscal policies, adverse changes in zoning laws and other factors beyond the control of the REIT issuers. In addition, distributions received by the Trust from REITs may consist of dividends, capital gains and/or return of capital. As REITs generally pay a higher rate of dividends (on a pre-tax basis) than operating companies, to the extent application of the Trust’s investment strategy results in the Trust investing in REIT shares, the percentage of the Trust’s dividend income received from REIT shares will likely exceed the percentage of the Trust’s portfolio which is comprised of REIT shares. There are three general categories of REITs: equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest primarily in direct fee ownership or leasehold ownership of real property; they derive most of their income from rents. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments. Hybrid REITs hold both ownership and mortgage interests in real estate.
 
Municipal Securities . The Trust may invest in debt obligations issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States, including the District of Columbia, and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities. The Trust may invest in various municipal securities, including municipal bonds and notes, other securities issued to finance and refinance public projects, and other related securities and derivative instruments creating exposure to municipal bonds, notes and securities that provide for the payment of interest income that is exempt from regular U.S. federal income tax. Municipal securities are either general obligation bonds or revenue bonds and typically are issued to finance public projects, such as roads or public buildings, to pay general operating expenses or to refinance outstanding debt. Municipal securities may also be issued for private activities, such as housing, medical and educational facility construction, or for privately owned industrial development and pollution control projects. General obligation bonds are backed by the full faith and credit, or taxing authority, of the issuer and may be repaid from any revenue source. Revenue bonds may be repaid only from the revenues of a specific facility or source. Municipal securities may be issued on a long term basis to provide permanent financing. The repayment of such debt may be secured generally by a pledge of the full faith and credit taxing power of the issuer, a limited or special tax or any other revenue source, including project revenues, which may include tolls, fees and other user charges, lease payments and mortgage payments. Municipal securities may also be issued to finance projects on a short-term interim basis, anticipating repayment with the proceeds of the later issuance of long-term debt.  The Trust may invest in taxable municipal securities, including BABs. Additional information regarding municipal  securities is set forth in the SAI under “Investment Policies and Techniques—Municipal Securities.”
 
High Yield Securities . The Trust may invest in securities rated, at the time of investment, below investment grade quality such as those rated “Ba” or below by Moody’s , “BB” or below by S&P or Fitch , or securities comparably rated by other rating agencies or in unrated securities determined by the Advisors to be of comparable quality. Such securities, sometimes referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds, are predominantly speculative with respect to the capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the security and generally involve greater price volatility than securities in higher rating categories.  Often the protection of interest and principal payments with respect to such securities may be very moderate and issuers of such securities face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.   Under normal market conditions, the Trust will not invest more than 20% of its Managed Assets in securities, other than mortgage related and other asset-backed securities, that are, at the time of investment, rated CCC+ or lower by S&P or Fitch or Caa1 or lower by Moody’s, or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisors.  For purposes of applying the foregoing policy, in the case of securities with split ratings (i.e., a security receiving two different ratings from
 
 
32

 

two different rating agencies), the Trust will apply the higher of the applicable ratings.   The Trust may invest in mortgage related and other asset backed securities of any quality, rated or unrated, without limitation.
 
Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s net asset value.
 
The prices of fixed income securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of securities also is inversely related to the coupons of such securities. Accordingly, below investment grade securities may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality securities of comparable maturity because of their higher coupon. The investor receives this higher coupon in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with below investment grade securities potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such securities than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity.
 
Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.
 
The ratings of Moody’s, S&P , Fitch and other rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Advisors also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability of the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Trust invests in lower grade securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Advisors’ credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.
 
Distressed and Defaulted Securities .  The Trust may invest in the securities of financially distressed and bankrupt issuers, including debt obligations that are in covenant or payment default. Such investments generally trade significantly below par and are considered speculative. The repayment of defaulted obligations is subject to significant uncertainties. Defaulted obligations might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments. Typically such workout or bankruptcy proceedings result in only partial recovery of cash payments or an exchange of the defaulted obligation for other debt or equity securities of the issuer or its affiliates, which may in turn be illiquid or speculative.
 
Non-U.S.  Securities .   The Trust may invest without limit in securities of non-U.S. issuers (“Non-U.S. Securities”).  These securities may be U.S. dollar-denominated or non-U.S. dollar-denominated and include: ( i ) debt obligations issued or guaranteed by foreign national, provincial, state, municipal or other governments with taxing authority or by their agencies or instrumentalities, including securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings, commonly referred to as “Brady Bonds; ” ( ii ) debt obligations of supranational entities; ( iii ) debt obligations and other debt securities of foreign corporate issuers; ( iv ) fixed income securities issued by corporations that generate significant profits from non-U.S. countries; and ( v ) structured securities, including but not limited to, warrants, options and other derivatives, whose price is directly linked to Non-U .S. Securities or indices of Non-U.S. Securities .  Some Non-U.S. Securities may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Similarly, there is less volume and liquidity in most foreign securities markets than in the United States and, at times, greater price volatility than in the United States. Because evidence of ownership of such securities usually is held outside the United States, the Trust will be subject to additional risks if it invests in Non-U.S. Securities, which include adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the foreign securities to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. Non-U.S. Securities may trade on days when the common shares are not priced.
 
Emerging Markets Investments .  The Trust may invest without limitation in securities of issuers located in emerging market countries, including securities denominated in currencies of emerging market countries.  Emerging market countries generally include every nation in the world except the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. There is no minimum rating criteria for the Trust’s investments in such securities. These issuers may be subject to risks that do not apply to issuers in larger, more developed countries. These risks are more
 
 
33

 

pronounced to the extent the Trust invests significantly in one country. Less information about non-U.S. issuers or markets may be available due to less rigorous disclosure and accounting standards or regulatory practices. Many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets. In a changing market, the Advisors may not be able to sell the Trust’s portfolio securities in amounts and at prices they consider reasonable. The U.S. dollar may appreciate against non-U.S. currencies or an emerging market government may impose restrictions on currency conversion or trading. The economies of non-U.S. countries may grow at a slower rate than expected or may experience a downturn or recession. Economic, political and social developments may adversely affect non-U.S. securities markets.
 
Sovereign Governmental and Supranational Debt. The Trust may invest in all types of debt securities of governmental issuers in all countries, including emerging market countries. These sovereign debt securities may include: debt securities issued or guaranteed by governments, governmental agencies or instrumentalities and political subdivisions located in emerging market countries; debt securities issued by government owned, controlled or sponsored entities located in emerging market countries; interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of instruments issued by any of the above issuers; Brady Bonds, which are debt securities issued under the framework of the Brady Plan as a means for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external indebtedness; participations in loans between emerging market governments and financial institutions; or debt securities issued by supranational entities such as the World Bank. A supranational entity is a bank, commission or company established or financially supported by the national governments of one or more countries to promote reconstruction or development. Sovereign government and supranational debt involve all the risks described herein regarding foreign and emerging markets investments as well as the risk of debt moratorium, repudiation or renegotiation.   Additional information  is set forth in the SAI under “Investment Policies and Techniques—Sovereign Governmental and Supranational Debt.”
 
Foreign Currency Transactions . The Trust’s common shares are priced in U.S. dollars and the distributions paid by the Trust to Common Shareholders are paid in U.S. dollars. However, a portion of the Trust’s assets may be denominated in non-U.S. currencies and the income received by the Trust from such securities will be paid in non-U.S. currencies. The Trust also may invest in or gain exposure to non-U.S. currencies for investment or hedging purposes. The Trust’s investments in securities that trade in, or receive revenues in, non-U.S. currencies will be subject to currency risk, which is the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may negatively affect an investment. The Trust may (but is not required to) hedge some or all of its exposure to non-U.S. currencies through the use of derivative strategies, including forward foreign currency exchange contracts, foreign currency futures contracts and options on foreign currencies and foreign currency futures. Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Trust will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time when they would be beneficial. Although the Trust has the flexibility to engage in such transactions, the Advisors may determine not to do so or to do so only in unusual circumstances or market conditions. These transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the Trust to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies. The Trust may also use derivatives contracts for purposes of increasing exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one currency to another.
 
Equity Securities .  The Trust may invest in other equity securities, including common stocks, warrants and depositary receipts. Common stock represents an equity ownership interest in a company. The Trust may hold or have exposure to common stocks of issuers of any size, including small and medium capitalization stocks.
 
Warrants .  Warrants are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that the Trust could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.
 
Depositary Receipts .  The Trust may invest in sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and other similar global instruments. ADRs typically are issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by non-U.S. banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either non-U.S. or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis.
 
 
34

 

Restricted and Illiquid Securities .  Certain of the Trust’s investments may be illiquid. “Illiquid securities” are securities which cannot be sold within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value used by the Trust in determining its net asset value. Illiquid securities are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on disposition or lack an established secondary trading market. The sale of restricted and illiquid securities often requires more time and results in higher brokerage charges or dealer discounts and other selling expenses than does the sale of securities eligible for trading on national securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter markets. Restricted securities may sell at a price lower than similar securities that are not subject to restrictions on resale.
 
Inflation-Indexed Bonds .  Inflation-indexed bonds (other than municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds) are fixed income securities the principal value of which is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. If the index measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds (other than municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds) will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds (“ TIPs ”). For bonds that do not provide a similar guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal. With regard to municipal inflation-indexed bonds and certain corporate inflation-indexed bonds, the inflation adjustment is typically reflected in the semi-annual coupon payment. As a result, the principal value of municipal inflation-indexed bonds and such corporate inflation-indexed bonds does not adjust according to the rate of inflation.
 
Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups and Payment-In-Kind Securities. Zero-coupon bonds pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. Like zero-coupon bonds, “step up” bonds pay no interest initially but eventually begin to pay a coupon rate prior to maturity, which rate may increase at stated intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) are debt obligations that pay “interest” in the form of other debt obligations, instead of in cash. Each of these instruments is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The Trust would be required to distribute the income on these instruments as it accrues, even though the Trust will not receive the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, the Trust may have to sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, to make income distributions to its shareholders.
 
Inverse Floating Rate Securities. An inverse floating rate security (or “inverse floater”) is a type of debt instrument that bears a floating or variable interest rate that moves in the opposite direction to interest rates generally or the interest rate on another security or index. Changes in interest rates generally, or the interest rate of the other security or index, inversely affect the interest rate paid on the inverse floater, with the result that the inverse floater’s price will be considerably more volatile than that of a fixed rate bond. The Trust may invest without limitation in inverse floaters, which brokers typically create by depositing an income-producing instrument, including a mortgage related security, in a trust. The trust in turn issues a variable rate security and inverse floaters. The interest rate for the variable rate security is typically determined by an index or an auction process, while the inverse floater holder receives the balance of the income from the underlying income-producing instrument less an auction fee. The market prices of inverse floaters may be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and prepayment rates on the underlying securities, and may decrease significantly when interest rates increase or prepayment rates change. In a transaction in which the Trust purchases an inverse floater from a trust, and the underlying security was held by the Trust prior to being deposited into the trust, the Trust typically treats the transaction as a secured borrowing for financial reporting purposes. As a result, for financial reporting purposes, the Trust will generally incur a non-cash interest expense with respect to interest paid by the trust on the variable rate securities and will recognize additional interest income in an amount directly corresponding to the non-cash interest expense. Therefore, the Trust’s net asset value per common share and performance are not affected by the non-cash interest expense. This accounting treatment does not apply to inverse floaters acquired by the Trust when the Trust did not previously own the underlying bond.
 
Strategic Transactions and Other Management Techniques . In addition to the MBS derivatives discussed herein, the Trust may use a variety of other investment management techniques and instruments.  The Trust may purchase and sell futures contracts, enter into various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, currency transactions such as currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currency or currency futures and swap contracts (including, but not limited to, credit default swaps) and may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities and swap contracts, financial indices and futures contracts and use other derivative instruments or management techniques (collectively, “Strategic Transactions”).  These Strategic Transactions may be used for duration management and other risk management purposes, including to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of the Trust’s portfolio resulting from trends in the fixed income securities markets and changes in interest rates or to protect the Trust’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities for
 
 
35

 

investment purposes, to establish a position in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities or to enhance income or gain. There is no particular strategy that requires use of one technique rather than another as the decision to use any particular strategy or instrument is a function of market conditions and the composition of the portfolio. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance current income may be particularly speculative. The ability of the Trust to use Strategic Transactions successfully will depend on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent market movements as well as sufficient correlation among the instruments, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Inasmuch as any obligations of the Trust that arise from the use of Strategic Transactions will be covered by segregated liquid assets or offsetting transactions, the Trust and the Advisors believe such obligations do not constitute senior securities and, accordingly, will not treat such transactions as being subject to its borrowing restrictions or policies regarding economic leverage .  Additionally, segregated liquid assets, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. The SAI contains further information about the characteristics, risks and possible benefits of Strategic Transactions and the Trust’s other policies and limitations (which are not fundamental policies) relating to Strategic Transactions.  Certain provisions of the Code may restrict or affect the ability of the Trust to engage in Strategic Transactions.  In addition, the use of certain Strategic Transactions may give rise to taxable income and have certain other consequences.  See “Risks—Strategic Transactions and Derivatives Risk.”
 
Credit Default Swaps .  The Trust may enter into credit default swap agreements for hedging purposes or to seek to increase income or gain. The credit default swap agreement may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by the Trust. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract may be obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided that no credit event on the reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional amount) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or if the swap is cash settled the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount (the difference between the market value of the reference obligation and its par value). The Trust may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction.  If the Trust is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Trust will generally receive no payments from its counterparty under the swap if the swap is held through its termination date.  However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional amount of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity, the value of which may have significantly decreased.  As a seller, the Trust generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no credit event.  If a credit event occurs, generally the seller must pay the buyer the full notional amount of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity, the value of which may have significantly decreased.  As the seller, the Trust would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its Managed Assets , the Trust would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
 
Structured Instruments . The Trust may use structured instruments for investment purposes, for risk management purposes , such as to reduce the duration and interest rate sensitivity of the Trust’s portfolio, and for leveraging purposes. While structured instruments may offer the potential for a favorable rate of return from time to time, they also entail certain risks. Structured instruments may be less liquid than other fixed income securities and the price of structured instruments may be more volatile. In some cases, depending on the terms of the embedded index, a structured instrument may provide that the principal and/or interest payments may be adjusted below zero. Structured instruments also may involve significant credit risk and risk of default by the counterparty. Structured instruments may also be illiquid. Like other sophisticated strategies, the Trust’s use of structured instruments may not work as intended.
 
Structured Notes .  The Trust may invest in “structured” notes and other related instruments, which are privately negotiated debt obligations in which the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset, market or interest rate (an “embedded index”), such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets. Structured instruments may be issued by corporations, including banks, as well as by governmental agencies. Structured instruments frequently are assembled in the form of medium-term notes, but a variety of forms are available and may be used in particular circumstances. The terms of such structured instruments normally provide that their principal and/or interest payments are to be adjusted upwards or downwards (but ordinarily not below zero) to reflect changes in the embedded index while the structured instruments are outstanding. As a result, the interest and/or principal payments that may be made on a structured product may vary widely, depending on a variety of factors, including the volatility of the embedded index and the effect of changes in the embedded index on principal and/or interest payments. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or
 
 
36

 

differential performance of the referenced index(es) or other asset(s). Application of a multiplier involves leverage that will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss.
 
Event-Linked Securities .  The Trust may obtain event-linked exposure by investing in “event-linked bonds” or “event-linked swaps” or by implementing “event-linked strategies.” Event-linked exposure results in gains or losses that typically are contingent upon, or formulaically related to, defined trigger events. Examples of trigger events include hurricanes, earthquakes, weather-related phenomena or statistics relating to such events. Some event-linked bonds are commonly referred to as “catastrophe bonds.” If a trigger event occurs, the Trust may lose a portion of or its entire principal invested in the bond or the entire notional amount of a swap. Event-linked exposure often provides for an extension of maturity to process and audit loss claims when a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. An extension of maturity may increase volatility. Event-linked exposure may also expose the Trust to certain other risks including credit risk, counterparty risk, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations and adverse tax consequences. Event-linked exposures may also be subject to liquidity risk.
 
Equity-Linked Notes .  Equity-linked notes are hybrid securities with characteristics of both fixed income and equity securities. An equity-linked note is a debt instrument, usually a bond, that pays interest based upon the performance of an underlying equity, which can be a single stock, basket of stocks or an equity index. Instead of paying a predetermined coupon, equity-linked notes link the interest payment to the performance of a particular equity market index or basket of stocks or commodities. The interest payment is typically based on the percentage increase in an index from a predetermined level, but alternatively may be based on a decrease in the index. The interest payment may in some cases be leveraged so that, in percentage terms, it exceeds the relative performance of the market. Equity-linked notes generally are subject to the risks associated with the securities of equity issuers, default risk and counterparty risk.
 
Credit Linked Notes .  The Trust may invest in CLNs for risk management purposes, including diversification. A CLN is a derivative instrument. It is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). In addition to the credit risk of the reference obligations and interest rate risk, the buyer/seller of the CLN is subject to counterparty risk.
 
Hybrid Securities .  A hybrid instrument is a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional bond, stock or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil. Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes the Trust to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the Trust’s common shares if the Trust invests in hybrid instruments.
 
Interest Rate Transactions .  The Trust may enter into interest rate swaps and purchase or sell interest rate caps and floors.  The Trust expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Trust anticipates purchasing at a later date and/or to hedge against increases in the Trust’s costs associated with its leverage strategy. The Trust will ordinarily use these transactions as a hedge or for duration and risk management although it is permitted to enter into them to enhance income or gain. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Trust with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal). The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that the level of a specified interest rate exceeds a predetermined interest rate (i.e., the strike price), to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest
 
 
37

 

rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that the level of a specified interest rate falls below a predetermined interest rate (i.e., the strike price), to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor.
 
The Trust may hedge both its assets and liabilities through interest rate swaps, caps and floors. Usually, payments with respect to interest rate swaps will be made on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out) with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments on the payment dates. The Trust will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Trust’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap on a daily basis and will segregate with a custodian an amount of cash or liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at all times at least equal to the accrued excess. If there is a default by the other party to an uncleared interest rate swap transaction, generally the Trust will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.    With respect to interest rate swap transactions cleared through a central clearing counterpary, a clearing organization will be substituted for each party and will guaranty the parties’ performance under the swap agreement.  However, there can be no assurance that the clearing organization will satisfy its obligation to the Trust.
 
Repurchase Agreements . The Trust may invest in repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a contractual agreement whereby the seller of securities agrees to repurchase the same security at a specified price on a future date agreed upon by the parties. The agreed upon repurchase price determines the yield during the Trust’s holding period. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans collateralized by the underlying security that is the subject of the repurchase contract. Income generated from transactions in repurchase agreements will be taxable. The Trust will only enter into repurchase agreements with registered securities dealers or domestic banks that, in the opinion of the Advisor, present minimal credit risk. The risk to the Trust is limited to the ability of the issuer to pay the agreed upon repurchase price on the delivery date; however, although the value of the underlying collateral at the time the transaction is entered into always equals or exceeds the agreed upon repurchase price, if the value of the collateral declines there is a risk of loss of both principal and interest. In the event of default, the collateral may be sold but the Trust might incur a loss if the value of the collateral declines, and might incur disposition costs or experience delays in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization upon the collateral by the Trust may be delayed or limited. The Advisors will monitor the value of the collateral at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times subsequent during the term of the repurchase agreement in an effort to determine that such value always equals or exceeds the agreed upon repurchase price. In the event the value of the collateral declines below the repurchase price, the Advisors will demand additional collateral from the issuer to increase the value of the collateral to at least that of the repurchase price, including interest.
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements.   The Trust may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio investments subject to the investment restrictions set forth herein. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Trust with an agreement by the Trust to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. At the time the Trust enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may establish and maintain a segregated account with the custodian containing cash and/or liquid assets having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the Trust establishes and maintains such a segregated account, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a borrowing by the Trust; however, under certain circumstances in which the Trust does not establish and maintain such a segregated account, such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Trust’s limitation on borrowings. The use by the Trust of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks of leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.   The Trust’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements will be subject to the Trust’s policy with respect to the use of economic leverage of up to 50% of its Managed Assets (100% of its net assets).    Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Trust has sold but is obligated to repurchase. Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Trust in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline in price.
 
If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Trust’s obligation to repurchase the securities and the Trust’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Also, the Trust would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.
 
The Trust also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty that purchases the
 
 
38

 

security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the Trust’s repurchase of the underlying security.
 
Dollar Rolls .  The Trust may enter into “dollar roll” transactions.  In a dollar roll transaction, the Trust sells a mortgage related security to a dealer and simultaneously agrees to repurchase a similar security (but not the same security) in the future at a pre-determined price. A dollar roll transaction can be viewed, like a reverse repurchase agreement, as a collateralized borrowing in which the Trust pledges a mortgage related security to a dealer to obtain cash. However, unlike reverse repurchase agreements, the dealer with which the Trust enters into a dollar roll transaction is not obligated to return the same securities as those originally sold by the Trust, but only securities which are “substantially identical.” To be considered substantially identical, the securities returned to the Trust generally must: (i) be collateralized by the same types of underlying mortgages; (ii) be issued by the same agency and be part of the same program; (iii) have a similar original stated maturity; (iv) have identical net coupon rates; (v) have similar market yields (and therefore price); and (vi) satisfy “good delivery” requirements, meaning that the aggregate principal amounts of the securities delivered and received back must be within 2.5% of the initial amount delivered.  As with reverse repurchase agreements, to the extent that positions in dollar roll agreements are not covered by segregated liquid assets at least equal to the amount of any forward purchase commitment, such transactions would be deemed senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the Investment Company Act.
 
During the period between the sale and repurchase, the Trust will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments of the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Trust and the income from these investments will generate income for the Trust. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Trust compared with what the performance would have been without the use of dollar rolls. At the time the Trust enters into a dollar roll transaction, it will place in a segregated account maintained with its custodian cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid assets having a value equal to the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that its value is maintained.
 
Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Trust is required to purchase may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities. The Trust’s right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted. Successful use of mortgage dollar rolls may depend upon the investment manager’s ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed.
 
Other Investment Companies.   The Trust may invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies (including ETFs), subject to applicable regulatory limits, that invest primarily securities of the types in which the Trust may invest directly. The Trust generally expects to invest in other investment companies either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period shortly after the Trust receives the proceeds of the offering of its common shares (or preferred shares, should the Trust determine to issue preferred shares in the future), or during periods when there is a shortage of attractive fixed income securities available in the market. As a shareholder in an investment company, the Trust will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses and will remain subject to payment of the Trust’s advisory and other fees and expenses with respect to assets so invested. Holders of common shares will therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Trust invests in other investment companies. The Advisors will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in an investment company relative to available fixed income securities investments. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the same leverage risks to which the Trust is subject. As described in this Prospectus in the sections entitled “Risks” and “Leverage,” the net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares. Investment companies may have investment policies that differ from those of the Trust. In addition, to the extent the Trust invests in other investment companies, the Trust will be dependent upon the investment and research abilities of persons other than the Advisors.
 
The Trust may invest in ETFs, which are investment companies that typically aim to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. ETFs are typically passively managed and their shares are traded on a national exchange or The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. ETFs do not sell individual shares directly to investors and only issue their shares in large blocks known as “creation units.” The investor purchasing a creation unit may sell the individual shares on a secondary market. Therefore, the liquidity of ETFs depends on the adequacy of the secondary market. There can be no assurance that an ETF’s investment objective will be achieved, as ETFs based on an index may not replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weightings of securities in the index. ETFs are subject to the risks of investing in the underlying securities. The Trust, as a holder of the securities of the ETF, will bear its pro rata portion of the ETF’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses are in addition to the direct expenses of the Trust’s own operations.
 
 
39

 

The Trust treats its investments in other investment companies that invest substantially all of their assets in fixed income securities as investments in fixed income securities.
 
Short-Term Debt Securities; Temporary Defensive Positions; Invest-Up Period.   During temporary defensive periods (e.g., times when, in the Advisors’ opinion, temporary imbalances of supply and demand or other temporary dislocations in the market adversely affect the price at which fixed income securities are available, or in connection with the termination of the Trust) and in order to keep cash on hand fully invested, including the period during which the net proceeds of this offering of common shares (or preferred shares, should the Trust determine to issue preferred shares in the future) are being invested, the Trust may invest any percentage of its assets in liquid, short-term investments including high quality, short-term securities and securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in securities of the type in which the Trust may invest directly.  See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Debt Securities” in the SAI. The Advisors’ determination that they are temporarily unable to follow the Trust’s investment strategy or that it is impractical to do so will generally occur only in situations in which a market disruption event has occurred and where trading in the securities selected through application of the Trust’s investment strategy is extremely limited or absent or in connection with the termination of the Trust.
 
Securities Lending .  The Trust may lend its portfolio securities to banks or dealers that meet the creditworthiness standards established by the Board (“Qualified Institutions”). By lending its portfolio securities, the Trust attempts to increase its income through the receipt of interest on the loan. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that may occur during the term of the loan will be for the account of the Trust. The Trust may lend its portfolio securities so long as the terms and the structure of such loans are not inconsistent with requirements of the Investment Company Act and any rules promulgated thereunder or exemptive relief from the Investment Company Act, which currently require that (i) the borrower pledge and maintain with the Trust collateral consisting of cash, a letter of credit issued by a domestic U.S. bank, or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government having a value at all times not less than 100% of the value of the securities loaned, (ii) the borrower add to such collateral whenever the price of the securities loaned rises (i.e., the value of the loan is “marked to the market” on a daily basis), (iii) the loan be made subject to termination by the Trust at any time and (iv) the Trust receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the Trust’s investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short-term investments), any distributions on the loaned securities and any increase in their market value. The Trust will not lend portfolio securities if, as a result, the aggregate of such loans exceeds 331/3% of the value of the Trust’s total assets (including such loans). Loan arrangements made by the Trust will comply with all other applicable regulatory requirements. All relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the Qualified Institution, will be monitored by the Advisors and will be considered in making decisions with respect to lending securities, subject to review by the Board . In addition, voting rights may pass with the loaned securities, but if a material event were to occur affecting such a loan, the loan must be called and the securities voted. The Trust may pay reasonable negotiated fees in connection with loaned securities, so long as such fees are set forth in a written contract and approved by the Board . The Trust will lend securities through an affiliate of the Advisors pursuant to the terms of an exemptive order under the Investment Company Act , according to which the affiliate will receive compensation at market rates.
 
Short Sales .   The Trust may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. The Trust may make short sales to hedge positions, for duration and risk management, in order to maintain portfolio flexibility or to enhance income or gain. When the Trust makes a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Trust may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over to the securities lender any income, distributions or dividends received on such borrowed securities until it returns the security to the securities lender.  The Trust’s obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral deposited with the securities lender, usually cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid assets. The Trust will also be required to segregate similar collateral with its custodian to the extent, if any, necessary so that the aggregate collateral value is at all times at least equal to the current market value of the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the securities lender regarding payment over of any income, distributions or dividends received by the Trust on such security, the Trust may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such securities lender.  If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Trust will realize a gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. Although the Trust’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited.  The Trust will not make a short sale if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 25% of the value of its Managed Assets or the Trust’s aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities exceeds 25% of the outstanding securities of that class.  The Trust may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost the identical security.
 
 
40

 

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitment Securities .   The Trust may purchase securities on a “when-issued” basis and may purchase or sell securities on a “forward commitment” basis or on a “delayed delivery” basis. When such transactions are negotiated, the price, which is generally expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. When-issued securities and forward commitments may be sold prior to the settlement date. If the Trust disposes of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition or disposes of its right to deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it might incur a gain or loss. At the time the Trust enters into a transaction on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will segregate with its custodian cash or liquid assets with a value not less than the value of the when-issued or forward commitment securities. The value of these assets will be monitored daily to ensure that their marked to market value will at all times equal or exceed the corresponding obligations of the Trust. There is always a risk that the securities may not be delivered and that the Trust may incur a loss. Settlements in the ordinary course are not treated by the Trust as when-issued or forward commitment transactions and accordingly are not subject to the foregoing restrictions.
 
LEVERAGE
 
The Trust currently intends to use leverage to seek to achieve its investment objectives.   The Trust currently anticipates that it will use leverage through reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls and the Trust may also borrow funds from banks or other financial institutions and/or issue preferred shares as described in this Prospectus.   The Trust intends to use economic leverage of up to    % of its Managed Assets (        % of its net assets), although it may use economic leverage of up to 50% of its Managed Assets (100% of its net assets).
 
The use of leverage can create risks . When leverage is employed, the net asset value and market price of the common shares and the yield to holders of common shares will be more volatile than if leverage were not used . Changes in the value of the Trust’s portfolio, including securities bought with the proceeds of leverage, will be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. If there is a net decrease or increase in the value of the Trust’s investment portfolio, leverage will decrease or increase, as the case may be, the net asset value per common share to a greater extent than if the Trust did not utilize leverage. A reduction in the Trust’s net asset value may cause a reduction in the market price of its shares. During periods in which the Trust is using leverage, the fees paid to the Advisors for advisory and sub-advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage, because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Trust’s Managed Assets, which includes the proceeds from leverage. The Trust’s leveraging strategy may not be successful. See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”
 
Certain types of leverage by the Trust may result in the Trust being subject to covenants relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. The Trust may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by one or more lenders or by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for any short-term debt securities or preferred shares issued by the Trust. The terms of any borrowings or rating agency guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act. The Advisors do not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede them from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with its investment objectives and policies if the Trust were to utilize leverage.
 
Under the Investment Company Act, the Trust is not permitted to use leverage for any purpose if, immediately after the issuance of such leverage, the Trust would have an asset coverage ratio (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of less than 300% with respect to indebtedness or less than 200% with respect to preferred stock. The Investment Company Act also provides that the Trust may not declare distributions or purchase its stock (including through tender offers), if immediately after doing so it will have an asset coverage ratio of less than 300% or 200%, as applicable. Under the Investment Company Act, certain short-term borrowings (such as for cash management purposes) are not subject to these limitations if (i) repaid within 60 days, (ii) not extended or renewed and (iii) not in excess of 5% of the total assets of the Trust.
 
Effects of Leverage
 
Assuming that leverage will represent approximately       % of the Trust’s Managed Assets and that the Trust will bear expenses relating to that leverage at an average annual rate of          %, the income generated by the Trust’s portfolio (net of estimated expenses) must exceed           % in order to cover the expenses specifically related to the Trust’s use of leverage. Of course, these numbers are merely estimates used for illustration. Actual leverage expenses will vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower than the rate estimated above.
 
The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on common share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income and changes in the
 
 
41

 

value of securities held in the Trust’s portfolio) of - 10%, - 5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns experienced or expected to be experienced by the Trust. See “Risks.” The table further reflects the use of leverage representing       % of the Trust’s Managed Assets and the Trust’s currently projected annual leverage expense of       %.
 
Assumed Portfolio Total Return (net of expenses)
 
 
- 10.00%
 
 
- 5.00%
 
 
0.00%
 
 
5.00%
 
 
10.00%
 
Common Share Total Return
 
 
        -      %
 
 
 -      %
 
 
 -      %
 
 
%
 
 
%
 
Common share total return is composed of two elements: the common share dividends paid by the Trust (the amount of which is largely determined by the net investment income of the Trust) and gains or losses on the value of the securities the Trust owns. As required by SEC rules, the table assumes that the Trust is more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0% the Trust must assume that the interest it receives on its securities investments is entirely offset by losses in the value of those securities.
 
Unless and until leverage is utilized or issued, the common shares will not be leveraged and the risks and special considerations related to leverage described in this Prospectus will not apply. Such leveraging will not be fully achieved until the proceeds resulting from the use of leverage have been invested in debt instruments in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies.
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
 
The Trust may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio investments subject to the investment restrictions set forth herein. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Trust with an agreement by the Trust to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. At the time the Trust enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may establish and maintain a segregated account with the custodian containing cash and/or liquid assets having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the Trust establishes and maintains such a segregated account, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a borrowing by the Trust; however, under certain circumstances in which the Trust does not establish and maintain such a segregated account, such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Trust’s limitation on borrowings.  The Trust’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements will be subject to the Trust’s policy with respect to the use of economic leverage of up to 50% of its Managed Assets (100% of its net assets) .  See “The Trust’s Investments—Portfolio Contents and Techniques—Reverse Repurchase Agreements .”
 
Dollar Roll Transactions
 
A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by the Trust of a mortgage-backed or other security concurrently with an agreement by the Trust to repurchase a similar security at a later date at an agreed upon price. The securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate and stated maturity as those sold, but pools of mortgages collateralizing those securities may have different prepayment histories than those sold. During the period between the sale and repurchase, the Trust will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Trust and the income from these investments will generate income for the Trust. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold by the Trust as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Trust compared with what the performance would have been without the use of dollar rolls. See “The Trust’s Investments—Portfolio Contents and Techniques—Dollar Rolls.”
 
Credit Facility
 
The Trust may borrow through a credit facility. If the Trust enters into a credit facility, the Trust may be required to prepay outstanding amounts or incur a penalty rate of interest upon the occurrence of certain events of default. The Trust would also likely have to indemnify the lenders under the credit facility against liabilities they may incur in connection therewith. In addition, the Trust expects that any credit facility would contain covenants that, among other things, likely would limit the Trust’s ability to pay distributions in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change certain of its investment policies and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations, and require asset coverage ratios in addition to those required by the Investment Company Act. The Trust may be required to pledge its assets and to maintain a portion of its assets in cash or high-grade securities as a reserve against interest or principal payments and expenses. The Trust expects that any credit facility would have customary covenant, negative covenant and default provisions. There can be no assurance that the Trust will enter into an agreement for a credit facility , or one on terms and conditions
 
 
42

 

representative of the foregoing, or that additional material terms will not apply. In addition, if entered into, a credit facility may in the future be replaced or refinanced by one or more credit facilities having substantially different terms or by the issuance of preferred shares.
 
Preferred Shares
 
The Trust may, but currently does not intend to, leverage its portfolio by issuing preferred shares.  Under the Investment Company Act, the Trust is not permitted to issue preferred shares if, immediately after such issuance, the liquidation value of the Trust’s outstanding preferred shares exceeds 50% of its assets (including the proceeds from the issuance) less liabilities other than borrowings (i.e., the value of the Trust’s assets must be at least 200% of the liquidation value of its outstanding preferred shares). In addition, the Trust would not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Trust’s assets less liabilities other than borrowings is at least 200% of such liquidation value.
 
The Trust expects that preferred shares, if issued, will pay adjustable rate dividends based on shorter-term interest rates, which would be redetermined periodically by a fixed spread or remarketing process, subject to a maximum rate which would increase over time in the event of an extended period of unsuccessful remarketing. The adjustment period for preferred share dividends could be as short as one day or as long as a year or more. Preferred shares, if issued, could include a liquidity feature that allows holders of preferred shares to have their shares purchased by a liquidity provider in the event that sell orders have not been matched with purchase orders and successfully settled in a remarketing. The Trust expects that it would pay a fee to the provider of this liquidity feature, which would be borne by common shareholders of the Trust.  The terms of such liquidity feature could require the Trust to redeem preferred shares still owned by the liquidity provider following a certain period of continuous, unsuccessful remarketing, which may adversely impact the Trust.
 
If preferred shares are issued, the Trust intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem preferred shares from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain asset coverage of any preferred shares of at least 200%. In addition, as a condition to obtaining ratings on the preferred shares, the terms of any preferred shares issued are expected to include asset coverage maintenance provisions which will require the redemption of the preferred shares in the event of non-compliance by the Trust and may also prohibit dividends and other distributions on the common shares in such circumstances. In order to meet redemption requirements, the Trust may have to liquidate portfolio securities. Such liquidations and redemptions would cause the Trust to incur related transaction costs and could result in capital losses to the Trust. Prohibitions on dividends and other distributions on the common shares could impair the Trust’s ability to qualify as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Code. If the Trust has preferred shares outstanding, two of the Trustees will be elected by the holders of preferred shares voting separately as a class. The remaining Trustees will be elected by holders of common shares and preferred shares voting together as a single class. In the event the Trust failed to pay dividends on preferred shares for two years, holders of preferred shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees.
 
If the Trust issues preferred shares, the Trust expects that it will be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for preferred shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines are expected to impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Trust by the Investment Company Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede the Advisors from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies.
 
Derivatives
 
The Trust may enter into derivative securities transactions that have economic leverage embedded in them.  Derivative transactions that the Trust may enter into and the risks associated with them are described elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Trust cannot assure you that investments in derivative securities that have economic leverage embedded in them will result in a higher return on its common shares.   Inasmuch as any obligations of the Trust that arise from derivatives transactions will be covered by segregated liquid assets or offsetting transactions, the Trust and the Advisors believe such obligations do not constitute senior securities and, accordingly, will not treat such transactions as being subject to its borrowing restrictions or policies regarding economic leverage.
 
Temporary Borrowings
 
 The Trust may also borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including the payment of dividends and the settlement of securities transactions which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of Trust securities.
 
 
43

 

RISKS
 
The net asset value of, and dividends paid on, the common shares will fluctuate with and be affected by, among other things, the risks more fully described below.
 
No Operating History
 
The Trust is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history.  The Trust does not have any historical financial statements or other meaningful operating or financial data on which potential investors may evaluate the Trust and its performance.  An investment in the Trust is therefore subject to all of the risks and uncertainties associated with a new business, including the risk that the Trust will not achieve its investment objectives and that the value of any potential investment in our common shares could decline substantially as a consequence.
 
Non-Diversified Status
 
The Trust will be a non-diversified fund. As defined in the Investment Company Act, a non-diversified fund may have a significant part of its investments in a smaller number of securities than can a diversified fund. Having a larger percentage of assets in a smaller number of securities makes a non-diversified fund, like the Trust, more susceptible to the risk that one single event or occurrence can have a significant adverse impact upon the Trust.
 
Investment and Market Discount Risk
 
An investment in the Trust’s common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. As with any stock, the price of the Trust’s common shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. The value of your investment in the Trust will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by the amount of the sales load and the amount of the organizational and offering expenses paid by the Trust. Common shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that the Trust’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities.  At any point in time an investment in the Trust’s common shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account distributions paid by the Trust. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their common shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering. The Trust anticipates using leverage, which will magnify the Trust’s investment, market and certain other risks.
 
Fixed Income Securities Risks
 
Fixed income securities in which the Trust may invest are generally subject to the following risks:
 
Issuer Risk . The value of fixed income securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of the assets of the issuer.
 
Credit Risk .   Credit risk is the risk that one or more fixed income securities in the Trust’s portfolio will decline in price or fail to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer of the security experiences a decline in its financial status. Credit risk is increased when a portfolio security is downgraded or the perceived creditworthiness of the issuer deteriorates.  To the extent the Trust invests in below investment grade securities, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund which only invests in investment grade securities. In addition, to the extent the Trust uses credit derivatives, such use will expose it to additional risk in the event that the bonds underlying the derivatives default.  See “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
Interest Rate Risk . The value of certain fixed income securities in the Trust’s portfolio could be affected by interest rate fluctuations. Generally, when market interest rates fall, fixed rate securities prices rise, and vice versa. Interest rate risk is the risk that the securities in the Trust’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. The prices of longer-term securities fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term securities as interest rates change. These risks may be greater in the current market environment because certain interest rates are near historically low levels. Because the Trust will initially invest primarily in long-term securities, the net asset value and market price per share of the common shares will fluctuate more in response to changes in market interest rates than if the Trust invested primarily in shorter-term securities. The Trust’s use of leverage, as described below, will tend to increase common share interest rate risk.  The Trust may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of fixed income securities held by the Trust and decreasing the Trust’s exposure to interest rate risk.
 
 
44

 

The Trust is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and may choose not to do so. In addition, there is no assurance that any attempts by the Trust to reduce interest rate risk will be successful or that any hedges that the Trust may establish will perfectly correlate with movements in interest rates.
 
The Trust may invest in variable and floating rate debt instruments, which generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than longer duration fixed rate instruments, but may decline in value in response to rising interest rates if, for example, the rates at which they pay interest do not rise as much, or as quickly, as market interest rates in general. Conversely, variable and floating rate instruments generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline. The Trust also may invest in inverse floating rate debt securities, which may decrease in value if interest rates increase, and which also may exhibit greater price volatility than fixed rate debt obligations with similar credit quality. To the extent the Trust holds variable or floating rate instruments, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating rate securities, an increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities , which may adversely affect the net asset value of the Trust’s common shares.
 
Prepayment Risk . During periods of declining interest rates, borrowers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled. For fixed rate securities, such payments often occur during periods of declining interest rates, forcing the Trust to reinvest in lower yielding securities, resulting in a possible decline in the Trust’s income and distributions to shareholders. This is known as prepayment or “call” risk. Below investment grade securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met (“call protection”).  For premium bonds (bonds acquired at prices that exceed their par or principal value) purchased by the Trust, prepayment risk may be enhanced.
 
Reinvestment Risk . Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Trust’s portfolio will decline if the Trust invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called fixed income securities at market interest rates that are below the Trust portfolio’s current earnings rate.
 
Duration and Maturity Risk . The Trust has no set policy regarding portfolio maturity or duration. Holding long duration and long maturity investments will expose the Trust to certain magnified risks.
 
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk
 
The Trust may invest in securities that are rated, at the time of investment, below investment grade quality (rated “Ba/BB” or below, or unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisors), which are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  The value of high yield, lower quality bonds is affected by the creditworthiness of the issuers of the securities and by general economic and specific industry conditions.  Issuers of high yield bonds are not perceived to be as strong financially as those with higher credit ratings.  These issuers are more vulnerable to financial setbacks and recession than more creditworthy issuers, which may impair their ability to make interest and principal payments. Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could disrupt severely the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities. See “Risks—Risk Associated with Recent Market Events.”
 
Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that for higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s net asset value. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the short-term and the long-term.
 
The prices of fixed income securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, below investment grade securities historically have been somewhat less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality securities of comparable maturity because credit quality is also a significant factor in the valuation of lower grade securities.  On the other hand, an increased rate environment results in increased borrowing costs generally, which may impair the credit quality of low-grade issuers and thus have a more significant effect on the value of some lower grade securities.  In addition, the current extraordinary low rate environment has expanded the historic universe of buyers of lower grade securities as traditional investment grade oriented investors have been forced to accept more risk in order to maintain income.  As rates rise, these recent entrants to the low-grade securities market may exit the market and reduce demand for lower grade securities, potentially resulting in greater price volatility.
 
 
45

 

The ratings of Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and other rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate.  Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations.  Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Advisors also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability of the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal.  To the extent that the Trust invests in lower grade securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Advisors’ credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.
 
The Trust may invest in securities rated in the lower rating categories (rated Caa1/CCC+ or below, or unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisors).   For these securities, the risks associated with below investment grade instruments are more pronounced.  The Trust may purchase stressed or distressed securities, including securities that are in default or the issuers of which are in bankruptcy, which involve heightened risks.  See “Risks—Distressed and Defaulted Securities Risk.”
 
Mortgage Related Securities Risks
 
MBS Risk. Investing in MBS entails various risks. MBS represent an interest in a pool of mortgages. The risks associated with MBS include: credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; risks associated with their structure and execution (including the collateral, the process by which principal and interest payments are allocated and distributed to investors and how credit losses affect the return to investors in such MBS); risks associated with the servicer of the underlying mortgages ; adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in the value of the mortgage-backed security;  loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral.  In addition, the Trust’s level of investment in MBS of a particular type or in MBS issued or guaranteed by affiliated obligors, serviced by the same servicer or backed by underlying collateral located in a specific geographic region, may subject the Trust to additional risk.
 
When market interest rates decline, more mortgages are refinanced and the securities are paid off earlier than expected. Prepayments may also occur on a scheduled basis or due to foreclosure. During such periods, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Trust will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid.  When market interest rates increase, the market values of MBS decline. At the same time, however, mortgage refinancings and prepayments slow, lengthening the effective maturities of these securities. As a result, the negative effect of the rate increase on the market value of MBS is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of fixed income securities. Moreover, the relationship between borrower prepayments and changes in interest rates may mean some high-yielding mortgage related and other asset-backed securities have less potential for increases in value if market interest rates were to fall than conventional bonds with comparable maturities.
 
MBS generally are classified as either  RMBS or CMBS, each of which are subject to certain specific risks as further described below.
 
RMBS Risk . Credit-related risk on RMBS arises from losses due to delinquencies and defaults by the borrowers in payments on the underlying mortgage loans and breaches by originators and servicers of their obligations under the underlying documentation pursuant to which the RMBS are issued. Residential mortgage loans are obligations of the borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity. The rate of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans and the aggregate amount of the resulting losses will be affected by a number of factors, including general economic conditions, particularly those in the area where the related mortgaged property is located, the level of the borrower’s equity in the mortgaged property and the individual financial circumstances of the borrower. If a residential mortgage loan is in default, foreclosure on the related residential property may be a lengthy and difficult process involving significant legal and other expenses. The net proceeds obtained by the holder on a residential mortgage loan following the foreclosure on the related property may be less than the total amount that remains due on the loan. The prospect of incurring a loss upon the foreclosure of the related property may lead the holder of the residential mortgage loan to restructure the residential mortgage loan or otherwise delay the foreclosure process. Non-agency RMBS have no direct or indirect government guarantees of payment and are subject to various risks as described herein.
 
MBS issued by FNMA or FHLMC are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA or FHLMC, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.  In 2008 , FHFA placed FNMA and FHLMC
 
 
46

 

into conservatorship. FNMA and FHLMC are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remains liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its MBS. In connection with the conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury entered into an agreement with each of FNMA and FHLMC that contained various covenants severely limiting each enterprise’s operations. There is no assurance that the obligations of such entities will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default. FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs. A 2011 report to Congress from the Treasury Department and the Department of Housing and Urban Development set forth a plan to reform America’s housing finance market, which would reduce the role of, and eventually eliminate, FNMA and FHLMC.  It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact FNMA, FHLMC and the Federal Home Loan Banks, and the values of their related securities or obligations.
 
Legal risks associated with RMBS can arise as a result of the procedures followed in connection with the origination of the mortgage loans or the servicing thereof, which may be subject to various federal and state laws (including, without limitation, predatory lending laws), public policies and principles of equity that regulate interest rates and other charges, require certain disclosures, require licensing of originators, prohibit discriminatory lending practices, regulate the use of consumer credit information and debt collection practices and may limit the servicer’s ability to collect all or part of the principal of or interest on a residential mortgage loan, entitle the borrower to a refund of amounts previously paid by it or subject the servicer to damages and sanctions.
 
CMBS Risk . CMBS are, generally, securities backed by obligations (including certificates of participation in obligations) that are principally secured by mortgages on real property or interests therein having a multifamily or commercial use, such as regional malls, other retail space, office buildings, industrial or warehouse properties, hotels, nursing homes and senior living centers. The market for CMBS developed more recently and, in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues, is relatively small compared to the market for single-family RMBS . CMBS are subject to particular risks, including lack of standardized terms, shorter maturities than residential mortgage loans and payment of all or substantially all of the principal only at maturity rather than regular amortization of principal. Additional risks may be presented by the type and use of a particular commercial property. Special risks are presented by hospitals, nursing homes, hospitality properties and certain other property types. Commercial property values and net operating income are subject to volatility, which may result in net operating income becoming insufficient to cover debt service on the related mortgage loan. The repayment of loans secured by income-producing properties is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project rather than upon the liquidation value of the underlying real estate.  Consequently, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties.
 
Mortgage Loan Market Risk .  In recent years, the residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain mortgages and mortgage related securities. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially sub-prime and second lien mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses.  At any one time, a portfolio of RMBS may be backed by residential mortgage loans that are highly concentrated in only a few states or regions. As a result, the performance of such residential mortgage loans may be more susceptible to a downturn in the economy, including in particular industries that are highly represented in such states or regions, natural calamities and other adverse conditions affecting such areas.  The recent economic downturn experienced at the national level and the more serious economic downturn experienced in certain geographic areas of the United States, including in particular areas of the United States where rates of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans have already accelerated, may further contribute to the higher rates of delinquencies and defaults on the residential mortgage loans underlying the RMBS. There also can be no assurance that areas of the United States that have mostly avoided higher rates of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans will continue to do so if an economic downturn in the economy continues at the national level.  If the economy of the United States further deteriorates, the incidence of mortgage foreclosures, especially sub-prime mortgages, may continue to increase, which may adversely affect the value of any RMBS owned by the Trust.
 
Any increase in prevailing market interest rates, which are currently near historical lows, may result in increased payments for borrowers who have ARMs . Moreover, with respect to hybrid mortgage loans after their initial fixed rate period, interest-only products or products having a lower rate, and with respect to mortgage loans with a negative amortization feature which reach their negative amortization cap, borrowers may experience a substantial increase in their monthly payment even without an increase in prevailing market interest rates. Increases in payments for borrowers may result in increased rates of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans underlying the non-agency RMBS.
 
 
47

 

The significance of the mortgage crisis and loan defaults in residential mortgage loan sectors led to the enactment in July 2008 of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, a wide-ranging housing rescue bill that offers up to $300 billion in assistance to troubled homeowners and emergency assistance to FNMA and FHLMC.  In addition, the mortgage crisis has led public advocacy groups to demand, and governmental officials and federal and state regulatory agencies to propose and consider, a variety of other “bailout” and “rescue” plans.  New laws, legislation or other government regulations, including those promulgated in furtherance of a “bailout” or “rescue” plan to address the crisis and distress in the residential mortgage loan sector, may result in a reduction of available transactional opportunities for the Trust, or an increase in the cost associated with such transactions. Any such law, legislation or regulation may adversely affect the market value of RMBS.
 
A number of originators and servicers of residential and commercial mortgage loans, including some of the largest originators and servicers in the residential and commercial mortgage loan market, have experienced serious financial difficulties.   There can be no assurance that originators and servicers of mortgage loans will not continue to experience serious financial difficulties or experience such difficulties in the future, including becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or that underwriting procedures and policies and protections against fraud will be sufficient in the future to prevent such financial difficulties or significant levels of default or delinquency on mortgage loans.
 
Stripped MBS Risk .  Stripped MBS may be subject to additional risks.  One type of stripped mortgage-backed security pays to one class all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the IO class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Trust may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated.
 
CMO Risk . There are certain risks associated specifically with CMOs. CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. The average life of a CMO is determined using mathematical models that incorporate prepayment assumptions and other factors that involve estimates of future economic and market conditions. Actual future results may vary from these estimates , particularly during periods of extreme market volatility. Further, under certain market conditions, such as those that occurred during the recent downturn in the mortgage markets, the average weighted life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities. For example, in periods of supply and demand imbalances in the market for such securities and/or in periods of sharp interest rate movements, the prices of CMOs may fluctuate to a greater extent than would be expected from interest rate movements alone. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and are not guaranteed by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee. Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payments when due, the holder could sustain a loss.
 
Inverse floating rate CMOs are typically more volatile than fixed or floating rate tranches of CMOs. Many inverse floating rate CMOs have coupons that move inversely to a multiple of an index. The effect of the coupon varying inversely to a multiple of an applicable index creates a leverage factor. Inverse floaters based on multiples of a stated index are designed to be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and can subject the holders thereof to extreme reductions of yield and loss of principal. The markets for inverse floating rate CMOs with highly leveraged characteristics at times may be very thin. The Trust’s ability to dispose of its positions in such securities will depend on the degree of liquidity in the markets for such securities. It is impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in such securities, and therefore the future degree of liquidity.
 
Additional Risks of Mortgage Related Securities .  Additional information regarding mortgage related securities is set forth in the SAI under “Additional Risk Factors—Mortgage Related Securities Risks.”
 
ABS Risk
 
ABS involve certain risks in addition to those presented by MBS. There is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. Relative to MBS, ABS may provide the Trust with a less effective security interest in the underlying collateral and are more dependent on the borrower’s ability to pay.  If many borrowers on the underlying loans default, losses could exceed the credit enhancement level and result in losses to investors in an ABS transaction. Finally, ABS have structure risk due to a unique characteristic known as early amortization, or early payout, risk. Built into the structure of most ABS are triggers for early payout, designed to protect investors from losses. These triggers are unique to each transaction and can include a significant rise in defaults on the underlying loans, a sharp drop in the credit enhancement level or the bankruptcy of the originator. Once early
 
 
48

 

amortization begins, all incoming loan payments (after expenses are paid) are used to pay investors as quickly as possible based upon a predetermined priority of payment.
 
The collateral underlying ABS may constitute assets related to a wide range of industries and sectors, such as credit card and automobile receivables.  Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. The Credit CARD Act of 2009 imposes new regulations on the ability of credit card issuers to adjust the interest rates and exercise various other rights with respect to indebtedness extended through credit cards. The Trust and the Advisors cannot predict what effect, if any, such regulations might have on the market for ABS and such regulations may adversely affect the value of ABS owned by the Trust. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. If the economy of the United States deteriorates, defaults on securities backed by credit card, automobile and other receivables may increase, which may adversely affect the value of any ABS owned by the Trust. There is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. In recent years, certain automobile manufacturers have been granted access to emergency loans from the U.S. Government and have experienced bankruptcy. As a result of these events, the value of securities backed by receivables from the sale or lease of automobiles may be adversely affected.
 
Some ABS, particularly home equity loan transactions, are subject to interest rate risk and prepayment risk. A change in interest rates can affect the pace of payments on the underlying loans, which in turn, affects total return on the securities.
 
CLO Risk
 
In addition to the general risks associated with fixed income securities discussed herein,  CLOs carry additional risks, including: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the CLO securities are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
 
The credit quality of  CLOs depends primarily upon the quality of the underlying assets and the level of credit support and/or enhancement provided. The underlying assets (e.g., loans ) of CLOs  are subject to prepayments, which shorten the weighted average maturity and may lower the return of CLOs. If the credit support or enhancement is exhausted, losses or delays in payment may result if the required payments of principal and interest are not made. The transaction documents relating to the issuance of CLOs may impose eligibility criteria on the assets of the issuing SPV, restrict the ability of the investment manager to trade investments and impose certain portfolio-wide asset quality requirements.  These criteria, restrictions and requirements may limit the ability of the SPV’s investment manager to maximize returns on the CLOs. In addition, other parties involved in structured products, such as third party credit enhancers and investors in the rated tranches, may impose requirements that have an adverse effect on the returns of the various tranches of CLOs. Furthermore, CLO transaction documents generally contain provisions that, in the event that certain tests are not met (generally interest coverage and over-collateralization tests at varying levels in the capital structure), proceeds that would otherwise be distributed to holders of a junior tranche must be diverted to pay down the senior tranches until such tests are satisfied. Failure (or increased likelihood of failure) of a CLO to make timely payments on a particular tranche will have an adverse effect on the liquidity and market value of such tranche.
 
Payments to holders of CLOs may be subject to deferral. If cash flows generated by the underlying assets are insufficient to make all current and, if applicable, deferred payments on the CLOs, no other assets will be available for payment of the deficiency and, following realization of the underlying assets, the obligations of the issuer to pay such deficiency will be extinguished.
 
The value of CLO securities also may change because of changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the pool, or the financial institution or fund providing the credit support or enhancement. Furthermore, the leveraged nature of each subordinated class may magnify the adverse impact on such class of changes in the value of the assets, changes in the distributions on the assets, defaults and recoveries on the assets, capital gains and losses on the assets, prepayment on the assets and availability, price and interest rates of the assets. CLOs are limited recourse, may not be paid in full and may be subject to up to 100% loss.
 
 
49

 

CLOs are typically privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CLOs may be characterized by the Trust as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist which would allow such securities to be considered liquid in some circumstances.
 
U.S. Government Securities Risk
 
U.S. Government debt securities generally involve lower levels of credit risk than other types of fixed income securities of similar maturities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from such other securities. Like other fixed income securities, the values of U.S. Government securities change as interest rates fluctuate.   On August 5, 2011, S&P lowered its long-term sovereign credit rating on U.S. Government debt to “AA+” from “AAA” with a negative outlook.  Moody’s affirmed the “ Aaa ” long-term sovereign credit rating of U.S. Government debt on November 21, 2011 while maintaining its negative outlook.  The downgrade by S&P and any future downgrades by other rating agencies could increase volatility in both stock and bond markets, result in higher interest rates and higher Treasury yields and increase borrowing costs generally.  These events could have significant adverse effects on the economy generally and could result in significant adverse impacts on securities issuers and the Trust.  The Advisors cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on the Trust’s portfolio.
 
Senior Loans Risk
 
Senior Loans typically hold the most senior position in the capital structure of the issuing entity, are typically secured with specific collateral and typically have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower . The Trust’s investments in Senior Loans are typically below investment grade and are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuer.  The risks associated with Senior Loans are similar to the risks of below investment grade fixed income securities, although Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to other below investment grade fixed income securities, which are often subordinated and unsecured. See “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”  Senior Loans’ higher standing has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization. In addition, because their interest payments are typically adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates, investments in Senior Loans generally have less interest rate risk than other below investment grade fixed income securities, which may have fixed interest rates.
 
There is less readily available, reliable information about most Senior Loans than is the case for many other types of securities. In addition, there is no minimum rating or other independent evaluation of a Borrower or its securities limiting the Trust’s investments, and the Advisors rely primarily on their own evaluation of a Borrower’s credit quality rather than on any available independent sources. As a result, the Trust is particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of the Advisors.
 
The Trust may invest in Senior Loans rated below investment grade, which are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. Such companies are more likely to default on their payments of interest and principal owed to the Trust, and such defaults could reduce the Trust’s net asset value and income distributions. An economic downturn generally leads to a higher non-payment rate and a Senior Loan may lose significant value before a default occurs. Moreover, any specific collateral used to secure a Senior Loan may decline in value or become illiquid, which would adversely affect the Senior Loan’s value.
 
No active trading market may exist for certain Senior Loans, which may impair the ability of the Trust to realize full value in the event of the need to sell a Senior Loan and may make it difficult to value Senior Loans. Adverse market conditions may impair the liquidity of some actively traded Senior Loans, meaning that the Trust may not be able to sell them quickly at a fair price. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Senior Loans, the market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Illiquid securities are also difficult to value.
 
Although the Senior Loans in which the Trust will invest generally will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of the bankruptcy of a Borrower , the Trust could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Senior Loan. If the terms of a Senior Loan do not require the Borrower to pledge additional collateral in the event of a decline in the value of the already pledged collateral, the Trust will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the Borrower’s obligations under the Senior Loans. To the extent that a Senior Loan is collateralized by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all of its value in the event of the bankruptcy of the Borrower . Uncollateralized Senior Loans involve a greater risk of loss. Some Senior Loans are subject to the risk that a
 
 
50

 

court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate the Senior Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to lenders, including the Trust. Such court action could under certain circumstances include invalidation of Senior Loans.
 
The Trust may acquire Senior Loan assignments or participations. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, the purchaser’s rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution, and, in any event, the Trust may not be able to unilaterally enforce all rights and remedies under the loan and with regard to any associated collateral. A participation typically results in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the Borrower . In purchasing participations, the Trust generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement against the Borrower and the Trust may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Trust will be exposed to the credit risk of both the Borrower and the institution selling the participation.
 
The Trust’s investments in Senior Loans may be subject to lender liability risk.   Lender liability refers to a variety of legal theories generally founded on the premise that a lender has violated a duty of good faith, commercial reasonableness and fair dealing or a similar duty owed to the Borrower, or has assumed an excessive degree of control over the Borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the Borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Because of the nature of its investments, the Trust may be subject to allegations of lender liability.  In addition, under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, a court may elect to subordinate the claim of the offending lender or bondholder to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors.
 
Second Lien Loans Risk
 
Second Lien Loans generally are subject to similar risks as those associated with investments in Senior Loans. Because Second Lien Loans are subordinated or unsecured and thus lower in priority of payment to Senior Loans, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the Borrower and property securing the loan or debt, if any, may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the senior secured obligations of the Borrower . This risk is generally higher for subordinated unsecured loans or debt, which are not backed by a security interest in any specific collateral. Second Lien Loans generally have greater price volatility than Senior Loans and may be less liquid. Second Lien Loans share the same risks as other below investment grade securities.
 
Corporate Bonds Risk
 
The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates. The market value of intermediate and longer term corporate bonds is generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates than is the market value of shorter term corporate bonds. The market value of a corporate bond also may be affected by factors directly related to the issuer, such as investors’ perceptions of the creditworthiness of the issuer, the issuer’s financial performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, performance of management of the issuer, the issuer’s capital structure and use of financial leverage and demand for the issuer’s goods and services. Certain risks associated with investments in corporate bonds are described elsewhere in this Prospectus in further detail, including under “Credit Risk,” “Interest Rate Risk,” “Prepayment Risk,” “Inflation Risk” and “Deflation Risk. ” There is a risk that the issuers of corporate bonds may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are often high risk and have speculative characteristics and may be particularly susceptible to adverse issuer-specific developments. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are subject to the risks described herein under “Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
Preferred Securities Risk
 
There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including:
 
Deferral .  Preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If the Trust owns a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, the Trust may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such income.
 
Subordination .  Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of having priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments.
 
 
51

 

Limited Voting Rights .  Generally, preferred security holders (such as the Trust) have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights. In the case of trust preferred securities, holders generally have no voting rights, except if (i) the issuer fails to pay dividends for a specified period of time or (ii) a declaration of default occurs and is continuing.
 
Special Redemption Rights .  In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred securities may redeem the securities prior to a specified date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by certain changes in U.S. federal income tax or securities laws. As with call provisions, a special redemption by the issuer may negatively impact the return of the security held by the Trust.
 
New Types of Securities .  From time to time, preferred securities, including hybrid-preferred securities, have been, and may in the future be, offered having features other than those described herein. The Trust reserves the right to invest in these securities if the Advisors believe that doing so would be consistent with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies. Since the market for these instruments would be new, the Trust may have difficulty disposing of them at a suitable price and time. In addition to limited liquidity, these instruments may present other risks, such as high price volatility.
 
Convertible Securities Risk
 
Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. As with all fixed income securities, the market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in an issuer’s capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock.
 
The Trust may invest in synthetic convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security.  A holder of a synthetic convertible security faces the risk of a decline in the price of the security or the level of the index involved in the convertible component, causing a decline in the value of the security or instrument, such as a call option or warrant, purchased to create the synthetic convertible security. Should the price of the stock fall below the exercise price and remain there throughout the exercise period, the entire amount paid for the call option or warrant would be lost. Because a synthetic convertible security includes the income-producing component as well, the holder of a synthetic convertible security also faces the risk that interest rates will rise, causing a decline in the value of the income-producing instrument.  Synthetic convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with derivatives.
 
REITs Risk
 
To the extent that the Trust invests in real estate related investments, including REITs, it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry generally. These include difficulties in valuing and disposing of real estate, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, the possibility of adverse changes in the climate for real estate, environmental liability risks, the risk of increases in property taxes and operating expenses, possible adverse changes in zoning laws, the risk of casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, the possibility of adverse changes in interest rates and in the credit markets and the possibility of borrowers paying off mortgages sooner than expected, which may lead to reinvestment of assets at lower prevailing interest rates. To the extent that the Trust invests in REITs, it will also be subject to the risk that a REIT may default on its obligations or go bankrupt. REITs are generally not taxed on income timely distributed to shareholders, provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Code. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Trust, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Trust, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs.  Mortgage REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest the majority of their assets in real property mortgages and which generally derive income primarily from interest payments thereon. Investing in mortgage REITs involves certain risks related to investing in real property mortgages. In addition, mortgage REITs must satisfy highly technical and complex requirements in order to qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to REITs under the Code.  No assurances can be given that a mortgage REIT in which the Trust invests will be able to continue to qualify as a REIT or that complying with the REIT requirements under the Code will not adversely affect such REIT’s ability to execute its business plan.
 
 
52

 

Municipal Securities Risk
 
Municipal securities involve certain risks. The amount of public information available about the municipal securities to which the Trust is economically exposed is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds and the investment performance of the Trust may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Advisors than would be a stock fund or a taxable bond fund. The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly the below investment grade securities to which the Trust may be economically exposed, also tends to be less well-developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Trust’s ability to sell such securities at prices approximating those at which the Trust may currently value them.
 
In addition, many state and municipal governments that issue securities are under significant economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. The taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited by provisions of state constitutions or laws and an entity’s credit will depend on many factors, including the entity’s tax base, the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid and other factors which are beyond the entity’s control. In addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and such holders may not be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled.
 
The Trust may invest in taxable municipal securities, including BABs. BABs are taxable municipal obligations issued pursuant to legislation providing for the issuance of taxable municipal debt on which the issuer receives federal support of the interest paid. The issuance of BABs was discontinued on December 31, 2010. Under the sequestration process under the Budget Control Act of 2011, 7.6% of the federal subsidy for BABs and other subsidized taxable municipal bonds could be eliminated beginning on March 1, 2013.
 
Additional information regarding municipal securities is set forth in the SAI under “Additional Risk Factors—Municipal Securities Risks.”
 
Unrated Securities Risk
 
Because the Trust may purchase securities that are not rated by any rating organization, the Advisors may, after assessing their credit quality, internally assign ratings to certain of those securities in categories similar to those of rating organizations.  Some unrated securities may not have an active trading market or may be difficult to value, which means the Trust might have difficulty selling them promptly at an acceptable price. To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated securities, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on the Advisors’ credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.
 
Distressed and Defaulted Securities Risk
 
Investments in the securities of financially distressed issuers involve substantial risks. These securities may present a substantial risk of default or may be in default at the time of investment. The Trust may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a portfolio company, the Trust may lose its entire investment or may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than its original investment. Among the risks inherent in investments in a troubled entity is the fact that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the true financial condition of such issuer. The Advisors’ judgment about the credit quality of the issuer and the relative value and liquidity of its securities may prove to be wrong.
 
Non-U.S. Securities Risk
 
The Trust may invest in Non-U.S. Securities. Such investments involve certain risks not involved in domestic investments. Securities markets in foreign countries often are not as developed, efficient or liquid as securities markets in the United States, and therefore, the prices of Non-U.S. Securities can be more volatile. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of Non-U.S. Securities to make payments of principal and interest to investors located outside the country. In addition, the Trust will be subject to risks associated with adverse political and economic developments in foreign countries, which could cause the Trust to lose money on its investments in Non-U.S. Securities.
 
 
53

 

Because evidences of ownership of such securities usually are held outside the United States, the Trust will be subject to additional risks if it invests in Non-U.S. Securities, which include adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the foreign securities to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. Non-U.S. Securities may trade on days when the Trust’s common shares are not priced.
 
Emerging Markets Risk
 
The Trust may invest in Non-U.S. Securities of issuers in so-called “emerging markets” (or lesser developed countries). Such investments are particularly speculative and entail all of the risks of investing in Non-U.S. Securities but to a heightened degree. “Emerging market” countries generally include every nation in the world except developed countries, that is, the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. Foreign investment in certain emerging market countries may be restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in certain emerging market issuers and increase the costs and expenses of the Trust. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of the countries and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities in the Trust and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trust’s net asset value could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. The Advisors may, but are not required to, elect for the Trust to seek to protect itself from changes in currency exchange rates through hedging transactions depending on market conditions. In addition, certain countries, particularly emerging market countries, may impose foreign currency exchange controls or other restrictions on the transferability, repatriation or convertibility of currency.
 
Sovereign Government and Supranational Debt Risk
 
Investments in sovereign debt involve special risks. Foreign governmental issuers of debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or pay interest when due. In the event of default, there may be limited or no legal recourse in that, generally, remedies for defaults must be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party. Political conditions, especially a sovereign entity’s willingness to meet the terms of its debt obligations, are of considerable significance. The ability of a foreign sovereign issuer, especially an emerging market country, to make timely payments on its debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the sovereign issuer’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credit facilities and investments, fluctuations of interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, as many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. Also, there can be no assurance that the holders of commercial bank loans to the same sovereign entity may not contest payments to the holders of sovereign debt in the event of default under commercial bank loan agreements. In addition, there is no bankruptcy proceeding with respect to sovereign debt on which a sovereign has defaulted and the Trust may be unable to collect all or any part of its investment in a particular issue. Foreign investment in certain sovereign debt is restricted or controlled to varying degrees, including requiring governmental approval for the repatriation of income, capital or proceeds of sales by foreign investors. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in certain sovereign debt and increase the costs and expenses of the Trust.
 
Leverage Risk
 
The use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased common share net investment income dividends, but also creates risks for the holders of common shares.
 
There is no assurance that the Trust’s intended leveraging strategy will be successful. Leverage involves risks and special considerations for common shareholders, including:
 
 
·
the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value, market price and dividend rate of the common shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage;
 
 
54

 

 
·
the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt or in the interest or dividend rates on any leverage that the Trust must pay will reduce the return to the common shareholders;
 
 
·
the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the common shares than if the Trust were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the common shares;
 
 
·
when the Trust uses financial leverage, the management fee and sub-advisory fees payable to the Advisors will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage; and
 
 
·
leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return.
 
Any decline in the net asset value of the Trust’s investments will be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. Therefore, if the market value of the Trust’s portfolio declines, leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of common shares than if the Trust were not leveraged. This greater net asset value decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the common shares. While the Trust may from time to time consider reducing leverage in response to actual or anticipated changes in interest rates in an effort to mitigate the increased volatility of current income and net asset value associated with leverage, there can be no assurance that the Trust will actually reduce leverage in the future or that any reduction, if undertaken, will benefit the holders of common shares. Changes in the future direction of interest rates are very difficult to predict accurately. If the Trust were to reduce leverage based on a prediction about future changes to interest rates, and that prediction turned out to be incorrect, the reduction in leverage would likely operate to reduce the income and/or total returns to holders of common shares relative to the circumstance where the Trust had not reduced leverage. The Trust may decide that this risk outweighs the likelihood of achieving the desired reduction to volatility in income and share price if the prediction were to turn out to be correct, and determine not to reduce leverage as described above.
 
The Trust currently anticipates that it will use leverage through reverse repurchase agreements and/or dollar rolls and the Trust may also borrow from banks or other financial institutions and/or issue preferred shares as described in this Prospectus.  Certain types of leverage used by the Trust may result in the Trust being subject to covenants relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. The Trust may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for any debt securities or preferred shares issued by the Trust. The terms of any borrowings or these rating agency guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act. The Advisors do not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede them from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies.
 
The Trust may invest in the securities of other investment companies. Such securities may also be leveraged, and will therefore be subject to the leverage risks described above. This additional leverage may in certain market conditions reduce the net asset value of the Trust’s common shares and the returns to the holders of common shares.
 
Risks associated with reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls are discussed under “—Reverse Repurchase Agreement Risk” and “—Dollar Roll Transaction Risk” respectively.
 
Equity Securities Risk
 
Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed income securities over the long-term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and, in certain periods, have significantly under-performed relative to fixed income securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Trust. Also, the price of common stocks is sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.
 
Investments in ADRs, EDRs and GDRs are generally subject to risks associated with equity securities and investments in Non-U. S. Securities .  Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be
 
 
55

 

as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer.
 
Restricted and Illiquid Securities Risk
 
The Trust may invest without limitation in securities for which there is no readily available trading market or which are otherwise illiquid. The Trust may not be able to readily dispose of such securities at prices that approximate those at which the Trust could sell such securities if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Trust may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. Limited liquidity can also affect the market price of securities, thereby adversely affecting the Trust’s net asset value and ability to make dividend distributions.  The financial markets in general, and certain segments of the mortgage related securities markets in particular, have in recent years experienced periods of extreme secondary market supply and demand imbalance, resulting in a loss of liquidity during which market prices were suddenly and substantially below traditional measures of intrinsic value.  During such periods, some securities could be sold only at arbitrary prices and with substantial losses.  Periods of such market dislocation may occur again at any time.
 
Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold to the public without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, or that may be sold only in a privately negotiated transaction or pursuant to an exemption from registration. When registration is required to sell a security, the Trust may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and considerable time may pass before the Trust is permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If adverse market conditions develop during this period, the Trust might obtain a less favorable price than the price that prevailed when the Trust decided to sell. The Trust may be unable to sell restricted and other illiquid securities at the opportune times or prices.
 
Inverse Floater and Related Securities Risk
 
Investments in inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments expose the Trust to the same risks as investments in fixed income securities and derivatives, as well as other risks, including those associated with leverage and increased volatility. An investment in these securities typically will involve greater risk than an investment in a fixed rate security. Distributions on inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments will typically bear an inverse relationship to short term interest rates and typically will be reduced or, potentially, eliminated as interest rates rise. Inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments will underperform the market for fixed rate securities in a rising interest rate environment. Inverse floaters may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that their interest rates vary by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in a reference rate of interest (typically a short term interest rate). The leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Investments in inverse floaters, residual interest tender option bonds and similar instruments that have fixed income securities underlying them will expose the Trust to the risks associated with those fixed income securities and the values of those investments may be especially sensitive to changes in prepayment rates on the underlying fixed income securities.
 
Inflation-Indexed Bonds Risk
 
Inflation-indexed securities are subject to the effects of changes in market interest rates caused by factors other than inflation (real interest rates). In general, the value of an inflation-indexed security, including TIPs , tends to decrease when real interest rates increase and can increase when real interest rates decrease. Thus generally, during periods of rising inflation, the value of inflation-indexed securities will tend to increase and during periods of deflation, their value will tend to decrease. Interest payments on inflation-indexed securities are unpredictable and will fluctuate as the principal and interest are adjusted for inflation. There can be no assurance that the inflation index used (i.e., the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI)) will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed debt security will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though the Trust will not receive the principal until maturity. In order to receive the special treatment accorded to RICs and their shareholders under the Code and to avoid U.S. federal income and/or excise taxes at the Trust level, the Trust may be required to distribute this income to shareholders in the tax year in which the income is recognized (without a corresponding receipt of cash). Therefore, the Trust may be required to pay out as an income distribution in any such tax year an amount greater than the total amount of cash income the Trust actually received and to sell portfolio securities, including at potentially disadvantageous times or prices, to obtain cash needed for these income distributions.
 
 
56

 

Strategic Transactions and Derivatives Risk
 
The Trust may engage in various Strategic Transactions for duration management and other risk management purposes, including to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of the Trust’s portfolio resulting from trends in the fixed income securities markets and changes in interest rates or to protect the Trust’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities for investment purposes or to establish a position in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities or to enhance income or gain.   Derivatives are financial contracts or instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index (or relationship between two indices).  The Trust may invest in a variety of derivative instruments for investment purposes, hedging purposes, duration or other risk management purposes or to seek to increase income or gains, such as options, futures contracts and swap agreements.  The Trust may use derivatives as a substitute for taking a position in an underlying security or other asset and/or as part of a strategy designed to reduce exposure to other risks, such as interest rate risk.  The Trust also may use derivatives to add leverage to the portfolio and/or to hedge against increases in the Trust’s costs associated with its leverage strategy.   The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance current income may be particularly speculative.
 
Strategic Transactions involve risks . The risks associated with derivatives transactions include (i) the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, (ii) the possible default of the counterparty to the transaction , (iii) illiquidity of the derivative instruments, and (iv) high volatility losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited.  Although both over-the-counter and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience the lack of liquidity, over-the-counter non-standardized derivative transactions are generally less liquid than exchange-traded instruments.  Furthermore, the Trust’s ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors , which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, segregated liquid assets, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. Please see the Trust’s SAI for a more detailed description of Strategic Transactions and the various derivative instruments the Trust may use and the various risks associated with them.
 
While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Trust's hedging transactions will be effective.   
 
Counterparty Risk
 
The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased by the Trust. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery, or may obtain no recovery, in such circumstances.   The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives is generally lower than for uncleared over-the-counter derivative transactions since generally a clearing organization becomes substituted for each counterparty to a cleared derivative contract and, in effect, guarantees the parties' performance under the contract as each party to a trade looks only to the clearing organization for performance of financial obligations under the derivative contract.  However, there can be no assurance that a clearing organization, or its members, will satisfy its obligations to the Trust.
 
Swaps Risk
 
Swaps are types of derivatives.  In order to seek to hedge the value of the Trust’s portfolio, to hedge against increases in the Trust’s cost associated with the interest payments on its outstanding borrowings or to seek to increase the Trust’s return, the Trust may enter into interest rate swap, total return swap or credit default swap transactions.  In interest rate swap transactions, there is a risk that yields will move in the direction opposite of the direction anticipated by the Trust, which would cause the Trust to make payments to its counterparty in the transaction that could adversely affect Trust performance.  In addition to the risks applicable to swaps generally (including counterparty risk, liquidity risk and credit risk) , credit default swap transactions involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty).  Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Trust’s portfolio because, in addition to its Managed Assets , the Trust
 
 
57

 

would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.  Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Trust thereunder. The Trust is not required to enter into swap transactions for hedging purposes or to enhance income or gain and may choose not to do so.
 
Structured Investments Risks
 
The Trust may invest in structured products, including structured notes, CLNs and other types of structured products. Holders of structured products bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk. The Trust may have the right to receive payments only from the structured product and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain structured products enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in structured products generally pay their share of the structured product’s administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying structured products will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of structured products) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured product uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining such financing, which may adversely affect the value of the structured products owned by the Trust.
 
Structured Notes Risk . Investments in structured notes involve risks, including credit risk and market risk. Where the Trust’s investments in structured notes are based upon the movement of one or more factors, including currency exchange rates, interest rates, referenced bonds and stock indices, depending on the factor used and the use of multipliers or deflators, changes in interest rates and movement of the factor may cause significant price fluctuations. Additionally, changes in the reference instrument or security may cause the interest rate on the structured note to be reduced to zero and any further changes in the reference instrument may then reduce the principal amount payable on maturity. Structured notes may be less liquid than other types of securities and more volatile than the reference instrument or security underlying the note.
 
Event-Linked Securities Risk . Event-linked securities are a form of derivative issued by insurance companies and insurance-related special purpose vehicles that apply securitization techniques to catastrophic property and casualty damages. Unlike other insurable low-severity, high-probability events, the insurance risk of which can be diversified by writing large numbers of similar policies, the holders of a typical event-linked securities are exposed to the risks from high-severity, low-probability events such as that posed by major earthquakes or hurricanes. If a catastrophe occurs that “triggers” the event-linked security, investors in such security may lose some or all of the capital invested. In the case of an event, the funds are paid to the bond sponsor—an insurer, reinsurer or corporation—to cover losses. In return, the bond sponsors pay interest to investors for this catastrophe protection. Event-linked securities can be structured to pay-off on three types of variables—insurance-industry catastrophe loss indices, insure-specific catastrophe losses and parametric indices based on the physical characteristics of catastrophic events. Such variables are difficult to predict or model, and the risk and potential return profiles of event-linked securities may be difficult to assess. Catastrophe-related event-linked securities have been in use since the 1990s, and the securitization and risk-transfer aspects of such event-linked securities are beginning to be employed in other insurance and risk-related areas. No active trading market may exist for certain event-linked securities, which may impair the ability of the Trust to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets.
 
Equity-Linked Notes Risk .  Equity-linked notes are hybrid securities with characteristics of both fixed-income and equity securities. An equity-linked note is a debt instrument, usually a bond, that pays interest based upon the performance of an underlying equity, which can be a single stock, basket of stocks or an equity index. The interest payment on an equity-linked note may in some cases be leveraged so that, in percentage terms, it exceeds the relative performance of the market. Equity-linked notes generally are subject to the risks associated with the securities of equity issuers, default risk and counterparty risk.
 
Credit-Linked Notes Risk . A CLN is a derivative instrument. It is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). In addition to the credit risk of the reference obligations and interest rate risk, the buyer/seller of the CLN  is subject to counterparty risk.
 
Investment Companies and ETFs Risk
 
Subject to the limitations set forth in the Investment Company Act and the Trust’s governing documents or as otherwise permitted by the SEC, the Trust may acquire shares in other investment companies and in ETFs, some of which may be investment companies.  The market value of the shares of other investment companies and ETFs may differ from
 
 
58

 

their net asset value.  As an investor in investment companies and ETFs, the Trust would bear its ratable share of that entity’s expenses, including its investment advisory and administration fees, while continuing to pay its own advisory and administration fees and other expenses.  As a result, shareholders will be absorbing duplicate levels of fees with respect to investments in other investment companies and ETFs.
 
The securities of other investment companies and ETFs in which the Trust may invest may be leveraged.  As a result, the Trust may be indirectly exposed to leverage through an investment in such securities.  An investment in securities of other investment companies and ETFs that use leverage may expose the Trust to higher volatility in the market value of such securities and the possibility that the Trust’s long-term returns on such securities (and, indirectly, the long-term returns of the Trust’s common shares) will be diminished.
 
Repurchase Agreements Risk
 
Subject to its investment objectives and policies, the Trust may invest in repurchase agreements for leverage or investment purposes. Repurchase agreements typically involve the acquisition by the Trust of fixed income securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that the Trust will sell the securities back to the institution at a fixed time in the future. The Trust does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under its repurchase obligation. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Trust could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses, including possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Trust seeks to enforce its rights thereto; possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period; and expenses of enforcing its rights. While repurchase agreements involve certain risks not associated with direct investments in fixed income securities, the Trust follows procedures approved by the Board that are designed to minimize such risks. In addition, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Trust generally will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of the Trust’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Trust could suffer a loss.
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk
 
Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense of the Trust, that the market value of the securities sold by the Trust may decline below the price at which the Trust is obligated to repurchase the securities and that the securities may not be returned to the Trust. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed.
 
Dollar Roll Transactions Risk
 
Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Trust is required to purchase may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities.  If the broker/dealer to which the Trust sells securities becomes insolvent, the Trust’s right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted.  Successful use of dollar rolls may depend upon the Advisors’ ability to predict correctly interest rates and prepayments.  There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed.
 
When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions Risk
 
The Trust may purchase fixed income securities on a when-issued basis and may purchase or sell those securities for delayed delivery. When-issued and delayed delivery transactions occur when securities are purchased or sold by the Trust with payment and delivery taking place in the future to secure an advantageous yield or price. Securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis may expose the Trust to counterparty risk of default as well as the risk that securities may experience fluctuations in value prior to their actual delivery. The Trust will not accrue income with respect to a when-issued or delayed delivery security prior to its stated delivery date. Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis can involve the additional risk that the price or yield available in the market when the delivery takes place may not be as favorable as that obtained in the transaction itself.
 
Securities Lending Risk
 
The Trust may lend its portfolio securities to banks or dealers which meet the creditworthiness standards established by the Board . Securities lending is subject to the risk that loaned securities may not be available to the Trust on a timely basis and the Trust may therefore lose the opportunity to sell the securities at a desirable price. Any loss in the market price of
 
 
59

 

securities loaned by the Trust that occurs during the term of the loan would be borne by the Trust and would adversely affect the Trust’s performance. Also, there may be delays in recovery, or no recovery, of securities loaned or even a loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially while the loan is outstanding.
 
Short Sales Risk
 
The Trust may  make short sales of securities.  A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells a security it does not own.  If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Trust will realize a capital gain.  Any gain will be decreased, and any loss will be increased, by the transaction costs incurred by the Trust, including the costs associated with providing collateral to the broker-dealer (usually cash and liquid securities) and the maintenance of collateral with its custodian.  Although the Trust’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited.
 
Valuation Risk
 
The Advisors may use an independent pricing service or prices provided by dealers to value certain fixed income securities at their market value.  Because the secondary markets for certain investments may be limited, they may be difficult to value. When market quotations are not readily available or are deemed to be unreliable, the Trust values its investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to policies and procedures approved by the Board. Fair value pricing may require subjective determinations about the value of a security or other asset. As a result, there can be no assurance that fair value pricing will result in adjustments to the prices of securities or other assets, or that fair value pricing will reflect actual market value, and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security or other asset will be materially different from quoted or published prices, from the prices used by others for the same security or other asset and/or from the value that actually could be or is realized upon the sale of that security or other asset. Where market quotations are not readily available, valuation may require more research than for more liquid investments. In addition, elements of judgment may play a greater role in valuation in such cases than for investments with a more active secondary market because there is less reliable objective data available.
 
Inflation Risk
 
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investment will be worth less in the future, as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the common shares and distributions on those shares can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, interest rates on any borrowings by the Trust would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to the holders of common shares.
 
Deflation Risk
 
Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time, which may have an adverse effect on the market valuation of companies, their assets and their revenues. In addition, deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio.
 
Risk Associated with Recent Market Events
 
The debt and equity capital markets in the United States have been negatively impacted by significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to sub-prime mortgages and the repricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market, among other things.  These events, along with the downgrade to the United States credit rating, deterioration of the housing market, the failure of major financial institutions and the resulting United States federal government actions have led to worsening general economic conditions, which have materially and adversely impacted the broader financial and credit markets and have reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial firms in particular.  These events have been adversely affecting the willingness of some lenders to extend credit in general, which may make it more difficult for issuers of fixed income securities to obtain financings or refinancings for their investment or lending activities or operations.  There is a risk that such issuers will be unable to successfully complete such financings or refinancings.  In particular, because of the current conditions in the credit markets, issuers of fixed income securities may be subject to increased cost for debt, tightening underwriting standards and reduced liquidity for loans they make, securities they purchase and securities they issue.  These events may increase the volatility of the value of securities owned by the Trust and/or result in sudden and significant valuation increases or declines in its portfolio.  These events also may make it more difficult for the Trust to accurately value its securities or to sell its securities on a timely basis. In addition, illiquidity and
 
 
60

 

volatility in the credit markets may directly and adversely affect the setting of dividend rates on the common shares. These events have adversely affected the broader economy and may continue to do so, which may adversely affect the ability of issuers of securities owned by the Trust to make payments of principal and interest when due, lead to lower credit ratings and increase defaults.  There is also a risk that developments in sectors of the credit markets in which the Trust does not invest may adversely affect the liquidity and the value of securities in sectors of the credit markets in which the Trust does invest, including securities owned by Trust.
 
While the extreme volatility and disruption that U.S. and global markets experienced for an extended period of time beginning in 2007 and 2008 has generally subsided, uncertainty and periods of volatility remain, and risks to a robust resumption of growth persist.  In 2010, several European Union (“EU”) countries, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Spain and Portugal, began to face budget issues, some of which may have negative long-term effects for the economies of those countries and other EU countries.  There is continued concern about national-level support for the Euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among European Economic and Monetary Union (“EMU”) member countries.  Moreover, recent downgrades to the credit ratings of major banks could result in increased borrowing costs for such banks and negatively affect the broader economy.  A return to unfavorable economic conditions could impair the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives.
 
General market uncertainty and consequent repricing of risk have led to market imbalances of sellers and buyers, which in turn have resulted in significant valuation uncertainties in a variety of fixed income securities and significant and rapid value decline in certain instances.  These conditions resulted in, and in many cases continue to result in, greater price volatility, less liquidity, widening credit spreads and a lack of price transparency, with many fixed income securities remaining illiquid and of uncertain value.  Such market conditions may make valuation of some of the Trust’s securities uncertain and/or result in sudden and significant valuation increases or declines in its holdings.  If there is a significant decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio, this may impact the asset coverage levels for the Trust’s outstanding leverage.
 
EMU and Redenomination Risk
 
 As the European debt crisis has progressed the possibility of one or more Eurozone countries exiting the EMU, or even the collapse of the Euro as a common currency, has arisen, creating significant volatility at times in currency and financial markets generally. The effects of the collapse of the Euro, or of the exit of one or more countries from the EMU, on the U.S. and global economy and securities markets are impossible to predict and any such events could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Trust’s portfolio. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Trust’s portfolio investments. If one or more EMU countries were to stop using the Euro as its primary currency, the Trust’s investments in such countries may be redenominated into a different or newly adopted currency. As a result, the value of those investments could decline significantly and unpredictably. In addition, securities or other investments that are redenominated may be subject to foreign currency risk, liquidity risk and valuation risk to a greater extent than similar investments currently denominated in Euros . To the extent a currency used for redenomination purposes is not specified in respect of certain EMU-related investments, or should the Euro cease to be used entirely, the currency in which such investments are denominated may be unclear, making such investments particularly difficult to value or dispose of. The Trust may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek judicial or other clarification of the denomination or value of such securities.
 
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk
 
The aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Egypt, Libya, Syria and the Middle East, possible terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world, growing social and political discord in the United States, the European debt crisis, further downgrades of U.S. Government securities and other similar events may result in market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide. The Trust does not know how long the securities markets may be affected by these events and cannot predict the effects of these events or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. Non-investment grade securities tend to be more volatile than investment grade fixed income securities ; therefore these events and other market disruptions may have a greater impact on the prices and volatility of non-investment grade securities than on investment grade fixed income securities.  There can be no assurance that these events and other market disruptions will not have other material and adverse implications.
 
Regulation and Government Intervention Risk
 
 The recent instability in the financial markets discussed above has led the U.S. Government and certain foreign governments to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the
 
 
61

 

financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility, and in some cases a lack of liquidity, including through direct purchases of equity and debt securities.  Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies or self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the issuers in which the Trust invests in ways that are unforeseeable.  Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Trust is regulated.  Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives.
 
Congress has enacted sweeping financial legislation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), signed into law by President Obama on July 21, 2010, regarding the operation of banks, private fund managers and other financial institutions, which includes provisions regarding the regulation of derivatives.  Many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented through regulatory rulemakings and similar processes over a period of time.  The impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, and of follow-on regulation, on trading strategies and operations is impossible to predict, and may be adverse.  Practices and areas of operation subject to significant change based on the impact, direct or indirect, of the Dodd-Frank Act and follow-on regulation, may change in manners that are unforeseeable, with uncertain effects.  By way of example and not limitation, direct and indirect changes from the Dodd-Frank Act and follow-on regulation may occur to a significant degree with regard to, among other areas, financial consumer protection, bank ownership of and involvement with private funds, proprietary trading, registration of investment advisers, and the trading and use of many derivative instruments, including swaps.  There can be no assurance that such legislation or regulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Trust.  In addition, Congress may address tax policy, which also could have uncertain direct and indirect impact on trading and operations, as well as, potentially, operations and structure of the Trust.
 
Further, the Dodd-Frank Act created the Financial Stability Oversight Council (“FSOC”), an interagency body charged with identifying and monitoring systemic risks to financial markets.  The FSOC has the authority to require that non-bank financial companies that are “predominantly engaged in financial activities,” such as the Trust and the Advisors, whose failure it determines would pose systemic risk, be placed under the supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”).  The FSOC has the authority to recommend that the Federal Reserve adopt more stringent prudential standards and reporting and disclosure requirements for non-bank financial companies supervised by the Federal Reserve.  The FSOC also has the authority to make recommendations to the Federal Reserve on various other matters that may affect the Trust, including requiring financial firms to submit resolution plans, mandating credit exposure reports, establishing concentration limits and limiting short-term debt.  The FSOC may also recommend that other federal financial regulators impose more stringent regulation upon, or ban altogether, financial activities of any financial firm that poses what it determines are significant risks to the financial system.  In the event that the FSOC designates the Trust as a systemic risk to be placed under the Federal Reserve’s supervision, the Trust could face stricter prudential standards, including risk-based capital requirements, leverage limits, liquidity requirements, concentration requirements and overall risk management requirements, among other restrictions.  Such requirements could hinder the Trust’s ability to meet its investment objectives and may place the Trust at a disadvantage with respect to its competitors.
 
Additionally, BlackRock is, for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time, currently considered a subsidiary of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”), which is subject to regulation and supervision as a “financial holding company” by the Federal Reserve.  The “Volcker Rule” contained in Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act will limit the ability of banking entities, which would include BlackRock by virtue of its relationship with PNC, to sponsor, invest in or serve as investment manager of certain private investment funds. On October 11 and 12, 2011, U.S. financial regulators issued a proposed rule (the “Volcker Proposed Rule”) to implement the statutory mandate of the Volcker Rule. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Volcker Rule’s effective date was July 21, 2012.  Following the effective date of the Volcker Rule, banking entities subject to the Volcker Rule, such as BlackRock, will have at least a two-year period to come into compliance with the provisions of the Volcker Rule.  The Volcker Rule could have a significant negative impact on BlackRock and the Advisors.  BlackRock may attempt to take certain actions to lessen the impact of the Volcker Rule, although no assurance can be given that such actions would be successful and no assurance can be given that such actions would not have a significant negative impact on the Trust .   Upon the effectiveness of the Volcker Rule, BlackRock’s relationship with PNC may require BlackRock to curtail some or all of the Trust’s activities with respect to PNC (if any).  While the U.S. financial regulators have issued the Volcker Proposed Rule, the Advisor cannot predict the extent to which the Volcker Rule will be subject to modification by rule prior to its effective date or the issuance of final rules implementing the Volcker Rule, or the impact any such modifications may have on BlackRock, the Trust or the Advisors.
 
The continuing implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act could also adversely affect the Advisors and the Trust by increasing transaction and/or regulatory compliance costs.  In addition, greater regulatory scrutiny and the implementation of enhanced and new regulatory requirements may increase the Advisors’ and the Trust’s exposure to potential liabilities, and in particular liabilities arising from violating any such enhanced and/or new regulatory requirements.  Increased regulatory oversight could also impose administrative burdens on the Advisors and the Trust, including, without limitation, responding
 
 
62

 

to investigations and implementing new policies and procedures.  The ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act, and any resulting regulation, is not yet certain and the Advisors and the Trust may be affected by the new legislation and regulation in ways that are currently unforeseeable.
 
In connection with an ongoing review by the SEC and its staff of the regulation of investment companies’ use of derivatives, on August 31, 2011, the SEC issued a concept release to seek public comment on a wide range of issues raised by the use of derivatives by investment companies.  The SEC noted that it intends to consider the comments to help determine whether regulatory initiatives or guidance are needed to improve the current regulatory regime for investment companies and, if so, the nature of any such initiatives or guidance. While the nature of any such regulations is uncertain at this time, it is possible that such regulations could limit the implementation of the Trust’s use of derivatives, which could have an adverse impact on the Trust.  The Advisors cannot predict the effects of these regulations on the Trust’s portfolio.  The Advisors intend to monitor developments and seek to manage the Trust’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Trust’s investment objectives , but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
 
Certain lawmakers support an increase in federal revenue as a component of a plan to address the growing federal budget deficit.  Also, comprehensive federal tax reform is the subject of political attention.
 
In the aftermath of the recent financial crisis, there appears to be a renewed popular, political and judicial focus on finance related consumer protection.  Financial institution practices are also subject to greater scrutiny and criticism generally.  In the case of transactions between financial institutions and the general public, there may be a greater tendency toward strict interpretation of terms and legal rights in favor of the consuming public, particularly where there is a real or perceived disparity in risk allocation and/or where consumers are perceived as not having had an opportunity to exercise informed consent to the transaction.  In the event of conflicting interests between retail investors holding common shares of a closed-end investment company such as the Trust and a large financial institution, a court may similarly seek to strictly interpret terms and legal rights in favor of retail investors.
 
According to various reports, certain financial institutions, commencing as early as 2005 and throughout the global financial crisis, routinely made artificially low submissions in the LIBOR rate setting process. In June 2012, one such financial institution was fined a significant amount by various financial regulators in connection with allegations of manipulation of LIBOR rates. Other financial institutions in various countries are being investigated for similar actions. These developments may have adversely affected the interest rates on securities whose interest payments were determined by reference to LIBOR. Any future similar developments could, in turn, reduce the value of such securities owned by the Trust.
 
Legal, Tax and Regulatory Risks
 
Legal, tax and regulatory changes could occur that may materially adversely affect the Trust.  For example, the regulatory and tax environment for derivative instruments in which the Trust may participate is evolving, and changes in the regulation or taxation of derivative instruments may materially adversely affect the value of derivative instruments held by the Trust and the ability of the Trust to pursue its investment strategies.
 
To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs , the Trust must, among other things, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources and distribute for each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (generally, ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss).  If for any taxable year the Trust does not qualify as a RIC , all of its taxable income for that year (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions would be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.
 
Investment Company Act Regulations
 
The Trust is a registered closed-end investment company and as such is subject to regulations under the Investment Company Act.  Generally speaking, any contract or provision thereof that is made, or where performance involves a violation of the Investment Company Act or any rule or regulation thereunder is unenforceable by either party unless a court finds otherwise.
 
Legislation Risk
 
At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Trust. Legislation or regulation may change the way in which the Trust itself is regulated. The Advisors cannot predict the
 
 
63

 

effects of any new governmental regulation that may be implemented and there can be no assurance that any new governmental regulation will not adversely affect the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives.
 
Potential Conflicts of Interest of the Advisors and Others
 
BlackRock and BlackRock’s affiliates (“Affiliates”) are involved worldwide with a broad spectrum of financial services and asset management activities and may engage in the ordinary course of business in activities in which their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with those of the Trust. BlackRock and its Affiliates may provide investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that follow an investment program similar to that of the Trust. Subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, BlackRock and its Affiliates intend to engage in such activities and may receive compensation from third parties for their services. Neither BlackRock nor its Affiliates are under any obligation to share any investment opportunity, idea or strategy with the Trust. As a result, BlackRock and its Affiliates may compete with the Trust for appropriate investment opportunities. The results of the Trust’s investment activities, therefore, may differ from those of an Affiliate or another account managed by an Affiliate and it is possible that the Trust could sustain losses during periods in which one or more Affiliates and other accounts achieve profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. The Investment Company Act imposes limitations on certain transactions between a registered investment company and affiliated persons of the investment company , as well as affiliated persons of such affiliated persons.  Among others, affiliated persons of an investment company include its investment adviser ; officers ; directors/trustees ; any person who directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such investment company ; any person directly or indirectly owning, controlling or holding with power to vote, five percent or more of the outstanding voting securities of such investment company ; and any person five percent or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held with power to vote by such investment company. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts of interests. For additional information about potential conflicts of interest and the way in which BlackRock addresses such conflicts, please see “Conflicts of Interest” and “Management of the Trust— Portfolio Management —Potential Material Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI.
 
Management Risk
 
The Trust is subject to management risk because it is an actively managed investment portfolio.  The Advisors and the individual portfolio managers will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Trust, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.  The Trust may be subject to a relatively high level of management risk because the Trust may invest in derivative instruments, which may be highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques and risk analyses different from those associated with bonds.
 
Market and Selection Risk
 
Market risk is the possibility that the market values of securities owned by the Trust will decline.  There is a risk that the bond market will go down in value, including the possibility that the market will go down sharply and unpredictably.  The prices of fixed income securities tend to fall as interest rates rise, and such declines tend to be greater among fixed income securities with longer maturities.  Market risk is often greater among certain types of fixed income securities, such as zero coupon bonds that do not make regular interest payments but are instead bought at a discount to their face values and paid in full upon maturity.  As interest rates change, these securities often fluctuate more in price than securities that make regular interest payments and therefore subject the Trust to greater market risk than a fund that does not own these types of securities.  When-issued and delayed delivery transactions are subject to changes in market conditions from the time of the commitment until settlement, which may adversely affect the prices or yields of the securities being purchased.  The greater the Trust’s outstanding commitments for these securities, the greater the Trust’s exposure to market price fluctuations.   Selection risk is the risk that the securities that the Trust’s management selects will underperform the bond market, the market relevant indices, or other funds with similar investment objectives and investment strategies.
 
Reliance on the Advisors
 
The Trust is dependent upon services and resources provided by the Advisors, and therefore the Advisors’ parent, BlackRock.  The Advisors are not required to devote their full time to the business of the Trust and there is no guarantee or requirement that any investment professional or other employee of the Advisors will allocate a substantial portion of his or her time to the Trust.  The loss of one or more individuals involved with the Advisors could have a material adverse effect on the performance or the continued operation of the Trust.  For additional information on the Advisors and BlackRock, see “Management of the Trust—Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisors .”
 
 
64

 

Reliance on Service Providers
 
The Trust must rely upon the performance of service providers to perform certain functions, which may include functions that are integral to such Trust’s operations and financial performance.  Failure by any service provider to carry out its obligations to the Trust in accordance with the terms of its appointment, to exercise due care and skill, or to perform its obligations to the Trust at all as a result of insolvency, bankruptcy or other causes could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s performance and returns to shareholders.  The termination of the Trust’s relationship with any service provider, or any delay in appointing a replacement for such service provider, could materially disrupt the business of the Trust and could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s performance and returns to shareholders.
 
Information Technology Systems
 
The Trust is dependent on the Advisors for certain management services as well as back-office functions.  The Advisors depend on information technology systems in order to assess investment opportunities, strategies and markets and to monitor and control risks for the Trust.  It is possible that a failure of some kind which causes disruptions to these information technology systems could materially limit the Advisors’ ability to adequately assess and adjust investments, formulate strategies and provide adequate risk control.  Any such information technology-related difficulty could harm the performance of the Trust.  Further, failure of the back-office functions of the Advisors to process trades in a timely fashion could prejudice the investment performance of the Trust.
 
Misconduct of Employees and of Service Providers
 
Misconduct or misrepresentations by employees of the Advisors or the Trust’s service providers could cause significant losses to the Trust.  Employee misconduct may include binding the Trust to transactions that exceed authorized limits or present unacceptable risks and unauthorized trading activities , concealing unsuccessful trading activities (which, in any case, may result in unknown and unmanaged risks or losses) or making misrepresentations regarding any of the foregoing.  Losses could also result from actions by the Trust’s service providers, including, without limitation, failing to recognize trades and misappropriating assets.  In addition, employees and service providers may improperly use or disclose confidential information, which could result in litigation or serious financial harm, including limiting the Trust’s business prospects or future marketing activities.  Despite the Advisors’ due diligence efforts, misconduct and intentional misrepresentations may be undetected or not fully comprehended, thereby potentially undermining the Advisors’ due diligence efforts.  As a result, no assurances can be given that the due diligence performed by the Advisors will identify or prevent any such misconduct.
 
Portfolio Turnover Risk
 
The Trust’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year, as well as within a given year.  Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Trust.  A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Trust.  High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Trust which, when distributed to common shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income.  Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may create realized capital losses.
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk
 
The Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to open-end status or to change the composition of the Board. Such provisions could limit the ability of shareholders to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Trust. See “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws.”
 
HOW THE TRUST MANAGES RISK
 
Investment Limitations
 
The Trust has adopted certain investment limitations designed to limit investment risk. Some of these limitations are fundamental and thus may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares. See “Investment Objectives and Policies—Investment Restrictions” in the SAI for a complete list of the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies of the Trust.
 
 
65

 

The restrictions and other limitations set forth throughout this Prospectus and in the SAI apply only at the time of purchase of securities and will not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of the acquisition of securities.
 
Management of Investment Portfolio and Capital Structure to Limit Leverage Risk
 
The Trust may take certain actions if short-term interest rates increase or market conditions otherwise change (or the Trust anticipates such an increase or change) and the Trust’s leverage begins (or is expected) to adversely affect common shareholders. In order to attempt to offset such a negative impact of leverage on common shareholders, the Trust may shorten the average maturity of its investment portfolio (by investing in short-term securities) or may reduce its indebtedness. As explained above under “Risks—Leverage Risk,” the success of any such attempt to limit leverage risk depends on the Advisors’ ability to accurately predict interest rate or other market changes. Because of the difficulty of making such predictions, the Trust may never attempt to manage its capital structure in the manner described in this paragraph.
 
If market conditions suggest that additional leverage would be beneficial, the Trust may sell preferred shares or engage in additional leverage transactions, subject to the restrictions of the Investment Company Act.
 
Strategic Transactions
 
The Trust may use certain Strategic Transactions designed to limit the risk of price fluctuations of fixed income securities and to preserve capital. These Strategic Transactions include using swaps, financial futures contracts, options on financial futures or options based on either an index of long-term securities, or on fixed income securities whose prices, in the opinion of the Advisors, correlate with the prices of the Trust’s investments. There can be no assurance that Strategic Transactions will be used or used effectively to limit risk, and Strategic Transactions may be subject to their own risks.
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
 
Trustees and Officers
 
The Board is responsible for the overall management of the Trust, including supervision of the duties performed by the Advisors. There are eleven Trustees. A majority of the Trustees are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust (“Independent Trustees”). The name and business address of the Trustees and officers of the Trust and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Trust” in the SAI .
 
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisors
 
BlackRock Advisors, LLC acts as the Trust’s investment adviser.  The Advisor is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio and provides the necessary personnel, facilities, equipment and certain other services necessary to the operation of the Trust. BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC act as the Trust’s sub-advisers and will perform certain of the day-to-day investment management of the Trust. The Advisor, located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. , located at 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055, and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, located at 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055 , are wholly owned subsidiaries of BlackRock. BlackRock is one of the world’s largest publicly-traded investment management firms.  As of September 30, 2012 , BlackRock’s assets under management were approximately $ 3.673 trillion.  BlackRock has over 20 years of experience managing closed-end products and, as of September 30, 2012 , advised a registered closed-end family of 91 exchange-listed active funds with approximately $ 45.8 billion in assets.  In addition, BlackRock advised 3 non-exchange-listed closed-end funds with approximately $ 312.9 million in assets.
 
BlackRock offers products that span the risk spectrum to meet clients’ needs, including active, enhanced and index strategies across markets and asset classes.  Products are offered in a variety of structures including separate accounts, mutual funds, iShares ® ( ETFs ), and other pooled investment vehicles.  BlackRock also offers risk management, advisory and enterprise investment system services to a broad base of institutional investors through BlackRock Solutions ®. Headquartered in New York City, as of September 30, 2012 , the firm has approximately 10,400 employees in 29 countries and a major presence in key global markets, including North and South America, Europe, Asia, Australia and the Middle East and Africa.
 
Investment Philosophy
 
The distinguishing feature of BlackRock's investment management style has been to seek to generate alpha (i.e. risk adjusted returns in excess of market returns) within a risk-controlled framework. Real-time analysis of a vast array of risk
 
 
66

 

measures allows BlackRock to assess the potential impact of various sector and security strategies on total return. As a result, BlackRock seeks to add consistent value and limit performance volatility.
 
BlackRock’s philosophy has not changed since the inception of the firm. The basis of successful investment performance is research and analysis of sectors and securities, not interest rate speculation. BlackRock believes that market-timing strategies are volatile and can produce inconsistent results.
 
Portfolio Managers
 
The members of the portfolio management team who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Trust’s portfolio are as follows:
 
Tom Musmanno, Managing Director . Mr. Musmanno is a member of the Multi-Sector & Mortgages Group within BlackRock Fundamental Fixed Income. He is a portfolio manager on the Short Duration Portfolio Team.  Mr. Musmanno's service with BlackRock dates back to 1991, including his years with Merrill Lynch Investment Managers (MLIM), which merged with BlackRock in 2006. At MLIM, he was a fixed income and money market portfolio manager. Mr. Musmanno joined MLIM in 1991 as an analyst and held a variety of positions, including fixed income research analyst in trust accounting in Merrill Lynch's Private Client Group.
 
John Vibert, Managing Director . Mr. Vibert is a member of the Securitized Assets Investment Team within BlackRock Fundamental Fixed Income. Prior to joining BlackRock in 2008, Mr. Vibert was a Managing Director, head of adjustable-rate mortgage trading, and co-head of non-agency mortgage trading at Credit Suisse. From 2003 to 2005, Mr. Vibert was an Executive Director at Morgan Stanley where he was responsible for non-agency mortgage backed securities trading. Previously, Mr. Vibert held trading and research roles at Credit Suisse and Salomon Brothers.
 
Akiva Dickstein, Managing Director . Mr. Dickstein is a member of the Multi-Sector & Mortgages Investment Management Group within BlackRock Fundamental Fixed Income. He is head of Mortgage Portfolios. Prior to joining BlackRock in 2009, Mr. Dickstein spent eight years at Merrill Lynch, where he served as Managing Director and head of the U.S. Rates & Structured Credit Research Group. He was responsible for the team that produced MBS, ABS, CMBS, Treasuries, swaps, and interest rate derivatives research. Mr. Dickstein's publications on MBS strategy included the weekly Mortgage Investor as well as numerous lengthier articles on topics such as optimal loan modifications, the valuation of credit-sensitive MBS and ABS, and the pricing of mortgage derivatives, options, and pass-throughs. In addition, he developed Merrill's prepayment models for fixed rate and hybrid MBS. From 1993 to 2001, Mr. Dickstein was with Lehman Brothers, most recently as a Senior Vice President in Mortgage Derivatives Trading. In this role, he traded mortgage derivatives and developed Lehman's credit default model.
 
BlackRock’s Investment Process
 
BlackRock's investment approach represents a collaboration between its portfolio teams, who are responsible for setting the top-down asset allocation framework for portfolio construction, and sector specialists, who are responsible for bottom-up idea generation, including research, analysis, and security selection. The investment process is centered around two weekly formal investment strategy meetings chaired by BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officer of Fixed Income, Fundamental Portfolios, to discuss market outlook, asset allocation, portfolio risk and investment themes.While the investment themes are discussed formally on a weekly basis, the process is dynamic with ongoing discussion and modifications as needed.
 
Using these investment themes as a basis, the Advisors seek to add value through: (1) allocation and rotation of the Trust’s assets based on relative value of sectors and sub-sectors within the fixed income universe, (2) rigorous quantitative analysis to the valuation of each security and of the portfolio as a whole, and (3) intense credit analysis and review. Asset allocation and security selection decisions reflect both top-down macroeconomic analysis and bottom-up security analysis. The Advisors’ primary focus is on sector, sub-sector and security decisions; duration and yield curve decisions are secondary. Consequently, while the Advisors’ investment outlook may result in specific yield curve or duration positioning in a given market environment, the Advisors do not maintain set policies with respect to the average duration or maturity of the Trust’s portfolio.
 
In investing the Trust’s assets, the Advisors expect to allocate capital across multiple sectors of the fixed income securities market by evaluating portfolio risk in light of the available investment opportunities and prevailing risks in the fixed income market, with the goal of delivering attractive risk-adjusted returns.  In doing so, the Advisors seek to find the appropriate balance between risk mitigation and opportunism.  The Advisors do not manage the Trust to a benchmark, which
 
 
67

 

provides flexibility to allocate to and rotate across various sectors within the fixed income universe. This strategy seeks to provide exposure to those segments of the fixed income market that the Advisors anticipate will provide value while attempting to minimize exposure to those segments that the Advisors anticipate will not provide value.  If the Advisors’ perception of the value of a segment of the fixed income market or an individual security is incorrect, your investment in the Trust may lose value.
 
Investment Management Agreement
 
 Pursuant to an investment management agreement between the Advisor and the Trust (the “Investment Management Agreement”), the Trust has agreed to pay the Advisor a monthly management fee at an annual rate equal to   0.80 % of the average daily value of the Trust’s Managed Assets (     % of the Trust’s net assets, assuming leverage of        % of the Trust’s Managed Assets). “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust, (including any assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes) minus the sum of the Trust’s accrued liabilities (other than money borrowed for investment purposes).  This means that during periods in which the Trust is using leverage, the fee paid to the Advisor will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage because the fee is calculated as a percentage of the Trust’s Managed Assets, which include those assets purchased with leverage.
 
 The Advisor will pay an annual sub-advisory fee to each Sub-Advisor equal to 46 % of the monthly management fee received by the Advisor with respect to the assets of the Trust allocated to such Sub-Advisor .
 
A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Investment Management Agreement and the sub-investment advisory agreements by the Board will be available in the Trust’s first report to shareholders.
 
In addition to the fees paid to the Advisor, the Trust pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its Trustees (other than those affiliated with the Advisors), custodian, leveraging expenses, transfer and dividend disbursing agent expenses, legal fees, rating agency fees, listing fees and expenses, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies and taxes, if any.
 
NET ASSET VALUE
 
The net asset value of the common shares of the Trust will be computed based upon the value of the Trust’s portfolio securities and other assets. Net asset value per common share will be determined as of the close of the regular trading session on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on each business day on which the NYSE is open for trading. The Trust calculates net asset value per common share by subtracting the Trust’s liabilities (including accrued expenses, dividends payable and any borrowings of the Trust), and the liquidation value of any outstanding preferred shares of the Trust from the Trust’s total assets (the value of the securities the Trust holds plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received) and dividing the result by the total number of common shares of the Trust outstanding.
 
The Trust’s policy is to fair value its financial instruments at market value using independent dealers or pricing services selected under the supervision of the Board. The Trust values its fixed income securities on the basis of prices provided by dealers or pricing services. In determining the value of a particular investment, pricing services may use certain information with respect to transactions in such investments, quotations from dealers, pricing matrixes, market transactions in comparable investments and information with respect to various relationships between investments. Short-term securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value. In the event that application of these methods of valuation results in a price for an investment which is deemed not to be representative of the market value of such investment or is not available, the investment will be valued by a method approved by the Board as reflecting fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). When determining the price for Fair Value Assets, the Advisors seek to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an arm’s-length transaction. Fair value determinations shall be based upon all available factors that the Advisors deem relevant. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Commencing with the Trust’s initial distribution, the Trust intends to make regular monthly cash distributions of all or a portion of its net investment income to common shareholders. We expect to declare the initial monthly dividend on the Trust’s common shares within approximately 45 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial monthly dividend approximately 60 to 90 days after completion of this offering , depending on market conditions . The Trust will pay common shareholders at least annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income. The Trust intends to
 
 
68

 

pay any capital gains distributions at least annually. The Investment Company Act generally limits the Trust to one capital gain distribution per year, subject to certain exceptions.
 
The tax treatment and characterization of the Trust’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Trust’s investments. The ultimate tax characterization of the Trust’s distributions made in a fiscal year cannot finally be determined until after the end of that fiscal year. As a result, there is a possibility that the Trust may make total distributions during a fiscal year in an amount that exceeds the Trust’s earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In such situations, the amount by which the Trust’s total distributions exceed earnings and profits would generally be treated as a return of capital reducing the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in such shareholder’s shares, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as gain from the sale of shares.
 
Various factors will affect the level of the Trust’s income, including the asset mix and the Trust’s use of hedging. To permit the Trust to maintain a more stable monthly distribution, the Trust may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Trust during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Trust’s net asset value and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will deduct from the Trust’s net asset value.
 
Under normal market conditions, the Advisors will seek to manage the Trust in a manner such that the Trust’s distributions are reflective of the Trust’s current and projected earnings levels. The distribution level of the Trust is subject to change based upon a number of factors, including the current and projected level of the Trust’s earnings, and may fluctuate over time.
 
The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of its monthly distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to common shareholders.
 
Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust issued by the Trust or purchased in the open market in accordance with the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan unless an election is made to receive cash. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
 
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
 
Unless the registered owner of common shares elects to receive cash by contacting Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Reinvestment Plan Agent”), all dividends declared for your common shares of the Trust will be automatically reinvested by the Reinvestment Plan Agent, as agent for shareholders in administering the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan (the “Reinvestment Plan”), in additional common shares of the Trust. Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Reinvestment Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the shareholder of record (or, if the common shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by Computershare Trust Company, N.A. , as dividend disbursing agent. You may elect not to participate in the Reinvestment Plan and to receive all dividends in cash by contacting Computershare Trust Company, N.A. , as Reinvestment Plan Agent, at the address set forth below. Participation in the Reinvestment Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by notice if received and processed by the Reinvestment Plan Agent prior to the dividend record date. Additionally, the Reinvestment Plan Agent seeks to process notices received after the record date but prior to the payable date and such notices often will become effective by the payable date. Where late notices are not processed by the applicable payable date, such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution.
 
Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on your behalf and may re-invest that cash in additional common shares of the Trust for you. If you wish for all dividends declared on your common shares of the Trust to be automatically reinvested pursuant to the Reinvestment Plan, please contact your broker.
 
The Reinvestment Plan Agent will open an account for each common shareholder under the Reinvestment Plan in the same name in which such common shareholder’s common shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or other distribution (together, a “dividend”) payable in cash, non-participants in the Reinvestment Plan will receive cash and participants in the Reinvestment Plan will receive the equivalent in common shares. The common shares will be acquired by the Reinvestment Plan Agent for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized common shares from the Trust (“newly issued common shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding common shares on the open market (“open-market purchases”). If, on the dividend payment date, the net asset value per share (“NAV”) is equal to or less than the market price per share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition often referred to as a “market premium”), the Reinvestment Plan Agent will invest the dividend
 
 
69

 

amount in newly issued common shares on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued common shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the NAV on the dividend payment date. However, if the NAV is less than 95% of the market price on the dividend payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price on the dividend payment date. If, on the dividend payment date, the NAV is greater than the market price per share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition often referred to as a “market discount”), the Reinvestment Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in common shares acquired on behalf of the participants in open-market purchases. In the event of a market discount on the dividend payment date, the Reinvestment Plan Agent will have until the last business day before the next date on which the common shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the dividend payment date, whichever is sooner (the “last purchase date”), to invest the dividend amount in common shares acquired in open-market purchases. It is contemplated that the Trust will pay monthly income dividends. If, before the Reinvestment Plan Agent has completed its open-market purchases, the market price per common share exceeds the NAV per common share, the average per common share purchase price paid by the Reinvestment Plan Agent may exceed the NAV of the common shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer common shares than if the dividend had been paid in newly issued common shares on the dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to open-market purchases, the Reinvestment Plan provides that if the Reinvestment Plan Agent is unable to invest the full dividend amount in open-market purchases, or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Reinvestment Plan Agent may cease making open-market purchases and may invest any uninvested portion in newly issued shares. Investments in newly issued shares made in this manner would be made pursuant to the same process described above and the date of issue for such newly issued shares will substitute for the dividend payment date.
 
The Reinvestment Plan Agent maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Reinvestment Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common shares in the account of each Reinvestment Plan participant will be held by the Reinvestment Plan Agent on behalf of the Reinvestment Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Reinvestment Plan. The Reinvestment Plan Agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Reinvestment Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.
 
In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees, which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Reinvestment Plan Agent will administer the Reinvestment Plan on the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Reinvestment Plan.
 
The Reinvestment Plan Agent’s fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends will be paid by the Trust. However, each participant will pay a $.02 per share fee incurred in connection with open-market purchases, which will be deducted from the value of the dividend. The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any U.S. federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends. See “Tax Matters.”
 
Participants that request a sale of shares through the Reinvestment Plan Agent are subject to a $2.50 sales fee and a $.15 per share fee. Per share fees include any applicable brokerage commissions the Reinvestment Plan Agent is required to pay.
 
The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate the Reinvestment Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants with regard to purchases in the Reinvestment Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Reinvestment Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.
 
All correspondence concerning the Reinvestment Plan should be directed to the Reinvestment Plan Agent, through the internet at www.computershare.com/investor , by calling 1-800-699-1236 or in writing to Computershare Trust Company, N.A., P.O. Box 43078, Providence, RI 02940-3078 .
 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
 
Common Shares
 
The Trust is a statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to a Certificate of Trust, dated as of November 13, 2012, and an Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated as of  November 13, 2012 and as amended from time to time (the “Agreement and Declaration of Trust”). The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share. Each common share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable, except that the Trustees shall have the power to cause shareholders to pay expenses of the Trust by setting off charges due from shareholders from declared but
 
 
70

 

unpaid dividends or distributions owed the shareholders and/or by reducing the number of common shares owned by each respective shareholder. If and whenever preferred shares are outstanding, the holders of common shares will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Trust unless all accrued dividends on preferred shares have been paid, unless asset coverage (as defined in the Investment Company Act) with respect to preferred shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by any rating agencies rating the preferred shares have been met. See “Description of Shares—Preferred Shares” in the SAI. All common shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Trust will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares.
 
The Trust has no present intention of offering any additional shares, including preferred shares. Any additional offerings of shares, including preferred shares, will require approval by the Board. Any additional offering of common shares will be subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of sales load, except in connection with an offering to existing holders of common shares or with the consent of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities.
 
The Trust’s common shares are expected to be listed on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “ BIT .” Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering of common shares by the amount of the sales load and the amount of the offering expenses paid by the Trust. See “Summary of Trust Expenses.”
 
Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Trust do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional common shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may do so by trading through a broker on the NYSE or otherwise. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than net asset value. Shares of closed-end investment companies like the Trust have during some periods traded at prices higher than net asset value and during other periods have traded at prices lower than net asset value. Because the market value of the common shares may be influenced by such factors as dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), call protection on its portfolio securities, dividend stability, portfolio credit quality, the Trust’s net asset value, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust, the Trust cannot assure you that common shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase the common shares if you intend to sell them soon after purchase. See “Repurchase of Common Shares” below and “Repurchase of Common Shares” in the SAI.
 
Preferred Shares
 
The Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that the Board may authorize and issue preferred shares, with rights as determined by the Board, by action of the Board without the approval of the holders of the common shares. Holders of common shares have no preemptive right to purchase any preferred shares that might be issued. The Trust has no current intention to issue preferred shares.
 
Under the Investment Company Act, the Trust is not permitted to issue preferred shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Trust’s total assets is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares (i.e., the liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Trust’s total assets). In addition, the Trust is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Trust’s total assets is at least 200% of such liquidation value. If the Trust issues preferred shares, it may be subject to restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for preferred shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Trust by the Investment Company Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede the Advisor from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies. Please see “Description of Shares” in the SAI for more information.
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST AND BYLAWS
 
The Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or to change the composition of the Board. This could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over the Trust. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing the expenses of the Trust and disrupting the normal operation of the Trust. The Board is divided into three classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of Trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board. A Trustee may be removed from
 
 
71

 

office for cause only, and only by the action of a majority of the remaining Trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective Trustee.
 
In addition, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a “Principal Shareholder”) refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of all outstanding classes or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust. The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are:
 
 
·
the merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder;
 
 
·
the issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan);
 
 
·
the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or
 
 
·
the sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.
 
To convert the Trust to an open-end investment company, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such conversion has been approved by at least 80% of the Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the Investment Company Act that any conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, we anticipate conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company might not occur until 90 days after the shareholders’ meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 10 days’ prior notice to all shareholders. Conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company would require the redemption of any outstanding preferred shares , which could eliminate or alter the leveraged capital structure of the Trust with respect to the common shares. Following any such conversion, it is also possible that certain of the Trust’s investment policies and strategies would have to be modified to assure sufficient portfolio liquidity. In the event of conversion, the common shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchanges or market systems. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the Investment Company Act, at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. The Trust expects to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but reserves the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If the Trust were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load. The Board believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable in light of the Trust’s investment objectives and policies. Therefore, you should assume that it is not likely that the Board would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end fund.
 
To liquidate the Trust, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of at least 80% of Trustees.
 
For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Trust shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the Investment Company Act or the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.
 
 
72

 

The Board has determined that provisions with respect to the Board and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the Investment Company Act, are in the best interests of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions.
 
The Trust’s Bylaws generally require that advance notice be given to the Trust in the event a shareholder desires to nominate a person for election to the Board or to transact any other business at an annual meeting of shareholders.  Notice of any such nomination or business must be delivered to or received at the principal executive offices of the Trust not less than 120 calendar days nor more than 150 calendar days prior to the anniversary date of the prior year’s annual meeting (subject to certain exceptions).  Any notice by a shareholder must be accompanied by certain information as provided in the Bylaws. Reference should be made to the Bylaws on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions.
 
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
 
The Trust is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history (commonly referred to as a closed-end fund). Closed-end funds differ from open-end funds (which are generally referred to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a stock exchange and do not redeem their shares at the request of the shareholder. This means that if you wish to sell your shares of a closed-end fund you must trade them on the stock exchange like any other stock at the prevailing market price at that time. In a mutual fund, if the shareholder wishes to sell shares of the fund, the mutual fund will redeem or buy back the shares at “net asset value.” Also, mutual funds generally offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors and closed-end funds generally do not. The continuous inflows and outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to manage the Trust’s investments. By comparison, closed-end funds are generally able to stay more fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment objectives and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments and to use certain investment strategies, such as financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities.
 
Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. Because of this possibility and the recognition that any such discount may not be in the interest of shareholders, the Board might consider from time to time engaging in open-market repurchases, tender offers for shares or other programs intended to reduce the discount. We cannot guarantee or assure, however, that the Board will decide to engage in any of these actions. Nor is there any guarantee or assurance that such actions, if undertaken, would result in the shares trading at a price equal or close to the NAV . See “Repurchase of Common Shares” below and “Repurchase of Common Shares” in the SAI. The Board might also consider converting the Trust to an open-end mutual fund, which would also require a vote of the shareholders of the Trust.
 
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
 
Shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at a discount to their net asset values and the Trust’s common shares may also trade at a discount to their net asset value, although it is possible that they may trade at a premium above net asset value. The market price of the Trust’s common shares will be determined by such factors as relative demand for and supply of such common shares in the market, the Trust’s net asset value, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust. See “Net Asset Value” and “Description of Shares—Common Shares.” Although the Trust’s common shareholders will not have the right to redeem their common shares, the Trust may take action to repurchase common shares in the open market or make tender offers for its common shares. This may have the effect of reducing any market discount from net asset value.
 
There is no assurance that, if action is undertaken to repurchase or tender for common shares, such action will result in the common shares’ trading at a price which approximates their net asset value. Although share repurchases and tender offers could have a favorable effect on the market price of the Trust’s common shares, you should be aware that the acquisition of common shares by the Trust will decrease the capital of the Trust and, therefore, may have the effect of increasing the Trust’s expense ratio and decreasing the asset coverage with respect to any preferred shares outstanding. Any share repurchases or tender offers will be made in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Company Act and the principal stock exchange on which the common shares are traded. For additional information, see “Repurchase of Common Shares” in the SAI.
 
TAX MATTERS
 
The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust and the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Trust’s common shares. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Trust and its common shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this
 
 
73

 

Prospectus . Except as otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a taxable U.S. person (as defined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and that you hold your common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal tax concerns affecting the Trust and its common shareholders (including common shareholders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law). The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.
 
Taxation of the Trust
 
The Trust intends to elect to be treated and to qualify annually as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Trust must, among other things, meet certain income, asset diversification and distribution requirements:
 
 
(i)
The Trust must derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from the following sources: (a)  dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code). Generally, a qualified publicly traded partnership includes a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) and that derives less than 90% of its gross income from the items described in (a) above.
 
 
(ii)
The Trust must diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Trust’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, including receivables, U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Trust’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities and the securities of other RICs) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the Trust controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code).
 
As long as the Trust qualifies as a RIC, the Trust generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that the Trust distributes to its common shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least 90% of the Trust’s investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, and other taxable income, other than any net capital gain (defined below), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid. The Trust intends to distribute substantially all of such income each year. The Trust will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its common shareholders.
 
The Trust will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). If any such gain is retained, the Trust will be subject to a corporate income tax on such retained amount. In that event, the Trust expects to report the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its common shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its common shares by the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income less the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii).
 
The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Trust to the extent the Trust does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the Trust’s fiscal year). In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Trust will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid U.S. federal income tax. While the Trust intends to
 
 
74

 

distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Trust’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to entirely avoid the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
 
Certain of the Trust’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to common shareholders. The Trust intends to structure and monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a RIC (which may adversely affect the net after-tax return to the Trust).
 
If for any taxable year the Trust were to fail to qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to common shareholders, and such distributions would be taxable to the common shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Trust’s current or accumulated earnings and profits.  In addition, the Trust could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.
 
Taxation of Common Shareholders
 
Distributions. Distributions paid to you by the Trust from its net capital gain, which is the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss, if any, that the Trust properly reports as capital gain dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your common shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Trust (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income. The Trust does not expect that a significant portion of its distributions will consist of qualified dividend income or be eligible for the dividends received deduction.
 
Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your common shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of common shares. The amount of any Trust distribution that is treated as a return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your common shares, thereby increasing your potential gain, or reducing your potential loss, on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your common shares.
 
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even if they are reinvested in additional common shares of the Trust. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Trust are generally treated as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December to common shareholders of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
 
The Trust will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Trust.
 
Sale of Common Shares. The sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such common shares for more than one year. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of common shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain) by you with respect to such common shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of common shares will be disallowed if you acquire other common shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the common shares. In such case, your tax basis in the common shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
 
 
75

 

Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a reduced maximum rate.  The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.
 
Backup Withholding. U.S. federal backup withholding may be required on dividends, distributions and sale proceeds payable to non-corporate common shareholders who fail to supply their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.
 
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of certain provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations currently in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its common shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more complete discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Trust and its common shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus . Common shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income or other taxes.
 
Please refer to the SAI for more detailed information. You are urged to consult your tax adviser.
 

 

 
76

 

UNDERWRITING
 
Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the Trust's underwriting agreement dated            , 2013, each underwriter named below, for which           and                             are acting as representatives, has severally agreed to purchase, and the Trust has agreed to sell to such underwriter, the number of common shares set forth opposite the name of such underwriter.
 
Underwriters
 
Number of Shares
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
Total
   
     
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the common shares included in this offering are subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel and certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase all the common shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of the common shares are purchased.
 
In the underwriting agreement, the Trust, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors  have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make for any of these liabilities.
 
Commissions and Discounts
 
The underwriters propose to initially offer some of the common shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and some of the common shares to certain dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $              per common share. The sales load investors in the Trust will pay of $.90 per common share is equal to 4.5% of the initial offering price. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $                  per common share on sales to other dealers. After the initial public offering the concession and discount may be changed. Investors must pay for any common shares purchased on or before                        , 2013.
 
The following table shows the public offering price, estimated offering expenses, sales load and proceeds, to the Trust. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common shares.
 
   
Per Share
 
Without Option
 
With Option
Public offering price
 
$20.00
 
$
 
$
Sales load
 
$.09
 
$
 
$
Estimated offering expenses
 
$.04
 
$
 
$
Proceeds, after expenses, to the Trust
 
$19.06
 
$
 
$
 
 
77

 

The expenses of the offering payable by the Trust are estimated at $.04 per share common share. The Trust has agreed to pay the underwriters $.00667 per common share for each common share purchased by the underwriters, as a partial reimbursement of expenses incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. The amount paid by the Trust for the partial reimbursement to the underwriters will not exceed .03335% of the total price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering. Offering expenses paid by the Trust may include reimbursement to the Advisor or the Sub-Advisors and their affiliates for expenses incurred in connection with the offering. The Advisor has agreed to pay  offering expenses of the Trust (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the $.00667 per common reimbursement of the underwriters' expenses) to the extent that offering expenses (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the $.00667 per common share reimbursement of the underwriters' expenses), when added to organizational costs paid by the Trust, exceed $.04 per common share.
 
Option to Purchase Additional Shares of Common Stock
 
The Trust has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to               additional common shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days from the date of this Prospectus solely to cover any overallotments . If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated , subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement , to purchase a number of additional common shares proportionate to that underwriter's initial amount set forth in the table above .
 
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
 
Until the distribution of the common shares is complete, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing common shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.
 
If the underwriters create a short position in the common shares in connection with the offering (i.e., if they sell more common shares than are listed on the cover of this Prospectus), the representatives may reduce that short position by purchasing common shares in the open market. The representatives may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the option to purchase additional common shares described above. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers in respect of the common shares in this offering for their account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such common shares are repurchased by the syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. Purchases of the common shares to stabilize their price or to reduce a short position may cause the price of the common shares to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.
 
Neither the Trust nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common shares. In addition, neither the Trust nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
The Trust has agreed not to offer or sell any additional common shares for a period of 180 days after the date of the underwriting agreement without the prior written consent of the underwriters, except for the sale of the common shares to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement or pursuant to the Trust's dividend reinvestment plan.
 
The common shares will be sold so as to ensure that the NYSE distribution standards (i.e., round lots, public shares and aggregate market value) will be met.
 
Other Relationships
 
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay from its own assets to                                         a structuring fee for advice relating to the design and organization of the Trust as well as for services related to the sale and distribution of the common shares in an amount equal to     % of the total price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering. The total amount of these structuring fee payments to                                                  will not exceed       % of the total price to the public of the common shares in this offering.
 
The Advisor (and not the Trust) may also pay certain qualifying underwriters, including those named below, a structuring fee, a sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering. The total amounts of these payments paid to any such qualifying underwriter will not exceed 1.5% of the total price of the common shares sold by that underwriter in this offering.
 
The Advisor (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay to each of                                            and from its own assets, a structuring fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Trust as well as services related to the sale
 
 
78

 
 
and distribution of the common shares in the amount of $                     and $                       , respectively. If the overallotment option is not exercised, the structuring fee paid to           and                            will not exceed                   % and                %, respectively, of the total price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering.
 
The Advisor and certain of its affiliates (and not the Trust) expect to pay compensation to certain registered representatives of BlackRock Investments, LLC (an affiliate of the Advisor) that participate in the marketing of the Trust’s common shares in an aggregate amount up to $       . If the over-allotment option is not exercised, the compensation paid to these certain registered representatives of BlackRock Investments, LLC will not exceed          % of the total price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering. The Advisor and certain of its affiliates (and not the Trust) pay this compensation in consideration of marketing activities conducted as part of these certain registered representatives’ regular duties, which activities may include providing information and education to partner firms about the Trust, discussing economic trends and market movements and providing assistance with marketing materials.
 
The sum total of all compensation to the underwriters and compensation paid to sales personnel of the Advisor affiliates in connection with this offering of the common shares will not exceed in the aggregate 9.0% of the total price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering.
 
Certain of the underwriters also have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with affiliates of the Trust, including the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors.
 
The Trust anticipates that certain underwriters may from time to time act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of the Trust's portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are underwriters.
 
The principal business address of                      is                        . The principal place of business of is                               . The principal business address of                                   is                                 .
 
 
CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
 
The Custodian of the assets of the Trust is State Street Bank and Trust Company , whose principal business address is 225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110 . The Custodian will be responsible for, among other things, receipt of and disbursement of funds from the Trust’s accounts, establishment of segregated accounts as necessary, and transfer, exchange and delivery of Trust portfolio securities.
 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. , whose principal business address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021 , will serve as the Trust’s Transfer Agent with respect to the common shares.
 
ADMINISTRATION AND ACCOUNTING SERVICES
 
State Street Bank and Trust Company will provide certain administration and accounting services to the Trust pursuant to an Administrative Services Agreement (the “Administration Agreement”). Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, State Street Bank and Trust Company will provide the Trust with, among other things, customary fund accounting services, including computing the Trust’s net asset value and maintaining books, records and other documents relating to the Trust’s financial and portfolio transactions, and customary fund administration services, including assisting the Trust with regulatory filings, tax compliance and other oversight activities. State Street Bank and Trust Company is paid a monthly fee at an annual rate ranging from 0.0075 % to 0.015 % of the Trust’s Managed Assets, along with an annual fixed fee ranging from $ 0 to $ 10,000 for these and other services it provides to the Trust.
 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
                        , whose principal business address is                           , is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust and is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Trust.  
 
LEGAL OPINIONS
 
Certain legal matters in connection with the common shares will be passed upon for the Trust by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, and for the Underwriters by                                  .                        may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.
 
 
79

 

PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST
 
The Trust is committed to maintaining the privacy of its current and former shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Trust collects, how the Trust protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Trust may share such information with select parties.
 
The Trust obtains or verifies personal non-public information from and about you from different sources, including the following: (i) information the Trust receives from you or, if applicable, your financial intermediary, on applications, forms or other documents; (ii) information about your transactions with the Trust, its affiliates or others; (iii) information the Trust receives from a consumer reporting agency; and (iv) from visits to the Trust’s or its affiliates’ websites.
 
The Trust does not sell or disclose to non-affiliated third parties any non-public personal information about its current and former shareholders, except as permitted by law or as is necessary to respond to regulatory requests or to service shareholder accounts. These non-affiliated third parties are required to protect the confidentiality and security of this information and to use it only for its intended purpose.
 
The Trust may share information with its affiliates to service your account or to provide you with information about other BlackRock products or services that may be of interest to you. In addition, the Trust restricts access to non-public personal information about its current and former shareholders to those BlackRock employees with a legitimate business need for the information. The Trust maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards that are designed to protect the non-public personal information of its current and former shareholders, including procedures relating to the proper storage and disposal of such information.
 
If you are located in a jurisdiction where specific laws, rules or regulations require the Trust to provide you with additional or different privacy-related rights beyond what is set forth above, then the Trust will comply with those specific laws, rules or regulations.
 

 
80

 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
Page
Use of Proceeds
S-2
Investment Objectives and Policies
S-2
Investment Policies and Techniques
S-4
Other Investment Policies and Techniques
S-15
Additional Risk Factors
S- 16
Management of the Trust
S-31
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
S- 47
Conflicts of Interest
S- 48
Description of Shares
S- 53
Repurchase of Common Shares
S- 54
Tax Matters
S- 55
Independent Auditors’ Report
F-1
Financial Statements
F-2
Appendix A: Ratings of Investments
A-1
Appendix B: Proxy Voting Procedures
B-1
Appendix C: Strategic Transactions
C-1


 
81

 
 


Until                         , 2013 (25 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
 



 

                            Shares

BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust

Common Shares

$20.00 per share

______________

PROSPECTUS

______________








BIT-PR-0113
 
 
 

 
 

The information in this preliminary statement of additional information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary statement of additional information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 9 , 2013
 

BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust
 
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust (the “Trust”) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relating to common shares does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus relating thereto dated                         , 2013 . This SAI, which is not a prospectus, does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing common shares, and investors should obtain and read the Prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the Prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling (800) 882-0052. You may also obtain a copy of the Prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “ SEC ”) website (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this SAI have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus .
 
References to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or other applicable law, will include any rules promulgated thereunder and any guidance, interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, including court interpretations, and exemptive, no-action or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page
Use of Proceeds
S-2
Investment Objectives and Policies
S-2
Investment Policies and Techniques
S-4
Other Investment Policies and Techniques
S-15
Additional Risk Factors
S- 16
Management of the Trust
S-31
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage
S- 47
Conflicts of Interest
S- 48
Description of Shares
S- 53
Repurchase of Common Shares
S- 54
Tax Matters
S- 55
Independent Auditors’ Report
F-1
Financial Statements
F-2
Appendix A: Ratings of Investments
A-1
Appendix B: Proxy Voting Procedures
B-1
Appendix C: Strategic Transactions
C-1
 
 
This Statement of Additional Information is dated                   , 2013 .

 
S-1

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  Pending investment in securities that meet the Trust’s investment objectives and policies, the net proceeds of this offering will be invested in short-term debt securities of the type described below under “Investment Policies and Techniques—Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Debt Securities.” If necessary to invest fully the net proceeds of this offering immediately, the Trust may also purchase, as temporary investments, securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in securities of the type in which the Trust may invest directly. We currently anticipate that the Trust will be able to invest all of the net proceeds in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies within approximately three months after the completion of this offering.
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
 
Investment Restrictions
 
The Trust has adopted restrictions and policies relating to the investment of the Trust’s assets and its activities. Certain of the restrictions are fundamental policies of the Trust and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Trust’s outstanding voting securities (which for this purpose and under the Investment Company Act means the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares) , including class approval by a majority of the Trust’s outstanding preferred shares, if any (which for this purpose and under the Investment Company Act means the lesser of  (i) 67% of the preferred shares, as a single class, represented at a meeting at which more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding preferred shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding preferred shares).
 
Fundamental Investment Restrictions .  Under these fundamental investment restrictions, the Trust may not:
 
 
1.
Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act; provided, that the Trust will invest at least 25% of its total assets in mortgage related securities, which for purposes of this investment restriction the Trust will treat as an industry or group of industries.
 
 
2.
Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
 
 
3.
Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
 
 
4.
Purchase or hold real estate, except the Trust may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of real estate investment trusts, mortgage related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Trust may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
 
 
5.
Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Trust may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
 
 
6.
Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
 
 
7.
Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.
 
Notations Regarding the Trust’s Fundamental Investment Restrictions . The following notations are not considered to be part of the Trust’s fundamental investment restrictions and are subject to change without shareholder approval.
 
With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (1) above, the Investment Company Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. Government and its agencies or instrumentalities; tax exempt securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry (except that mortgage related securities will be treated by the Trust as an industry or group of industries as set forth in (1) above) . There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign
 
 
S-2

 
 
government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry.  With respect to the Trust’s industry classifications, the Trust currently utilizes any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Trust management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Trust as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.
 
With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (2) above, the Investment Company Act permits the Trust to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Trust’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the Trust’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. The Trust’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the Investment Company Act requires the Trust to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the Trust’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings or involve leverage and thus are subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with SEC staff guidance and interpretations, when the Trust engages in such transactions, the Trust instead of maintaining asset coverage of at least 300%, may segregate or earmark liquid assets, or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to the Trust’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC ). The policy in (2) above will be interpreted to permit the Trust to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing or to involve leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and to permit the Trust to segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.
 
With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (5) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the Trust from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, in the case of diversified funds, the Investment Company Act permits the Trust to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the Trust’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the Trust’s investments in issuers where the Trust owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Although it is not believed that the application of the Securities Act provisions described above would cause the Trust to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Trust from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Trust may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act or is otherwise engaged in the underwriting business to the extent permitted by applicable law.
 
With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (7) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the Trust from making loans (including lending its securities); however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets (including lending its securities) , except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments (as applicable) , as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.
 
Non-Fundamental Investment Restrictions .  Under its non-fundamental investment restrictions, which may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval, the Trust may not:
 
 
a.
make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except to the extent permitted by the Trust’s Prospectus and SAI, as amended from time to time, and applicable law.
 
Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations under the Trust’s fundamental or non-fundamental investment restrictions apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken. Any change in the percentage of the Trust’s assets invested in certain securities or other instruments resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in the Trust’s total assets will not require the Trust to dispose of an investment until the Advisors determine that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences.
 
 
 
S-3

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
 
The following information supplements the discussion of the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and techniques that are described in the Prospectus.
 
Mortgage Related Securities
 
Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 25% of its total assets in mortgage related securities.
 
MBS .  MBS include structured debt obligations collateralized by pools of commercial or residential mortgages. Pools of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed loans, such as mezzanine loans, are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. MBS include complex instruments such as CMOs, stripped MBS, mortgage pass-through securities and interests in REMICs. The MBS in which the Trust may invest include those with fixed, floating or variable interest rates, those with interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified reference interest rate or index of interest rates and those with interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, as well as those that do not bear interest. The Trust may invest in RMBS and CMBS issued by governmental entities and private issuers, including subordinated MBS and residual interests. The Trust may invest in sub-prime mortgages or MBS that are backed by sub-prime mortgages. Certain MBS in which the Trust may invest are described below.
 
Mortgage Pass-Through Securities .  Mortgage pass-through securities differ from other forms of fixed income securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs that may be incurred. Some mortgage related securities (such as securities issued by GNMA) are described as “modified pass-through.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.
 
RMBS .  RMBS are securities the payments on which depend, except for rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to holders of such securities, primarily on the cash flow from residential mortgage loans made to borrowers that are secured on a first priority basis or second priority basis, subject to permitted liens, easements and other encumbrances by residential real estate (one- to four-family properties), the proceeds of which are used to purchase real estate and purchase or construct dwellings thereon or to refinance indebtedness previously used for such purposes. Residential mortgage loans are obligations of the borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by residential property is dependent upon the income or assets of the borrower. A number of factors, including a general economic downturn, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances, may impair a borrower’s ability to repay its loans.
 
Agency RMBS .  The principal U.S. Governmental guarantor of mortgage related securities is GNMA, which is a wholly owned U.S. Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development.  GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the FHA , or guaranteed by the VA.  RMBS issued by GNMA include GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Ginnie Maes”) which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by GNMA and such guarantees are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. GNMA certificates also are supported by the authority of GNMA to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee.
 
Government-related guarantors (i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) include FNMA and FHLMC.  FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation the common stock of which is owned entirely by private stockholders. FNMA purchases conventional (i.e., not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved seller/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage bankers. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA (also known as “Fannie Maes”) are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.  FHLMC was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. It is a government-sponsored corporation that issues FHLMC Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Freddie Macs” or “PCs”), which are pass-through securities,
 
 
 
S-4

 

each representing an undivided interest in a pool of residential mortgages. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
 
In 2008, FHFA placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship. FNMA and FHLMC are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remains liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its MBS.
 
As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of FNMA and FHLMC and of any stockholder, officer or director of FNMA and FHLMC with respect to FNMA and FHLMC and the assets of FNMA and FHLMC. In connection with the conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury entered into a Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with each of FNMA and FHLMC pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury would purchase up to an aggregate of $100 billion of each of FNMA and FHLMC to maintain a positive net worth in each enterprise. This agreement contains various covenants that severely limit each enterprise’s operations. In exchange for entering into these agreements, the U.S. Treasury received $1 billion of each enterprise’s senior preferred stock and warrants to purchase 79.9% of each enterprise’s common stock. In February 2009, the U.S. Treasury doubled the size of its commitment to each enterprise under the Senior Preferred Stock Program to $200 billion. The U.S. Treasury’s obligations under the Senior Preferred Stock Program are for an indefinite period of time for a maximum amount of $200 billion per enterprise. In December 2009, the U.S. Treasury announced further amendments to the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements which included additional financial support to certain governmentally supported entities, including the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”), FNMA and FHLMC.   It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact FNMA, FHLMC and the FHLBs, and the values of their related securities or obligations. There is no assurance that the obligations of such entities will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default.
 
Under the Federal Housing Finance Regulatory Reform Act of 2008 (the “Reform Act”), which was included as part of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs. The Reform Act requires FHFA to exercise its right to repudiate any contract within a reasonable period of time after its appointment as conservator or receiver. FHFA, in its capacity as conservator, has indicated that it has no intention to repudiate the guaranty obligations of FNMA or FHLMC because FHFA views repudiation as incompatible with the goals of the conservatorship. However, in the event that FHFA, as conservator or if it is later appointed as receiver for FNMA or FHLMC, were to repudiate any such guaranty obligation, the conservatorship or receivership estate, as applicable, would be liable for actual direct compensatory damages in accordance with the provisions of the Reform Act. Any such liability could be satisfied only to the extent of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s assets available therefor. In the event of repudiation, the payments of interest to holders of FNMA or FHLMC MBS would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such MBS are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders. Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of FNMA or FHLMC without any approval, assignment or consent. Although FHFA has stated that it has no present intention to do so, if FHFA, as conservator or receiver, were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of FNMA or FHLMC MBS would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party. In addition, certain rights provided to holders of MBS issued by FNMA and FHLMC under the operative documents related to such securities may not be enforced against FHFA, or enforcement of such rights may be delayed, during the conservatorship or any future receivership. The operative documents for FNMA and FHLMC MBS may provide (or with respect to securities issued prior to the date of the appointment of the conservator may have provided) that upon the occurrence of an event of default on the part of FNMA or FHLMC, in its capacity as guarantor, which includes the appointment of a conservator or receiver, holders of such MBS have the right to replace FNMA or FHLMC as trustee if the requisite percentage of MBS holders consent. The Reform Act prevents mortgage-backed security holders from enforcing such rights if the event of default arises solely because a conservator or receiver has been appointed.
 
A 2011 report to Congress from the Treasury Department and the Department of Housing and Urban Development set forth a plan to reform America’s housing finance market, which would reduce the role of and eventually eliminate FNMA and FHLMC. Notably, the plan did not propose similar significant changes to GNMA, which guarantees payments on mortgage related securities backed by federally insured or guaranteed loans. The report also identified three proposals for Congress and the administration to consider for the long-term structure of the housing finance markets after the elimination of FNMA and FHLMC, including implementing: (i) a privatized system of housing finance that limits government insurance to very limited groups of creditworthy low- and moderate-income borrowers; (ii) a privatized system with a government backstop mechanism that would allow the government to insure a larger share of the housing finance market during a future
 
 
 
S-5

 

housing crisis; and (iii) a privatized system where the government would offer reinsurance to holders of certain highly rated mortgage related securities insured by private insurers and would pay out under the reinsurance arrangements only if the private mortgage insurers were insolvent.
 
Non-Agency RMBS .  Non-Agency RMBS are issued by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Timely payment of principal and interest on RMBS backed by pools created by non-governmental issuers often is supported partially by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by government entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or mortgage poolers can meet their obligations under the policies, so that if the issuers default on their obligations, the holders of the security could sustain a loss. No insurance or guarantee covers the Trust or the price of the Trust’s shares. RMBS issued by non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government agency and government-related securities because there are no direct or indirect government guarantees of payment.
 
CMBS .  CMBS generally are multi-class debt or pass-through certificates secured or backed by mortgage loans on commercial properties. CMBS generally are structured to provide protection to the senior class investors against potential losses on the underlying mortgage loans. This protection generally is provided by having the holders of subordinated classes of securities (“Subordinated CMBS”) take the first loss if there are defaults on the underlying commercial mortgage loans. Other protection, which may benefit all of the classes or particular classes, may include issuer guarantees, reserve funds, additional Subordinated CMBS, cross-collateralization and over-collateralization.
 
The Trust may invest in Subordinated CMBS issued or sponsored by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Subordinated CMBS have no governmental guarantee and are subordinated in some manner as to the payment of principal and/or interest to the holders of more senior CMBS arising out of the same pool of mortgages. The holders of Subordinated CMBS typically are compensated with a higher stated yield than are the holders of more senior CMBS. On the other hand, Subordinated CMBS typically subject the holder to greater risk than senior CMBS and tend to be rated in a lower rating category (frequently a substantially lower rating category) than the senior CMBS issued in respect of the same mortgage pool. Subordinated CMBS generally are likely to be more sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates and the market for such securities may be less liquid than is the case for traditional income securities and senior CMBS.
 
CMOs . A CMO is a multi-class bond backed by a pool of mortgage pass-through certificates or mortgage loans. CMOs may be collateralized by ( i ) Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac pass-through certificates, ( ii ) unsecuritized mortgage loans insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA, ( iii ) unsecuritized conventional mortgages, ( iv ) other MBS or ( v ) any combination thereof. Each class of a CMO, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on collateral underlying a CMO may cause it to be retired substantially earlier than its stated maturity or final distribution date. The principal and interest on the underlying mortgages may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in many ways. One or more tranches of a CMO may have coupon rates which reset periodically at a specified increment over an index, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) (or sometimes more than one index). These floating rate CMOs typically are issued with lifetime caps on the coupon rate thereon.    The Trust does not intend to invest in CMO residuals, which represent the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the payments of interest and principal on the tranches issued by the CMO and the payment of administrative expenses and management fees.
 
The Trust may invest in inverse floating rate CMOs. Inverse floating rate CMOs constitute a tranche of a CMO with a coupon rate that moves in the reverse direction relative to an applicable index such as LIBOR. Accordingly, the coupon rate thereon will increase as interest rates decrease. Inverse floating rate CMOs are typically more volatile than fixed or floating rate tranches of CMOs. Many inverse floating rate CMOs have coupons that move inversely to a multiple of an index. The effect of the coupon varying inversely to a multiple of an applicable index creates a leverage factor. Inverse floaters based on multiples of a stated index are designed to be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and can subject the holders thereof to extreme reductions of yield and loss of principal. The markets for inverse floating rate CMOs with highly leveraged characteristics at times may be very thin. The Trust’s ability to dispose of its positions in such securities will depend on the degree of liquidity in the markets for such securities. It is impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in such securities, and therefore the future degree of liquidity.
 
Stripped MBS . Stripped MBS are created by segregating the cash flows from underlying mortgage loans or mortgage securities to create two or more new securities, each receiving a specified percentage of the underlying security’s principal or interest payments. Mortgage securities may be partially stripped so that each investor class receives some interest and some principal. When securities are completely stripped, however, all of the interest is distributed to holders of one type of security, known as an interest-only security (or “IO”), and all of the principal is distributed to holders of another type of security,
 
 
 
S-6

 

known as a principal-only security (or “PO”). Strips can be created in a pass-through structure or as tranches of a CMO. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are very sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Trust may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities .  ARMs have interest rates that reset at periodic intervals. Acquiring ARMs permits the Trust to participate in increases in prevailing current interest rates through periodic adjustments in the coupons of mortgages underlying the pool on which ARMs are based. Such ARMs generally have higher current yield and lower price fluctuations than is the case with more traditional fixed income securities of comparable rating and maturity. In addition, when prepayments of principal are made on the underlying mortgages during periods of rising interest rates, the Trust can reinvest the proceeds of such prepayments at rates higher than those at which they were previously invested. Mortgages underlying most ARMs, however, have limits on the allowable annual or lifetime increases that can be made in the interest rate that the mortgagor pays. Therefore, if current interest rates rise above such limits over the period of the limitation, the Trust, when holding an ARM, does not benefit from further increases in interest rates. Moreover, when interest rates are in excess of coupon rates (i.e., the rates being paid by mortgagors) of the mortgages, ARMs behave more like fixed income securities and less like adjustable-rate securities and are subject to the risks associated with fixed income securities. In addition, during periods of rising interest rates, increases in the coupon rate of ARMs generally lag current market interest rates slightly, thereby creating the potential for capital depreciation on such securities.
 
Sub-Prime Mortgages . Sub-prime mortgages are mortgages rated below “A” by S&P, Moody’s or Fitch. Historically, sub-prime mortgage loans have been made to borrowers with blemished (or non-existent) credit records, and the borrower is charged a higher interest rate to compensate for the greater risk of delinquency and the higher costs of loan servicing and collection. Sub-prime mortgages are subject to both state and federal anti-predatory lending statutes that carry potential liability to secondary market purchasers such as the Trust. Sub-prime mortgages have certain characteristics and associated risks similar to below investment grade securities, including a higher degree of credit risk, and certain characteristics and associated risks similar to MBS, including prepayment risk.
 
Mortgage Related ABS . ABS are bonds backed by pools of loans or other receivables. ABS are created from many types of assets, including in some cases mortgage related asset classes, such as home equity loan ABS.  Home equity loan ABS are subject to many of the same risks as RMBS, including interest rate risk and prepayment risk.
 
Other Mortgage Related Securities . Other mortgage related securities include securities other than those described above that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property. Other mortgage related securities may be equity or debt securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities of the foregoing.
 
Municipal Securities
 
The Trust may invest in debt obligations issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States, including the District of Columbia, and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities. The Trust may invest in various municipal securities, including municipal bonds and notes, other securities issued to finance and refinance public projects, and other related securities and derivative instruments creating exposure to municipal bonds, notes and securities that provide for the payment of interest income that is exempt from regular U.S. federal income tax. Municipal securities are either general obligation bonds or revenue bonds and typically are issued to finance public projects, such as roads or public buildings, to pay general operating expenses or to refinance outstanding debt. Municipal securities may also be issued for private activities, such as housing, medical and educational facility construction, or for privately owned industrial development and pollution control projects. General obligation bonds are backed by the full faith and credit, or taxing authority, of the issuer and may be repaid from any revenue source. Revenue bonds may be repaid only from the revenues of a specific facility or source. Municipal securities may be issued on a long term basis to provide permanent financing. The repayment of such debt may be secured generally by a pledge of the full faith and credit taxing power of the issuer, a limited or special tax, or any other revenue source, including project revenues, which may include tolls, fees and other user charges, lease payments and mortgage payments. Municipal securities may also be issued to finance projects on a short-term interim basis, anticipating repayment with the proceeds of the later issuance of long-term debt.
 
 
 
S-7

 

General Obligation Bonds . General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited, however, by provisions of its state constitution or laws, and an entity’s creditworthiness will depend on many factors, including potential erosion of its tax base due to population declines, natural disasters, declines in the state’s industrial base or inability to attract new industries, economic limits on the ability to tax without eroding the tax base, state legislative proposals or voter initiatives to limit ad valorem real property taxes and the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid, access to capital markets or other factors beyond the state’s or entity’s control. Accordingly, the capacity of the issuer of a general obligation bond as to the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal when due is affected by the issuer’s maintenance of its tax base.
 
Revenue Bonds . Revenue bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue sources such as payments from the user of the facility being financed. Accordingly, the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the revenue or special obligation bond is a function of the economic viability of such facility or such revenue source. Revenue bonds issued by state or local agencies to finance the development of low-income, multi-family housing involve special risks in addition to those associated with municipal securities generally, including that the underlying properties may not generate sufficient income to pay expenses and interest costs. Such bonds are generally non-recourse against the property owner, may be junior to the rights of others with an interest in the properties, may pay interest that changes based in part on the financial performance of the property, may be prepayable without penalty and may be used to finance the construction of housing developments which, until completed and rented, do not generate income to pay interest. Increases in interest rates payable on senior obligations may make it more difficult for issuers to meet payment obligations on subordinated bonds.
 
Moral Obligation Bonds .  The Trust also may invest in “moral obligation” bonds, which are normally issued by special purpose public authorities. If an issuer of moral obligation bonds is unable to meet its obligations, the repayment of such bonds becomes a moral commitment but not a legal obligation of the state or municipality in question.
 
Municipal Lease Obligations .  The Trust may invest in participations in lease obligations or installment purchase contract obligations (hereinafter collectively called “Municipal Lease Obligations”) of municipal authorities or entities. Although a Municipal Lease Obligation does not constitute a general obligation of the municipality for which the municipality’s taxing power is pledged, a Municipal Lease Obligation is ordinarily backed by the municipality’s covenant to budget for, appropriate and make the payments due under the Municipal Lease Obligation. However, certain Municipal Lease Obligations contain “non-appropriation” clauses, which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in future years unless money is appropriated for such purpose on a yearly basis. In the case of a “non-appropriation” lease, the Trust’s ability to recover under the lease in the event of non-appropriation or default will be limited solely to the repossession of the leased property, without recourse to the general credit of the lessee, and the disposition or re-leasing of the property might prove difficult.
 
Certificates of Participation .  A certificate of participation represents an undivided interest in an unmanaged pool of municipal leases, installment purchase agreements or other instruments. The certificates are typically issued by a municipal agency, a trust or other entity that has received an assignment of the payments to be made by the state or political subdivision under such leases or installment purchase agreements. Such certificates provide the Trust with the right to a pro rata undivided interest in the underlying municipal securities. In addition, such participations generally provide the Trust with the right to demand payment, on not more than seven days’ notice, of all or any part of the Trust’s participation interest in the underlying municipal securities, plus accrued interest.
 
Pre-Refunded Municipal Securities .  The principal of, and interest on, pre-refunded municipal securities are no longer paid from the original revenue source for the securities. Instead, the source of such payments is typically an escrow fund consisting of U.S. Government securities. The assets in the escrow fund are derived from the proceeds of refunding bonds issued by the same issuer as the pre-refunded municipal securities. Issuers of municipal securities use this advance refunding technique to obtain more favorable terms with respect to securities that are not yet subject to call or redemption by the issuer. For example, advance refunding enables an issuer to refinance debt at lower market interest rates, restructure debt to improve cash flow or eliminate restrictive covenants in the indenture or other governing instrument for the pre-refunded municipal securities. However, except for a change in the revenue source from which principal and interest payments are made, the pre-refunded municipal securities remain outstanding on their original terms until they mature or are redeemed by the issuer.
 
Private Activity Bonds .  Private activity bonds, formerly referred to as industrial development bonds, are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately operated housing facilities, airports , mass transit or port
 
 
 
S-8

 

facilities, sewage disposal, solid waste disposal or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities, and certain local facilities for water supply, gas or electricity. Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute municipal securities, although the current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues. Such bonds are secured primarily by revenues derived from loan repayments or lease payments due from the entity, which may or may not be guaranteed by a parent company or otherwise secured. Private activity bonds generally are not secured by a pledge of the taxing power of the issuer of such bonds. Therefore, an investor should be aware that repayment of such bonds generally depends on the revenues of a private entity and be aware of the risks that such an investment may entail. Continued ability of an entity to generate sufficient revenues for the payment of principal and interest on such bonds will be affected by many factors, including the size of the entity, capital structure, demand for its products or services, competition, general economic conditions, government regulation and the entity’s dependence on revenues for the operation of the particular facility being financed.
 
Special Taxing Districts.   Special taxing districts are organized to plan and finance infrastructure developments to induce residential, commercial and industrial growth and redevelopment. Bonds issued pursuant to financing methods such as tax increment finance, tax assessment, special services district and Mello-Roos bonds (a type of municipal security established by the Mello-Roos Community Facilities District Act of 1982), are generally payable solely from taxes or other revenues attributable to the specific projects financed by the bonds without recourse to the credit or taxing power of related or overlapping municipalities. They often are exposed to real estate development-related risks and can have more taxpayer concentration risk than general tax-supported bonds, such as general obligation bonds. Further, the fees, special taxes, or tax allocations and other revenues that are established to secure such financings are generally limited as to the rate or amount that may be levied or assessed and are not subject to increase pursuant to rate covenants or municipal or corporate guarantees. The bonds could default if development failed to progress as anticipated or if larger taxpayers failed to pay the assessments, fees and taxes as provided in the financing plans of the districts.
 
VRDOs .  Variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”) are tax-exempt obligations that contain a floating or variable interest rate adjustment formula and right of demand on the part of the holder thereof to receive payment of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest upon a short notice period not to exceed seven days. There is, however, the possibility that because of default or insolvency the demand feature of VRDOs may not be honored. The interest rates are adjustable at intervals (ranging from daily to up to one year) to some prevailing market rate for similar investments, such adjustment formula being calculated to maintain the market value of the VRDOs, at approximately the par value of the VRDOs on the adjustment date. The adjustments typically are based upon SIFMA or some other appropriate interest rate adjustment index. The Trust may invest in all types of tax-exempt instruments currently outstanding or to be issued in the future. VRDOs that contain an unconditional right of demand to receive payment of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest on a notice period exceeding seven days may be deemed to be illiquid securities.
 
Taxable Municipal Securities .  The Trust may invest in taxable municipal securities, including BABs. BABs are taxable municipal obligations issued pursuant to legislation providing for the issuance of taxable municipal debt on which the issuer receives federal support of the interest paid. Enacted in February 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”) authorizes state and local governments to issue taxable bonds on which, assuming certain specified conditions are satisfied, issuers may either (i) receive payments from the U.S. Treasury with respect to the bonds’ interest payments (“direct pay” BABs) or (ii) provide tax credits to investors in the bonds (“tax credit” BABs). BABs offer an alternative form of financing to state and local governments whose primary means for accessing the capital markets has been through issuance of tax-free municipal bonds. BABs may appeal to a broader array of investors than the high income U.S. taxpayers that have traditionally provided the market for municipal bonds. Unlike most other municipal obligations, interest received on BABs is subject to federal and state income tax. Under the terms of the ARRA, issuers of direct pay BABs are entitled to receive payments from the U.S. Treasury over the life of the bond equal to 35% (or 45% in the case of Recovery Zone Economic Development Bonds) of the interest paid and investors in tax credit BABs can receive a federal tax credit of 35% of the coupon interest received. The federal interest subsidy or tax credit continues for the life of the bonds. The Trust may invest in direct pay BABs or tax credit BABs. Pursuant to the ARRA, the issuance of BABs was discontinued on December 31, 2010.   Under the sequestration process under the Budget Control Act of 2011, 7.6% of the federal subsidy for BABs and other subsidized taxable municipal bonds could be eliminated beginning on March 1, 2013.
 
Sovereign Government and Supranational Debt
 
The Trust may invest in all types of debt securities of governmental issuers in all countries, including emerging market countries. These sovereign debt securities may include: debt securities issued or guaranteed by governments, governmental agencies or instrumentalities and political subdivisions located in emerging market countries; debt securities issued by government owned, controlled or sponsored entities located in emerging market countries; interests in entities
 
 
 
S-9

 

organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of instruments issued by any of the above issuers; Brady Bonds; or debt securities issued by supranational entities such as the World Bank. A supranational entity is a bank, commission or company established or financially supported by the national governments of one or more countries to promote reconstruction or development. Sovereign government and supranational debt involve all the risks described herein regarding foreign and emerging markets investments as well as the risk of debt moratorium, repudiation or renegotiation.
 
Brady Bonds are debt securities, generally denominated in U.S. dollars, issued under the framework of the Brady Plan as a means for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external indebtedness. In restructuring its external debt under the Brady Plan framework, a debtor nation negotiates with its existing bank lenders as well as multilateral institutions such as the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund (the “IMF”). The Brady Plan framework, as it has developed, contemplates the exchange of external commercial bank debt for newly issued bonds known as “Brady Bonds.” Brady Bonds may also be issued in respect of new money being advanced by existing lenders in connection with the debt restructuring. The World Bank and/or the IMF support the restructuring by providing funds pursuant to loan agreements or other arrangements which enable the debtor nation to collateralize the new Brady Bonds or to repurchase outstanding bank debt at a discount. Under these arrangements with the World Bank and/or the IMF, debtor nations have been required to agree to the implementation of certain domestic monetary and fiscal reforms. Such reforms have included the liberalization of trade and foreign investment, the privatization of state-owned enterprises and the setting of targets for public spending and borrowing. These policies and programs seek to promote the debtor country’s economic growth and development. Investors should also recognize that the Brady Plan only sets forth general guiding principles for economic reform and debt reduction, emphasizing that solutions must be negotiated on a case-by-case basis between debtor nations and their creditors.
 
Bank Obligations
 
Bank obligations may include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties, which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits.
 
Obligations of foreign banks involve somewhat different investment risks than those affecting obligations of U.S. banks, including the possibilities that their liquidity could be impaired because of future political and economic developments, that their obligations may be less marketable than comparable obligations of U.S. banks, that a foreign jurisdiction might impose withholding taxes on interest income payable on those obligations, that foreign deposits may be seized or nationalized, that foreign governmental restrictions such as exchange controls may be adopted which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on those obligations and that the selection of those obligations may be more difficult because there may be less publicly available information concerning foreign banks or the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements applicable to foreign banks may differ from those applicable to U.S. banks. Foreign banks are not generally subject to examination by any U.S. Government agency or instrumentality.
 
Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Debt Securities
 
For temporary defensive proposes or to keep cash on hand, the Trust may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash equivalents and short-term debt securities. Short-term debt securities are defined to include, without limitation, the following:
 
 
i.
U.S. Government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. Government securities include securities issued by (a) the FHA , Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration and GNMA , whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the FHLBs , Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c)  FNMA , whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. Government provides financial support to such U.S. Government-
 
 
 
S-10

 

sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.
 
 
ii.
Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Certificates of deposit purchased by the Trust may not be fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
 
 
iii.
Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities. At the time the Trust purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed price and time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Trust during its holding period, since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Trust to invest temporarily available cash. The Trust may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Trust may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Trust is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Trust is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, and if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Trust could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The Advisors monitor the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement. The Advisors do so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed upon repurchase price to be paid to the Trust. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Trust to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.
 
 
iv.
Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Trust and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Trust at any time. The Advisors will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Trust’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand. Investments in commercial paper will be limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by a major rating agency and which mature within one year of the date of purchase or carry a variable or floating rate of interest.
 
Strategic Transactions and Other Management Techniques
 
As described in the Prospectus, the Trust may use Strategic Transactions. This section contains various additional information about the type of Strategic Transactions in which the Trust may engage.
 
Interest Rate Transactions.   The Trust may enter into interest rate swaps and purchase or sell interest rate caps and floors.  The Trust expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio as a duration management technique, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Trust anticipates purchasing at a later date and/or to hedge against increases in the Trust’s costs associated with its leverage strategy. The Trust will ordinarily use these transactions as a hedge or for duration and risk management , although it is permitted to enter into them to enhance income or gain. The Trust may not sell interest rate caps or floors, except for interest rate caps or floors it has previously purchased. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Trust with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest ( e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal ) . The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that the level of a specified interest rate exceeds a predetermined interest rate (i.e., the strike price), to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that the level of a specified interest rate falls below a predetermined interest rate (i.e., the strike price), to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor.
 
 
 
S-11

 

The Trust may hedge both its assets and liabilities through interest rate swaps, caps and floors. Usually, payments with respect to interest rate swaps will be made on a net basis (i .e., the two payment streams are netted out ) with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments on the payment dates. The Trust will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Trust’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap on a daily basis and will segregate with a custodian an amount of cash or liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at all times at least equal to the accrued excess. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, generally the Trust will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.
 
Credit Default Swap Agreements.   The Trust may enter into credit default swap agreements for hedging purposes or to seek to increase income or gain. The credit default swap agreement may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by the Trust. The protection “buyer” in a credit default contract may be obligated to pay the protection “seller” an upfront or a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided that no credit event on the reference obligation has occurred. If a credit event occurs, the seller generally must pay the buyer the “par value” (full notional amount) of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity described in the swap, or if the swap is cash settled the seller may be required to deliver the related net cash amount (the difference between the market value of the reference obligation and its par value). The Trust may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction.  If the Trust is a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Trust will generally receive no payments from its counterparty under the swap if the swap is held through its termination date.  However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer generally may elect to receive the full notional amount of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity, the value of which may have significantly decreased.  As a seller, the Trust generally receives an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no credit event.  If a credit event occurs, generally the seller must pay the buyer the full notional amount of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference entity, the value of which may have significantly decreased.  As the seller, the Trust would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its Managed Assets , the Trust would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
 
Credit default swap agreements involve greater risks than if the Trust had taken a position in the reference obligation directly (either by purchasing or selling) since, in addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to illiquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risks.  A buyer generally will also lose its upfront payment or any periodic payments it makes to the seller counterparty and receive no payments from its counterparty should no credit event occur and the swap is held to its termination date.  If a credit event were to occur, the value of any deliverable obligation received by the seller, coupled with the upfront or periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional amount it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the seller. A seller of a credit default swap or similar instrument is exposed to many of the same risks of leverage since, if a credit event occurs, the seller generally will be required to pay the buyer the full notional amount of the contract net of any amounts owed by the buyer related to its delivery of deliverable obligations.  The Trust’s obligations under a credit default swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Trust).  The Trust will at all times segregate with its custodian in connection with each such transaction liquid assets or cash with a value at least equal to the Trust’s exposure (any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed by the Trust to any counterparty) on a marked-to-market basis (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC).  If the Trust is a seller of protection in a credit default swap transaction, it will segregate with its custodian in connection with such transaction liquid assets or cash with a value at least equal to the full notional amount of the contract.  Such segregation will ensure that the Trust has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction and will avoid any potential leveraging of the Trust’s portfolio.  Such segregation will not limit the Trust’s exposure to loss.
 
In addition, the credit derivatives market is subject to a changing regulatory environment.  It is possible that regulatory or other developments in the credit derivatives market could adversely affect the Trust’s ability to successfully use credit derivatives.
 
Total Return Swaps .  Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Trust’s portfolio because, in addition to its Managed Assets , the Trust would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.
 
Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Trust thereunder. Swap agreements also bear the risk that the Trust will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, the Trust will enter into total return swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted
 
 
 
S-12

 

against one another with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Trust’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each total return swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by the Trust. If the total return swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of the Trust’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Trust’s obligations will be segregated by the Trust in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the liabilities under the total return swap agreement or the amount it would have cost the Trust initially to make an equivalent direct investment, plus or minus any amount the Trust is obligated to pay or is to receive under the total return swap agreement.
 
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.   The Trust may also enter into contracts for the purchase or sale for future delivery (“futures contracts”) of debt securities, baskets or indices of debt securities, other financial indices and U.S. Government debt securities or options on any of the above. The Trust may engage in such transactions for bona fide hedging, risk management (including duration management) and other portfolio management purposes, and may enter into such transactions for non-hedging purposes to enhance income or gain, in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the CFTC and the SEC.
 
Forward Foreign Currency Contracts .  The Trust may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another foreign currency. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (term) from the date of the forward currency contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time the forward currency contract is entered into. Forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. The Trust may purchase a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a foreign currency that the Trust intends to acquire. The Trust may sell a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security or a dividend or interest payment denominated in a foreign currency. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts to shift the Trust’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes from one currency to another. For example, if the Trust owns securities denominated in a foreign currency and the Advisors believe that currency will decline relative to another currency, the Trust might enter into a forward currency contract to sell the appropriate amount of the first foreign currency with payment to be made in the second currency. The Trust may also purchase forward currency contracts to enhance income when the Advisors anticipate that the foreign currency will appreciate in value but securities denominated in that currency do not present attractive investment opportunities. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in a foreign currency. Such a hedge would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The Trust could also hedge the position by entering into a forward currency contract to sell another currency expected to perform similarly to the currency in which the Trust’s existing investments are denominated. This type of transaction could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency, but may not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a simple forward currency transaction to sell U.S. dollars. This type of transaction may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts in one currency or a basket of currencies to attempt to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if the Advisors anticipate that there will be a correlation between the two currencies.
 
The cost to the Trust of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward currency contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. When the Trust enters into a forward currency contract, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of some or all of any expected benefit of the transaction. Secondary markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance that the Trust will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable price prior to maturity. In addition, in the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the Trust might be unable to close out a forward currency contract. In either event, the Trust would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position, and would continue to be required to maintain a position in securities denominated in the foreign currency or to maintain cash or liquid assets in a segregated account. The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will change after the forward currency contract has been established. Thus, the Trust might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such foreign currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.
 
 
 
S-13

 

Calls on Securities, Indices and Futures Contracts.   The Trust may sell or purchase call options (“calls”) on securities and indices based upon the prices of futures contracts and debt securities that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell if the buyer exercises the option, the underlying security, futures contract or index at the exercise price at any time or at a specified time during the option period. All such calls sold by the Trust must be “covered” as long as the call is outstanding (i.e., the Trust must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call or other securities or assets acceptable for applicable segregation or coverage requirements). A call sold by the Trust exposes the Trust during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security, index or futures contract and may require the Trust to hold a security of futures contract which it might otherwise have sold. The purchase of a call gives the Trust the right to buy a security, futures contract or index at an agreed upon price (i.e., the strike price of the option). Calls on futures on securities must also be covered by deliverable securities or the futures contract or by cash or liquid assets segregated to satisfy the Trust’s obligations pursuant to such instruments.
 
Puts on Securities, Indices and Futures Contracts.   The Trust may purchase put options (“puts”) that relate to securities (whether or not it holds such securities in its portfolio), indices or futures contracts. The Trust may also sell puts on securities, indices or futures contracts on such securities if the Trust’s contingent obligations on such puts are secured by segregated assets consisting of cash or liquid assets having a value not less than the strike price. The Trust will not sell puts if, as a result, more than 50% of the Trust’s total assets would be required to cover its potential obligations under its hedging and other investment transactions. In selling puts, there is a risk that the Trust may be required to buy the underlying security at a price higher than the current market price.
 
New Products.   The financial markets continue to evolve and financial products continue to be developed. The Trust reserves the right to invest in new financial products as they are developed or become more widely accepted. As with any new financial product, these products will entail risks, including risks to which the Trust currently is not subject.
 
Appendix C contains further information about the characteristics, risks and possible benefits of Strategic Transactions and the Trust’s other policies and limitations (which are not fundamental policies) relating to investment in futures contracts and options. The principal risks relating to the use of futures contracts and other Strategic Transactions are: (i) less than perfect correlation between the prices of the instrument and the market value of the securities in the Trust’s portfolio; (ii) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for closing out a position in such instruments; (iii) losses resulting from interest rate or other market movements not anticipated by the Advisor; and (iv) the obligation to meet additional variation margin or other payment requirements, all of which could result in the Trust being in a worse position than if such transactions had not been used.
 
Certain provisions of the Code may restrict or affect the ability of the Trust to engage in Strategic Transactions. See “Tax Matters.”
 
Short Sales
 
The Trust may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. The Trust may make short sales to hedge positions, for duration and risk management, in order to maintain portfolio flexibility or to enhance income or gain.
 
When the Trust makes a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Trust may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over to the securities lender any income, distributions or dividends received on such borrowed securities until it returns the security to the securities lender.
 
The Trust’s obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral deposited with the securities lender, usually cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid assets. The Trust will also be required to segregate similar collateral with its custodian to the extent, if any, necessary so that the aggregate collateral value is at all times at least equal to the current market value of the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the securities lender regarding payment over of any income, distributions or dividends received by the Trust on such security, the Trust may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such securities lender.
 
If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Trust will realize a gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. Although the Trust’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited.
 
 
 
S-14

 

The Trust will not make a short sale if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 25% of the value of its Managed Assets or the Trust’s aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities exceeds 25% of the outstanding securities of that class.  The Trust may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost the identical security.
 
OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements
 
The Trust may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio investments subject to the investment restrictions set forth herein. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Trust with an agreement by the Trust to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. At the time the Trust enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may establish and maintain a segregated account with the custodian containing cash and/or liquid assets having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the Trust establishes and maintains such a segregated account, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a borrowing by the Trust; however, under certain circumstances in which the Trust does not establish and maintain such a segregated account, such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Trust’s limitation on borrowings. The use by the Trust of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks of leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Trust has sold but is obligated to repurchase. Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Trust in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline in price.
 
If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Trust’s obligation to repurchase the securities and the Trust’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Also, the Trust would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.
 
Repurchase Agreements
 
As temporary investments, the Trust may invest in repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a contractual agreement whereby the seller of securities agrees to repurchase the same security at a specified price on a future date agreed upon by the parties. The agreed upon repurchase price determines the yield during the Trust’s holding period. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans collateralized by the underlying security that is the subject of the repurchase contract.  Income generated from transactions in repurchase agreements will be taxable.  The Trust will only enter into repurchase agreements with registered securities dealers or domestic banks that, in the opinion of the Advisor, present minimal credit risk. The risk to the Trust is limited to the ability of the issuer to pay the agreed upon repurchase price on the delivery date; however, although the value of the underlying collateral at the time the transaction is entered into always equals or exceeds the agreed upon repurchase price, if the value of the collateral declines there is a risk of loss of both principal and interest. In the event of default, the collateral may be sold but the Trust might incur a loss if the value of the collateral declines, and might incur disposition costs or experience delays in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization upon the collateral by the Trust may be delayed or limited. The Advisors will monitor the value of the collateral at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times subsequent during the term of the repurchase agreement in an effort to determine that such value always equals or exceeds the agreed upon repurchase price. In the event the value of the collateral declines below the repurchase price, the Advisors will demand additional collateral from the issuer to increase the value of the collateral to at least that of the repurchase price, including interest.
 
Lending of Securities
 
The Trust may lend portfolio securities with a value not exceeding 33 1/3% of its total assets or the limit prescribed by applicable law to banks, brokers and other financial institutions. In return, the Trust receives collateral in cash or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or irrevocable letters of credit issued by a bank (other than a borrower of the Trust’s portfolio securities or any affiliate of such borrower), which qualifies as a custodian bank for an investment company under the Investment Company Act, which collateral will be maintained at all times in an amount equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities. The Advisors may instruct the lending agent (as defined below) to terminate
 
 
 
S-15

 

loans and recall securities so that the securities may be voted by the Trust if required by the Advisor’s proxy voting guidelines. See “Management of the Trust—Proxy Voting Policies” below. Such notice shall be provided in advance such that a period of time equal to no less than the normal settlement period for the securities in question prior to the record date for the proxy vote or other corporate entitlement is provided.
 
The Trust receives the equivalent of any income it would have received on the loaned securities. Where the Trust receives securities as collateral, the Trust receives a fee for its loans from the borrower and does not receive the income on the collateral. Where the Trust receives cash collateral, it may invest such collateral and retain the amount earned, net of any amount rebated to the borrower. As a result, the Trust’s yield may increase. Loans of securities are terminable at any time and the borrower, after notice, is required to return borrowed securities within the standard time period for settlement of securities transactions. The Trust is obligated to return the collateral to the borrower upon the return of the loaned securities. The Trust could suffer a loss in the event the Trust must return the cash collateral and there are losses on investments made with the cash collateral. In the event the borrower defaults on any of its obligations with respect to a securities loan, the Trust could suffer a loss where the value of the collateral is below the market value of the borrowed securities plus any other receivables from the borrower along with any transaction costs to repurchase the securities. The Trust could also experience delays and costs in gaining access to the collateral. The Trust may pay reasonable finder’s, lending agent, administrative and custodial fees in connection with its loans.
 
The Trust has received an exemptive order from the SEC permitting it to lend portfolio securities to affiliates of the Trust and to retain an affiliate of the Trust as lending agent. Pursuant to that order, the Trust has retained an affiliated entity of the Advisor as the securities lending agent (the “lending agent”) for a fee, including a fee based on a share of the returns on investment of cash collateral. In connection with securities lending activities, the lending agent may, upon the advice of the Advisor and on behalf of the Trust, invest cash collateral received by the Trust for such loans, among other things, in a private investment company managed by the lending agent or in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates. Pursuant to the same order, the Trust may invest its uninvested cash in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates, or in a private investment company managed by the lending agent. If the Trust acquires shares in either the private investment company or an affiliated money market fund, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of the Trust’s expenses and, indirectly, the expenses of such other entities. However, in accordance with the exemptive order, the investment adviser to the private investment company will not charge any advisory fees with respect to shares purchased by the Trust. Such shares also will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee, or in the case of the shares of an affiliated money market fund, the payment of any such sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee will be offset by the Advisor’s waiver of a portion of its management fee.
 
The Trust would continue to accrue the equivalent of the same interest or other income on loaned securities that it would have received had the securities not been on loan, and would also earn income on investments made with any cash collateral for such loans. Any cash collateral received by the Trust in connection with such loans may be invested in a broad range of high quality, U.S. dollar-denominated money market instruments that meet Rule 2a-7 restrictions for money market funds.
 
BlackRock Investment Management, LLC , an affiliate of the Advisor, acts as securities lending agent for the Trust and will be paid a fee for the provision of these services, including advisory services with respect to the collateral of the Trust’s securities lending program.
 
ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS
 
Mortgage Related Securities Risks
 
Investing in MBS entails various risks. MBS represent an interest in a pool of mortgages. Most MBS are subject to the significant credit risks inherent in the underlying collateral and to the risk that the servicer fails to perform. MBS are subject to risks associated with their structure and execution, including the process by which principal and interest payments are allocated and distributed to investors, how credit losses affect the issuing vehicle and the return to investors in such MBS, whether the collateral represents a fixed set of specific assets or accounts, whether the underlying collateral assets are revolving or closed-end, under what terms (including maturity of the MBS) any remaining balance in the accounts may revert to the issuing entity and the extent to which the entity that is the actual source of the collateral assets is obligated to provide support to the issuing vehicle or to the investors in such MBS. In addition, the Trust’s level of investment in MBS of a particular type or in MBS issued or guaranteed by affiliated obligors, serviced by the same servicer or backed by underlying collateral located in a specific geographic region, may subject the Trust to additional risk.
 
 
 
S-16

 

When market interest rates decline, more mortgages are refinanced and the securities are paid off earlier than expected. Prepayments may also occur on a scheduled basis or due to foreclosure. When market interest rates increase, the market values of MBS decline. At the same time, however, mortgage refinancings and prepayments slow, lengthening the effective maturities of these securities. As a result, the negative effect of the rate increase on the market value of MBS is usually more pronounced than it is for other types of debt securities.
 
Moreover, the relationship between borrower prepayments and changes in interest rates may mean some high-yielding mortgage related and other asset-backed securities have less potential for increases in value if market interest rates were to fall than conventional bonds with comparable maturities. In addition, in periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayments tends to increase. During such periods, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Trust will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid. Because of these and other reasons, a mortgage related or other asset-backed security’s total return and maturity may be difficult to predict precisely. To the extent that the Trust purchases mortgage related securities at a premium, prepayments (which may be made without penalty) may result in loss of the Trust’s principal investment to the extent of premium paid.
 
In general, losses on a mortgaged property securing a mortgage loan included in a securitization will be borne first by the equity holder of the property, then by a cash reserve fund or letter of credit, if any, then by the holder of a mezzanine loan or B-Note, if any, then by the “first loss” subordinated security holder (generally, the “B-Piece” buyer) and then by the holder of a higher rated security. In the event of default and the exhaustion of any equity support, reserve fund, letter of credit, mezzanine loans or B-Notes, and any classes of securities junior to those in which the Trust invests, the Trust will not be able to recover all of its investment in the MBS it purchases. MBS in which the Trust invests may not contain reserve funds, letters of credit, mezzanine loans and/or junior classes of securities. The prices of lower credit quality securities are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes than more highly rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic downturns or individual issuer developments.
 
Additional risks associated with MBS include: credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in value of the MBS; loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates, prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral or perceptions of the credit risk associated with the underlying mortgage collateral.
 
MBS generally are classified as either RMBS or CMBS, each of which are subject to certain specific risks as further described below.
 
RMBS Risks .  RMBS are securities the payments on which depend primarily on the cash flow from residential mortgage loans made to borrowers that are secured by residential real estate. Residential mortgage loans are obligations of the borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan secured by residential property is dependent upon the income or assets of the borrower. A number of factors, including a general economic downturn, acts of God, terrorism, social unrest and civil disturbances, may impair a borrower’s ability to repay its loans.
 
Agency RMBS Risk . MBS issued by FNMA or FHLMC are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA or FHLMC, but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.  In 2008 , FHFA placed FNMA and FHLMC into conservatorship. FNMA and FHLMC are continuing to operate as going concerns while in conservatorship and each remains liable for all of its obligations, including its guaranty obligations, associated with its MBS.  As the conservator, FHFA succeeded to all rights, titles, powers and privileges of FNMA and FHLMC and of any stockholder, officer or director of FNMA and FHLMC with respect to FNMA and FHLMC and the assets of FNMA and FHLMC. In connection with the conservatorship, the U.S. Treasury entered into an agreement with each of FNMA and FHLMC that contains various covenants that severely limit each enterprise’s operations. There is no assurance that the obligations of such entities will be satisfied in full, or that such obligations will not decrease in value or default.
 
Under the Reform Act, FHFA, as conservator or receiver, has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by FNMA or FHLMC prior to FHFA’s appointment as conservator or receiver, as applicable, if FHFA determines, in its sole discretion, that performance of the contract is burdensome and that repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s affairs.  In the event that FHFA, as conservator or if it is later appointed as receiver for FNMA or FHLMC, were to repudiate any such guaranty obligation, the conservatorship or
 
 
 
S-17

 

receivership estate, as applicable, would be liable for actual direct compensatory damages in accordance with the provisions of the Reform Act. Any such liability could be satisfied only to the extent of FNMA’s or FHLMC’s assets available therefor. In the event of repudiation, the payments of interest to holders of FNMA or FHLMC MBS would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such MBS are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer. Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders. Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of FNMA or FHLMC without any approval, assignment or consent. If FHFA, as conservator or receiver, were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of FNMA or FHLMC MBS would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party. In addition, certain rights provided to holders of MBS issued by FNMA and FHLMC under the operative documents related to such securities may not be enforced against FHFA, or enforcement of such rights may be delayed, during the conservatorship or any future receivership. The operative documents for FNMA and FHLMC MBS may provide (or with respect to securities issued prior to the date of the appointment of the conservator may have provided) that upon the occurrence of an event of default on the part of FNMA or FHLMC, in its capacity as guarantor, which includes the appointment of a conservator or receiver, holders of such MBS have the right to replace FNMA or FHLMC as trustee if the requisite percentage of MBS holders consent. The Reform Act prevents mortgage-backed security holders from enforcing such rights if the event of default arises solely because a conservator or receiver has been appointed.
 
A 2011 report to Congress from the Treasury Department and the Department of Housing and Urban Development set forth a plan to reform America’s housing finance market, which would reduce the role of and eventually eliminate FNMA and FHLMC, and identified proposals for Congress and the administration to consider for the long-term structure of the housing finance markets after the elimination of FNMA and FHLMC.  The impact of such reforms on the markets for MBS is currently unknown.  It is difficult, if not impossible, to predict the future political, regulatory or economic changes that could impact FNMA, FHLMC and the FHLBs, and the values of their related securities or obligations.
 
Non-Agency RMBS Risk . Non-agency RMBS are securities issued by non-governmental issuers. Non-agency RMBS have no direct or indirect government guarantees of payment and are subject to various risks as described herein.
 
Borrower Credit Risk . Credit-related risk on RMBS arises from losses due to delinquencies and defaults by the borrowers in payments on the underlying mortgage loans and breaches by originators and servicers of their obligations under the underlying documentation pursuant to which the RMBS are issued. Residential mortgage loans are obligations of the borrowers thereunder only and are not typically insured or guaranteed by any other person or entity. The rate of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans and the aggregate amount of the resulting losses will be affected by a number of factors, including general economic conditions, particularly those in the area where the related mortgaged property is located, the level of the borrower’s equity in the mortgaged property and the individual financial circumstances of the borrower. If a residential mortgage loan is in default, foreclosure on the related residential property may be a lengthy and difficult process involving significant legal and other expenses. The net proceeds obtained by the holder on a residential mortgage loan following the foreclosure on the related property may be less than the total amount that remains due on the loan. The prospect of incurring a loss upon the foreclosure of the related property may lead the holder of the residential mortgage loan to restructure the residential mortgage loan or otherwise delay the foreclosure process.
 
Legal Risk .  Legal risks associated with RMBS can arise as a result of the procedures followed in connection with the origination of the mortgage loans or the servicing thereof, which may be subject to various federal and state laws (including, without limitation, predatory lending laws), public policies and principles of equity that regulate interest rates and other charges, require certain disclosures, require licensing of originators, prohibit discriminatory lending practices, regulate the use of consumer credit information and debt collection practices and may limit the servicer’s ability to collect all or part of the principal of or interest on a residential mortgage loan, entitle the borrower to a refund of amounts previously paid by it or subject the servicer to damages and sanctions. Specifically, provisions of federal predatory lending laws, such as the federal Truth-in-Lending Act (as supplemented by the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994) and Regulation Z, and various recently enacted state predatory lending laws provide that a purchaser or assignee of specified types of residential mortgage loans (including an issuer of RMBS) may be held liable for violations by the originator of such mortgage loans. Under such assignee liability provisions, a borrower is generally given the right to assert against a purchaser of its mortgage loan any affirmative claims and defenses to payment that such borrower could assert against the originator of the loan or, where applicable, the home
 
 
 
S-18

 

improvement contractor that arranged the loan. Liability under such assignee liability provisions could, therefore, result in a disruption of cash flows allocated to the holders of RMBS where either the issuer of such RMBS is liable for damages or is unable to enforce payment by the borrower.
 
In most but not all cases, the amount recoverable against a purchaser or assignee under such assignee liability provisions is limited to amounts previously paid and still owed by the borrower. Moreover, sellers of residential mortgage loans to an issuer of RMBS typically represent that the loans have been originated in accordance with all applicable laws and in the event such representation is breached, the seller typically must repurchase the offending loan. Notwithstanding these protections, an issuer of RMBS may be exposed to an unquantifiable amount of potential assignee liability because, first, the amount of potential assignee liability under certain predatory lending laws is unclear and has yet to be litigated, and, second, in the event a predatory lending law does not prohibit class action lawsuits, it is possible that an issuer of RMBS could be liable for damages for more than the original principal amount of the offending loans held by it. In such circumstances the issuer of RMBS may be forced to seek contribution from other parties, who may no longer exist or have adequate funds available to fund such contribution.
 
In addition, structural and legal risks of RMBS include the possibility that, in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding involving the originator or the servicer (often the same entity or affiliates), the assets of the issuer could be treated as never having been truly sold by the originator to the issuer and could be substantively consolidated with those of the originator, or the transfer of such assets to the issuer could be voided as a fraudulent transfer. Challenges based on such doctrines could result also in cash flow delays and losses on the related issue of RMBS.
 
Mortgage Loan Market Risk .  In recent years, the residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties that may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain mortgages and mortgage related securities. Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially sub-prime and second lien mortgage loans) generally have increased recently and may continue to increase, and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has recently been experienced and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses. Borrowers with ARMs are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates.
 
At any one time, a portfolio of RMBS may be backed by residential mortgage loans that are highly concentrated in only a few states or regions. As a result, the performance of such residential mortgage loans may be more susceptible to a downturn in the economy, including in particular industries that are highly represented in such states or regions, natural calamities and other adverse conditions affecting such areas.  The recent economic downturn experienced at the national level and the more serious economic downturn experienced in certain geographic areas of the United States, including in particular areas of the United States where rates of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans have already accelerated, may further contribute to the higher rates of delinquencies and defaults on the residential mortgage loans underlying the RMBS. There also can be no assurance that areas of the United States that have mostly avoided higher rates of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans will continue to do so if an economic downturn in the economy continues at the national level.
 
Another factor that may contribute to, and may in the future result in, higher delinquency and default rates is the increase in monthly payments on ARMs . Any increase in prevailing market interest rates, which are currently near historical lows, may result in increased payments for borrowers who have ARMs . Moreover, with respect to hybrid mortgage loans after their initial fixed rate period or other adjustable-rate mortgage loans, interest-only products or products having a lower rate, and with respect to mortgage loans with a negative amortization feature which reach their negative amortization cap, borrowers may experience a substantial increase in their monthly payment even without an increase in prevailing market interest rates. Increases in payments for borrowers may result in increased rates of delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans underlying the non-agency RMBS.
 
As a result of rising concerns about increases in delinquencies and defaults on residential mortgage loans (particularly on sub-prime and adjustable-rate mortgage loans) and as a result of increasing concerns about the financial strength of originators and servicers and their ability to perform their obligations with respect to non-agency RMBS, there may be an adverse change in the market sentiments of investors about the market values and volatility and the degree of risk of non-agency RMBS generally. Some or all of the underlying residential mortgage loans in an issue of non-agency RMBS may have balloon payments due on their respective maturity dates. Balloon residential mortgage loans involve a greater risk to a lender than fully amortizing loans, because the ability of a borrower to pay such amount will normally depend on its ability to obtain refinancing of the related mortgage loan or sell the related mortgaged property at a price sufficient to permit the borrower to make the balloon payment,
 
 
 
S-19

 

which will depend on a number of factors prevailing at the time such refinancing or sale is required, including, without limitation, the strength of the local or national residential real estate markets, interest rates and general economic conditions and the financial condition of the borrower. If borrowers are unable to make such balloon payments, the related issue of non-agency RMBS may experience losses.
 
The Trust may acquire RMBS backed by collateral pools of mortgage loans that have been originated using underwriting standards that are less restrictive than those used in underwriting “prime mortgage loans” and “Alt-A mortgage loans.”  These lower standards include mortgage loans made to borrowers having imperfect or impaired credit histories, mortgage loans where the amount of the loan at origination is 80% or more of the value of the mortgage property, mortgage loans made to borrowers with low credit scores, mortgage loans made to borrowers who have other debt that represents a large portion of their income and mortgage loans made to borrowers whose income is not required to be disclosed or verified and are commonly referred to as “sub-prime” mortgage loans. Sub-prime mortgage loans have in recent periods experienced increased rates of delinquency, foreclosure, bankruptcy and loss, and they are likely to continue to experience delinquency, foreclosure, bankruptcy and loss rates that are higher, and that may be substantially higher, than those experienced by mortgage loans underwritten in a more traditional manner.  Certain categories of RMBS, such as option ARM RMBS and sub-prime RMBS, have been referred to by the financial media as “toxic assets.”
 
If the economy of the United States further deteriorates, the incidence of mortgage foreclosures, especially sub-prime mortgages, may continue to increase, which may adversely affect the value of any RMBS owned by the Trust.
 
Legislation and Regulation Risk . The significance of the mortgage crisis and loan defaults in residential mortgage loan sectors led to the enactment in July 2008 of the Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008, a wide-ranging housing rescue bill that offers up to $300 billion in assistance to troubled homeowners and emergency assistance to FNMA and FHLMC. This bill could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s investment program as the bill, among other things, (1) allows approximately 400,000 homeowners to refinance into affordable, government-backed loans through a program run by the FHA ,  and (2) provides approximately $180 million for “pre-foreclosure” housing counseling and legal services for distressed borrowers. In 2007, U.S. Treasury then-Secretary Henry Paulson and HUD then-Secretary Alphonso Jackson and the mortgage industry worked to develop HOPE NOW, an alliance of participants in the mortgage industry intended to work with borrowers with sub-prime mortgages facing interest rate increases and increasing payments. The Congressional Research Service reports that HOPE NOW has undertaken an initiative to provide homeowners with free telephone consultations with HUD-approved credit counselors, who can help homeowners contact their lenders and credit counselors to work out a plan to avoid foreclosure. Certain borrowers may also seek relief through the “FHA Secure” refinancing option that gives homeowners with non-FHA ARMs , current or delinquent and regardless of reset status, the ability to refinance into a FHA-insured mortgage. The Helping Families Save Their Homes Act of 2009, which was enacted on May 20, 2009, provides a safe harbor for servicers entering into “qualified loss mitigation plans” with respect to residential mortgages originated before the act was enacted. By protecting servicers from certain liabilities, this safe harbor may encourage loan modifications and reduce the likelihood that investors in securitizations will be paid on a timely basis or will be paid in full.
 
In addition, the mortgage crisis has led public advocacy groups to demand, and governmental officials and federal and state regulatory agencies to propose and consider, a variety of other “bailout” and “rescue” plans that could potentially have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s investment program. Some members of the U.S. Congress are concerned that the downturn in the housing market has played a role in the rise of late mortgage payments and foreclosures and expect that these conditions will lead to increased filings for bankruptcy. The terms of other proposed legislation or other plans may include, by way of example and not limitation, the following:
 
 
moratoriums on interest rate increases for certain mortgage loans and on foreclosure proceedings;
 
 
conversions of ARMs to fixed-rate mortgages (including in connection with government-backed refinancings of individual mortgage loans), with potential workouts to provide borrowers with equity stakes in their homes;
 
 
increased scrutiny of mortgage originations (including mortgage loans in which the Trust may own an interest through non-agency RMBS) and foreclosure proceedings;
 
 
additional registration and licensing requirements for mortgage brokers, lenders and others involved in the mortgage industry; and
 
 
 
S-20

 

 
greater relief to homeowners under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or other federal or state laws, including relief to stay or delay the foreclosure of residential mortgage loans or to modify payment terms, including interest rates and repayment periods, of residential mortgage loans, over a lender’s objections, as the result of a “cramdown,” which decreases the debt’s value to as low as the collateral’s fair market value.
 
A significant number of loan modifications could result in a significant reduction in cash flows to the holders of the mortgage securities on an ongoing basis. These loan modification programs, as well as future legislative or regulatory actions, including amendments to the bankruptcy laws, that result in the modification of outstanding mortgage loans may adversely affect the value of, and the returns on, the target assets in which the Trust intends to invest.
 
New laws, legislation or other government regulations, including those promulgated in furtherance of a “bailout” or “rescue” plan to address the crisis and distress in the residential mortgage loan sector, may result in a reduction of available transactional opportunities for the Trust, or an increase in the cost associated with such transactions. Any such law, legislation or regulation may adversely affect the market value of RMBS.
 
CMBS Risk . CMBS are, generally, securities backed by obligations (including certificates of participation in obligations) that are principally secured by mortgages on real property or interests therein having a multifamily or commercial use, such as regional malls, other retail space, office buildings, industrial or warehouse properties, hotels, nursing homes and senior living centers. The market for CMBS developed more recently and, in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues, is relatively small compared to the market for single-family RMBS . CMBS are subject to particular risks, including lack of standardized terms, shorter maturities than residential mortgage loans and payment of all or substantially all of the principal only at maturity rather than regular amortization of principal. Additional risks may be presented by the type and use of a particular commercial property. Special risks are presented by hospitals, nursing homes, hospitality properties and certain other property types. Commercial property values and net operating income are subject to volatility, which may result in net operating income becoming insufficient to cover debt service on the related mortgage loan. The repayment of loans secured by income-producing properties is typically dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project rather than upon the liquidation value of the underlying real estate. Furthermore, the net operating income from and value of any commercial property is subject to various risks, including changes in general or local economic conditions and/or specific industry segments; the solvency of the related tenants; declines in real estate values; declines in rental or occupancy rates; increases in interest rates, real estate tax rates and other operating expenses; changes in governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; acts of God; terrorist threats and attacks and social unrest and civil disturbances. Consequently, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on MBS secured by loans on commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties. In addition, commercial lending generally is viewed as exposing the lender to a greater risk of loss than one- to four- family residential lending. Commercial lending, for example, typically involves larger loans to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers than residential one- to four- family mortgage loans. In addition, the repayment of loans secured by income producing properties typically is dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project and the cash flow generated therefrom.
 
The exercise of remedies and successful realization of liquidation proceeds relating to CMBS is also highly dependent on the performance of the servicer or special servicer. In many cases, overall control over the special servicing of related underlying mortgage loans will be held by a “directing certificateholder” or a “controlling class representative,” which is appointed by the holders of the most subordinate class of CMBS in such series. The Trust may not have the right to appoint the directing certificateholder. In connection with the servicing of the specially serviced mortgage loans, the related special servicer may, at the direction of the directing certificateholder, take actions with respect to the specially serviced mortgage loans that could adversely affect the Trust’s interests. There may be a limited number of special servicers available, particularly those that do not have conflicts of interest.
 
Credit Risk Associated with Originators and Servicers of Mortgage Loans.   A number of originators and servicers of residential and commercial mortgage loans, including some of the largest originators and servicers in the residential and commercial mortgage loan market, have experienced serious financial difficulties, including some that are now subject to federal insolvency proceedings. These difficulties have resulted from many factors, including increased competition among originators for borrowers, decreased originations by such originators of mortgage loans and increased delinquencies and defaults on such mortgage loans, as well as from increases in claims for repurchases of mortgage loans previously sold by them under agreements that require repurchase in the event of breaches of representations regarding loan quality and characteristics. Such difficulties may affect the performance of MBS backed by mortgage loans. Furthermore, the inability of the originator to repurchase such mortgage loans in the event of loan representation breaches or the servicer to repurchase such mortgage loans upon a breach of its servicing obligations also may affect the performance of related MBS. Delinquencies and losses on, and, in some cases, claims for repurchase by the originator of, mortgage loans originated by
 
 
 
S-21

 

some mortgage lenders have recently increased as a result of inadequate underwriting procedures and policies, including inadequate due diligence, failure to comply with predatory and other lending laws and, particularly in the case of any “no documentation” or “limited documentation” mortgage loans that may support non-agency RMBS, inadequate verification of income and employment history. Delinquencies and losses on, and claims for repurchase of, mortgage loans originated by some mortgage lenders have also resulted from fraudulent activities of borrowers, lenders, appraisers, and other residential mortgage industry participants such as mortgage brokers, including misstatements of income and employment history, identity theft and overstatements of the appraised value of mortgaged properties. Many of these originators and servicers are very highly leveraged. These difficulties may also increase the chances that these entities may default on their warehousing or other credit lines or become insolvent or bankrupt and thereby increase the likelihood that repurchase obligations will not be fulfilled and the potential for loss to holders of non-agency MBS and subordinated security holders.
 
The servicers of non-agency MBS are often the same entities as, or affiliates of, the originators of these mortgage loans. Accordingly, the financial risks relating to originators of MBS described immediately above also may affect the servicing of MBS. In the case of such servicers, and other servicers, financial difficulties may have a negative effect on the ability of servicers to pursue collection on mortgage loans that are experiencing increased delinquencies and defaults and to maximize recoveries on sale of underlying properties following foreclosure. In recent years, a number of lenders specializing in residential mortgages have sought bankruptcy protection, shut down or been refused further financings from their lenders.
 
MBS typically provide that the servicer is required to make advances in respect of delinquent mortgage loans. However, servicers experiencing financial difficulties may not be able to perform these obligations or obligations that they may have to other parties of transactions involving these securities. Like originators, these entities are typically very highly leveraged. Such difficulties may cause servicers to default under their financing arrangements. In certain cases, such entities may be forced to seek bankruptcy protection. Due to the application of the provisions of bankruptcy law, servicers who have sought bankruptcy protection may not be required to advance such amounts. Even if a servicer were able to advance amounts in respect of delinquent mortgage loans, its obligation to make such advances may be limited to the extent that it does not expect to recover such advances due to the deteriorating credit of the delinquent mortgage loans or declining value of the related mortgaged properties. Moreover, servicers may overadvance against a particular mortgage loan or charge too many costs of resolution or foreclosure of a mortgage loan to a securitization, which could increase the potential losses to holders of MBS. In such transactions, a servicer’s obligation to make such advances may also be limited to the amount of its servicing fee. In addition, if an issue of MBS provides for interest on advances made by the servicer, in the event that foreclosure proceeds or payments by borrowers are not sufficient to cover such interest, such interest will be paid to the servicer from available collections or other mortgage income, thereby reducing distributions made on the MBS and, in the case of senior-subordinated MBS described below, first from distributions that would otherwise be made on the most subordinated MBS of such issue. Any such financial difficulties may increase the possibility of a servicer termination and the need for a transfer of servicing and any such liabilities or inability to assess such liabilities may increase the difficulties and costs in affecting such transfer and the potential loss, through the allocation of such increased cost of such transfer, to subordinated security holders.
 
There can be no assurance that originators and servicers of mortgage loans will not continue to experience serious financial difficulties or experience such difficulties in the future, including becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or that underwriting procedures and policies and protections against fraud will be sufficient in the future to prevent such financial difficulties or significant levels of default or delinquency on mortgage loans. Because the recent financial difficulties experienced by such originators and servicers is unprecedented and unpredictable, the past performance of the residential and commercial mortgage loans originated and serviced by them (and the corresponding performance of the related MBS) is not a reliable indicator of the future performance of such residential mortgage loans (or the related MBS).
 
In some cases, servicers of MBS have been the subject of legal proceedings involving the origination and/or servicing practices of such servicers. Large groups of private litigants and states’ attorneys general have brought such proceedings. Because of the large volume of mortgage loans originated and serviced by such servicers, such litigation can cause heightened financial strain on servicers. In other cases, origination and servicing practices may cause or contribute to such strain, because of representation and warranty repurchase liability arising in MBS and mortgage loan sale transactions. Any such financial strain could cause servicers to service below required standards, causing delinquencies and losses in any related MBS transaction to rise, and in extreme cases could cause the servicer to seek the protection of any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law. In any such proceeding, it is unclear whether the fees that the servicer charges in such transactions would be sufficient to permit that servicer or a successor servicer to service the mortgage loans in such transaction adequately. If such fees had to be increased, it is likely that the most subordinated security holders in such transactions would be effectively required to pay such increased fees. Finally, these entities may be the subject of future laws designed to protect consumers from defaulting on their mortgage loans. Such laws may have an adverse effect on the cash flows paid under such MBS.
 
 
 
S-22

 

In addition, certain lenders who service and/or issue MBS have recently announced that they are being investigated by or have received information requests from U.S. federal and/or state authorities, including the SEC . As a result of such investigations and other similar investigations and general concerns about the adequacy or accuracy of disclosure of risks to borrowers and their understanding of such risks, U.S. financial regulators have recently indicated that they may propose new guidelines for the mortgage industry. Guidelines, if introduced, together with the other factors described herein, may make it more difficult for borrowers with weaker credit to refinance, which may lead to further increases in delinquencies, extensions in duration and losses in mortgage related assets.
 
Adjustable Rate Mortgage Risk . ARMs contain maximum and minimum rates beyond which the mortgage interest rate may not vary over the lifetime of the security. In addition, many ARMs provide for additional limitations on the maximum amount by which the mortgage interest rate may adjust for any single adjustment period. Alternatively, certain ARMs contain limitations on changes in the required monthly payment. In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on an ARM, any excess interest is added to the principal balance of the mortgage loan, which is repaid through future monthly payments. If the monthly payment for such an instrument exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable mortgage interest rate and the principal payment required at such point to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess is used to reduce the then-outstanding principal balance of the ARM.
 
In addition, certain ARMs may provide for an initial fixed, below-market or “teaser” interest rate. During this initial fixed rate period, the payment due from the related mortgagor may be less than that of a traditional loan. However, after the “teaser” rate expires, the monthly payment required to be made by the mortgagor may increase dramatically when the interest rate on the mortgage loan adjusts. This increased burden on the mortgagor may increase the risk of delinquency or default on the mortgage loan and in turn, losses on the MBS into which that loan has been bundled.  This risk may be increased as increases in prevailing market interest rates, which are currently near historical lows, may result in increased payments for borrowers with ARMs
 
Stripped MBS Risk . Stripped MBS may be subject to additional risks.  One type of stripped mortgage-backed security pays to one class all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the IO class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the PO class). The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Trust may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated.
 
Additional Risks of MBS .  Additional risks associated with investments in MBS include:
 
Interest Rate Risk .  In addition to the interest rate risks described under “Risks—Interest Rate Risk,” certain MBS may be subject to additional risks as the rate of interest payable on certain MBS may be set or effectively capped at the weighted average net coupon of the underlying mortgage loans themselves, often referred to as an “available funds cap.” As a result of this cap, the return to the holder of such MBS is dependent on the relative timing and rate of delinquencies and prepayments of mortgage loans bearing a higher rate of interest. In general, early prepayments will have a greater negative impact on the yield to the holder of such MBS.
 
Structural Risk . Because MBS generally are ownership or participation interests in pools of mortgage loans secured by a pool of properties underlying the mortgage loan pool, the MBS are entitled to payments provided for in the underlying agreement only when and if funds are generated by the underlying mortgage loan pool. This likelihood of the return of interest and principal may be assessed as a credit matter. However, the holders of MBS do not have the legal status of secured creditors, and cannot accelerate a claim for payment on their securities, or force a sale of the mortgage loan pool in the event that insufficient funds exist to pay such amounts on any date designated for such payment. The holders of MBS do not typically have any right to remove a servicer solely as a result of a failure of the mortgage pool to perform as expected.
 
Subordination Risk . MBS may be subordinated to one or more other senior classes of securities of the same series for purposes of, among other things, offsetting losses and other shortfalls with respect to the related underlying mortgage loans. For example, in the case of certain MBS, no distributions of principal will generally be made with respect to any class until the aggregate principal balances of the corresponding senior classes of securities have been reduced to zero. As a result, MBS may be more sensitive to risk of loss, writedowns, the non-fulfillment of repurchase obligations, overadvancing on a pool of loans and the costs of transferring servicing than senior classes of securities.
 
 
 
S-23

 

Prepayment, Extension and Redemption Risks .   MBS may reflect an interest in monthly payments made by the borrowers who receive the underlying mortgage loans. Although the underlying mortgage loans are for specified periods of time, such as 20 or 30 years, the borrowers can, and historically have paid them off sooner. When a prepayment happens, a portion of the MBS which represents an interest in the underlying mortgage loan will be prepaid. A borrower is more likely to prepay a mortgage which bears a relatively high rate of interest. This means that in times of declining interest rates, a portion of the Trust’s higher yielding securities are likely to be redeemed and the Trust will probably be unable to replace them with securities having as great a yield. In addition to reductions in the level of market interest rates and the prepayment provisions of the mortgage loans, repayments on the residential mortgage loans underlying an issue of RMBS may also be affected by a variety of economic, geographic and other factors, including the size difference between the interest rates on the underlying residential mortgage loans (giving consideration to the cost of refinancing) and prevailing mortgage rates and the availability of refinancing.  Prepayments can result in lower yields to shareholders.  The increased likelihood of prepayment when interest rates decline also limits market price appreciation of MBS. This is known as prepayment risk.
 
 Except in the case of certain types of RMBS, the mortgage loans underlying RMBS generally do not contain prepayment penalties and a reduction in market interest rates will increase the likelihood of prepayments on the related RMBS. In the case of certain home equity loan securities and certain types of RMBS, even though the underlying mortgage loans often contain prepayment premiums, such prepayment premiums may not be sufficient to discourage borrowers from prepaying their mortgage loans in the event of a reduction in market interest rates, resulting in a reduction in the yield to maturity for holders of the related RMBS.  RMBS typically contain provisions that require repurchase of mortgage loans by the originator or other seller in the event of a breach of a representation or warranty regarding loan quality and characteristics of such loan. Any repurchase of a mortgage loan as a result of a breach has the same effect on the yield received on the related issue of RMBS as a prepayment of such mortgage loan. Any increase in breaches of representations and the consequent repurchases of mortgage loans that result from inadequate underwriting procedures and policies and protections against fraud will have the same effect on the yield on the related RMBS as an increase in prepayment rates.
 
 Risk of prepayment may be reduced for commercial real estate property loans containing significant prepayment penalties or prohibitions on principal payments for a period of time following origination.
 
MBS also are subject to extension risk. Extension risk is the possibility that rising interest rates may cause prepayments to occur at a slower than expected rate. This particular risk may effectively change a security which was considered short or intermediate term into a long-term security. The values of long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short or intermediate-term securities.
 
In addition, MBS may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer. If MBS held by the Trust is called for redemption, the Trust will be required to permit the issuer to redeem or “pay-off” the security, which could have an adverse effect on the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objectives .
 
Spread Widening Risk . The prices of MBS may decline substantially, for reasons that may not be attributable to any of the other risks described in this prospectus. In particular, purchasing assets at what may appear to be “undervalued” levels is no guarantee that these assets will not be trading at even more “undervalued” levels at a time of valuation or at the time of sale. It may not be possible to predict, or to protect against, such “spread widening” risk.
 
Liquidity Risk . The liquidity of MBS varies by type of security; at certain times the Trust may encounter difficulty in disposing of such investments. Because MBS have the potential to be less liquid than other securities, the Trust may be more susceptible to liquidity risks than funds that invest in other securities. In the past, in stressed markets, certain types of MBS suffered periods of illiquidity when disfavored by the market. Due to increased instability in the credit markets, the market for some MBS has experienced reduced liquidity and greater volatility with respect to the value of such securities, making it more difficult to value such securities
 
Municipal Securities Risk
 
Municipal securities involve certain risks. The municipal market is one in which dealer firms make markets in securities on a principal basis using their proprietary capital, and during the recent market turmoil these firms’ capital was severely constrained. As a result, some firms were unwilling to commit their capital to purchase and to serve as a dealer for municipal securities. Municipal securities are generally not registered with the SEC or any state securities commission and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available about the municipal
 
 
 
S-24

 

securities to which the Trust is economically exposed is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds, and the investment performance of the Trust may therefore be more dependent on the analytical abilities of the Advisors than would be a stock fund or a taxable bond fund. The secondary market for municipal securities, particularly the below investment grade securities to which the Trust may be economically exposed, also tends to be less well-developed or liquid than many other securities markets, which may adversely affect the Trust’s ability to sell such securities at prices approximating those at which the Trust may currently value them.
 
In addition, many state and municipal governments that issue securities are under significant economic and financial stress and may not be able to satisfy their obligations. The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments. The taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited by provisions of state constitutions or laws and an entity’s credit will depend on many factors, including the entity’s tax base, the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid and other factors which are beyond the entity’s control. In addition, laws enacted in the future by Congress or state legislatures or referenda could extend the time for payment of principal and/or interest, or impose other constraints on enforcement of such obligations or on the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and such holders may not be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled. To enforce its rights in the event of a default in the payment of interest or repayment of principal, or both, the Trust may take possession of and manage the assets securing the issuer’s obligations on such securities, which may increase the Trust’s operating expenses. Any income derived from the Trust’s ownership or operation of such assets could jeopardize the Trust’s status as a RIC under the Code.
 
Revenue bonds issued by state or local agencies to finance the development of low-income, multi-family housing involve special risks in addition to those associated with municipal securities generally, including that the underlying properties may not generate sufficient income to pay expenses and interest costs. Such securities are generally non-recourse against the property owner, may be junior to the rights of others with an interest in the properties, may pay interest that changes based in part on the financial performance of the property, may be prepayable without penalty and may be used to finance the construction of housing developments which, until completed and rented, do not generate income to pay interest. Increases in interest rates payable on senior obligations may make it more difficult for issuers to meet payment obligations on subordinated bonds.
 
Municipal leases and certificates of participation involve special risks not normally associated with general obligations or revenue bonds. Leases and installment purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements for the issuance of debt. Such debt issuance limitations are usually deemed to be inapplicable because of the inclusion in many leases or contracts of “non-appropriation” clauses that relieve the governmental issuer of any obligation to make future payments under the lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis. In addition, such leases or contracts may be subject to temporary abatement of payments in the event the governmental issuer is prevented from maintaining occupancy of the leased premises or utilizing the leased equipment. Although the obligations may be secured by the leased equipment or facilities, the disposition of the property in the event of non-appropriation or foreclosure might prove difficult, time consuming and costly, and may result in a delay in recovering or the failure to fully recover ownership of the assets.
 
Certificates of participation, which represent interests in unmanaged pools of municipal leases or installment contracts, involve the same risks as the underlying municipal leases. In addition, the Trust may be dependent upon the municipal authority issuing the certificate of participation to exercise remedies with respect to the underlying securities. Certificates of participation also entail a risk of default or bankruptcy, both of the issuer of the municipal lease and also the municipal agency issuing the certificate of participation.
 
Municipal securities, like other debt obligations, are subject to the risk of nonpayment. The ability of issuers of municipal securities to make timely payments of interest and principal may be adversely impacted in general economic downturns and as relative governmental cost burdens are allocated and reallocated among federal, state and local governmental units. Such nonpayment would result in a reduction of income to the Trust and could result in a reduction in the value of the municipal security experiencing nonpayment and a potential decrease in the net asset value of the Trust. A decline in income could affect the Trust’s ability to pay dividends on the common shares.
 
The risks and special considerations involved in investment in municipal securities vary with the types of instruments being acquired.
 
 
 
S-25

 

The value of municipal securities generally may be affected by uncertainties in the municipal markets as a result of legislation or litigation, including legislation or litigation that changes the taxation of municipal securities or the rights of municipal security holders in the event of a bankruptcy. Certain provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code governing such bankruptcies are unclear. Further, the application of state law to municipal security issuers could produce varying results among the states or among municipal security issuers within a state. These uncertainties could have a significant impact on the prices of the municipal securities in which the Trust invests.
 
The U.S. economy may be in the process of “deleveraging,” with individuals, companies and municipalities reducing expenditures and paying down borrowings. In such event, the number of municipal borrowers and the amount of outstanding municipal securities may contract, potentially without corresponding reductions in investor demand for municipal securities. As a result, the Trust may have fewer investment alternatives, may invest in securities that it previously would have declined and may concentrate its investments in a smaller number of issuers.
 
Securities Lending Risk
 
The Trust may lend securities to financial institutions.  In return, the Trust receives collateral in cash or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, which will be maintained at all times in an amount equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities.  The Trust maintains the ability to obtain the right to vote or consent on proxy proposals involving material events affecting securities loaned.  The Trust receives the income on the loaned securities. Where the Trust receives securities as collateral, the Trust receives a fee for its loans from the borrower and does not receive the income on the collateral.  Where the Trust receives cash collateral, it may invest such collateral and retain the amount earned, net of any amount rebated to the borrower.  As a result, the Trust’s yield may increase.  Loans of securities are terminable at any time and the borrower, after notice, is required to return borrowed securities within the standard time period for settlement of securities transactions.  The Trust is obligated to return the collateral to the borrower at the termination of the loan.  Securities lending involves the risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities in a timely manner or at all.  As a result, the Trust may lose money and there may be a delay in recovering the loaned securities.  The Trust could also lose money if it does not recover the securities and/or the value of the collateral falls, including the value of investments made with cash collateral.  These events could trigger adverse tax consequences for the Trust.  The Trust could suffer a loss in the event the Trust must return the cash collateral and there are losses on investments made with the cash collateral.  In the event the borrower defaults on any of its obligations with respect to a securities loan, the Trust could suffer a loss where there are losses on investments made with the cash collateral or where the value of the securities collateral falls below the market value of the borrowed securities.  The Trust could also experience delays and costs in gaining access to the collateral.  The Trust may pay reasonable finder’s, lending agent, administrative and custodial fees in connection with its loans.
 
The Trust has received an exemptive order from the SEC permitting it to lend portfolio securities to affiliates of the Trust and to retain an affiliate of the Trust as lending agent.  Pursuant to that order and under a securities lending program approved by the Board, the Trust has retained an affiliate of the Advisor to serve as the securities lending agent for the Trust to the extent that the Trust participates in the securities lending program.  For these services, the lending agent will receive a fee from the Trust, including a fee based on the returns earned on the Trust’s investment of the cash received as collateral for the loaned securities.  In addition, one or more affiliates may be among the entities to which the Trust may lend its portfolio securities under the securities lending program.  In connection with securities lending activities, the lending agent may, on behalf of the Trust, invest cash collateral received by the Trust for such loans, among other things, in a private investment company managed by the lending agent or in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates.  Pursuant to the same order, the Trust may invest its uninvested cash in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates, or in a private investment company managed by the lending agent.  If the Trust acquires shares in either the private investment company or an affiliated money market fund, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of the Trust’s expenses and, indirectly, the expenses of such other entities.  However, in accordance with the exemptive order, the investment adviser to the private investment company will not charge any advisory fees with respect to shares purchased by the Trust.  Such shares also will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee, or in the case of the shares of an affiliated money market fund, the payment of any such sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee will be offset by the Advisor’s waiver of a portion of its management fee.
 
The Trust would continue to accrue interest on loaned securities and would also earn income on investment collateral for such loans.  Any cash collateral received by the Trust in connection with such loans may be invested in a broad range of high quality, U.S. dollar-denominated money market instruments that meet Rule 2a-7 restrictions for money market funds.  Specifically, cash collateral may be invested in any of the following instruments: ( i ) securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government or by its agencies or instrumentalities and related custodial receipts; ( ii ) “first tier” quality commercial paper and other obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. and foreign corporations and other issuers rated (at the time of purchase) in the highest rating category by at least two Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating
 
 
 
S-26

 

Organizations (“NRSROs”), or one if only rated by one NRSRO; ( iii ) U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued or supported by the credit of U.S. or foreign banks or savings institutions with total assets in excess of $1 billion (including obligations of foreign branches of such banks) (i.e., CDs, BAs and time deposits); ( iv ) repurchase agreements relating to the above instruments, as well as corporate debt; and ( v ) unaffiliated and, to the extent permitted by SEC guidelines, affiliated money market funds.  Any such investments must be rated “first tier” and must have a maturity of 397 days or less from the date of purchase.
 
Short Selling Risk
 
Short-selling involves selling securities which may or may not be owned and borrowing the same securities for delivery to the purchaser, with an obligation to replace the borrowed securities at a later date.  Short-selling necessarily involves certain additional risks.  However, if the short seller does not own the securities sold short (an uncovered short sale), the borrowed securities must be replaced by securities purchased at market prices in order to close out the short position, and any appreciation in the price of the borrowed securities would result in a loss.  Uncovered short sales expose the Trust to the risk of uncapped losses until a position can be closed out due to the lack of an upper limit on the price to which a security may rise.  Purchasing securities to close out the short position can itself cause the price of the securities to rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss.  There is the risk that the securities borrowed by the Trust in connection with a short-sale must be returned to the securities lender on short notice.  If a request for return of borrowed securities occurs at a time when other short-sellers of the security are receiving similar requests, a ‘‘short squeeze’’ can occur, and the Trust may be compelled to replace borrowed securities previously sold short with purchases on the open market at the most disadvantageous time, possibly at prices significantly in excess of the proceeds received at the time the securities were originally sold short.
 
In September 2008, in response to spreading turmoil in the financial markets, the SEC temporarily banned short selling in the stocks of numerous financial services companies, and also promulgated new disclosure requirements with respect to short positions held by investment managers. The SEC’s temporary ban on short selling of such stocks has since expired, but should similar restrictions and/or additional disclosure requirements be promulgated, especially if market turmoil occurs, the Trust may be forced to cover short positions more quickly than otherwise intended and may suffer losses as a result.  Such restrictions may also adversely affect the ability of the Trust to execute its investment strategies generally.  Similar emergency orders have also recently been instituted in non-U.S. markets in response to increased volatility.  The SEC recently adopted amendments to Regulation SHO under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that restrict the ability to engage in a short sale at a price that is less than or equal to the current best bid if the price of the covered security has decreased by 10% or more from the covered security’s closing price as of the end of the prior day.
 
Risk Factors in Strategic Transactions and Derivatives
 
In addition to Appendix C, the following contains risk factors associated with Strategic Transaction and derivatives. The Trust’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments.  Derivatives are subject to a number of risks such as credit risk, leverage risk, liquidity risk, correlation risk and index risk as described below:
 
 
·
Credit Risk —the risk that the counterparty in a derivative transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation to the Trust, or the risk that the reference entity in a derivative will not be able to honor its financial obligations.  In particular, derivatives traded in over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets often are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and often do not require payment of margin, and to the extent that the Trust has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparties the Trust is at risk that its counterparties will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations.
 
 
·
Leverage Risk— the risk associated with certain types of investments or trading strategies (such as, for example, borrowing money to increase the amount of investments) that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment. Certain transactions in derivatives (such as futures transactions or sales of put options) involve substantial leverage risk and may expose the Trust to potential losses that exceed the amount originally invested by the Trust.  When the Trust engages in such a transaction, the Trust will deposit in a segregated account liquid assets with a value at least equal to the Trust’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC).  Such segregation will ensure that the Trust has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction, but will not limit the Trust’s exposure to loss.
 
 
 
S-27

 

 
·
Liquidity Risk— the risk that certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time that the Trust would like or at the price that the Trust as seller believes the security is currently worth. There can be no assurance that, at any specific time, either a liquid secondary market will exist for a derivative or the Trust will otherwise be able to sell such instrument at an acceptable price.  It may, therefore, not be possible to close a position in a derivative without incurring substantial losses, if at all.  The absence of liquidity may also make it more difficult for the Trust to ascertain a market value for such instruments.   Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience a lack of liquidity, certain derivatives traded in OTC markets, including indexed securities, swaps and OTC options, involve substantial liquidity risk. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures.  In addition, the liquidity of a secondary market in an exchange-traded derivative contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by the exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in an exchange-traded contract price during a single trading day.  Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open positions. Prices have in the past moved beyond the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days. If it is not possible to close an open derivative position entered into by the Trust, the Trust would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin in the event of adverse price movements. In such a situation, if the Trust has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.
 
 
·
Correlation Risk— the risk that changes in the value of a derivative will not match the changes in the value of the portfolio holdings that are being hedged or of the particular market or security to which the Trust seeks exposure through the use of the derivative. There are a number of factors which may prevent a derivative instrument from achieving the desired correlation (or inverse correlation) with an underlying asset, rate or index, such as the impact of fees, expenses and transaction costs, the timing of pricing, and disruptions or illiquidity in the markets for such derivative instrument.
 
 
·
Index Risk— If the derivative is linked to the performance of an index, it will be subject to the risks associated with changes in that index. If the index changes, the Trust could receive lower interest payments or experience a reduction in the value of the derivative to below the price that the Trust paid for such derivative. Certain indexed securities, including inverse securities (which move in an opposite direction to the index), may create leverage, to the extent that they increase or decrease in value at a rate that is a multiple of the changes in the applicable index.
 
 
·
Volatility Risk—the risk that the Trust’s use of derivatives may reduce income or gain and/or increase volatility. Volatility is defined as the characteristic of a security, an index or a market to fluctuate significantly in price over a defined time period.    The Trust could suffer losses related to its derivative positions as a result of unanticipated market movements, which losses are potentially unlimited.
 
When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Trust holds, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Trust’s hedging transactions will be effective. The Trust could also suffer losses related to its derivative positions as a result of unanticipated market movements, which losses are potentially unlimited. The Advisors may not be able to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates and other economic factors, which could cause the Trust’s derivatives positions to lose value. In addition, some derivatives are more sensitive to interest rate changes and market price fluctuations than other securities. The possible lack of a liquid secondary market for derivatives and the resulting inability of the Trust to sell or otherwise close a derivatives position could expose the Trust to losses and could make derivatives more difficult for the Trust to value accurately.
 
If the Trust invests in a derivative instrument it could lose more than the principal amount invested.  Moreover, derivatives raise certain tax, legal, regulatory and accounting issues that may not be presented by investments in securities, and there is some risk that certain issues could be resolved in a manner that could adversely impact the performance of the Trust.
 
The Trust is not required to use derivatives or other portfolio strategies to seek to increase return or to seek to hedge its portfolio and may choose not to do so.  Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and
 
 
 
S-28

 

there can be no assurance that the Trust will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial.  Although the Advisors seek to use derivatives to further the Trust’s investment objectives , there is no assurance that the use of derivatives will achieve this result.
 
Counterparty Risk.   Because derivative transactions in which the Trust may engage may involve instruments that are not traded on an exchange but are instead traded between counterparties based on contractual relationships, the Trust is subject to the risk that a counterparty will not perform its obligations under the related contracts. Although the Trust intends to enter into transactions only with counterparties which the Advisors believe to be creditworthy, there can be no assurance that, as a result, a counterparty will not default and that the Trust will not sustain a loss on a transaction. In the event of the counterparty’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the Trust’s collateral may be subject to the conflicting claims of the counterparty’s creditors, and the Trust may be exposed to the risk of a court treating the Trust as a general unsecured creditor of the counterparty, rather than as the owner of the collateral.  In addition, the Trust is subject to the risk that issuers of the instruments in which it invests and trades may default on their obligations under those instruments, and that certain events may occur that have an immediate and significant adverse effect on the value of those instruments. There can be no assurance that an issuer of an instrument in which the Trust invests will not default, or that an event that has an immediate and significant adverse effect on the value of an instrument will not occur, and that the Trust will not sustain a loss on a transaction as a result.
 
Swaps Risk.   Swap agreements involve the risk that the party with which the Trust has entered into the swap will default on its obligation to pay the Trust and the risk that the Trust will not be able to meet its obligations to pay the other party to the agreement. Credit default swaps involve special risks in addition to those mentioned above because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty). In addition, the swaps market is subject to a changing regulatory environment.  It is possible that regulatory or other developments in the swaps market could adversely affect the Trust’s ability to successfully use swaps.
 
Foreign Currency Forwards . Forward foreign currency exchange contracts do not eliminate fluctuations in the value of Non-U. S. Securities but rather allow the Trust to establish a fixed rate of exchange for a future point in time. This strategy can have the effect of reducing returns and minimizing opportunities for gain.
 
Over-the-Counter Trading Risk.   The derivative instruments that may be purchased or sold by the Trust may include instruments not traded on an exchange. The risk of nonperformance by the counterparty to an instrument may be greater than, and the ease with which the Trust can dispose of or enter into closing transactions with respect to an instrument may be less than, the risk associated with an exchange traded instrument. In addition, significant disparities may exist between “bid” and “asked” prices for derivative instruments that are not traded on an exchange. The absence of liquidity may make it difficult or impossible for the Trust to sell such instruments promptly at an acceptable price. Derivative instruments not traded on exchanges also are not subject to the same type of government regulation as exchange traded instruments, and many of the protections afforded to participants in a regulated environment may not be available in connection with the transactions. Because derivatives traded in OTC markets generally are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and generally do not require payment of margin, to the extent that the Trust has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparties the Trust is at risk that its counterparties will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations.
 
Dodd-Frank Act Risk.   Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Derivatives Title”) imposes a new regulatory structure on derivatives markets, with particular emphasis on swaps and security-based swaps (collectively “swaps”). This new regulatory framework covers a broad range of swap market participants, including banks, non-banks, credit unions, insurance companies, broker-dealers and investment advisers. The SEC, the CFTC and other U.S. regulators (the “Regulators”) are in the process of adopting numerous regulations to implement the Derivatives Title. Until the Regulators complete their rulemaking efforts, the extent to which the Derivatives Title and the rules adopted thereunder will impact the Trust is unclear. However, it is possible that the new regulatory structure for swaps may jeopardize certain trades and/or trading strategies that may be employed by the Advisors, or at least make them more costly or make them uneconomical. Additionally, there may be market dislocations due to uncertainty during the extended regulatory implementation period and it is not yet clear how the derivatives market will adjust to new regulations. Until the Regulators complete the rulemaking process for the Derivatives Title, it is unknown the extent to which such risks may materialize.
 
Legal and Regulatory Risk . At any time after the date hereof, legislation or additional regulations may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Trust.  Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the securities in which the Trust invests.  Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Trust itself is regulated.
 
 
 
S-29

 

There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Trust or will not impair the ability of the Trust to achieve its investment objectives .  In addition, as new rules and regulations resulting from the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act are implemented and new international capital and liquidity requirements are introduced under the Basel III Accords (“Basel III”), the market may not react the way the Advisors expect.  Whether the Trust achieves its investment objectives may depend on, among other things, whether the Advisors correctly forecast market reactions to this and other legislation.  In the event the Advisors incorrectly forecast market reaction, the Trust may not achieve its investment objectives .
 
Effective December 31, 2012, the CFTC adopted certain regulatory changes that subjects registered investment companies and advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if a fund invests more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps (“CFTC Derivatives”), or if the fund markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. To the extent the Trust uses CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and will not market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments.   Accordingly, the Advisors have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA. The Advisors are not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as “commodity pool operators” under the CEA in respect of the Trust.
 
Options Risk.   There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and indexes. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded over-the-counter or on a national securities exchange (“Exchange”) may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an Exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an Exchange; the facilities of an Exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more Exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that Exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that Exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
 
Futures Transactions and Options Risk.   Investment in futures contracts involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and the price of the security being hedged.  The hedge will not be fully effective when there is imperfect correlation between the movements in the prices of two financial instruments.  For example, if the price of the futures contract moves more or less than the price of the hedged security, the Trust will experience either a loss or gain on the futures contract which is not completely offset by movements in the price of the hedged securities.  To compensate for imperfect correlations, the Trust may purchase or sell futures contracts in a greater dollar amount than the hedged securities if the volatility of the hedged securities is historically greater than the volatility of the futures contracts.  Conversely, the Trust may purchase or sell fewer futures contracts if the volatility of the price of the hedged securities is historically lower than that of the futures contracts.
 
The particular securities comprising the index underlying a securities index financial futures contract may vary from the bonds held by the Trust.  As a result, the Trust’s ability to hedge effectively all or a portion of the value of its securities through the use of such financial futures contracts will depend in part on the degree to which price movements in the index underlying the financial futures contract correlate with the price movements of the securities held by the Trust.  The correlation may be affected by disparities in the average maturity, ratings, geographical mix or structure of the Trust’s investments as compared to those comprising the securities index and general economic or political factors.  In addition, the correlation between movements in the value of the securities index may be subject to change over time as additions to and deletions from the securities index alter its structure.  The correlation between futures contracts on U.S. Government securities and the securities held by the Trust may be adversely affected by similar factors and the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of such futures contracts and the prices of securities held by the Trust may be greater.  The trading of futures contracts also is subject to certain market risks, such as inadequate trading activity, which could at times make it difficult or impossible to liquidate existing positions.
 
The Trust may liquidate futures contracts it enters into through offsetting transactions on the applicable contract market.  There can be no assurance, however, that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time.  Thus, it may not be possible to close out a futures position.  In the event of adverse price movements, the Trust would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.  In such situations, if the Trust has insufficient cash, it may be required to sell portfolio securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it
 
 
 
S-30

 

may be disadvantageous to do so.  The inability to close out futures positions also could have an adverse impact on the Trust’s ability to hedge effectively its investments in securities.  The liquidity of a secondary market in a futures contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by commodity exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in a futures contract price during a single trading day.  Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open futures positions.  Prices have in the past moved beyond the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days.
 
The successful use of transactions in futures and related options also depends on the ability of the Advisors to forecast correctly the direction and extent of interest rate movements within a given time frame.  To the extent interest rates remain stable during the period in which a futures contract or option is held by the Trust or such rates move in a direction opposite to that anticipated, the Trust may realize a loss on the strategic transaction which is not fully or partially offset by an increase in the value of portfolio securities.  As a result, the Trust’s total return for such period may be less than if it had not engaged in the strategic transaction.
 
Because of low initial margin deposits made upon the opening of a futures position, futures transactions involve substantial leverage.  As a result, relatively small movements in the price of the futures contracts can result in substantial unrealized gains or losses.  There is also the risk of loss by the Trust of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with which the Trust has an open position in a financial futures contract.  Because the Trust will engage in the purchase and sale of futures contracts for hedging purposes or to seek to enhance the Trust’s return, any losses incurred in connection therewith should, if the strategy is successful, be offset in whole or in part by increases in the value of securities held by the Trust or decreases in the price of securities the Trust intends to acquire.
 
Clearing Broker and Central Clearing Counterparty Risks .  The CEA requires swaps and futures clearing brokers registered as "futures commission merchants" to segregate all funds received from customers with respect to any orders for the purchase or sale of U.S. domestic futures contracts and cleared swaps from the brokers' proprietary assets.  Similarly, the CEA requires each futures commission merchant to hold in a separate secure account all funds received from customers with respect to any orders for the purchase or sale of foreign futures contracts and segregate any such funds from the funds received with respect to domestic futures contracts. However, all funds and other property received by a clearing broker from its customers are held by the clearing broker on a commingled basis in an omnibus account and may be freely accessed by the clearing broker, which may also invest any such funds in certain instruments permitted under the applicable regulations.  There is a risk that assets deposited by the Trust with any swaps or futures clearing broker as margin for futures contracts or cleared swaps may, in certain circumstances, be used to satisfy losses of other clients of the Trust's clearing broker.  In addition, the assets of the Trust might not be fully protected in the event of the Trust's clearing broker's bankruptcy, as the Trust would be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of the clearing broker's combined domestic customer accounts.
 
Similarly, the CEA requires a clearing organization approved by the CFTC as a derivatives clearing organization to segregate all funds and other property received from a clearing member's clients in connection with domestic futures and options contracts from any funds held at the clearing organization to support the clearing member's proprietary trading.  Nevertheless, all customer funds held at a clearing organization in connection with any futures or options contracts are held in a commingled omnibus account and are not identified to the name of the clearing member's individual customers.  With respect to futures and options contracts, a clearing organization may use assets of a non-defaulting customer held in an omnibus account at the clearing organization to satisfy payment obligations of a defaulting customer of the clearing member to the clearing organization.  As a result, in the event of a default of the clearing broker's other clients or the clearing broker's failure to extend own funds in connection with any such default, the Trust would not be able to recover the full amount of assets deposited by the clearing broker on behalf of the Trust with the clearing organization.
 
See Appendix C for further information regarding risks associated with certain Strategic Transactions .
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
 
Investment Management Agreement
 
Although the Advisor intends to devote such time and effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Trust, the services of the Advisor are not exclusive and the Advisor provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.
 
The Investment Management Agreement also provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Advisor is not liable to the Trust or any of the Trust’s
 
 
 
S-31

 

shareholders for any act or omission by the Advisor in the supervision or management of its respective investment activities or for any loss sustained by the Trust or the Trust’s shareholders and provides for indemnification by the Trust of the Advisor, its directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to certain limitations and conditions.
 
The Investment Management Agreement provides for the Trust to pay a monthly management fee at an annual rate equal to 0.80 % of the average daily value of the Trust’s Managed Assets (       % of the Trust’s net assets, assuming leverage of       % of the Trust’s Managed Assets).
 
The Board initially consisted of three Trustees: Karen P. Robards, W. Carl Kester and Paul L. Audet (the “Initial Board”).  Each of Ms. Robards and Mr. Keste r are Independent Trustees and Mr. Audet  is an interested Trustee by virtue of his current position with the Advisor.  At an in person meeting held on December 17, 2012 (the “Initial Organizational Meeting”) the Initial Board, including the Independent Trustees voting separately, approved the Investment Management Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor.  After the Initial Organizational Meeting, the Initial Board expanded the size of the Board to eleven Trustees and appointed the remaining eight Trustees to fill the vacancies created thereby.  The Board then held an in person meeting on                  , 2013, at which it, and the Independent Trustees voting separately, ratified the Initial Board's approval of the Investment Management Agreement. Investment Management Agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Trust as of                       , 2013 .
 
The Investment Management Agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Investment Management Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Trust, without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust or by the Advisor, on 60 days’ written notice by either party to the other which can be waived by the non-terminating party. The Investment Management Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).
 
Sub-Investment Advisory Agreements
 
Pursuant to separate sub-investment advisory agreements , the Advisor has appointed BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, each an affiliate of the Advisor , to perform certain of the day-to-day investment management of the Trust.   Each Sub-Advisor will receive a portion of the management fee paid by the Trust to the Advisor. From the management fees, the Advisor (and not the Trust) will pay an annual sub-advisory fee to each Sub-Advisor for serving as investment sub-adviser equal to 46% of the monthly management fee received by the Advisor with respect to the assets of the Trust allocated to such Sub-Advisor .
 
The sub-investment advisory agreements also provide that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Trust will indemnify the Sub-Advisors, their directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to certain limitations.
 
Although the Sub-Advisors intend to devote such time and effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform their duties to the Trust, the services of the Sub-Advisors are not exclusive and the Sub-Advisors provide similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.
 
The Initial Board, including the Independent Trustees voting separately, approved the sub-investment advisory agreements among the Trust, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors at the Initial Organizational Meeting.  The Board then held an in person meeting on                           , 2013 at which it, and the Independent Trustees voting separately, ratified the Initial Board's approval of the sub-investment advisory agreements .
 
The sub-investment advisory agreements were approved by the sole common shareholder of the Trust as of                      , 2013. The sub-investment advisory agreements will continue in effect for a period of two years from their effective dates , and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a
 
 
 
S-32

 

majority of the Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The sub-investment advisory agreements may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Trust without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, or by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, on 60 days’ written notice by either party to the other. The sub-investment advisory agreements will also terminate automatically in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).
 
Biographical Information Pertaining to Trustees
 
The Board consists of eleven  individuals,         of whom are currently Independent Trustees, and an additional            of whom will be Independent Trustees once certain underwriters are no longer principal underwriters of the Trust .  The registered investment companies advised by the Advisors or their affiliates (the “BlackRock-Advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of closed-end funds (the “Closed-End Complex”), two complexes of open-end funds (the “Equity-Liquidity Complex,” and the “Equity-Bond Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (the “Exchange-Traded Complex;” each such complex a “BlackRock Fund Complex”).  The Trust is included in the Closed-End Complex.  The Trustees also oversee as Board members the operations of the other closed-end registered investment companies included in the Closed-End Complex.
 
 
 
Name, Address
and Year of Birth
 
Position(s)
Held with
Trust
 
Length
of Time
Served*
 
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
 
Number of BlackRock-Advised Registered Investment Companies (“RICs”) Consisting of Investment Portfolios (“Portfolios”)
Overseen**
 
Other Public Company or
Investment Company Directorships Held During Past Five Years***
Independent Trustees
                   
Richard E. Cavanagh
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY
10055
 
1946
  Trustee and Chair of the Board   Since 2012   Trustee, Aircraft Finance Trust from 1999 to 2009; Director, The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America since 1998; Trustee, Educational Testing Service from 1997 to 2009 and Chairman thereof from 2005 to 2009; Senior Advisor, The Fremont Group since 2008 and Director thereof since 1996; Adjunct Lecturer, Harvard University since 2007; President and Chief Executive Officer, The Conference Board, Inc. (global business research organization) from 1995 to 2007.        
                     
Karen P. Robards
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1950
 
Trustee, Vice Chair of the Board
 
Since 2012
 
Partner of Robards & Company, LLC (financial advisory firm) since 1987; Co-founder and Director of the Cooke Center for Learning and Development (a not-for-profit organization) since 1987; Director of Care Investment Trust, Inc. (health care real estate investment trust) from 2007 to 2010; Investment Banker at Morgan Stanley from 1976 to 1987.
 
 
93 RICs consisting of 89 Portfolios
 
AtriCure, Inc. (medical devices)
                     
Michael J. Castellano
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1946
 
Trustee
 
Since 2012
 
Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Group LLC from 2001 to 2011; Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Ltd from 2004 to 2011; Director, Support Our Aging Religious (non-profit) since 2009; Director, National Advisory Board of Church Management at Villanova University since 2010.
 
 
93 RICs consisting of 89 Portfolios
 
None
                     
Frank J. Fabozzi
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1948
 
Trustee
 
Since 2012
 
Editor of and Consultant for The Journal of Portfolio Management since 1986; Professor of Finance, EDHEC Business School since 2011; Professor in the Practice of Finance and Becton Fellow, Yale University School of Management from 2006 to 2011; Adjunct Professor of Finance and Becton Fellow, Yale University from 1994 to 2006.
 
 
93 RICs consisting of 89 Portfolios
 
None
 
 
 
S-33

 
 
 
 
Name, Address
and Year of Birth
 
Position(s)
Held with
Trust
 
Length
of Time
Served*
 
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
 
Number of BlackRock-Advised Registered Investment Companies (“RICs”) Consisting of Investment Portfolios (“Portfolios”)
Overseen**
 
Other Public Company or
Investment Company Directorships Held During Past Five Years***
Kathleen F. Feldstein
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1941
 
Trustee
 
Since 2012
 
President of Economics Studies, Inc. (private economic consulting firm) since 1987; Chair, Board of Trustees, McLean Hospital from 2000 to 2008 and Trustee Emeritus thereof since 2008; Member of the Board of Partners Community Healthcare, Inc. from 2005 to 2009; Member of the Corporation of Partners HealthCare since 1995; Trustee, Museum of Fine Arts, Boston since 1992; Member of the Visiting Committee to the Harvard University Art Museum since 2003; Director, Catholic Charities of Boston since 2009.
 
 
93 RICs consisting of 89 Portfolios
 
The McClatchy Company (publishing); BellSouth (telecommunications); Knight Ridder (publishing)
James T. Flynn
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1939
 
 
Trustee
 
Since 2012
 
Chief Financial Officer of JPMorgan & Co., Inc. from 1990 to 1995.
 
93 RICs consisting of 89 Portfolios
 
None
Jerrold B. Harris
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1942
 
Trustee
 
Since 2012
 
Trustee, Ursinus College since 2000; Director, Troemner LLC (scientific equipment) since 2000; Director of Delta Waterfowl Foundation since 2001; President and Chief Executive Officer, VWR Scientific Products Corporation from 1990 to 1999.
 
 
93 RICs consisting of 89 Portfolios
 
BlackRock Kelso Capital Corp. (business development company)
R. Glenn Hubbard
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1958
 
Trustee
 
Since 2012
 
Dean, Columbia Business School since 2004; Columbia faculty member since 1988; Co-Director, Columbia Business School's Entrepreneurship Program from 1997 to 2004; Chairman, U.S. Council of Economic Advisers under the President of the United States from 2001 to 2003; Chairman, Economic Policy Committee of the OECD from 2001 to 2003.
 
93 RICs consisting of 89 Portfolios
 
ADP (data and information services); KKR Financial Corporation (finance); Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (insurance)
 
W. Carl Kester
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1951
 
Trustee
 
Since 2012
 
George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration, Harvard Business School; Deputy Dean for Academic Affairs, from 2006 to 2010; Chairman of the Finance Department, Harvard Business School, from 2005 to 2006; Senior Associate Dean and Chairman of the MBA Program of Harvard Business School, from 1999 to 2005; Member of the faculty of Harvard Business School since 1981.
 
 
93 RICs consisting of 89 Portfolios
 
None
Interested Trustees                    
Henry Gabbay
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1947
  Trustee   Since 2012   Consultant, BlackRock from 2007 to 2008; Managing Director, BlackRock from 1989 to 2007; Chief Administrative Officer, BlackRock Advisors, LLC from 1998 to 2007; President of BlackRock Funds and BlackRock Bond Allocation Target Shares from 2005 to 2007; Treasurer of certain closed-end funds in the Closed-End Complex from 1989 to 2006.   155 RICs consisting of 280 Portfolios   None
 
 
 
S-34

 
 
 
 
Name, Address
and Year of Birth
 
Position(s)
Held with
Trust
 
Length
of Time
Served*
 
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past Five Years
 
Number of BlackRock-Advised Registered Investment Companies (“RICs”) Consisting of Investment Portfolios (“Portfolios”)
Overseen**
 
Other Public Company or
Investment Company Directorships Held During Past Five Years***
                     
Paul L. Audet
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1953
 
Trustee
 
Since 2012
 
Senior Managing Director of BlackRock and Head of U.S. Mutual Funds since 2011. Chair of the U.S. Mutual Funds Committee reporting to the Global Executive Committee since 2011. Head of BlackRock's Real Estate business from 2008 to 2011; Member of BlackRock's Global Operating and Corporate Risk Management Committees and of the BlackRock Alternative Investors Executive Committee and Investment Committee for the Private Equity Fund of Funds business since 2008; Head of BlackRock's Global Cash Management business from 2005 to 2010; Acting Chief Financial Officer of BlackRock from 2007 to 2008; Chief Financial Officer of BlackRock from 1998 to 2005.
 
155 RICs consisting of 280 Portfolios
 
None
_____________________
*
Trustees serve until their term expires, resignation, removal or death, or until December 31 of the year in which they turn 72.  The maximum age limitation may be waived as to any Trustee by action of a majority of the Trustees upon a finding of good cause therefore.  In 2012, the Board approved the extension of the mandatory retirement age for James T. Flynn by one additional year, which the Board believes is in the best interest of shareholders.
 
** 
For purposes of this chart, “RICs” refers to registered investment companies and “Portfolios” refers to the investment programs of the BlackRock-Advised Funds. The Closed-End Complex, excluding the Trust is comprised of      RICs.
 
***
Directorships disclosed under this column do not include directorships disclosed under the column “Principal Occupation(s) During Past Five Years.”
 
Mr. Gabbay and Mr. Audet are “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust by virtue of their current or former positions with the Advisors, each a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and their ownership of BlackRock, Inc. and The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. securities.
 
††
  are currently “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust as a result of their ownership of securities of one or more of the Trust’s underwriters.   will cease to be “interested persons” once such underwriters are no longer principal underwriters of the Trust.
 
Experience, Qualifications and Skills of Trustees
 
The Independent Trustees have adopted a statement of policy that describes the experiences, qualifications, skills and attributes that are necessary and desirable for potential Independent Trustee candidates (the “Statement of Policy”). The Board believes that each Independent Trustee satisfied, at the time he or she was initially elected or appointed a Trustee, and continues to satisfy, the standards contemplated by the Statement of Policy as well as the standards set forth in the Trust’s Bylaws. Furthermore, in determining that a particular Trustee was and continues to be qualified to serve as a Trustee, the Board has considered a variety of criteria, none of which, in isolation, was controlling. The Board believes that, collectively, the Trustees have balanced and diverse experiences, skills, attributes and qualifications, which allow the Board to operate effectively in governing the Trust and protecting the interests of shareholders. Among the attributes common to all Trustees is their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Trust’s investment adviser, sub-advisers, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. Each Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively is evidenced by his or her educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member of the Trust or the other funds in the BlackRock fund complexes (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public companies, or not-for-profit entities or other organizations; ongoing commitment and participation in Board and committee meetings, as well as their leadership of standing and ad hoc committees throughout the years; or other relevant life experiences.
 
The following table discusses some of the experiences, qualifications and skills of each of the Trustees that support the conclusion that they should serve on the Board.
 
 
 
S-35

 
 
Trustee
 
Experience, Qualifications and Skills
     
Richard E. Cavanagh
 
Mr. Cavanagh brings to the Board a wealth of practical business knowledge and leadership as an experienced director/trustee of various public and private companies. In particular, because Mr. Cavanagh served for over a decade as President and Chief Executive Officer of The Conference Board, Inc., a global business research organization, he is able to provide the Board with expertise about business and economic trends and governance practices. Mr. Cavanagh created the "blue ribbon" Commission on Public Trust and Private Enterprise in 2002, which recommended corporate governance enhancements. Mr. Cavanagh's service as a director of The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America and as a senior advisor and director of The Fremont Group provides added insight into investment trends and conditions. Additionally, the Board benefits from Mr. Cavanagh's years of experience having served as Trustee of the Aircraft Finance Trust, Director of Arch Chemical, and Trustee and Chairman of Educational Testing Service. Mr. Cavanagh's long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust.
     
Karen P. Robards
 
The Board benefits from Ms. Robards's many years of experience in investment banking and the financial advisory industry where she obtained extensive knowledge of the capital markets and advised clients on corporate finance transactions, including mergers and acquisitions and the issuance of debt and equity securities. Ms. Robards's prior position as an investment banker at Morgan Stanley provides useful oversight of the Trust's investment decisions and investment valuation processes, while her position as Partner of Robards & Company, LLC, a financial advisory firm, provides valuable knowledge of the financial advisory industry. Additionally, Ms. Robards's experience derived from serving as a director of Care Investment Trust, Inc., a health care real estate investment trust, and as a director of AtriCure, Inc., a medical device company, provides the Board with the benefit of her experience with the management practices of other financial and publicly traded companies. Ms. Robards's long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides her with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Ms. Robards's knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies her to serve as Vice Chair of the Board and as the Chair of the Trust's Audit Committee.
     
Michael J. Castellano
 
The Board benefits from Mr. Castellano's over forty year career in accounting. Mr. Castellano has served as Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Ltd. and as a Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Group. Prior to joining Lazard, Mr. Castellano held various senior management positions at Merrill Lynch & Co., including Senior Vice President — Chief Control Officer for Merrill Lynch's capital markets businesses, Chairman of Merrill Lynch International Bank and Senior Vice President — Corporate Controller. Prior to joining Merrill Lynch & Co., Mr. Castellano was a partner with Deloitte & Touche where he served a number of investment banking clients over the course of his 24 years with the firm.
     
Frank J. Fabozzi
 
Dr. Fabozzi holds the designations of Chartered Financial Analyst and Certified Public Accountant. Dr. Fabozzi was inducted into the Fixed Income Analysts Society's Hall of Fame and is the 2007 recipient of the C. Stewart Sheppard Award given by the CFA Institute. The Board benefits from Dr. Fabozzi's experiences as a professor and author in the field of finance. Dr. Fabozzi's experience as a Professor of Finance at EDHEC Business School, as a Professor in the Practice of Finance and Becton Fellow at the Yale University School of Management and as editor of the Journal of Portfolio Management demonstrate his wealth of expertise in the investment management and structured finance areas. Dr. Fabozzi has authored and edited numerous books and research papers on topics in investment management and financial econometrics, and his writings have focused on fixed income securities and portfolio management, many of which are considered standard references in the investment management industry. Dr. Fabozzi's long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust.
 
 
 
S-36

 
 
Trustee
 
Experience, Qualifications and Skills
     
Kathleen F. Feldstein
 
Dr. Feldstein, who served as President of Economics Studies, Inc., an economic consulting firm, benefits the Board by providing business leadership and experience and knowledge of economic research and analysis and financial services. The Board benefits from Dr. Feldstein's experience as a director/trustee of publicly traded and private companies, including financial services, technology and telecommunications companies. Dr. Feldstein's long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides her with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust.
     
James T. Flynn
 
Mr. Flynn brings to the Board a broad and diverse knowledge of business and capital markets as a result of his many years of experience in the banking and financial industry. Mr. Flynn's five years as the Chief Financial Officer of JP Morgan & Co. provide the Board with experience on financial reporting obligations and oversight of investments. Mr. Flynn's long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Mr. Flynn's knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies him to serve as a member of the Trust's Audit Committee.
     
Jerrold B. Harris
 
Mr. Harris's time as President and Chief Executive Officer of VWR Scientific Products Corporation, and Director of Troemner, LLC, a scientific equipment provider, brings to the Board business leadership and experience and knowledge of the chemicals industry and national and international product distribution. Mr. Harris's position as a director of BlackRock Kelso Capital Corporation brings to the Board the benefit of his experience as a director of a business development company governed by the Investment Company Act and allows him to provide the Board with added insight into the management practices of other financial companies. Mr. Harris's long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust.
     
R. Glenn Hubbard
 
Dr. Hubbard has served in numerous roles in the field of economics, including as the Chairman of the U.S. Council of Economic Advisers of the President of the United States. Dr. Hubbard serves as the Dean of Columbia Business School, has served as a member of the Columbia Faculty and as a Visiting Professor at the John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University, the Harvard Business School and the University of Chicago. Dr. Hubbard's experience as an adviser to the President of the United States, and as Chairman of the Economic Policy Committee of the OECD, adds a dimension of balance to the Trust's governance and provides perspective on economic issues. Dr. Hubbard's service on the boards of KKR Financial Corporation, ADP and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company provides the Board with the benefit of his experience with the management practices of other financial companies. Dr. Hubbard's long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust.
     
W. Carl Kester
 
The Board benefits from Dr. Kester's experiences as a professor and author in finance, and his experience as the George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration at Harvard Business School and as Deputy Dean of Academic Affairs at Harvard Business School adds to the Board a wealth of expertise in corporate finance and corporate governance. Dr. Kester has authored and edited numerous books and research papers on both subject matters, including co-editing a leading volume of finance case studies used worldwide. Dr. Kester's long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Dr. Kester's knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies him to serve as a member of the Trust's Audit Committee.
     
Henry Gabbay
 
The Board benefits from Dr. Gabbay's many years of experience in administration, finance and financial services operations. Dr. Gabbay's experience as a Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc., Chief Administrative Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and President of BlackRock Funds and BlackRock Bond Allocation Target Shares provides the Board with insight into investment company operational, financial and investment matters. Dr. Gabbay's former positions
 
 
 
S-37

 
 
Trustee
 
Experience, Qualifications and Skills
     
   
 as Chief Administrative Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and as Treasurer of certain closed-end funds in the Closed-End Complex provide the Board with direct knowledge of the operations of the Trust and its investment adviser. Dr. Gabbay's long-standing service on the boards of the Closed-End Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust.
     
Paul L. Audet
 
Mr. Audet has a wealth of experience in the investment management industry, including more than 13 years with BlackRock and over 30 years in finance and asset management. Mr. Audet serves as Senior Managing Director of BlackRock and head of U.S. Mutual Funds, and Chair of the U.S. Mutual Funds Committee reporting to BlackRock's Global Executive Committee. He also has expertise in finance, as demonstrated by his positions as Chief Financial Officer of BlackRock, head of BlackRock's Global Cash Management business and head of BlackRock's Real Estate business. Mr. Audet currently is a member of BlackRock's Global Operating and Corporate Risk Management Committees, the BlackRock Alternative Investors Executive Committee and the Investment Committee for the Private Equity Fund of Funds. Prior to joining BlackRock, Mr. Audet was the Senior Vice President of Finance at PNC Bank Corp. and Chief Financial Officer of the investment management and mutual fund processing businesses and head of PNC's Mergers & Acquisitions Unit. Mr. Audet is a member of the Executive Committee.

 
Board Leadership Structure and Oversight
 
The Board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Trust. The Chair of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer are two different people.  Not only is the Chair of the Board an Independent Trustee, but also the Chair of each Board committee (each, a “Committee”) is an Independent Trustee. The Board has six standing Committees: an Audit Committee, a Governance and Nominating Committee, a Compliance Committee, a Performance Oversight Committee, a Leverage Committee and an Executive Committee. The role of the Chair of the Board is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees between meetings. The Chair of each Committee performs a similar role with respect to such Committee. The Chair of the Board or Committees may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board or the Committees from time to time. The Independent Trustees meet regularly outside the presence of the Trust’s management, in executive session or with other service providers to the Trust. The Board has regular meetings five times a year, including a meeting to consider the approval of the Trust’s investment management agreements, and may hold special meetings if required before their next regular meeting. Each Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to that Committee by the Board and reports its findings to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and to allocate areas of responsibility among Committees and the Board to enhance effective oversight.
 
The Board decided to separate the roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer because it believes that an independent Chair:
 
 
·
Increases the independent oversight of the Trust and enhances the Board’s objective evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer
 
 
·
Allows the Chief Executive Officer to focus on the Trust’s operations instead of Board administration
 
 
·
Provides greater opportunities for direct and independent communication between shareholders and the Board
 
 
·
Provides an independent spokesman for the Trust
 
The Board has engaged the Advisor to manage the Trust on a day-to day basis.  The Board is responsible for overseeing the Advisor, other service providers, the operations of the Trust and associated risks in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act, state law, other applicable laws, the Trust’s charter, and the Trust’s investment objective(s) and strategies.  The Board reviews, on an ongoing basis, the Trust’s performance, operations, and investment strategies and techniques. The Board also conducts reviews of the Advisor and its role in running the operations of the Trust.
 
 
 
S-38

 

Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Trust is the responsibility of the Advisor or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), subject to the supervision of the Advisor. The Trust is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others. While there are a number of risk management functions performed by the Advisor or other service providers, as applicable, it is not possible to eliminate all of the risks applicable to the Trust. Risk oversight is part of the Board’s general oversight of the Trust and is addressed as part of various Board and Committee activities. The Board, directly or through Committees, also reviews reports from, among others, management, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust, the Advisor, and internal auditors for the Advisor or its affiliates, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Trust and the Advisors’ or the service provider’s risk functions. The Committee system facilitates the timely and efficient consideration of matters by the Trustees and facilitates effective oversight of compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and of the Trust’s activities and associated risks. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer, who oversees the implementation and testing of the Trust’s compliance program and reports regularly to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Trust and its service providers. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.
 
Audit Committee. The Board has a standing Audit Committee composed of               and            , all of whom are Independent Trustees. The Board intends to appoint               to the Audit Committee  following the competion of this offering . The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to the accounting and financial reporting policies and practices of the Trust. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) approving the selection, retention, termination and compensation of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm (the “independent auditors”) and evaluating the independence and objectivity of the independent auditors; (ii) approving all audit engagement terms and fees for the Trust; (iii) reviewing the conduct and results of each audit; (iv) reviewing any issues raised by the independent auditor or management regarding the accounting or financial reporting policies and practices of the Trust, its internal controls, and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers and management’s response to any such issues; (v) reviewing and discussing the Trust’s audited and unaudited financial statements and disclosure in the Trust’s shareholder reports relating to the Trust’s performance; (vi) assisting the Board in considering the performance of the Trust’s internal audit function provided by its investment adviser, administrator, pricing agent or other service provider; and (vii) resolving any disagreements between the Trust’s management and the independent auditors regarding financial reporting. A copy of the Audit Committee Charter for the Trust can be found in the “Corporate Governance” section of the BlackRock Closed-End Fund website at www.blackrock.com.
 
Governance and Nominating Committee.  The Board has a standing Governance and Nominating Committee composed of              and                     all of whom are Independent Trustees.   The Board intends to appoint              to the Governance and Nominating Committee following the competion of this offering .  The principal responsibilities of the Governance and Nominating Committee are: (i) identifying individuals qualified to serve as Independent Trustees and recommending Independent Trustee nominees for election by shareholders or appointment by the Board; (ii) advising the Board with respect to Board composition, procedures and committees (other than the Audit Committee); (iii) overseeing periodic self-assessments of the Board and committees of the Board (other than the Audit Committee); (iv) reviewing and making recommendations in respect of Independent Trustee compensation; (v) monitoring corporate governance matters and making recommendations in respect thereof to the Board; and (vi) acting as the administrative committee with respect to Board policies and procedures, committee policies and procedures (other than the Audit Committee) and codes of ethics as they relate to the Independent Trustees.
 
The Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board seeks to identify individuals to serve on the Board who have a diverse range of viewpoints, qualifications, experiences, backgrounds and skill sets so that the Board will be better suited to fulfill its responsibility of overseeing the Trust’s activities. In so doing, the Governance and Nominating Committee reviews the size of the Board, the ages of the current Trustees and their tenure on the Board, and the skills, background and experiences of the Trustees in light of the issues facing the Trust in determining whether one or more new trustees should be added to the Board. The Board as a group strives to achieve diversity in terms of gender, race and geographic location. The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that the Trustees as a group possess the array of skills, experiences and backgrounds necessary to guide the Trust. The Trustees’ biographies included above highlight the diversity and breadth of skills, qualifications and expertise that the Trustees bring to the Trust.
 
The Governance and Nominating Committee may consider nominations for Trustees made by the Trust’s shareholders as it deems appropriate. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send a recommendation to the Trust’s Secretary that includes all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees or is required by the advance notice provision of the Trust’s Bylaws. The Trust’s Bylaws provide that notice of a proposed nomination must include certain information about the shareholder and the nominee, as well as a written consent of the proposed nominee to serve if elected. A notice of a proposed item of business must include a
 
 
 
S-39

 

description of and the reasons for bringing the proposed business to the meeting, any material interest of the shareholder in the business, and certain other information about the shareholder. Further, the Trust has adopted Trustee qualification requirements which can be found in the Trust’s Bylaws and are applicable to all Trustees that may be nominated, elected, appointed, qualified or seated to serve as Trustees. Reference is made to the Trust’s Bylaws, which are on file with the SEC, for more details.
 
A copy of the Governance and Nominating Committee Charter for the Trust can be found in the “Corporate Governance” section of the BlackRock Closed-End Fund website at www.blackrock.com.
 
Compliance Committee. The Board has a Compliance Committee composed of           and           , each of whom are Independent Trustees.    The Board intends to appoint                              to the Compliance Committee  following the competion of this offering . The Compliance Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility with respect to the oversight of regulatory and fiduciary compliance matters involving the Trust, the fund-related activities of BlackRock, and any sub-advisers and the Trust’s other third party service providers. The Compliance Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) overseeing the compliance policies and procedures of the Trust and its service providers; (ii) reviewing information on and, where appropriate, recommending policies concerning the Trust’s compliance with applicable law; (iii) reviewing information on any significant correspondence with or other actions by regulators or governmental agencies with respect to the Trust and any employee complaints or published reports that raise concerns regarding compliance matters; and (iv) reviewing reports from and making certain recommendations in respect of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, including, without limitation, determining the amount and structure of the Chief Compliance Officer’s compensation. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Compliance Committee.
 
Performance Oversight Committee.   The Board has a Performance Oversight Committee composed of          and                        , all of whom are Independent Trustees. The Board intends to appoint                   and                       to the Performance Oversight Committee following the completion of this offering . The Performance Oversight Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility to oversee the Trust’s investment performance relative to the Trust’s investment objectives , policies and practices. The Performance Oversight Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) reviewing the Trust’s investment objectives , policies and practices; (ii) recommending to the Board any required action in respect of changes in fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions; (iii) reviewing information on appropriate benchmarks and competitive universes; (iv) reviewing the Trust’s investment performance relative to such benchmarks; (v) reviewing information on unusual or exceptional investment matters; (vi) reviewing whether the Trust has complied with its investment policies and restrictions; and (vii) overseeing policies, procedures and controls regarding valuation of the Trust’s investments. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Performance Oversight Committee.
 
Leverage Committee.   The Board has a Leverage Committee composed of                    and                     .  The Leverage Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) to support the Independent Trustees in pursuing the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders; (ii) to oversee the Trust’s usage of leverage, including the Trust’s incurrence, refinancing and maintenance of leverage and, to the extent necessary or appropriate, authorize or approve the execution of documentation in respect thereto, (iii) to oversee and authorize actions in respect of refinancing and redeeming forms of leverage; and (iv) to receive reports with respect to the foregoing matters.  The Board has adopted a written charter for the Leverage Committee.
 
Executive Committee. The Board has an Executive Committee composed of              and              , both of whom are Independent Trustees, and                  , who serves as an interested Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Executive Committee include, without limitation: (i) acting on routine matters between meetings of the Board; (ii) acting on such matters as may require urgent action between meetings of the Board; and (iii) exercising such other authority as may from time to time be delegated to the Executive Committee by the Board.  The Board has adopted a written charter for the Executive Committee.
 
As the Trust is a closed-end investment company with no prior investment operations, no meetings of the above committees have been held in the fiscal year, except that the Audit Committee met in connection with the organization of the Trust to select the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm.
 
 
 
S-40

 

Trustee Share Ownership
 
Name of Trustee
 
Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Trust(*)
 
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities Overseen by Trustees in the Family of Registered Investment Companies (*)
Independent Trustees
       
Michael J. Castellano                                                           
 
None
 
over $100,000
Richard E. Cavanagh                                                           
 
None
 
over $100,000
Frank J. Fabozzi                                                           
 
None
 
over $100,000
Kathleen F. Feldstein                                                           
 
None
 
over $100,000
James T. Flynn                                                           
 
None
 
over $100,000
Jerrold B. Harris                                                           
 
None
 
over $100,000
R. Glenn Hubbard                                                           
 
None
 
over $100,000
W. Carl Kester                                                           
 
None
 
over $100,000
Karen P. Robards                                                           
 
None
 
over $100,000
Interested Trustees
       
Paul L. Audet                                                           
 
None
 
over $100,000
Henry Gabbay                                                           
 
None
 
over $100,000
_______________
*
As of December 31, 2012 . The Trustees could not own shares in the Trust as of this date because the Trust had not yet begun investment operations. The term “Family of Registered Investment Companies” refers to all registered investment companies advised by the Advisors or an affiliate thereof. Includes share equivalents owned under the deferred compensation plan in the funds in the Family of Registered Investment Companies by certain Independent Trustees who have participated in the deferred compensation plan of the funds in the Family of Registered Investment Companies.

                      are currently “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust as a result of their ownership of securities of one or more of the Trust’s underwriters.                     will cease to be “interested persons” once such underwriters are no longer principal underwriters of the Trust.

Compensation of Trustees
 
Each Trustee (other than those who are employees or officers of the Advisors) is paid an annual retainer of $ 250,000 per year for his or her services as a Trustee of all BlackRock-advised closed-end funds (the "Closed-End Complex") that are overseen by the respective director/trustee and each Trustee may also receive a $ 10,000 board meeting fee for special unscheduled meetings or meetings in excess of six Board meetings held in a calendar year, together with out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with a Board policy on travel and other business expenses relating to attendance at meetings. In addition, the Chair and Vice-Chair of the Board are paid an additional annual retainer of $ 120,000 and $ 40,000 , respectively. The Chairs of the Audit Committee, Compliance Committee, Governance and Nominating Committee, and Performance Oversight Committee are paid an additional annual retainer of $ 35,000 , $ 20,000 , $ 10,000 , and $ 20,000 , respectively. Each Audit Committee and Leverage Committee member is paid an additional annual retainer of $ 25,000 for his or her service on such committee. The Trust pays a pro rata portion quarterly (based on relative net assets) of the foregoing Trustee fees paid by the funds in the Closed-End Complex.
 
Dr. Gabbay is an interested person of the Trust and serves as an interested Trustee of three groups of BlackRock-advised funds — the Closed-End Complex and two complexes of open-end funds, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Equity-Bond Complex. Dr. Gabbay receives for his services as a Trustee of such BlackRock Fund Complexes (i) an annual retainer of $ 531,250 allocated to the funds in these three BlackRock Fund Complexes, including the Trust, based on their relative net assets and (ii) with respect to each of the two open-end BlackRock Fund Complexes, a Board meeting fee of $ 3,750 (with respect to meetings of the Equity-Liquidity Complex) and $ 18,750 (with respect to meetings of the Equity-Bond Complex) to be paid for attendance at each Board meeting up to five Board meetings held in a calendar year by each such complex (compensation for meetings in excess of this number to be determined on a case-by-case basis).   Dr. Gabbay is also reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with a Board policy on travel and other business expenses relating to attendance at meetings.   Dr. Gabbay's compensation for serving on the boards of the funds in these BlackRock Fund Complexes (including the Trust) is equal to 75% of each Board member retainer and, as applicable, of each Board meeting fee (without regard to additional fees paid to Board and Committee chairs) received by the Independent Trustees serving on such boards, as well as the full Leverage Committee member retainer. The Board or the board of trustees of any other fund in a BlackRock Fund Complex may modify the Trustees' compensation from time to time depending on market conditions and Dr. Gabbay's compensation would be impacted by those modifications.
 
The Independent Trustees have agreed that a maximum of 50% of each Independent Trustee's total compensation paid by funds in the Closed-End Complex may be deferred pursuant to the Closed-End Complex's deferred compensation plan. Under the deferred compensation plan, deferred amounts earn a return for the Independent Trustees as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in common shares of certain funds in the Closed-End Complex selected by the Independent Trustees. This has approximately the same economic effect for the Independent Trustees as if they had invested
 
 
 
S-41

 

the deferred amounts in such funds in the Closed-End Complex. The deferred compensation plan is not funded and obligations thereunder represent general unsecured claims against the general assets of a fund and are recorded as a liability for accounting purposes.
 
The following table sets forth the estimated compensation that each of the Trustees would have earned from the Trust for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2012 and the aggregate compensation paid to them by all funds in the Closed-End Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2012 .
 
Name
 
Aggregate Compensation from the Trust
 
Aggregate Compensation from the Trust and other BlackRock-Advised Funds in the Closed-End Complex(1)
Independent Trustees
       
Michael J. Castellano
 
$4,078
 
$275,000                    (2)
Richard E. Cavanagh
 
$5,858
 
$395,000                    (3)
Frank J. Fabozzi
 
$4,746
 
$320,000                    (4)
Kathleen F. Feldstein
 
$3,707
 
$250,000                    (5)
James T. Flynn
 
$4,078
 
$275,000                    (6)
Jerrold B. Harris
 
$4,004
 
$270,000                    (7)
R. Glenn Hubbard
 
$3,856
 
$260.000                    (8)
W. Carl Kester
 
$4,449
 
$300,000                    (9)
Karen P. Robards
 
$5,561
 
$375,000                    (10)
         
Interested Trustee
       
Henry Gabbay
 
$3,151
 
$212,500                    (11)
__________________

 
Messrs.               and               are currently "interested persons" (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust as a result of their ownership of securities of one or more of the Trust's underwriters. Messrs.             and             will cease to be "interested persons" once such underwriters are no longer principal underwriters of the Trust.

 
(1)
Represents the aggregate compensation earned by such persons from the Closed-End Complex during the calendar year ended December 31, 2012. Of this amount, Mr. Castellano, Mr. Cavanagh, Dr. Fabozzi, Dr. Feldstein, Mr. Flynn, Mr. Harris, Dr. Hubbard, Dr. Kester and Ms. Robards deferred $82,500, $37,000, $29,500, $75,000, $137,500, $135,000, $130,000, 75,000 and $70,000, respectively, pursuant to the Closed-End Complex's deferred compensation plan.

 
(2)
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $133,961 as of December 31, 2012.

 
(3)
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $590,975 as of December 31, 2012.

 
(4)
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $537,666 as of December 31, 2012.

 
(5)
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $625,114 as of December 31, 2012.

 
(6)
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $917,409 as of December 31, 2012.

 
(7)
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $855,783 as of December 31, 2012.

 
(8)
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $919,158 as of December 31, 2012.

 
(9)
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $500,405 as of December 31, 2012.

 
(10)
Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the Closed-End Complex to Trustee is $475,179 as of December 31, 2012.

 
(11)
As of December 31, 2012, Dr. Gabbay did not participate in the deferred compensation plan.
 
Independent Trustee Ownership of Securities
 
As of December 31, 2012 , the Independent Trustees (and their respective immediate family members) did not beneficially own securities of the Advisors, or an entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Advisors (not including registered investment companies).
 
As of December 31, 2012 , as a group, Trustees and officers owned less than 1% of the outstanding common shares in the Trust because the Trust is commencing its offering coincident with the date of the Prospectus . Prior to this offering, all of the outstanding shares of the Trust were owned by an affiliate of the Advisors.
 
 
 
S-42

 

Information Pertaining to the Officers
 
The executive officers of the Trust, their year of birth and their principal occupations during the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period) are shown in the table below. The address of each officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055.   With the exception of the CCO, executive officers receive no compensation from the Trust. The Trust compensates the CCO for his services as its CCO.
 
Each executive officer is an “interested person” of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act) by virtue of that individual’s position with BlackRock or its affiliates described in the table below.
 
Name, Address
and Year of Birth
 
Position(s) Held
with Trust
 
Length of
Time Served
 
Principal Occupations(s)
During Past 5 Years
John Perlowski
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1964
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Since 2012
 
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2009; Global Head of BlackRock Fund Administration since 2009; Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer of the Global Product Group at Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. from 2003 to 2009; Treasurer of Goldman Sachs Mutual Funds from 2003 to 2009 and Senior Vice President thereof from 2007 to 2009; Director of Goldman Sachs Offshore Funds from 2002 to 2009; Director of Family Resource Network (charitable foundation) since 2009.
             
Anne F. Ackerley
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1962
 
Vice President
 
Since 2012
 
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2000; President and Chief Executive Officer of the BlackRock-Advised Funds from 2009 to 2011; Vice President of the BlackRock-Advised Funds from 2007 to 2009; Chief Operating Officer of BlackRock's Global Client Group from 2009 to 2012; Chief Operating Officer of BlackRock's U.S. Retail Group from 2006 to 2009; Head of BlackRock's Mutual Fund Group from 2000 to 2006.
             
Brendan Kyne
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1977
 
Vice President
 
Since 2012
 
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2010; Director of BlackRock, Inc. from 2008 to 2009; Head of Product Development and Management for BlackRock's U.S. Retail Group since 2009; Co-head of Product Development and Management for BlackRock's U.S. Retail Group from 2007 to 2009; Vice President of BlackRock, Inc. from 2005 to 2008.
           
  
Robert W. Crothers
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1981
 
Vice President
 
Since 2012
 
Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2011; Vice President of BlackRock, Inc. from 2008 to 2010; Associate of BlackRock, Inc. from 2006 to 2008.
           
  
Neal J. Andrews
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1966
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
Since 2012
 
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2006; Senior Vice President and Line of Business Head of Fund Accounting and Administration at PNC Global Investment Servicing (US) Inc. from 1992 to 2006.
           
  
Jay M. Fife
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1970
 
Treasurer
 
Since 2012
 
Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2007; Director of BlackRock, Inc. in 2006; Assistant Treasurer of the MLIM and Fund Asset Management L.P. advised funds from 2005 to 2006; Director of MLIM Fund Services Group from 2001 to 2006.
           
  
Brian P. Kindelan
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1959
 
Chief Compliance Officer ("CCO") and Anti-Money Laundering Officer
 
Since 2012
 
CCO of the BlackRock-Advised Funds since 2007; Managing Director and Senior Counsel of BlackRock, Inc. since 2005.
 
 
 
S-43

 


Name, Address
and Year of Birth
 
Position(s) Held
with Trust
 
Length of
Time Served
 
Principal Occupations(s)
During Past 5 Years
Janey Ahn
55 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10055
 
1975
 
Secretary
 
Since 2012
 
Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2009; Vice President of BlackRock, Inc. from 2008 to 2009; Assistant Secretary of the funds in the Closed-End Complex from 2008 to 2012; Associate at Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP from 2006 to 2008.
 
             
Principal Owners of Common Shares
 
Prior to the public offering of the common shares,                 , an affiliate of the Advisors, purchased common shares from the Trust in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the Investment Company Act, which requires the Trust to have a net worth of at least $100,000 prior to making a public offering. As of the date of this SAI,                 owned 100% of the Trust’s outstanding common shares and therefore may be deemed to control the Trust until such time as it owns less than 25% of the Trust’s outstanding common shares, which is expected to occur upon the closing of this offering. The address of                              is                               .                      is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock.
 
Portfolio Management
 
Portfolio Manager Assets Under Management.   The following table sets forth information about funds and accounts other than the Trust for which the portfolio managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of October 31,  2012 :
 
   
Number of Other Accounts Managed
and Assets by Account Type
 
Number of Other Accounts and
Assets for Which Advisory Fee is
Performance-Based
Name of Portfolio Manager
 
Other
Registered
Investment
Companies
 
 
Other Pooled
Investment
Vehicles
 
 
Other
Accounts
 
 
Other
Registered
Investment
Companies
 
 
Other Pooled
Investment
Vehicles
 
 
Other
Accounts
 
Tom Musmanno
 
6
 
4
 
185
 
0
 
0
 
1
   
$3.75 Billion
 
$1.64 Billion
 
$60.1 Billion
 
$0
 
$0
 
$20.15 Million
                         
John Vibert
 
3
 
5
 
9
 
0
 
0
 
0
   
$1.27 Billion
 
$3.67 Billion
 
$1.3 Billion
 
$0
 
$0
 
$0
                         
Akiva Dickstein
 
5
 
23
 
18
 
0
 
2
 
0
   
$2 Billion
 
$6.34 Billion
 
$7.28 Billion
 
$0
 
$607.3 Million
 
$0

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview.   BlackRock’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock.

Base compensation .  Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their position with the firm .

Discretionary Incentive Compensation .  Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within BlackRock, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm’s assets under management or supervision by that portfolio manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and the individual’s performance and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock.   In most cases, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Trust or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured.  Among other things, BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with respect to each portfolio manager’s compensation based on the performance of the funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager relative to the various benchmarks.  Performance of fixed income funds is measured on a pre-tax and/or after-tax basis over various time periods including 1-, 3- and 5- year periods, as applicable.  With respect to these portfolio managers, such benchmarks for the Trust and other accounts are:

 
 
S-44

 


Portfolio Manager
 
 
Benchmark
 
Tom Musmanno
 
A combination of market-based indices (e.g., Bank of America Merrill Lynch U.S. Corporate & Government Index, 1-3 Years), certain customized indices and certain fund industry peer groups.
 
John Vibert
 
Mr. Vibert’s performance is not measured against a specific benchmark.
 
Akiva Dickstein
 
A combination of market-based indices (e.g. Citigroup Mortgage Index, Barclays Capital GNMA MBS Index), certain customized indices and certain fund industry peer groups.
 

Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation .  Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a combination of cash and BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units which vest ratably over a number of years.  For some portfolio managers, discretionary incentive compensation is also distributed in deferred cash awards that notionally track the returns of select BlackRock investment products they manage and that vest ratably over a number of years. The BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units, upon vesting, will be settled in BlackRock, Inc. common stock.  Typically, the cash portion of the discretionary incentive compensation, when combined with base salary, represents more than 60% of total compensation for the portfolio managers.  Paying a portion of discretionary incentive compensation in BlackRock stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio manager for a given year “at risk” based on BlackRock’s ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods.  Providing a portion of discretionary incentive compensation in deferred cash awards that notionally track the BlackRock investment products they manage provides direct alignment with investment product results.

Long-Term Incentive Plan Awards — From time to time long-term incentive equity awards are granted to certain key employees to aid in retention, align their interests with long-term shareholder interests and motivate performance.  Equity awards are generally granted in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that, once vested, settle in BlackRock, Inc. common stock.   Messrs. Musmanno, Vibert and Dickstein have each received long-term incentive awards.

Deferred Compensation Program — A portion of the compensation paid to eligible BlackRock employees may be voluntarily deferred at their election for defined periods of time into an account that tracks the performance of certain of the firm’s investment products.   All of the eligible portfolio managers have participated in the deferred compensation program.

Other compensation benefits .   In addition to base compensation and discretionary incentive compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following incentive savings plans:

Incentive Savings Plans — BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 8% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $5,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3-5% of eligible compensation up to the IRS limit ($250,000 for 2012).  The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies and collective investment funds managed by the firm. BlackRock contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent participant investment direction, are invested into an index target date fund that corresponds to, or is closest to, the year in which the participant attains age 65.  The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date.  Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares of common stock or a dollar value of $25,000 based on its fair market value on the Purchase Date. Messrs. Musmanno, Vibert and Dickstein are each eligible to participate in these plans.

Securities Ownership of Portfolio Managers.   The Trust is a newly-organized investment company. Accordingly, as of the date of this SAI, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owned any securities issued by the Trust.
 
Potential Material Conflicts of Interest.   BlackRock has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, BlackRock furnishes investment
 
 
 
S-45

 

management and advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Trust, and BlackRock may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to BlackRock, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made to the Trust.  In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates and significant shareholders and any officer, director, shareholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale BlackRock recommends to the Trust.  BlackRock, or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders , or any officer, director, shareholder , employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those recommended to the Trust by BlackRock with respect to the same securities.  Moreover, BlackRock may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock’s (or its affiliates’ or significant shareholders’ ) officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders or the officers, directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information.  Certain portfolio managers also may manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for the Trust.  It should also be noted that Messrs. Musmanno, Vibert and Dickstein may be managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, or may be part of a team managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, subject to incentive fees.   Messrs. Musmanno, Vibert and Dickstein may therefore be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such accounts.
 
As a fiduciary, BlackRock owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly.  When BlackRock purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties.  BlackRock attempts to allocate investments in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential treatment.  To this end, BlackRock has adopted policies that are intended to ensure reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide BlackRock with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the particular investment discipline and client base, as appropriate.
 
Proxy Voting Policies
 
The Board has delegated the voting of proxies for the Trust’s securities to the Advisor pursuant to the Advisor’s proxy voting guidelines. Under these guidelines, the Advisor will vote proxies related to Trust securities in the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders. From time to time, a vote may present a conflict between the interests of the Trust’s shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, or any affiliated person of the Trust or the Advisor, on the other. In such event, provided that the Advisor’s Equity Investment Policy Oversight Committee, or a sub-committee thereof (the “ Oversight Committee”) is aware of the real or potential conflict, if the matter to be voted on represents a material, non-routine matter and if the Oversight Committee does not reasonably believe it is able to follow its general voting guidelines (or if the particular proxy matter is not addressed in the guidelines) and vote impartially, the Oversight Committee may retain an independent fiduciary to advise the Oversight Committee on how to vote or to cast votes on behalf of the Advisor’s clients. If the Advisor determines not to retain an independent fiduciary, or does not desire to follow the advice of such independent fiduciary, the Oversight Committee shall determine how to vote the proxy after consulting with the Advisor’s Portfolio Management Group and/or the Advisor’s Legal and Compliance Department and concluding that the vote cast is in its client’s best interest notwithstanding the conflict. A copy of the Trust’s Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures is included as Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities for the 12-month period ending June 30 will be available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling (800) 441-7762; and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov .
 
Codes of Ethics
 
The Trust and the Advisors have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act. These codes permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust. These codes can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. These codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov), and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
 
Other Information
 
BlackRock is independent in ownership and governance, with no single majority stockholder and a majority of independent directors.  PNC is BlackRock’s largest stockholder and is an affiliate of BlackRock for Investment Company Act purposes.
 
 
 
S-46

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
 
The Advisor and the Sub-Advisors are responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Trust, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of prices and any brokerage commissions. The securities in which the Trust invests are traded principally in the over-the-counter market. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of such securities usually includes a mark-up to the dealer. Securities purchased in underwritten offerings generally include, in the price, a fixed amount of compensation for the manager(s), underwriter(s) and dealer(s). The Trust may also purchase certain money market instruments directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid. Purchases and sales of bonds on a stock exchange are effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services.
 
The Advisor and the Sub-Advisors are responsible for effecting securities transactions of the Trust and will do so in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to shareholders of the Trust and not according to any formula. The Advisor’s and the Sub-Advisors’ primary considerations in selecting the manner of executing securities transactions for the Trust will be prompt execution of orders, the size and breadth of the market for the security, the reliability, integrity and financial condition and execution capability of the firm, the difficulty in executing the order, and the best net price. There are many instances when, in the judgment of the Advisors , more than one firm can offer comparable execution services. In selecting among such firms, consideration is given to those firms which supply research and other services in addition to execution services. Consideration may also be given to the sale of shares of the Trust. However, it is not the policy of BlackRock, absent special circumstances, to pay higher commissions to a firm because it has supplied such research or other services.
 
The Advisor and the Sub-Advisors are able to fulfill their obligation to furnish a continuous investment program to the Trust without receiving research or other information from brokers; however, each considers access to such information to be an important element of financial management. Although such information is considered useful, its value is not determinable, as it must be reviewed and assimilated by the Advisor and/or the Sub-Advisors , and does not reduce the Advisor’s and/or the Sub-Advisors’ normal research activities in rendering investment advice under the Investment Management Agreement or the sub-investment advisory agreement. It is possible that the Advisor’s and/or the Sub-Advisors’ expenses could be materially increased if it attempted to purchase this type of information or generate it through its own staff.
 
One or more of the other investment companies or accounts which the Advisor and/or the Sub-Advisors manages may own from time to time some of the same investments as the Trust. Investment decisions for the Trust are made independently from those of such other investment companies or accounts; however, from time to time, the same investment decision may be made for more than one company or account. When two or more companies or accounts seek to purchase or sell the same securities, the securities actually purchased or sold will be allocated among the companies and accounts on a good faith equitable basis by the Advisor and/or the Sub-Advisors in their discretion in accordance with the accounts’ various investment objectives. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the price or size of the position obtainable for the Trust. In other cases, however, the ability of the Trust to participate in volume transactions may produce better execution for the Trust. It is the opinion of the Board that this advantage, when combined with the other benefits available due to the Advisor’s or the Sub-Advisors’ organization, outweighs any disadvantages that may be said to exist from exposure to simultaneous transactions.
 
The Trust has received an exemptive order from the SEC permitting it to lend portfolio securities to its affiliates. Pursuant to that order, the Trust also has retained an affiliated entity of the Advisor as the securities lending agent for a fee, including a fee based on a share of the returns on investment of cash collateral. In connection with securities lending activities, the lending agent may, on behalf of the Trust, invest cash collateral received by that Trust for such loans, among other things, in a private investment company managed by the lending agent or in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates. Pursuant to the same order, the Trust may invest its uninvested cash in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates, or in a private investment company managed by the lending agent. If the Trust acquires shares in either the private investment company or an affiliated money market fund, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of the Trust’s expenses and, indirectly, the expenses of such other entities. However, in accordance with the exemptive order, the investment adviser to the private investment company will not charge any advisory fees with respect to shares purchased by the Trust. Such shares also will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee, or in the case of the shares of an affiliated money market fund, the payment of any such sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee will be offset by the Advisor’s waiver of a portion of its management fee.
 
It is not the Trust’s policy to engage in transactions with the objective of seeking profits from short-term trading. However, the annual portfolio turnover rate of the Trust may be greater than 100%. Because it is difficult to predict accurately portfolio turnover rates, actual turnover may be higher or lower. Higher portfolio turnover results in increased
 
 
 
S-47

 

Trust costs, including brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and on the reinvestment in other securities.
 
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”) has a significant economic interest in BlackRock, Inc., the parent of the Advisors. PNC is considered to be an affiliate of BlackRock, Inc., under the Investment Company Act. Certain activities of the Advisors, BlackRock, Inc. and their affiliates (collectively, “BlackRock”) and PNC and its affiliates (collectively, “PNC” and together with BlackRock, “Affiliates”) with respect to the Trust and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock or PNC may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.
 
BlackRock is one of the world’s largest asset management firms. PNC is a diversified financial services organization spanning the retail, business and corporate markets. BlackRock and PNC are affiliates of one another under the Investment Company Act. BlackRock, PNC and their respective affiliates (including, for these purposes, their directors, partners, trustees, managing members, officers and employees), including the entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of the Trust, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including equity, fixed income, cash management and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Trust. These are considerations of which investors in the Trust should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Trust and its shareholders. These activities and interests include potential multiple advisory, transactional, financial and other interests in securities and other instruments, and companies that may be purchased or sold by the Trust.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates have proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Trust and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Trust. One or more Affiliates are also major participants in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case both on a proprietary basis and for the accounts of customers. As such, one or more Affiliates are or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Trust may invest. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Trust invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Trust’s performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or customer accounts, will be executed independently of the Trust’s transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Trust.
 
When BlackRock and its Affiliates seek to purchase or sell the same assets for their managed accounts, the assets actually purchased or sold may be allocated among the accounts on a basis determined in their good faith discretion to be equitable. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the size or price of the assets purchased or sold for the Trust.  In addition, transactions in investments by one or more other accounts managed by BlackRock or its Affiliates may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of the Trust, particularly, but not limited to, with respect to small capitalization, emerging market or less liquid strategies. This may occur when investment decisions regarding the Trust are based on research or other information that is also used to support decisions for other accounts. When BlackRock or its Affiliates implements a portfolio decision or strategy on behalf of another account ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar decisions or strategies for the Trust, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in the Trust receiving less favorable trading results and the costs of implementing such decisions or strategies could be increased or the Trust could otherwise be disadvantaged. BlackRock or its Affiliates may, in certain cases, elect to implement internal policies and procedures designed to limit such consequences, which may cause the Trust to be unable to engage in certain activities, including purchasing or disposing of securities, when it might otherwise be desirable for it to do so.
 
Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding the Trust may benefit other accounts managed by BlackRock or its Affiliates. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position by the Trust may impair the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) one or more Affiliates or their other accounts, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by the Trust may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) one or more Affiliates or their other accounts.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates and their clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which the Trust has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Trust. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of the Trust’s investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its Affiliates or their clients, and transactions for the Trust may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.
 
 
 
S-48

 

The results of the Trust’s investment activities may differ significantly from the results achieved by BlackRock and its Affiliates for their proprietary accounts or other accounts (including investment companies or collective investment vehicles) managed or advised by them. It is possible that one or more Affiliate-managed accounts and such other accounts will achieve investment results that are substantially more or less favorable than the results achieved by the Trust. Moreover, it is possible that the Trust will sustain losses during periods in which one or more Affiliates or Affiliate-managed accounts achieve significant profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. The opposite result is also possible. The investment activities of one or more Affiliates for their proprietary accounts and accounts under their management may also limit the investment opportunities for the Trust in certain emerging and other markets in which limitations are imposed upon the amount of investment, in the aggregate or in individual issuers, by affiliated foreign investors.
 
From time to time, the Trust’s activities may also be restricted because of regulatory restrictions applicable to one or more Affiliates and/or their internal policies designed to comply with such restrictions. As a result, there may be periods, for example, when BlackRock, and/or one or more Affiliates, will not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions in certain securities or instruments with respect to which BlackRock and/or one or more Affiliates are performing services or when position limits have been reached.
 
In connection with its management of the Trust, BlackRock may have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models developed by one or more Affiliates. BlackRock will not be under any obligation, however, to effect transactions on behalf of the Trust in accordance with such analysis and models. In addition, neither BlackRock nor any of its Affiliates will have any obligation to make available any information regarding their proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the benefit of the management of the Trust and it is not anticipated that BlackRock will have access to such information for the purpose of managing the Trust. The proprietary activities or portfolio strategies of BlackRock and its Affiliates, or the activities or strategies used for accounts managed by them or other customer accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by BlackRock in managing the Trust.
 
In addition, certain principals and certain employees of the Advisors are also principals or employees of BlackRock or another Affiliate. As a result, the performance by these principals and employees of their obligations to such other entities may be a consideration of which investors in the Trust should be aware.
 
BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of the Trust in which customers of BlackRock or its Affiliates, or, to the extent permitted by the SEC, BlackRock or another Affiliate, serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party’s interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Trust, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Trust obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by the Trust may enhance the profitability of BlackRock or its Affiliates. One or more Affiliates may also create, write or issue derivatives for their customers, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments of which may be those in which the Trust invests or which may be based on the performance of the Trust.  The Trust may, subject to applicable law, purchase investments that are the subject of an underwriting or other distribution by one or more Affiliates and may also enter into transactions with other clients of an Affiliate where such other clients have interests adverse to those of the Trust.
 
At times, these activities may cause departments of BlackRock or its Affiliates to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Trust. To the extent affiliated transactions are permitted, the Trust will deal with BlackRock and its Affiliates on an arms-length basis. BlackRock or its Affiliates may also have an ownership interest in certain trading or information systems used by the Trust.  The Trust’s use of such trading or information systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock and its Affiliates.
 
One or more Affiliates may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or adviser or in other commercial capacities for the Trust. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, mark-downs, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by an Affiliate will be in its view commercially reasonable, although each Affiliate, including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to the Affiliate and such sales personnel.
 
Subject to applicable law, the Affiliates (and their personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Trust as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities and no accounting to the Trust or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Trust or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by an Affiliate of any such fees or other amounts.
 
 
 
S-49

 

When an Affiliate acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Trust, the Affiliate may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Trust.  The Trust will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Trust’s own credit standing. Neither BlackRock nor any of the Affiliates will have any obligation to allow their credit to be used in connection with the Trust’s establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Trust’s counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock or any of the Affiliates in evaluating the Trust’s creditworthiness.
 
Purchases and sales of securities for the Trust may be bunched or aggregated with orders for other BlackRock client accounts. BlackRock and its Affiliates, however, are not required to bunch or aggregate orders if portfolio management decisions for different accounts are made separately, or if they determine that bunching or aggregating is not practicable, required or with cases involving client direction.
 
Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Trust will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Trust. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Trust will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.
 
BlackRock may select brokers (including, without limitation, Affiliates) that furnish BlackRock, the Trust, other BlackRock client accounts or other Affiliates or personnel, directly or through correspondent relationships, with research or other appropriate services which provide, in BlackRock’s view, appropriate assistance to BlackRock in the investment decision-making process (including with respect to futures, fixed price offerings and over-the-counter transactions). Such research or other services may include, to the extent permitted by law, research reports on companies, industries and securities; economic and financial data; financial publications; proxy analysis; trade industry seminars; computer data bases; research-oriented software and other services and products.
 
Research or other services obtained in this manner may be used in servicing the Trust and other BlackRock client accounts, including in connection with BlackRock client accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker relating to the research or other service arrangements. Such products and services may disproportionately benefit other BlackRock client accounts relative to the Trust based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Trust and such other BlackRock client accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client’s commissions may not be used in managing that client’s account. In addition, other BlackRock client accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Trust and to such other BlackRock client accounts. To the extent that BlackRock uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products and services itself.
 
BlackRock may receive research that is bundled with the trade execution, clearing, and/or settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer. To the extent that BlackRock receives research on this basis, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist. For example, the research effectively will be paid by client commissions that also will be used to pay for the execution, clearing, and settlement services provided by the broker-dealer and will not be paid by BlackRock.
 
BlackRock may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services BlackRock believes are useful in its investment decision-making process. BlackRock may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees. BlackRock may also enter into commission sharing arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer, including, where permitted, an Affiliate, and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. To the extent that BlackRock engages in commission sharing arrangements, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist.
 
BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Trust. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. This would have the effect of reducing the access fees paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.
 
 
 
S-50

 

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Trust, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock’s fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock and/or its Affiliates, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see “Management of the Trust — Proxy Voting Policies.”
 
It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock or its Affiliates may, although they are not required to, purchase and hold shares of the Trust. Increasing the Trust’s assets may enhance investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Trust’s expense ratio.
 
It is possible that the Trust may invest in securities of companies with which an Affiliate has or is trying to develop investment banking relationships as well as securities of entities in which BlackRock or its Affiliates has significant debt or equity investments or in which an Affiliate makes a market. The Trust also may invest in securities of companies to which an Affiliate provides or may someday provide research coverage. Such investments could cause conflicts between the interests of the Trust and the interests of other clients of BlackRock or its Affiliates. In making investment decisions for the Trust, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any division, department or Affiliate of BlackRock in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of an Affiliate may limit the Trust’s flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. When an Affiliate is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities of an entity, BlackRock may be prohibited from purchasing or recommending the purchase of certain securities of that entity for the Trust.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates, their personnel and other financial service providers have interests in promoting sales of the Trust. With respect to BlackRock and its Affiliates and their personnel, the remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of the Trust or other products may be greater than remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of certain funds or other products that might be provided or offered. BlackRock and its Affiliates and their sales personnel may directly or indirectly receive a portion of the fees and commissions charged to the Trust or its shareholders. BlackRock and its advisory or other personnel may also benefit from increased amounts of assets under management. Fees and commissions may also be higher than for other products or services, and the remuneration and profitability to BlackRock or its Affiliates and such personnel resulting from transactions on behalf of or management of the Trust may be greater than the remuneration and profitability resulting from other funds or products.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates and their personnel may receive greater compensation or greater profit in connection with an account for which BlackRock serves as an adviser than with an account advised by an unaffiliated investment adviser. Differentials in compensation may be related to the fact that BlackRock may pay a portion of its advisory fee to its Affiliate, or relate to compensation arrangements, including for portfolio management, brokerage transactions or account servicing. Any differential in compensation may create a financial incentive on the part of BlackRock or its Affiliates and their personnel to recommend BlackRock over unaffiliated investment advisers or to effect transactions differently in one account over another.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for their clients’ accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Trust’s pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Trust’s pricing vendors.  While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Trust’s pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Trust’s pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.
 
As disclosed in more detail in “Net Asset Value” in the Prospectus, when market quotations of direct investments are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Trust’s investments may be valued at fair value by BlackRock, pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board. When determining an asset’s “fair value,” BlackRock seeks to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what the Trust might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset at a later time or if it holds the asset to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of a security. The fair value of one or more securities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Trust’s
 
 
 
S-51

 

net asset value. As a result, the Trust’s sale or repurchase of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by BlackRock (pursuant to Board-adopted procedures) at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.
 
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trust may invest all or some of its short term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund or exchange-traded fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, the Trust, to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund in which it invests, which may result in the Trust bearing some additional expenses.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates and their directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts, and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Trust. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers, employees and Affiliates of BlackRock that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Trust. To lessen the possibility that the Trust will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Trust and BlackRock each have adopted a Code of Ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Trust’s portfolio transactions.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, the Trust, except that the Trust may in accordance with rules adopted under the Investment Company Act engage in transactions with accounts that are affiliated with the Trust as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Trust and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for the Trust to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or the Trust to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of the Trust may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock or its Affiliates and/or BlackRock’s internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit their advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which an Affiliate is performing investment banking, market making or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when an Affiliate is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities of, or advisory services for, a company, the Trust may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company. Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock or its Affiliates serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Trust wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, the Trust may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies or are the subject of an underwriting, distribution, or advisory assignment by an Affiliate, or in cases in which personnel of BlackRock or its Affiliates are directors or officers of the issuer.  The investment activities of one or more Affiliates for their proprietary accounts and for client accounts may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Trust. For example, in regulated industries, in certain emerging or international markets, in corporate and regulatory ownership definitions, in certain futures and derivative transactions, and to comply with certain provisions of the Investment Company Act that prohibit affiliated transactions there may be limits on the aggregate amount of investment by affiliated investors that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause BlackRock, the Trust or other client accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions.  These limitations may cause the Trust to invest in different portfolios than other BlackRock funds which may result in the Trust investing on less advantageous terms that such other funds or in different types of securities, such as non-voting securities, in order to comply with regulatory requirements.
 
If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain transactions undertaken, the ability of BlackRock on behalf of clients (including the Trust) to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, BlackRock, on behalf of clients (including the Trust), may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict or limit the exercise of rights (including voting rights) when BlackRock, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate.
 
BlackRock and its Affiliates may maintain securities indices as part of their product offerings. Index based funds seek to track the performance of securities indices and may use the name of the index in the fund name. Index providers, including BlackRock and its Affiliates may be paid licensing fees for use of their index or index name. BlackRock and its Affiliates will not be obligated to license their indices to BlackRock, and BlackRock cannot be assured that the terms of any index licensing agreement with BlackRock and its Affiliates will be as favorable as those terms offered to other index licensees.
 
 
 
S-52

 

BlackRock and its Affiliates may serve as Authorized Participants in the creation and redemption of ETFs , including funds advised by affiliates of BlackRock. BlackRock and its Affiliates may therefore be deemed to be participants in a distribution of such ETFs , which could render them statutory underwriters.
 
Custody arrangements may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Trust. This is because the custody arrangements with the Custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Trust leaves cash balances uninvested. When the Trust’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the Trust. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for a Trust with an expense cap in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance.
 
Present and future activities of BlackRock and its Affiliates, including the Advisor and the Sub-Advisors , in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.
 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
 
Common Shares
 
The Trust intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the common shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing.
 
Preferred Shares
 
The Trust has no current intention to issue preferred shares. Although the terms of any preferred shares that the Trust might issue in the future, including dividend rate, liquidation preference and redemption provisions, will be determined by the Board, subject to applicable law and the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, it is likely that any such preferred shares issued would be structured to carry a relatively short-term dividend rate reflecting interest rates on short-term debt securities, by providing for the periodic redetermination of the dividend rate at relatively short intervals through a fixed spread or remarketing procedure, subject to a maximum rate which would increase over time in the event of an extended period of unsuccessful remarketing. The Trust also believes that it is likely that the liquidation preference, voting rights and redemption provisions of any such preferred shares would be similar to those stated below.
 
Liquidation Preference.   In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Trust, the holders of preferred shares will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution, which would be expected to equal the original purchase price per preferred share plus accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of common shares. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of preferred shares would not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Trust.
 
Voting Rights .   The Investment Company Act requires that the holders of any preferred shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two Trustees at all times. The remaining Trustees will be elected by holders of common shares and preferred shares, voting together as a single class. In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any preferred shares have the right to elect a majority of the Trustees at any time two years’ dividends on any preferred shares are unpaid. The Investment Company Act also requires that, in addition to any approval by shareholders that might otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any outstanding preferred shares, voting separately as a class, would be required to (1) adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the preferred shares, and (2) take any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act, including, among other things, changes in the Trust’s sub-classification as a closed-end investment company or changes in its fundamental investment restrictions. See “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws” in the Prospectus. As a result of these voting rights, the Trust’s ability to take any such actions may be impeded to the extent that there are any preferred shares outstanding. The Board presently intends that, except as otherwise indicated in the Prospectus or this SAI and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of any preferred shares will have equal voting rights with holders of common shares (one vote per share, unless otherwise required by the Investment Company Act) and will vote together with holders of common shares as a single class.
 
 
 
S-53

 

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of any outstanding preferred shares, voting as a separate class, would be required to amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or powers of holders of preferred shares so as to affect materially and adversely such preferences, rights or powers, or to increase or decrease the authorized number of preferred shares. The class vote of holders of preferred shares described above would in each case be in addition to any other vote required to authorize the action in question.
 
Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Shares by the Trust .   The terms of any preferred shares are expected to provide that (1) they are redeemable by the Trust in whole or in part at the original purchase price per share plus accrued dividends per share, (2) the Trust may tender for or purchase preferred shares and (3) the Trust may subsequently resell any shares so tendered for or purchased. Any redemption or purchase of preferred shares by the Trust would reduce the leverage applicable to the common shares, while any resale of shares by the Trust would increase that leverage.
 
Liquidity Feature .  Preferred shares may include a liquidity feature that allows holders of preferred shares to have their shares purchased by a liquidity provider in the event that sell orders have not been matched with purchase orders and successfully settled in a remarketing. The Trust will pay a fee to the provider of this liquidity feature, which would be borne by common shareholders of the Trust.  The terms of such liquidity feature may require the Trust to redeem preferred shares still owned by the liquidity provider following a certain period of continuous, unsuccessful remarketing, which may adversely impact the Trust.
 
The discussion above describes the possible offering of preferred shares by the Trust. If the Board determines to proceed with such an offering, the terms of the preferred shares may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The Board, without the approval of the holders of common shares, may authorize an offering of preferred shares or may determine not to authorize such an offering, and may fix the terms of the preferred shares to be offered.
 
Other Shares
 
The Board (subject to applicable law and the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust) may authorize an offering, without the approval of the holders of common shares and, depending on their terms, any preferred shares outstanding at that time, of other classes of shares, or other classes or series of shares, as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the Board sees fit. The Trust currently does not expect to issue any other classes of shares, or series of shares, except for the common shares.
 
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
 
The Trust is a closed-end management investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Trust to redeem their shares. Instead, the Trust’s common shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), net asset value, call protection for portfolio securities, dividend stability, liquidity, relative demand for and supply of the common shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Because shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value, the Board may consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from net asset value in respect of common shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares, or the conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company. The Board may decide not to take any of these actions. In addition, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Trust has preferred shares outstanding, the Trust may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its common shares unless (1) all accrued preferred share dividends have been paid and (2) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the net asset value of the Trust’s portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the common shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of any outstanding preferred shares (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon). Any service fees incurred in connection with any tender offer made by the Trust will be borne by the Trust and will not reduce the stated consideration to be paid to tendering shareholders.
 
Subject to its investment restrictions, the Trust may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Trust in anticipation of share repurchases or tender offers will reduce the Trust’s net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board would have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
 
 
 
S-54

 

Although the decision to take action in response to a discount from net asset value will be made by the Board at the time it considers such issue, it is the Board’s present policy, which may be changed by the Board, not to authorize repurchases of common shares or a tender offer for such shares if: ( i ) such transactions, if consummated, would (a) result in the delisting of the common shares from the NYSE , or (b) impair the Trust’s status as a RIC under the Code, (which would make the Trust a taxable entity, causing the Trust’s income to be taxed at the corporate level in addition to the taxation of shareholders who receive dividends from the Trust) or as a registered closed-end investment company under the Investment Company Act; ( ii ) the Trust would not be able to liquidate portfolio securities in an orderly manner and consistent with the Trust’s investment objectives and policies in order to repurchase shares; or ( iii ) there is, in the Board’s judgment, any (a) material legal action or proceeding instituted or threatened challenging such transactions or otherwise materially adversely affecting the Trust, (b) general suspension of or limitation on prices for trading securities on the NYSE , (c) declaration of a banking moratorium by federal or state authorities or any suspension of payment by United States or New York banks, (d) material limitation affecting the Trust or the issuers of its portfolio securities by federal or state authorities on the extension of credit by lending institutions or on the exchange of foreign currency, (e) commencement of war, armed hostilities or other international or national calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or (f) other event or condition which would have a material adverse effect (including any adverse tax effect) on the Trust or its shareholders if shares were repurchased. The Board may in the future modify these conditions in light of experience.
 
The repurchase by the Trust of its shares at prices below net asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers at or below net asset value will result in the Trust’s shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the fact that the Trust’s shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers from time to time, or that the Trust may be converted to an open-end investment company, may reduce any spread between market price and net asset value that might otherwise exist.
 
In addition, a purchase by the Trust of its common shares will decrease the Trust’s net assets which would likely have the effect of increasing the Trust’s expense ratio. Any purchase by the Trust of its common shares at a time when preferred shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding common shares then remaining.
 
Before deciding whether to take any action if the common shares trade below net asset value, the Board would likely consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Trust’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Trust or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Trust’s shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Trust and its shareholders, no action should be taken.
 
TAX MATTERS
 
The following is a description of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to a shareholder of acquiring, holding and disposing of common shares of the Trust. This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax concerns affecting the Trust and its shareholders (including shareholders subject to special provisions of the Code), and the discussions set forth here do not constitute tax advice. This discussion assumes that investors hold common shares of the Trust as capital assets (generally, for investment).  The Trust has not sought and will not seek any ruling from the IRS regarding any matters discussed herein. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to those set forth below.  This summary does not discuss any aspects of foreign, state or local tax.  Prospective investors must consult their own tax advisers as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences (including the alternative minimum tax consequences) of acquiring, holding and disposing of the Trust’s shares, as well as the effects of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws.
 
Taxation of the Trust
 
The Trust intends to elect to be treated and to qualify to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.  In order to qualify as a RIC, the Trust must, among other things, satisfy certain requirements relating to the sources of its income, diversification of its assets, and distribution of its income to its shareholders. First, the Trust must derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code) (the “90% gross income test”). Second, the Trust must diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, (i) at least 50% of
 
 
 
S-55

 

the value of its total assets consists of cash, cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers controlled by the Trust and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.”
 
As long as the Trust qualifies as a RIC, the Trust will generally not be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that it distributes each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that in such taxable year it distributes at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (which includes, among other items, dividends, taxable interest, taxable original issue discount and market discount income, income from securities lending, net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, and any other taxable income other than “net capital gain” (as defined below) and is reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid. The Trust may retain for investment its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). However, if the Trust retains any net capital gain or any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained.
 
 The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Trust to the extent the Trust does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the Trust’s fiscal year). In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Trust will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid U.S. federal income tax. While the Trust intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Trust’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to entirely avoid the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
 
If in any taxable year the Trust should fail to qualify under Subchapter M of the Code for tax treatment as a RIC, the Trust would incur a regular corporate U.S. federal income tax upon all of its taxable income for that year, and all distributions to its shareholders (including distributions of net capital gain) would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of the Trust’s earnings and profits. In addition, to qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to distribute to shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years.  In addition, if the Trust failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, then, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Trust had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years.
 
The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Trust qualifies for taxation as a RIC.
 
The Trust’s Investments
 
Certain of the Trust’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale, short sale and other rules) that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, including the dividends received deduction, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to common shareholders. The Trust intends to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a RIC. Additionally, the Trust may be required to limit its activities in derivative instruments in order to enable it to maintain its RIC status.
 
Special rules apply to an entity, or portion of an entity, that is treated as a “taxable mortgage pool” (“TMP”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  An entity, or a portion of an entity, may be classified as a TMP if (i) substantially all of its
 
 
 
S-56

 

assets consist of debt obligations or interests in debt obligations, (ii) more than 50% of those debt obligations are real estate mortgages or interests in real estate mortgages as of specified testing dates, (iii) the entity has issued debt obligations that have two or more maturities, and (iv) the payments required to be made by the entity on its debt obligations “bear a relationship” to the payments to be received by the entity on the debt obligations that it holds as assets. Where an entity, or a portion of an entity, is classified as a TMP, that entity (or portion thereof) is generally treated as a taxable corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Although the Trust will endeavor to structure its affairs so as not to cause a significant portion of its assets to constitute a TMP, no assurances can be given in this regard.  If a portion of the Trust’s assets were classified as a TMP, such portion would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and potentially would be subject to corporate income tax.  In addition, although income received by the Trust from any such portion would ordinarily be qualifying income for purposes of 90% gross income test, depending on the size of such portion, classification of such portion as a TMP could cause the Trust to fail to satisfy the asset diversification tests described above.
 
In addition, certain types of income received by the Trust from REITs, REMICs, TMPs or other investments may cause certain of the Trust’s distributions to be treated as “excess inclusion income.” To Trust common shareholders, such excess inclusion income (i) would constitute “unrelated business taxable income” (“UBTI”) for those tax-exempt common shareholders that are subject to tax on UBTI (such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities), (ii) cannot be offset by net operating losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (iii) would not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. common shareholders even from tax treaty countries and (iv) may cause the Trust to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Code (which includes charitable remainder trusts), are Trust common shareholders.
 
The Trust may invest a portion of its net assets in below investment grade securities, commonly known as “junk” securities. Investments in these types of securities may present special tax issues for the Trust. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Trust may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether modifications or exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues could affect the Trust’s ability to distribute sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC or to avoid the imposition of U.S. federal income or excise tax.
 
Certain debt securities acquired by the Trust may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount is treated as interest income and is included in taxable income (and required to be distributed by the Trust in order to qualify as a RIC and avoid U.S. federal income tax or the 4% excise tax on undistributed income) over the term of the security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures.
 
If the Trust purchases a debt security on a secondary market at a price lower than its adjusted issue price, the excess of the adjusted issue price over the purchase price is “market discount.” Unless the Trust makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis, generally, any gain realized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on the debt security. Market discount generally accrues in equal daily installments. If the Trust ultimately collects less on the debt instrument than its purchase price plus the market discount previously included in income, the Trust may not be able to benefit from any offsetting loss deductions.
 
The Trust may invest in preferred securities or other securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by the Trust, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Trust, potentially requiring the Trust to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to RICs under the Code.
 
Gain or loss on the sale of securities by the Trust will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Trust for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.
 
Because the Trust may invest in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. taxes. The Trust will not be eligible to elect to “pass through” to common shareholders of the Trust the ability to use the foreign tax deduction or foreign tax credit for foreign taxes paid by the Trust with respect to qualifying taxes.
 
Income from options on individual securities written by the Trust will not be recognized by the Trust for tax purposes until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a “closing transaction” (as defined by applicable regulations)
 
 
 
S-57

 

pursuant to which the Trust’s obligations with respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option lapses without exercise, the premiums received by the Trust from the writing of such options will generally be characterized as short-term capital gain. If the Trust enters into a closing transaction, the difference between the premiums received and the amount paid by the Trust to close out its position will generally be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. If an option written by the Trust is exercised, thereby requiring the Trust to sell the underlying security, the premium will increase the amount realized upon the sale of the security, and the character of any gain on such sale of the underlying security as short-term or long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the Trust in the underlying security. Because the Trust will not have control over the exercise of the options it writes, such exercises or other required sales of the underlying securities may cause the Trust to realize gains or losses at inopportune times.
 
Options on indices of securities and sectors of securities that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will generally be “marked-to-market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Trust will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of the option on that date and the adjusted basis of the option. The adjusted basis of the option will consequently be increased by such gain or decreased by such loss. Any gain or loss with respect to options on indices and sectors that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such gain or loss and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of such gain or loss. Because the mark-to-market rules may cause the Trust to recognize gain in advance of the receipt of cash, the Trust may be required to dispose of investments in order to meet its distribution requirements.  “Mark-to-market” losses may be suspended or otherwise limited if such losses are part of a straddle or similar transaction.
 
Taxation of Common Shareholders
 
The Trust will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain. If any such gain is retained, the Trust will be subject to a corporate income tax on such retained amount. In that event, the Trust expects to report the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its common shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its common shares by the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income less the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii).
 
Distributions paid to you by the Trust from its net capital gain, if any, that the Trust properly reports as capital gain dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your common shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Trust (including dividends from net short-term capital gains) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income. The Trust does not expect that a significant portion of its distributions will consist of qualified dividend income or be eligible for the dividends received deduction.
 
Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your common shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of common shares. The amount of any Trust distribution that is treated as a return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your common shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your common shares.
 
Common shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain dividends with capital losses. The Code contains a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital losses may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of losses from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, common shareholders that have capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.
 
Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional common shares of the Trust. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Trust are generally treated under the Code as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December to common shareholders of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of the Trust’s taxable year may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the Trust (except for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, you will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.
 
 
 
S-58

 

The price of common shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing common shares just prior to a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them even though it represents, economically, a return of invested capital.
 
The Trust will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Trust.
 
The sale or other disposition of common shares will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such common shares for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of common shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you with respect to such common shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of common shares will be disallowed if you acquire other common shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the common shares. In such case, your tax basis in the common shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
 
Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a reduced maximum rate.  The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.
 
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on dividend and other income, including dividends received from the Trust and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Trust’s stock.
 
A common shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “foreign investor”) generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). In general, U.S. federal withholding tax and U.S. federal income tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in respect of any distribution of net capital gain (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) or upon the sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Trust’s common shares.
 
For taxable years of a RIC beginning before January 1, 2014 (and, if extended as has happened in the past, for taxable years covered by such extension), ordinary dividends properly reported by the RIC are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the RIC’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, its U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the RIC is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the RIC’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the RIC’s net short-term capital gain over its long-term capital loss for such taxable year). There can be no assurance as to whether this provision will be extended.  In addition, depending on its circumstances, the Trust may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding.   In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a foreign investor needs to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of common shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may have withheld even if the Trust reported the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Trust’s distributions would qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains if the provision is extended.
 
In addition, legislation enacted in 2010 and existing guidance issued thereunder will require, after December 31, 2013, withholding at a rate of 30% on dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2016, gross proceeds from the sale of, common stock of the Trust held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in , and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such shares or accounts are held by certain U.S. persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations or
 
 
 
S-59

 

other guidance, may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which common stock of the Trust is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, common stock of the Trust held by an investor that is a non-financial foreign entity that does not qualify under certain exemptions will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which the Trust will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. The Trust will not pay any additional amounts to stockholders in respect of any amounts withheld. Foreign investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in the Trust’s common shares.
 
U.S. federal backup withholding tax may be required on dividends, distributions and sale proceeds payable to certain non-exempt common shareholders who fail to supply their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.
 
Ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends, and gain from the sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust also may be subject to state, local, and/or foreign taxes. Common shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions about U.S. federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.
 
***
 
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of certain provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations presently in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its shareholders. For complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and Treasury Regulations. The Code and the Treasury Regulations are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive with respect to Trust transactions. Holders of common shares are advised to consult their own tax advisers for more detailed information concerning the U.S. federal income taxation of the Trust and the income tax consequences to its holders of common shares.
 

 

 
 
S-60

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
[To Come by Pre-Effective Amendment]
 

 

F-1
 
 

 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
[To Come by Pre-Effective Amendment]
 
 
 

F-2
 
 

 
 
APPENDIX A
 
 
RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS

 
Standard & Poor’s Corporation A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:
 
A S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
 
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days – including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.
 
Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:
 
 
·
likelihood of payment – capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
 
 
·
nature of and provisions of the obligation; and
 
 
·
protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
 
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
 
 
AAA
An obligation rated “ AAA ” has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
 
 
AA
An obligation rated “ AA ” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
 
 
A
An obligation rated “ A ” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
 
 
BBB
An obligation rated “ BBB ” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
Obligations rated “ BB, ” “ B, ” “ CCC, ” “ CC ” and “ C ” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “ BB ” indicates the least degree of speculation and “ C ” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
 
 
 
A-1

 

 
BB
An obligation rated “ BB ” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
B
An obligation rated “ B ” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “ BB, ” but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
CCC
An obligation rated “ CCC ” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
CC
An obligation rated “ CC ” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
 
 
C
A “ C ” rating is assigned to obligations that are currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, obligations that have payment arrearages allowed by the terms of the documents or obligations of an issuer that is the subject of a bankruptcy petition or similar action which have not experienced a payment default. Among others, the “ C ” rating may be assigned to subordinated debt, preferred stock or other obligations on which cash payments have been suspended in accordance with the instrument’s terms or when preferred stock is the subject of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
 
D
An obligation rated “ D ” is in payment default. The “ D ” rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “ D ” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized. An obligation’s rating is lowered to “ D ” upon completion of a distressed exchange offer, whereby some or all of the issue is either repurchased for an amount of cash or replaced by other instruments having a total value that is less than par.
 
 
NR
This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
 
The ratings from “ AA ” to “ CCC ” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
 
Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
 
 
A-1
A short-term obligation rated “ A-1 ” is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
 
 
A-2
A short-term obligation rated “ A-2 ” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
 
 
A-3
A short-term obligation rated “ A-3 ” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
B
A short-term obligation rated “ B ” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of “ B-1, ” “ B-2 ” and “ B-3 ” may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the “ B ” category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the
 
 
 
A-2

 

obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
B-1
A short-term obligation rated “ B-1 ” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
 
 
B-2
A short-term obligation rated “ B-2 ” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
 
 
B-3
A short-term obligation rated “ B-3 ” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.
 
 
C
A short-term obligation rated “ C ” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
 
 
D
A short-term obligation rated “ D ” is in payment default. The “ D ” rating category is used when payments on an obligation, including a regulatory capital instrument, are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “ D ” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
 
Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)
 
 
i
This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The “ i ” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The “ i ” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “ p ” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
 
 
L
Ratings qualified with “ L ” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.
 
 
p
This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “ p ” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The “ p ” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “ i ” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.
 
 
pi
Ratings with a “ pi ” subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore may be based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a “ pi ” subscript. Ratings with a “ pi ” subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.
 
 
prelim
Preliminary ratings, with the “ prelim ” qualifier, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P of appropriate documentation. S&P reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.
 
 
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions.
 

 
 
A-3

 

 
Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with S&P policies.
 
 
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s).
 
 
Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P’s opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to these entities’ obligations.
 
 
Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings.
 
 
A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating.
 
 
t
This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.
 
 
uns(…)
Unsolicited ratings are those credit ratings assigned at the initiative of S&P and not at the request of the issuer or its agents.
 
Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings Definitions
 
A S&P U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:
 
 
Amortization schedule – the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
 
 
Source of payment – the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
 
 
Note rating symbols are as follows:
 
 
SP-1
Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
 
 
SP-2
Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
 
 
SP-3
Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
 
 
 
A-4

 

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:
 
Long-Term Obligation Ratings
 
Moody’s long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
 
 
Aaa
Obligations rated “ Aaa ” are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
 
 
Aa
Obligations rated “ Aa ” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
 
 
A
Obligations rated “ A ” are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
 
 
Baa
Obligations rated “ Baa ” are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
 
 
Ba
Obligations rated “ Ba ” are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
 
 
B
Obligations rated “ B ” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
 
 
Caa
Obligations rated “ Caa ” are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
 
 
Ca
Obligations rated “ Ca ” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
 
 
C
Obligations rated “ C ” are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
 
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 to each generic rating classification from “ Aa ” through “ Caa. ” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category , the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
 
Short-Term Obligation Ratings
 
Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.  Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
 
 
P-1
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
 
P-2
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
 
 
P-3
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
 
 
NP
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
 
US Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings
 
There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels—MIG 1 through MIG 3. In
 
 
 
A-5

 

addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.
 
 
MIG1
This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
 
 
MIG2
This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
 
 
MIG3
This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
 
 
SG
This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
 
Other Ratings Symbols
 
 
e
Expected ratings.  To address market demand for timely information on particular types of credit ratings, Moody’s has licensed to certain third parties the right to generate “Expected Ratings.” Expected Ratings are designated by an “e” after the rating code, and are intended to anticipate Moody’s forthcoming rating assignments based on reliable information from third-party sources (such as the issuer or underwriter associated with the particular securities) or established Moody’s rating practices (i.e., medium term notes are typically, but not always, assigned the same rating as the note’s program rating). Expected Ratings will exist only until Moody’s confirms the Expected Rating, or issues a different rating for the relevant instrument. Moody’s encourages market participants to contact Moody’s Ratings Desk or visit www.moodys.com if they have questions regarding Expected Ratings, or wish Moody’s to confirm an Expected Rating.
 
 
(P)
Provisional Ratings.  As a service to the market and at the request of an issuer, Moody’s will often assign a provisional rating when the assignment of a final rating is subject to the fulfillment of contingencies but it is highly likely that the rating will become definitive after all documents are received or an obligation is issued into the market. A provisional rating is denoted by placing a (P) in front of the rating. Such ratings are typically assigned to shelf registrations under SEC rule 415 or transaction-based structures that require investor education. When a transaction uses a well-established structure and the transaction’s structure and terms are not expected to change prior to sale in a manner that would affect the rating, a definitive rating may be assigned directly.
 
 
#
Refundeds.  Issues that are secured by escrowed funds held in trust, reinvested in direct, non-callable US government obligations or non-callable obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the US Government or Resolution Funding Corporation are identified with a # (hatch mark) symbol, ( e.g. #Aaa ) .
 
 
WR
Withdrawn.  When Moody’s no longer rates an obligation on which it previously maintained a rating, the symbol WR is employed. Please see Moody’s Guidelines for the Withdrawal of Ratings, available on www.moodys.com.
 
 
NR
Not Rated.  NR is assigned to an unrated issuer, obligation and/or program.
 
 
NAV
Not Available.  An issue that Moody’s has not yet rated is denoted by the NAV symbol.
 
 
TWR
Terminated Without Rating.  The symbol TWR applies primarily to issues that mature or are redeemed without having been rated.
 
Fitch Ratings , Inc. —A brief description of the applicable Fitch Ratings , Inc. (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:
 
Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns and insurance companies, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default
 
 
 
A-6

 

on financial obligations. The “threshold” default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts, although the agency recognizes that issuers may also make pre-emptive and therefore voluntary use of such mechanisms.
 
In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default. For historical information on the default experience of Fitch rated issuers, please consult the transition and default performance studies available from the Fitch Ratings website.
 
Long-Term Credit Ratings Scales
 
 
AAA
Highest Credit Quality.   “ AAA ” ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
 
 
AA
Very High Credit Quality.   “ AA ” ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
 
 
A
High Credit Quality.   “ A ” ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
 
 
BBB
Good Credit Quality.   “ BBB ” ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
 
 
BB
Speculative.   “ BB ” ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists which supports the servicing of financial commitments.
 
 
B
Highly speculative. “ B ” ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
 
 
CCC
Substantial credit risk.  Default is a real possibility.
 
 
CC
Very high levels of credit risk.  Default of some kind appears probable.
 
 
C
Exceptionally high levels of credit risk.  Default is imminent or inevitable, or the issuer is in standstill. Conditions that are indicative of a “ C ” category rating for an issuer include:
 
a.       the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;
 
b.       the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation; or
 
c.       Fitch Ratings otherwise believes a condition of   “ RD ” or “ D ” to be imminent or inevitable, including through the formal announcement of a coercive debt exchange.
 
 
RD
Restricted default.   “ RD ” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has experienced an uncured payment default on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation but which has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, and which has not otherwise ceased business. This would include:
 
a.       the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;
 
 
 
A-7

 

b.       the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;
 
c.       the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; or
 
d.       execution of a coercive debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.
 
 
D
Default.   “ D ” ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch Ratings’ opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure, or which has otherwise ceased business.
 
Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a coercive debt exchange.
 
“Imminent” default typically refers to the occasion where a payment default has been intimated by the issuer, and is all but inevitable. This may, for example, be where an issuer has missed a scheduled payment, but (as is typical) has a grace period during which it may cure the payment default. Another alternative would be where an issuer has formally announced a coercive debt exchange, but the date of the exchange still lies several days or weeks in the immediate future.
 
In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings, and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.
 
Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-Term IDR category, or to Long-Term IDR categories below ‘B’.
 
Specific limitations relevant to the structured, project and public finance obligation rating scale include:
 
 
·
The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.
 
 
·
The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.
 
 
·
The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.
 
 
·
The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default
 
 
·
The ratings do not opine on any quality related to a transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of each rated tranche or security.
 
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive and is provided for the reader’s convenience.
 
 
Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Obligations in Corporate, Public and Structured Finance
 
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
 
 
F1
Highest short-term credit quality.  Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
 
 
 
A-8

 

 
F2
Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
 
 
F3
Fair short-term credit quality.  The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.
 
 
B
Speculative short-term credit quality.  Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
 
 
C
High short-term default risk.  Default is a real possibility.
 
 
RD
Restricted default.  Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Applicable to entity ratings only.
 
 
D
Default.  Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity or the default of a specific short-term obligation.
 
Specific limitations relevant to the Short-Term Ratings scale include:
 
 
·
The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood over any given time period.
 
 
·
The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.
 
 
·
The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.
 
 
·
The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an obligation default.
 
 
·
The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer or transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of the rated issuer or obligation.
 
 
·
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.
 
 
·
Ratings assigned by Fitch Ratings articulate an opinion on discrete and specific areas of risk. The above list is not exhaustive, and is provided for the reader’s convenience.
 
 
 
 
A-9

 
 
APPENDIX B
 
 
PROXY VOTING POLICIES – BLACKROCK U.S. REGISTERED FUNDS
 
I.           INTRODUCTION
 
The Trustees/Directors (“Directors”) of the BlackRock-Advised Funds (the “Funds”) have the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Funds, and have determined that it is in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders to delegate that responsibility to BlackRock Advisors, LLC and its affiliated U.S. registered investment advisers (“BlackRock”), the investment adviser to the Funds, as part of BlackRock’s authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets. The Directors hereby direct BlackRock to vote such proxies in accordance with this Policy, and any proxy voting guidelines that the Adviser determines are appropriate and in the best interests of the Funds’ shareholders and which are consistent with the principles outlined in this Policy. Individual series of the Funds may be specifically excluded from this Policy by the Directors by virtue of the adoption of alternative proxy voting policy for such series. The Directors have authorized BlackRock to utilize unaffiliated third-parties as its agents to vote portfolio proxies in accordance with this Policy and to maintain records of such portfolio proxy voting.
 
Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 requires, among other things, that an investment adviser that exercises voting authority over clients’ proxy voting adopt policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interests of clients, discloses to its clients information about those policies and procedures and also discloses to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser has voted their proxies.
 
BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures that are consistent with the principles of this Policy. BlackRock’s corporate governance committee structure (the “Committee”), oversees the proxy voting function on behalf of BlackRock and its clients, including the Funds. The Committee is comprised of senior members of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management and Administration Groups and is advised by BlackRock’s Legal and Compliance Department.
 
BlackRock votes (or refrains from voting) proxies for each Fund in a manner that BlackRock, in the exercise of its independent business judgment, concludes is in the best economic interests of such Fund. In some cases, BlackRock may determine that it is in the best economic interests of a Fund to refrain from exercising the Fund’s proxy voting rights (such as, for example, proxies on certain non-U.S. securities that might impose costly or time-consuming in-person voting requirements). With regard to the relationship between securities lending and proxy voting, BlackRock’s approach is also driven by our clients’ economic interests. The evaluation of the economic desirability of recalling loans involves balancing the revenue producing value of loans against the likely economic value of casting votes. Based on our evaluation of this relationship, BlackRock believes that the likely economic value of casting a vote generally is less than the securities lending income, either because the votes will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome of the vote would not be affected by BlackRock recalling loaned securities in order to ensure they are voted. Periodically, BlackRock analyzes the process and benefits of voting proxies for securities on loan, and will consider whether any modification of its proxy voting policies or procedures are necessary in light of any regulatory changes.
 
BlackRock will normally vote on specific proxy issues in accordance with BlackRock’s proxy voting guidelines. BlackRock’s proxy voting guidelines provide detailed guidance as to how to vote proxies on certain important or commonly raised issues. BlackRock may, in the exercise of its business judgment, conclude that the proxy voting guidelines do not cover the specific matter upon which a proxy vote is requested, or that an exception to the proxy voting guidelines would be in the best economic interests of a Fund. BlackRock votes (or refrains from voting) proxies without regard to the relationship of the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder of such issuer) to the Fund, the Fund’s affiliates (if any), BlackRock or BlackRock’s affiliates. When voting proxies, BlackRock attempts to encourage companies to follow
 
 
B-1

 

practices that enhance shareholder value and increase transparency and allow the market to place a proper value on their assets.
 
II. PROXY VOTING POLICIES
 
A.           Boards of Directors
 
The Funds generally support the board’s nominees in the election of directors and generally support proposals that strengthen the independence of boards of directors. As a general matter, the Funds believe that a company’s board of directors (rather than shareholders) is most likely to have access to important, nonpublic information regarding a company’s business and prospects, and is therefore best-positioned to set corporate policy and oversee management. The Funds therefore believe that the foundation of good corporate governance is the election of responsible, qualified, independent corporate directors who are likely to diligently represent the interests of shareholders and oversee management of the corporation in a manner that will seek to maximize shareholder value over time. In individual cases, consideration may be given to a director nominee’s history of representing shareholder interests as a director of the company issuing the proxy or other companies, or other factors to the extent deemed relevant by the Committee.
 
B.           Auditors
 
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders related to the selection of auditors. As a general matter, the Funds believe that corporate auditors have a responsibility to represent the interests of shareholders and provide an independent view on the propriety of financial reporting decisions of corporate management. While the Funds anticipate that BlackRock will generally defer to a corporation’s choice of auditor, in individual cases, consideration may be given to an auditors’ history of representing shareholder interests as auditor of the company issuing the proxy or other companies, to the extent deemed relevant.
 
C.           Compensation and Benefits
 
These proposals concern those issues submitted to shareholders related to management compensation and employee benefits. As a general matter, the Funds favor disclosure of a company’s compensation and benefit policies and oppose excessive compensation, but believe that compensation matters are normally best determined by a corporation’s board of directors, rather than shareholders. Proposals to “micro-manage” a company’s compensation practices or to set arbitrary restrictions on compensation or benefits should therefore generally not be supported.
 
D.           Capital Structure
 
These proposals relate to various requests, principally from management, for approval of amendments that would alter the capital structure of a company, such as an increase in authorized shares. As a general matter, the Funds expect that BlackRock will support requests that it believes enhance the rights of common shareholders and oppose requests that appear to be unreasonably dilutive.
 
E.           Corporate Charter and By-Laws
 
These proposals relate to various requests for approval of amendments to a corporation’s charter or by-laws. As a general matter, the Funds generally vote against anti-takeover proposals and proposals that would create additional barriers or costs to corporate transactions that are likely to deliver a premium to shareholders.
 
F.           Environmental and Social Issues
 
These are shareholder proposals addressing either corporate social and environmental policies or requesting specific reporting on these issues. The Funds generally do not support proposals on social issues that lack a demonstrable economic benefit to the issuer and the Fund investing in such issuer. BlackRock seeks to make proxy voting decisions in the manner most likely to protect and promote the long-term economic value of the securities held in client accounts. We intend to support economically advantageous corporate practices while leaving direct oversight of company management and strategy to boards of directors. We
 
 
B-2

 

seek to avoid micromanagement of companies, as we believe that a company’s board of directors is best positioned to represent shareholders and oversee management on shareholders behalf. Issues of corporate social and environmental responsibility are evaluated on a case-by-case basis within this framework.
 
III.           CONFLICTS MANAGEMENT
 
BlackRock maintains policies and procedures that are designed to prevent any relationship between the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder of the issuer) and a Fund, a Fund’s affiliates (if any), BlackRock or BlackRock’s affiliates, from having undue influence on BlackRock’s proxy voting activity. In certain instances, BlackRock may determine to engage an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard against potential conflicts of interest or as otherwise required by applicable law. The independent fiduciary may either vote such proxies or provide BlackRock with instructions as to how to vote such proxies. In the latter case, BlackRock votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination.
 
IV.           REPORTS TO THE BOARD
 
BlackRock will report to the Directors on proxy votes it has made on behalf of the Funds at least annually.
 
 

 
 

 
B-3

 
 
APPENDIX C
 
 
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS
OF STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS
 
In order to manage the risk of its securities portfolio, or to enhance income or gain as described in the Prospectus, the Trust may engage in Strategic Transactions. The Trust may engage in such activities in the Advisors’ discretion, and may not necessarily be engaging in such activities when movements in interest rates and/or other factors occur that could affect the value of the assets of the Trust occur. The Trust’s ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by applicable federal regulations. Certain Strategic Transactions may give rise to taxable income.
 
Put and Call Options on Securities and Indices
 
The Trust may purchase and sell put and call options on securities and indices. The Trust may also purchase and sell options on indices (“index options”). Index options are similar to options on securities except that, rather than taking or making delivery of securities underlying the option at a specified price upon exercise, an index option gives the holder the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the index upon which the option is based is greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the exercise price of the option. A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell and the seller the obligation to buy the underlying security or index at the exercise price during the option period or for a specified period prior to or on the expiration date. The purchase of a put option on a security could protect the Trust’s holdings in such security or against a substantial decline in the market value of such security. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy and the seller the obligation to sell the underlying security or index at the exercise price during the option period or for a specified period prior or on the expiration date. The purchase of a call option on a security could protect the Trust against an increase in the price of a security that it intended to purchase in the future. In the case of either put or call options that it has purchased, if the option expires without being sold or exercised, the Trust will experience a loss in the amount of the option premium plus any commissions paid by the Trust. When the Trust sells put and call options, it receives a premium as the seller of the option. The premium that the Trust receives for selling the option will serve as a partial and limited (to the dollar amount of the premium) hedge, in the amount of the option premium, against changes in the value of the securities in its portfolio. During the term of the option, however, a covered call seller has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price of the option if the value of the underlying security increases, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. Conversely, a put seller retains the risk of loss should the market value of the underlying security decline below the exercise price of the option, less the premium received on the sale of the option. The Trust is authorized to purchase and sell exchange-listed options and over-the-counter options (“OTC Options”) which are privately negotiated with the counterparty. Listed options are issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such options.
 
The Trust’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an exchange-listed put or call option is dependent upon the existence of a liquid secondary market on option exchanges. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange are: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; (iv) interruption of the normal operations on an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or OCC to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been listed by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. OTC Options are purchased from or sold to dealers, financial institutions or other counterparties which have entered into direct agreements with the Trust. With OTC Options, such variables as expiration date, exercise price and premium will be agreed upon between the Trust and the counterparty, without the intermediation of a third party such as the OCC. If the counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the securities underlying an option it has written, or otherwise settle the transaction in accordance with the terms of that option as written, the Trust would lose the premium paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. As the Trust must rely on the credit quality of the
 
 
 
C-1

 

counterparty rather than the guarantee of the OCC, it will only enter into OTC Options with counterparties with the highest long-term credit ratings, and with primary U.S. Government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
 
The hours of trading for options on debt securities may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.
 
Futures Contracts and Related Options
 
Characteristics.   The Trust may sell financial futures contracts or purchase put and call options on such futures as a hedge against anticipated interest rate changes or other market movements. The sale of a futures contract creates an obligation by the Trust, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specified future time for a specified price. Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put).
 
Margin Requirements.   At the time a futures contract is purchased or sold, the Trust must allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment (“initial margin”). It is expected that the initial margin that the Trust will pay may range from approximately 1% to approximately 5% of the value of the securities or commodities underlying the contract. In certain circumstances, however, such as periods of high volatility, the Trust may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment. Additionally, initial margin requirements may be increased generally in the future by regulatory action. An outstanding futures contract is valued daily and the payment in case of “variation margin” may be required, a process known as “marking to the market.” Transactions in listed options and futures are usually settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, and are subject to the risk that the position may not be able to be closed if no offsetting transaction can be arranged.
 
Segregation and Cover Requirements.   Futures contracts, interest rate swaps, caps, floors and collars, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, and listed or OTC options on securities, indices and futures contracts sold by the Trust are generally subject to earmarking and coverage requirements of either the CFTC or the SEC, with the result that, if the Trust does not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the Trust will be required to designate on its books and records an ongoing basis, cash, U.S. Government securities, or other liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the Trust’s obligations with respect to such instruments. Such amounts fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease. The earmarking requirement can result in the Trust maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restrict portfolio management.
 
Strategic Transactions Present Certain Risks.    With respect to hedging and risk management, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of hedging instruments and price movements in the position being hedged create the possibility that losses on the hedge may be greater than gains in the value of the Trust’s position. The same is true for such instruments entered into for income or gain. In addition, certain instruments and markets may not be liquid in all circumstances. As a result, in volatile markets, the Trust may not be able to close out a transaction without incurring losses substantially greater than the initial deposit. Although the contemplated use of these instruments for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the position, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in the value of such position. The ability of the Trust to successfully utilize Strategic Transactions will depend on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent market movements and sufficient correlations, which cannot be assured. Finally, the daily deposit requirements in futures contracts that the Trust has sold create an ongoing greater potential financial risk than do options transactions, where the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. Losses due to the use of Strategic Transactions will reduce net asset value.
 
 
 
C-2

 
 
PART C
 
Other Information
 
 
Item 25.  Financial Statements And Exhibits
 
The agreements included or incorporated by reference as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.
 
The Registrant acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.
 
(1)
 
Financial Statements
     
   
Part A: None
     
   
Part B:
     
   
Audited Financial Statements (+)
     
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (+)
     
(2)
 
Exhibits
     
(a)
   
Agreement and Declaration of Trust *
       
(b)
   
Amended and Restated Bylaws *
       
(c)
   
Inapplicable
       
(d)
   
Inapplicable
       
(e)
   
Form of Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan *
       
(f)
   
Inapplicable
       
(g)(1)
   
Form of Investment Management Agreement *
       
     (2)
   
Form of Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. *
       
      (3)
   
Form of Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement with BlackRock Investment Management, LLC *
       
(h)(1)
   
Form of Underwriting Agreement (+)
       
     (2)
   
Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters (+)
       
     (3)
   
Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement (+)
 
 
 
C-1

 
 
     (4)
   
Form of Structuring Fee Agreement (+)
       
(i)
   
BlackRock Closed-End Funds Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan *
       
(j)
   
Form of Custodian Agreement *
       
(k)(1)
   
Form of Transfer Agency and Service Agreement *
       
     (2)
   
Form of Administrative Services Agreement *
       
     (3)
   
Form of Name Licensing Agreement *
       
(l)
   
Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Registrant (+)
       
(m)
   
Inapplicable
       
(n)
   
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent (+)
       
(o)
   
Inapplicable
       
(p)
   
Form of Initial Subscription Agreement *
       
(q)
   
Inapplicable
       
(r)(1)
   
Code of Ethics of the Registrant *
       
    (2)
   
Code of Ethics of the Advisor and Sub-Advisors *
       
(s)
   
Power of Attorney *
_______________
*
Filed herewith.

(+)
To be filed by pre-effective amendment.
 
Item 26.  Marketing Arrangements
 
See the Form of Underwriting Agreement, the Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters, the Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement and the Form of  Structuring Fee Agreement to be filed by pre-effective amendment as Exhibit (h)(1), Exhibit (h)(2), Exhibit (h)(3) and Exhibit (h)(4), respectively, to this Registration Statement.

 
 
C-2

 
 
Item 27.  Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution
 
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement:

Registration fee
 
$
 
NYSE listing fee
 
   
Printing (other than certificates)
 
   
Engraving and printing certificates
 
   
Accounting fees and expenses
 
   
Legal fees and expenses
 
   
FINRA fee
 
   
Miscellaneous
 
   
Total
 
$
 
 
Item 28.  Persons Controlled By Or Under Common Control With The Registrant
 
None.
 
Item 29.  Number Of Holders Of Shares
 
As of                 :

Title Of Class
Number Of Record Holders
Shares of Beneficial Interest
 
 
Item 30.  Indemnification
 
Article V of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:
 
5.1 No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc . No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
 
5.2 Mandatory Indemnification . (a) The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as
 
 
 
C-3

 

“disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither ‘‘interested persons’’ of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (‘‘Disinterested Non-Party Trustees’’), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.
 
(c) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
 
(d) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or Trustees who are ‘‘disinterested persons’’ (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.
 
(e) Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
 
5.3 No Bond Required of Trustees . No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.
 
5.4 No Duty of Investigation; No Notice in Trust Instruments, etc . No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain
 
 
 
C-4

 

insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
 
5.5 Reliance on Experts, etc . Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.
 
Registrant has also entered into an agreement with Trustees and officers of the Registrant entitled to indemnification under the Agreement and Declaration of Trust pursuant to which the Registrant has agreed to advance expenses and costs incurred by the indemnitee in connection with any matter in respect of which indemnification might be sought pursuant to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust to the maximum extent permitted by law.
 
Reference is also made to:
 
 
·
Sections  10 and 11 of the Registrant’s Investment Management Agreement, a form of which is filed as Exhibit (g)(1) to this Registration Statement
 
 
·
Sections  9 and 10 of the Registrant’s Sub-Investment Advisory Agreements, forms of which are filed as Exhibits (g)(2) and (g)(3) to this Registration Statement
 
 
·
Section      of the Underwriting Agreement, a form of which will be filed by pre-effective amendment as Exhibit (h)(1) to this Registration Statement.
 
Additionally, the Registrant and the other funds in the BlackRock Closed-End Fund Complex jointly maintain, at their own expense, E&O/D&O insurance policies for the benefit of its Trustees, officers and certain affiliated persons. The Registrant pays a pro rata portion of the premium on such insurance policies.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be terminated to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Trust, pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Trust has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
Item 31.  Business And Other Connections Of Investment Advisor
 
BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Advisor”), acts as investment adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of  the Advisor, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Advisor or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Advisor filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-47710).

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment sub-adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the

 
 
C-5

 

information contained in the Form ADV of BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-48433).
 
BlackRock Investment Management, LLC , a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, acts as investment sub-adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of BlackRock Investment Management, LLC , together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by BlackRock Investment Management, LLC or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of BlackRock Investment Management, LLC filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-56972 ).
 
Item 32.  Location Of Accounts And Records
 
The Registrant’s accounts, books and other documents are currently located at the offices of the Registrant, c/o BlackRock Advisors, LLC, 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809 and at the offices of State Street Bank and Trust Company , the Registrant’s Custodian, at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110 , and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. , the Registrant’s Transfer Agent, at 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021 , and State Street Bank and Trust Company , the Registrant’s administrator, at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110 .
 
Item 33.  Management Services
 
Not Applicable
 
Item 34.  Undertakings
 
(1) The Registrant hereby undertakes to suspend the offering of its units until it amends its prospectus if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the Registration Statement or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
 
(2) Not applicable
 
(3) Not applicable
 
(4) Not applicable
 
(5) (a) For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(6) The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information constituting Part B of this Registration Statement.

 
 
C-6

 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Trust has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the  9th day of January , 2013 .
 
 
BLACKROCK MULTI-SECTOR INCOME TRUST
   
   
 
By:
 
/s/ John Perlowski
 
     
John Perlowski
     
President and Chief Executive Officer

 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the  9th day of January , 2013 .
 
Signature
 
Title
 
       
/s/ John Perlowski      
John Perlowski
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
       
/s/ Neal J. Andrews      
Neal J. Andrews
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
       
*
     
Richard E. Cavanagh
 
Trustee
 
       
       
*
     
Karen P. Robards
 
Trustee
 
       
       
*
     
Michael J. Castellano
 
Trustee
 
       
       
*
     
Frank J. Fabozzi
 
Trustee
 
       
       
*
     
Kathleen F. Feldstein
 
Trustee
 
       
       
*
     
James T. Flynn
 
Trustee
 
       
       
*
     
Jerrold B. Harris
 
Trustee
 
       
       
*      
R. Glenn Hubbard   Trustee  
       
 
 
 

 
 
       
       
*
     
W. Carl Kester
 
Trustee
 
       
       
*
     
Henry Gabbay
 
Trustee
 
       
       
*
     
Paul L. Audet
 
Trustee
 
       
       
       

 
*By:
  /s/ Benjamin Archibald
     
Benjamin Archibald
     
as Attorney-in-Fact
 


 
 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

(a)
 
Agreement and Declaration of Trust
     
(b)
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws
     
(e)
 
Form of Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan
     
(g)(1)
 
Form of Investment Management Agreement
     
(g)(2)
 
Form of Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement with BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
     
(g)(3)
 
Form of Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement with BlackRock Investment Management, LLC
     
(i)
 
BlackRock Closed-End Funds Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan
     
(j)
 
Form of Custodian Agreement
     
(k)(1)
 
Form of Transfer Agency and Service Agreement
     
(k)(2)
 
Form of Administrative Services Agreement
     
(k)(3)
 
Form of Name Licensing Agreement
     
(p)
 
Form of Initial Subscription Agreement
     
(r)(1)
 
Code of Ethics of the Registrant
     
(r)(2)
 
Code of Ethics of the Advisor and Sub-Advisors
     
(s)
 
Power of Attorney

 
 
Exhibit (a)
 
 
 
 
BLACKROCK MORTGAGE OPPORTUNITIES TRUST

 
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
 
 
Dated as of November 13, 2012
 
 

 
 

 


 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
Page
ARTICLE I
The Trust
1.1
 
Name
1
1.2
 
Definitions
1
ARTICLE II
Trustees
2.1
 
Number and Qualification
2
2.2
 
Term and Election
2
2.3
 
Resignation and Removal
3
2.4
 
Vacancies
3
2.5
 
Meetings
3
2.6
 
Trustee Action by Written Consent
4
2.7
 
Officers
4
ARTICLE III
Powers and Duties of Trustees
3.1
 
General
4
3.2
 
Investments
4
3.3
 
Legal Title
5
3.4
 
Issuance and Repurchase of Shares
5
3.5
 
Borrow Money or Utilize Leverage
5
3.6
 
Delegation; Committees
5
3.7
 
Collection and Payment
5
3.8
 
Expenses
6
3.9
 
By-Laws
6
3.10
 
Miscellaneous Powers
6
3.11
 
Further Powers
6
ARTICLE IV
Advisory, Management and Distribution Arrangements
4.1
 
Advisory and Management Arrangements
7
4.2
 
Distribution Arrangements
7
4.3
 
Parties to Contract
7
ARTICLE V
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
5.1
 
No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc.
7
5.2
 
Mandatory Indemnification
8
5.3
 
No Bond Required of Trustees
9
5.4
 
No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust Instruments, etc.
9
5.5
 
Reliance on Experts, etc.
9
ARTICLE VI
Shares of Beneficial Interest
6.1
 
Beneficial Interest
9
6.2
 
Other Securities
10
6.3
 
Rights of Shareholders
10
6.4
 
Trust Only
10
6.5
 
Issuance of Shares
10
 

 

 
 

 

 

 
6.6
 
Register of Shares
10
6.7
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
11
6.8
 
Transfer of Shares
11
6.9
 
Notices
11
ARTICLE VII
Custodians
7.1
 
Appointment and Duties
11
7.2
 
Central Certificate System
12
ARTICLE VIII
Redemption
8.1
 
Redemptions
12
8.2
 
Disclosure of Holding
12
ARTICLE IX
Determination of Net Asset Value, Net Income and Distributions
9.1
 
Net Asset Value
12
9.2
 
Distributions to Shareholders
12
9.3
 
Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures
13
ARTICLE X
Shareholders
10.1
 
Meetings of Shareholders
13
10.2
 
Voting
13
10.3
 
Notice of Meeting and Record Date
13
10.4
 
Quorum and Required Vote
14
10.5
 
Proxies, etc.
14
10.6
 
Reports
14
10.7
 
Inspection of Records
15
10.8
 
Shareholder Action by Written Consent
15
ARTICLE XI
Duration; Termination of Trust; Amendment; Mergers, Etc.
11.1
 
Duration
15
11.2
 
Termination
15
11.3
 
Amendment Procedure
16
11.4
 
Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets
16
11.5
 
Subsidiaries
16
11.6
 
Conversion
17
11.7
 
Certain Transactions
17
ARTICLE XII
Miscellaneous
12.1
 
Filing
18
12.2
 
Resident Agent
18
12.3
 
Governing Law
19
12.4
 
Counterparts
19
12.5
 
Reliance by Third Parties
19
12.6
 
Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation
19
 


 
 

 

 
 
BLACKROCK MORTGAGE OPPORTUNITIES TRUST
 
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
 
 
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST made as of the 13 th   day of November, 2012 by the Trustees hereunder, and by the holders of shares of beneficial interest issued hereunder as hereinafter provided.
 
WHEREAS, this Trust has been formed to carry on business as set forth more particularly hereinafter;
 
WHEREAS, this Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of its shares of beneficial interest all in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth;
 
WHEREAS, the Trustees have agreed to manage all property coming into their hands as Trustees of a Delaware statutory trust in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth; and
 
WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend that the Trust created by this Declaration and the Certificate of Trust filed on November 13, 2012 shall constitute a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration shall constitute the governing instrument of such statutory trust.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold all cash, securities, and other assets which they may from time to time acquire in any manner as Trustees hereunder IN TRUST to manage and dispose of the same upon the following terms and conditions for the benefit of the holders from time to time of shares of beneficial interest in this Trust as hereinafter set forth.
 
ARTICLE I
 
The Trust
 
1.1  Name . This Trust shall be known as the “BlackRock Mortgage Opportunities Trust” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name or names as they may from time to time determine.
 
1.2  Definitions . As used in this Declaration, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
 
The “ 1940 Act ” refers to the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and exemptions granted therefrom, as amended from time to time.
 
The terms “ Affiliated Person ”, “ Assignment ”, “ Commission ”, “ Interested Person ” and “ Principal Underwriter ” shall have the meanings given them in the 1940 Act.
 
By-Laws ” shall mean the By-Laws of the Trust as amended from time to time by the Trustees.
 
Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Declaration ” shall mean this Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time.
 
Delaware Statutory Trust Statute ” shall mean the provisions of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, 12 Del . C . 3801, et. seq. , as such Act may be amended from time to time.
 
Delaware General Corporation Law ” means the Delaware General Corporation Law, 8 Del . C . 100, et . seq ., as amended from time to time.
 

 
 

 

 
Fundamental Policies ” shall mean the investment policies and restrictions as set forth from time to time in any Registration Statement of the Trust filed with the Commission and designated as fundamental policies therein, as they may be amended from time to time in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.
 
Majority Shareholder Vote ” shall mean a vote of “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust with each class and series of Shares voting together as a single class, except to the extent otherwise required by the 1940 Act or this Declaration with respect to any one or more classes or series of Shares, in which case the applicable proportion of such classes or series of Shares voting as a separate class or series, as the case may be, also will be required.
 
Person ” shall mean and include individuals, corporations, partnerships, trusts, limited liability companies, associations, joint ventures and other entities, whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.
 
Prospectus ” shall mean the Prospectus of the Trust, if any, as in effect from time to time under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
Shareholders ” shall mean as of any particular time the holders of record of outstanding Shares of the Trust, at such time.
 
Shares ” shall mean the transferable units of beneficial interest into which the beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided from time to time and includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares. In addition, Shares also means any preferred shares or preferred units of beneficial interest which may be issued from time to time, as described herein. All references to Shares shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all series or classes as the context may require.
 
Trust ” shall mean the trust established by this Declaration, as amended from time to time, inclusive of each such amendment.
 
Trust Property ” shall mean as of any particular time any and all property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such time is owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees in such capacity.
 
Trustees ” shall mean the signatories to this Declaration, so long as they shall continue in office in accordance with the terms hereof, and all other persons who at the time in question have been duly elected or appointed and have qualified as trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof and are then in office.
 
ARTICLE II
 
Trustees
 
2.1  Number and Qualification . Prior to a public offering of Shares there may be a sole Trustee. Thereafter, the number of Trustees shall be determined by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees then in office, provided that the number of Trustees shall be no less than two or more than fifteen. No reduction in the number of Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office prior to the expiration of his term. An individual nominated as a Trustee shall be at least 21 years of age and not older than 80 years of age at the time of nomination and not under legal disability. Trustees need not own Shares and may succeed themselves in office.
 
2.2  Term and Election . The Board of Trustees shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of trustees constituting the entire Board of Trustees. Within the limits above specified, the number of the Trustees in each class shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Trustees. The term
 

 
 

 

 
of office of the first class shall expire on the date of the first annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following the effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The term of office of the second class shall expire on the date of the second annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following the effective date of the initial Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The term of office of the third class shall expire on the date of the third annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following the effective date of the initial Registration Statement relating to the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Upon expiration of the term of office of each class as set forth above, the number of Trustees in such class, as determined by the Board of Trustees, shall be elected for a term expiring on the date of the third annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof following such expiration to succeed the Trustees whose terms of office expire. The Trustees shall be elected at an annual meeting of the Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof called for that purpose, except as provided in Section 2.3 of this Article, and each Trustee elected shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified. The term of office of a Trustee shall terminate and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death, resignation, removal, bankruptcy, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to perform the duties of the office, or removal, of a Trustee.
 
2.3  Resignation and Removal . Any of the Trustees may resign their trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing signed by such Trustee and delivered or mailed to the Trustees or the Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date according to the terms of the instrument. Any of the Trustees may be removed (provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such removal shall not be less than the minimum number required by Section 2.1 hereof) for cause only, and not without cause, and only by action taken by a majority of the remaining Trustees followed by the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares then entitled to vote in an election of such Trustee. Upon the resignation or removal of a Trustee, each such resigning or removed Trustee shall execute and deliver such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held in the name of such resigning or removed Trustee. Upon the incapacity or death of any Trustee, such Trustee’s legal representative shall execute and deliver on such Trustee’s behalf such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require as provided in the preceding sentence.
 
2.4  Vacancies . Whenever a vacancy in the Board of Trustees shall occur, the remaining Trustees may fill such vacancy by appointing an individual having the qualifications described in this Article by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees then in office or may leave such vacancy unfilled or may reduce the number of Trustees; provided the aggregate number of Trustees after such reduction shall not be less than the minimum number required by Section 2.1 hereof; provided, further, that if the Shareholders of any class or series of Shares are entitled separately to elect one or more Trustees, a majority of the remaining Trustees or the sole remaining Trustee elected by that class or series may fill any vacancy among the number of Trustees elected by that class or series. Any vacancy created by an increase in Trustees may be filled by the appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in this Article made by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees then in office. No vacancy shall operate to annul this Declaration or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration. Whenever a vacancy in the number of Trustees shall occur, until such vacancy is filled as provided herein, the Trustees in office, regardless of their number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.
 
2.5  Meetings . Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, or the President or any two Trustees. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice at a time and place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the Trustees. Notice of any other meeting shall be given by the Secretary and shall be delivered to the Trustees orally not less than 24 hours, or in writing not less than 72 hours, before the meeting, but may be waived in writing by
 

 
 

 

 
any Trustee either before or after such meeting. The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except where a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been properly called or convened. Any time there is more than one Trustee, a quorum for all meetings of the Trustees shall be one-third, but not less than two, of the Trustees. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration and except as required under the 1940 Act, any action of the Trustees may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the Trustees.
 
Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee, if any, may act with or without a meeting. A quorum for all meetings of any such committee shall be one-third, but not less than two, of the members thereof. Unless provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of all of the members.
 
With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes under this Section and shall be entitled to vote to the extent not prohibited by the 1940 Act.
 
All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of the Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other; participation in a meeting pursuant to any such communications system shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
2.6  Trustee Action by Written Consent . Any action which may be taken by Trustees by vote may be taken without a meeting if that number of the Trustees, or members of a committee, as the case may be, required for approval of such action at a meeting of the Trustees or of such committee consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Trustees. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Trustees.
 
2.7  Officers . The Trustees shall elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and may elect a Chairman who shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees or until their successors are elected. The Trustees may elect or appoint or may authorize the Chairman, if any, or President to appoint such other officers or agents with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be advisable. A Chairman shall, and the President, Secretary and Treasurer may, but need not, be a Trustee.
 
ARTICLE III
 
Powers and Duties of Trustees
 
3.1  General . The Trustees shall owe to the Trust and its Shareholders the same fiduciary duties as owed by directors of corporations to such corporations and their stockholders under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property and business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation as may be permitted by this Declaration. The Trustees may perform such acts as in their sole discretion are proper for conducting the business of the Trust. The enumeration of any specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting the aforesaid power. Such powers of the Trustees may be exercised without order of or resort to any court.
 
3.2  Investments . The Trustees shall have power, subject to the Fundamental Policies in effect from time to time with respect to the Trust to:
 
(a) manage, conduct, operate and carry on the business of an investment company;
 

 
 

 

 
(b) subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of any and all sorts of property, tangible or intangible, including but not limited to securities of any type whatsoever, whether equity or non-equity, of any issuer, evidences of indebtedness of any person and any other rights, interests, instruments or property of any sort and to exercise any and all rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any and all such investments of every kind and description, including, without limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto, with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of said rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of said investments. The Trustees shall not be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made by fiduciaries.
 
3.3  Legal Title . Legal title to all the Trust Property shall be vested in the Trustees as joint tenants except that the Trustees shall have power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust, or in the name of any other Person as nominee, custodian or pledgee, on such terms as the Trustees may determine, provided that the interest of the Trust therein is appropriately protected.
 
The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in each person who may hereafter become a Trustee upon his due election and qualification. Upon the ceasing of any person to be a Trustee for any reason, such person shall automatically cease to have any right, title or interest in any of the Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in the remaining Trustees. Such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered.
 
3.4  Issuance and Repurchase of Shares . The Trustees shall have the power to issue, sell, repurchase, redeem, retire, cancel, acquire, hold, resell, reissue, dispose of, transfer, and otherwise deal in, Shares, including Shares in fractional denominations, and, subject to the more detailed provisions set forth in Articles VIII and IX, to apply to any such repurchase, redemption, retirement, cancellation or acquisition of Shares any funds or property whether capital or surplus or otherwise, to the full extent now or hereafter permitted corporations formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
3.5  Borrow Money or Utilize Leverage . Subject to the Fundamental Policies in effect from time to time with respect to the Trust, the Trustees shall have the power to borrow money or otherwise obtain credit or utilize leverage to the maximum extent permitted by law or regulation as such may be needed from time to time and to secure the same by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust, including the lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee, or undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of any other person, firm, association or corporation.
 
3.6  Delegation; Committees . The Trustees shall have the power, consistent with their continuing exclusive authority over the management of the Trust and the Trust Property, to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to officers, employees or agents of the Trust the doing of such things, including any matters set forth in this Declaration, and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient. The Trustees may designate one or more committees which shall have all or such lesser portion of the authority of the entire Board of Trustees as the Trustees shall determine from time to time except to the extent action by the entire Board of Trustees or particular Trustees is required by the 1940 Act.
 
3.7  Collection and Payment . The Trustees shall have power to collect all property due to the Trust; to pay all claims, including taxes, against the Trust Property or the Trust, the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Trust; to prosecute, defend, compromise or abandon any claims relating to the Trust Property or the Trust, or the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Trust; to foreclose any security interest securing any obligations, by virtue of which any property is owed to the Trust; and to
 

 
 

 

 
enter into releases, agreements and other instruments. Except to the extent required for a corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Shareholders shall have no power to vote as to whether or not a court action, legal proceeding or claim should or should not be brought or maintained derivatively or as a class action on behalf of the Trust or the Shareholders.
 
3.8  Expenses . The Trustees shall have power to incur and pay out of the assets or income of the Trust any expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or incidental to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and the business of the Trust, and to pay reasonable compensation from the funds of the Trust to themselves as Trustees. The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers, employees and Trustees. The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation for special services, including legal, underwriting, syndicating and brokerage services, as they in good faith may deem reasonable and reimbursement for expenses reasonably incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust. The Trustees shall have the power, as frequently as they may determine, to cause each Shareholder to pay directly, in advance or arrears, for charges of distribution, of the custodian or transfer, Shareholder servicing or similar agent, a pro rata amount as defined from time to time by the Trustees, by setting off such charges due from such Shareholder from declared but unpaid dividends or distributions owed such Shareholder and/or by reducing the number of shares in the account of such Shareholder by that number of full and/or fractional Shares which represents the outstanding amount of such charges due from such Shareholder.
 
3.9  By-Laws . The Trustees shall have the exclusive authority to adopt and from time to time amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.
 
3.10  Miscellaneous Powers . The Trustees shall have the power to: (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem desirable for the transaction of the business of the Trust; (b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or associations; (c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, insurance policies insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents, investment advisors, distributors, selected dealers or independent contractors of the Trust against all claims arising by reason of holding any such position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in such capacity, whether or not constituting negligence, or whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability; (d) establish pension, profit-sharing, share purchase, and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans for any Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust; (e) make donations, irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for charitable, religious, educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes; (f) to the extent permitted by law, indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings, including without limitation any advisor, administrator, manager, transfer agent, custodian, distributor or selected dealer, or any other person as the Trustees may see fit to such extent as the Trustees shall determine; (g) guarantee indebtedness or contractual obligations of others; (h) determine and change the fiscal year of the Trust and the method in which its accounts shall be kept; (i) notwithstanding the Fundamental Policies of the Trust, convert the Trust to a master-feeder structure; provided, however, the Trust obtains the approval of shareholders holding at least a majority of the Trust’s Shares present at a meeting of Shareholders at which a quorum is present; and (j) adopt a seal for the Trust but the absence of such seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf of the Trust.
 
3.11  Further Powers . The Trustees shall have the power to conduct the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of its branches and maintain offices both within and without the State of Delaware, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories, dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the United States of America and of foreign governments, and to do all such other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary, proper or desirable in order to promote the interests of the Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned. Any determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust made by the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive. In
 

 
 

 

 
construing the provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a grant of power to the Trustees. The Trustees will not be required to obtain any court order to deal with the Trust Property.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
Advisory, Management and Distribution Arrangements
 
4.1  Advisory and Management Arrangements . Subject to the requirements of applicable law as in effect from time to time, the Trustees may in their discretion from time to time enter into advisory, administration or management contracts (including, in each case, one or more sub-advisory, sub-administration or sub-management contracts) whereby the other party to any such contract shall undertake to furnish such advisory, administrative and management services with respect to the Trust as the Trustees shall from time to time consider desirable and all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Declaration, the Trustees may authorize any advisor, administrator or manager (subject to such general or specific instructions as the Trustees may from time to time adopt) to exercise any of the powers of the Trustees, including to effect investment transactions with respect to the assets on behalf of the Trust to the full extent of the power of the Trustees to effect such transactions or may authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect such transactions pursuant to recommendations of any such advisor, administrator or manager (and all without further action by the Trustees). Any such investment transaction shall be deemed to have been authorized by all of the Trustees.
 
4.2  Distribution Arrangements . Subject to compliance with the 1940 Act, the Trustees may retain underwriters and/or placement agents to sell Shares and other securities of the Trust. The Trustees may in their discretion from time to time enter into one or more contracts, providing for the sale of securities of the Trust, whereby the Trust may either agree to sell such securities to the other party to the contract or appoint such other party its sales agent for such securities. In either case, the contract shall be on such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article IV or the By-Laws; and such contract may also provide for the repurchase or sale of securities of the Trust by such other party as principal or as agent of the Trust and may provide that such other party may enter into selected dealer agreements with registered securities dealers and brokers and servicing and similar agreements with persons who are not registered securities dealers to further the purposes of the distribution or repurchase of the securities of the Trust.
 
4.3  Parties to Contract . Any contract of the character described in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 of this Article IV or in Article VII hereof may be entered into with any Person, although one or more of the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust may be an officer, director, trustee, shareholder, or member of such other party to the contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable by reason of the existence of any such relationship, nor shall any Person holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of such relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason of said contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was reasonable and fair and not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article IV or the By-Laws. The same Person may be the other party to contracts entered into pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 above or Article VII, and any individual may be financially interested or otherwise affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 4.3.
 
ARTICLE V
 
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
 
5.1  No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc . No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the
 

 
 

 

 
Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
 
5.2  Mandatory Indemnification . (a) The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are neither ‘‘interested persons’’ of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (‘‘Disinterested Non-Party Trustees’’), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.
 
(c) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct
 

 
 

 

 
necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
 
(d) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or Trustees who are ‘‘disinterested persons’’ (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.
 
(e) Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.
 
5.3  No Bond Required of Trustees . No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.
 
5.4  No Duty of Investigation; No Notice in Trust Instruments, etc . No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
 
5.5  Reliance on Experts, etc . Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
Shares of Beneficial Interest
 
6.1  Beneficial Interest . The interest of the beneficiaries hereunder shall be divided into an unlimited number of transferable shares of beneficial interest, par value $.001 per share. All Shares issued in accordance with the terms hereof, including, without limitation, Shares issued in connection with a dividend in Shares or a split of Shares, shall be fully paid and, except as provided in the last sentence of
 

 
 

 

 
Section 3.8, nonassessable when the consideration determined by the Trustees (if any) therefor shall have been received by the Trust.
 
6.2  Other Securities . The Trustees may, subject to the Fundamental Policies and the requirements of the 1940 Act, authorize and issue such other securities of the Trust as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the Trustees see fit, including preferred interests, debt securities or other senior securities. To the extent that the Trustees authorize and issue preferred shares of any class or series, they are hereby authorized and empowered to amend or supplement this Declaration as they deem necessary or appropriate, including to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act or requirements imposed by the rating agencies or other Persons, all without the approval of Shareholders. Any such supplement or amendment shall be filed as is necessary. The Trustees are also authorized to take such actions and retain such persons as they see fit to offer and sell such securities.
 
6.3  Rights of Shareholders . The Shares shall be personal property giving only the rights in this Declaration specifically set forth. The ownership of the Trust Property of every description and the right to conduct any business herein before described are vested exclusively in the Trustees, and the Shareholders shall have no interest therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Shares, and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of any property, profits, rights or interests of the Trust nor can they be called upon to share or assume any losses of the Trust or, subject to the right of the Trustees to charge certain expenses directly to Shareholders, as provided in the last sentence of Section 3.8, suffer an assessment of any kind by virtue of their ownership of Shares. The Shares shall not entitle the holder to preference, preemptive, appraisal, conversion or exchange rights (except as specified in this Section 6.3, in Section 11.4 or as specified by the Trustees when creating the Shares, as in preferred shares).
 
6.4  Trust Only . It is the intention of the Trustees to create only the relationship of Trustee and beneficiary between the Trustees and each Shareholder from time to time. It is not the intention of the Trustees to create a general partnership, limited partnership, joint stock association, corporation, bailment or any form of legal relationship other than a trust. Nothing in this Declaration shall be construed to make the Shareholders, either by themselves or with the Trustees, partners or members of a joint stock association.
 
6.5  Issuance of Shares . The Trustees, in their discretion, may from time to time without vote of the Shareholders issue Shares including preferred shares that may have been established pursuant to Section 6.2, in addition to the then issued and outstanding Shares and Shares held in the treasury, to such party or parties and for such amount and type of consideration, including cash or property, at such time or times, and on such terms as the Trustees may determine, and may in such manner acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and businesses. The Trustees may from time to time divide or combine the Shares into a greater or lesser number without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in such Shares. Issuances and redemptions of Shares may be made in whole Shares and/or l/l,000ths of a Share or multiples thereof as the Trustees may determine.
 
6.6  Register of Shares . A register shall be kept at the offices of the Trust or any transfer agent duly appointed by the Trustees under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the names and addresses of the Shareholders and the number of Shares held by them respectively and a record of all transfers thereof. Separate registers shall be established and maintained for each class or series of Shares. Each such register shall be conclusive as to who are the holders of the Shares of the applicable class or series of Shares and who shall be entitled to receive dividends or distributions or otherwise to exercise or enjoy the rights of Shareholders. No Shareholder shall be entitled to receive payment of any dividend or distribution, nor to have notice given to him as herein provided, until he has given his address to a transfer agent or such other officer or agent of the Trustees as shall keep the register for entry thereon. It is not
 

 
 

 

 
contemplated that certificates will be issued for the Shares; however, the Trustees, in their discretion, may authorize the issuance of share certificates and promulgate appropriate fees therefore and rules and regulations as to their use.
 
6.7  Transfer Agent and Registrar . The Trustees shall have power to employ a transfer agent or transfer agents, and a registrar or registrars, with respect to the Shares. The transfer agent or transfer agents may keep the applicable register and record therein, the original issues and transfers, if any, of the said Shares. Any such transfer agents and/or registrars shall perform the duties usually performed by transfer agents and registrars of certificates of stock in a corporation, as modified by the Trustees.
 
6.8  Transfer of Shares . Shares shall be transferable on the records of the Trust only by the record holder thereof or by its agent thereto duly authorized in writing, upon delivery to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust of a duly executed instrument of transfer, together with such evidence of the genuineness of each such execution and authorization and of other matters (including compliance with any securities laws and contractual restrictions) as may reasonably be required. Upon such delivery the transfer shall be recorded on the applicable register of the Trust. Until such record is made, the Shareholder of record shall be deemed to be the holder of such Shares for all purposes hereof and neither the Trustees nor any transfer agent or registrar nor any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice of the proposed transfer.
 
Any person becoming entitled to any Shares in consequence of the death, bankruptcy, or incompetence of any Shareholder, or otherwise by operation of law, shall be recorded on the applicable register of Shares as the holder of such Shares upon production of the proper evidence thereof to the Trustees or a transfer agent of the Trust, but until such record is made, the Shareholder of record shall be deemed to be the holder of such for all purposes hereof, and neither the Trustees nor any transfer agent or registrar nor any officer or agent of the Trust shall be affected by any notice of such death, bankruptcy or incompetence, or other operation of law.
 
6.9  Notices . Any and all notices to which any Shareholder hereunder may be entitled and any and all communications shall be deemed duly served or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to any Shareholder of record at his last known address as recorded on the applicable register of the Trust.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
Custodians
 
7.1  Appointment and Duties . The Trustees shall at all times employ a custodian or custodians, meeting the qualifications for custodians for portfolio securities of investment companies contained in the 1940 Act, as custodian with respect to the assets of the Trust. Any custodian shall have authority as agent of the Trust as determined by the custodian agreement or agreements, but subject to such restrictions, limitations and other requirements, if any, as may be contained in the By-Laws of the Trust and the 1940 Act, including without limitation authority:
 
(1) to hold the securities owned by the Trust and deliver the same upon written order;
 
(2) to receive any receipt for any moneys due to the Trust and deposit the same in its own banking department (if a bank) or elsewhere as the Trustees may direct;
 
(3) to disburse such funds upon orders or vouchers;
 
(4) if authorized by the Trustees, to keep the books and accounts of the Trust and furnish clerical and accounting services; and
 
(5) if authorized to do so by the Trustees, to compute the net income or net asset value of the Trust;
 

 
 

 

 
all upon such basis of compensation as may be agreed upon between the Trustees and the custodian.
 
The Trustees may also authorize each custodian to employ one or more sub-custodians from time to time to perform such of the acts and services of the custodian and upon such terms and conditions, as may be agreed upon between the custodian and such sub-custodian and approved by the Trustees, provided that in every case such sub-custodian shall meet the qualifications for custodians contained in the 1940 Act.
 
7.2  Central Certificate System . Subject to such rules, regulations and orders as the Commission may adopt, the Trustees may direct the custodian to deposit all or any part of the securities owned by the Trust in a system for the central handling of securities established by a national securities exchange or a national securities association registered with the Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or such other Person as may be permitted by the Commission, or otherwise in accordance with the 1940 Act, pursuant to which system all securities of any particular class of any issuer deposited within the system are treated as fungible and may be transferred or pledged by bookkeeping entry without physical delivery of such securities, provided that all such deposits shall be subject to withdrawal only upon the order of the Trust.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
Redemption
 
8.1  Redemptions . The Shares of the Trust are not redeemable by the holders.
 
8.2  Disclosure of Holding . The holders of Shares or other securities of the Trust shall upon demand disclose to the Trustees in writing such information with respect to direct and indirect ownership of Shares or other securities of the Trust as the Trustees deem necessary to comply with the provisions of the Code, the 1940 or other applicable laws or regulations, or to comply with the requirements of any other taxing or regulatory authority.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
Determination of Net Asset Value
Net Income and Distributions
 
9.1  Net Asset Value . The net asset value of each outstanding Share of the Trust shall be determined at such time or times on such days as the Trustees may determine, in accordance with the 1940 Act. The method of determination of net asset value shall be determined by the Trustees and shall be as set forth in the Prospectus or as may otherwise be determined by the Trustees. The power and duty to make the net asset value calculations may be delegated by the Trustees and shall be as generally set forth in the Prospectus or as may otherwise be determined by the Trustees.
 
9.2  Distributions to Shareholders . (a) The Trustees shall from time to time distribute ratably among the Shareholders of any class of Shares, or any series of any such class, in accordance with the number of outstanding full and fractional Shares of such class or any series of such class, such proportion of the net profits, surplus (including paid-in surplus), capital, or assets held by the Trustees as they may deem proper or as may otherwise be determined in accordance with this Declaration. Any such distribution may be made in cash or property (including without limitation any type of obligations of the Trust or any assets thereof) or Shares of any class or series or any combination thereof, and the Trustees may distribute ratably among the Shareholders of any class of shares or series of any such class, in accordance with the number of outstanding full and fractional Shares of such class or any series of such class, additional Shares of any class or series in such manner, at such times, and on such terms as the Trustees may deem proper or as may otherwise be determined in accordance with this Declaration.
 

 
 

 

 
(b) Distributions pursuant to this Section 9.2 may be among the Shareholders of record of the applicable class or series of Shares at the time of declaring a distribution or among the Shareholders of record at such later date as the Trustees shall determine and specify.
 
(c) The Trustees may always retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem necessary to pay the debts or expenses of the Trust or to meet obligations of the Trust, or as they otherwise may deem desirable to use in the conduct of its affairs or to retain for future requirements or extensions of the business.
 
(d) Inasmuch as the computation of net income and gains for Federal income tax purposes may vary from the computation thereof on the books, the above provisions shall be interpreted to give the Trustees the power in their discretion to distribute for any fiscal year as ordinary dividends and as capital gains distributions, respectively, additional amounts sufficient to enable the Trust to avoid or reduce liability for taxes.
 
9.3  Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures . Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, the Trustees may prescribe, in their absolute discretion except as may be required by the 1940 Act, such other bases and times for determining the per share asset value of the Trust’s Shares or net income, or the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions as they may deem necessary or desirable for any reason, including to enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act, or any securities exchange or association registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any order of exemption issued by the Commission, all as in effect now or hereafter amended or modified.
 
ARTICLE X
 
Shareholders
 
10.1  Meetings of Shareholders . The Trust shall hold annual meetings of the Shareholders (provided that the Trust’s initial annual meeting of Shareholders may occur up to one year after the completion of its initial fiscal year). A special meeting of Shareholders may be called at any time by a majority of the Trustees or the President and shall be called by any Trustee for any proper purpose upon written request of Shareholders of the Trust holding in the aggregate not less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding Shares of the Trust or class or series of Shares having voting rights on the matter, such request specifying the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is to be called. Any shareholder meeting, including a Special Meeting, shall be held within or without the State of Delaware on such day and at such time as the Trustees shall designate.
 
10.2  Voting . Shareholders shall have no power to vote on any matter except matters on which a vote of Shareholders is required by applicable law, this Declaration or resolution of the Trustees. This Declaration expressly provides that no matter for which voting is required by the Statutory Trust Act in the absence of the contrary provision in the Declaration shall require any vote. Except as otherwise provided herein, any matter required to be submitted to Shareholders and affecting one or more classes or series of Shares shall require approval by the required vote of all the affected classes and series of Shares voting together as a single class; provided, however, that as to any matter with respect to which a separate vote of any class or series of Shares is required by the 1940 Act, such requirement as to a separate vote by that class or series of Shares shall apply in addition to a vote of all the affected classes and series voting together as a single class. Shareholders of a particular class or series of Shares shall not be entitled to vote on any matter that affects only one or more other classes or series of Shares. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election or removal of Trustees.
 
10.3  Notice of Meeting and Record Date . Notice of all meetings of Shareholders, stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the Trustees by mail to each Shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat at its registered address, mailed at least 10 days and not more than 90 days before the meeting or otherwise in compliance with applicable law. Only the business stated in the notice of the
 

 
 

 

 
meeting shall be considered at such meeting. Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned one or more times without further notice not later than 120 days after the record date. For the purposes of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting the Trustees may, without closing the transfer books, fix a date not more than 90 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of such meeting of Shareholders as a record date for the determination of the Persons to be treated as Shareholders of record for such purposes.
 
10.4  Quorum and Required Vote . (a) The holders of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote on any matter at a meeting present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at such meeting of the Shareholders for purposes of conducting business on such matter. The absence from any meeting, in person or by proxy, of a quorum of Shareholders for action upon any given matter shall not prevent action at such meeting upon any other matter or matters which may properly come before the meeting, if there shall be present thereat, in person or by proxy, a quorum of Shareholders in respect of such other matters.
 
(b) Subject to any provision of applicable law, this Declaration or a resolution of the Trustees specifying a greater or a lesser vote requirement for the transaction of any item of business at any meeting of Shareholders, (i) the affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the Shareholders with respect to such matter, and (ii) where a separate vote of one or more classes or series of Shares is required on any matter, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares of such class or series of Shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of the Shareholders of such class or series with respect to such matter.
 
10.5  Proxies, etc . At any meeting of Shareholders, any holder of Shares entitled to vote thereat may vote by properly executed proxy, provided that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. Pursuant to a resolution of a majority of the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of one or more Trustees or one or more of the officers or employees of the Trust. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Only Shareholders of record shall be entitled to vote. Each full Share shall be entitled to one vote and fractional Shares shall be entitled to a vote of such fraction. When any Share is held jointly by several persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Share, but if more than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Share. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. If the holder of any such Share is a minor or a person of unsound mind, and subject to guardianship or to the legal control of any other person as regards the charge or management of such Share, he may vote by his guardian or such other person appointed or having such control, and such vote may be given in person or by proxy.
 
10.6  Reports . The Trustees shall cause to be prepared at least annually and more frequently to the extent and in the form required by law, regulation or any exchange on which Trust Shares are listed a report of operations containing a balance sheet and statement of income and undistributed income of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and an opinion of an independent public accountant on such financial statements. Copies of such reports shall be mailed to all Shareholders of record within the time required by the 1940 Act, and in any event within a reasonable period preceding the meeting of Shareholders. The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to the Shareholders at least semi-annually to the extent required by law, interim reports containing an unaudited balance sheet of the Trust as of the end of such period and an unaudited statement of income and surplus for the period from the beginning of the current fiscal year to the end of such period.
 

 
 

 

 
10.7  Inspection of Records . The records of the Trust shall be open to inspection by Shareholders to the same extent as is permitted shareholders of a corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
10.8  Shareholder Action by Written Consent . Any action which may be taken by Shareholders by vote may be taken without a meeting if the holders entitled to vote thereon of the proportion of Shares required for approval of such action at a meeting of Shareholders pursuant to Section 10.4 consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Shareholders. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
Duration; Termination of Trust;
Amendment; Mergers, Etc .
 
11.1  Duration .  Subject to possible termination in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.2 hereof, the Trust created hereby shall have perpetual existence
 
11.2  Termination . (a) The Trust may be dissolved only upon approval of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the Trustees. Upon the dissolution of the Trust:
 
(i) The Trust shall carry on no business except for the purpose of winding up its affairs.
 
(ii) The Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of the Trust and all of the powers of the Trustees under this Declaration shall continue until the affairs of the Trust shall have been wound up, including the power to fulfill or discharge the contracts of the Trust, collect its assets, sell, convey, assign, exchange, merge where the Trust is not the survivor, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the remaining Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or private sale for consideration which may consist in whole or in part in cash, securities or other property of any kind, discharge or pay its liabilities, and do all other acts appropriate to liquidate its business; provided that any sale, conveyance, assignment, exchange, merger in which the Trust is not the survivor, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all the Trust Property of the Trust shall require approval of the principal terms of the transaction and the nature and amount of the consideration by Shareholders with the same vote as required to open-end the Trust.
 
(iii) After paying or adequately providing for the payment of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities and refunding agreements, as they deem necessary for their protection, the Trustees may distribute the remaining Trust Property, in cash or in kind or partly each, among the Shareholders according to their respective rights.
 
(b) After the winding up and termination of the Trust and distribution to the Shareholders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees or an authorized officer of the Trust shall execute and lodge among the records of the Trust an instrument in writing setting forth the fact of such termination and shall execute and file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. Upon termination of the Trust, the Trustees shall thereupon be discharged from all further liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all Shareholders shall thereupon cease.
 
(c)  The Trustees may, to the extent they deem appropriate, adopt a plan of liquidation at any time preceding the anticipated termination date, which plan of liquidation may set forth the terms and conditions for implementing the termination of the Trust’s existence under this Article XI.  Shareholders of the Trust shall not be entitled to vote on the adoption of any such plan or the termination of the Trust’s existence under this Article XI.
 

 
 

 

 
 
11.3  Amendment Procedure . (a) Except as provided in subsection (b) of this Section 11.3, this Declaration may be amended, after a majority of the Trustees have approved a resolution therefor, by the affirmative vote required by Section 10.4 of this Declaration. The Trustees also may amend this Declaration without any vote of Shareholders of any class or series to divide the Shares of the Trust into one or more classes or additional classes, or one or more series of any such class or classes, to determine the rights, powers, preferences, limitations and restrictions of any class or series of Shares, to change the name of the Trust or any class or series of Shares, to make any change that does not adversely affect the relative rights or preferences of any Shareholder, as they may deem necessary, or to conform this Declaration to the requirements of the 1940 Act or any other applicable federal laws or regulations including pursuant to Section 6.2 or the requirements of the regulated investment company provisions of the Code, but the Trustees shall not be liable for failing to do so.
 
(b) No amendment may be made to Section 2.1, Section 2.2, Section 2.3, Section 3.9, Section 5.1, Section 5.2, Section 11.2(a), this Section 11.3, Section 11.4, Section 11.6 or Section 11.7 of this Declaration and no amendment may be made to this Declaration which would change any rights with respect to any Shares of the Trust by reducing the amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the Trust or by diminishing or eliminating any voting rights pertaining thereto (except that this provision shall not limit the ability of the Trustees to authorize, and to cause the Trust to issue, other securities pursuant to Section 6.2), except after a majority of the Trustees have approved a resolution therefor, by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of each affected class or series outstanding, voting as separate classes or series, unless such amendment has been approved by eighty percent (80%) of the Trustees, in which case approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote shall be required. Nothing contained in this Declaration shall permit the amendment of this Declaration to impair the exemption from personal liability of the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust or to permit assessments upon Shareholders.
 
(c) An amendment duly adopted by the requisite vote of the Board of Trustees and, if required, the Shareholders as aforesaid, shall become effective at the time of such adoption or at such other time as may be designated by the Board of Trustees or Shareholders, as the case may be. A certification in recordable form signed by a majority of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and reciting that it was duly adopted by the Trustees and, if required, the Shareholders as aforesaid, or a copy of the Declaration, as amended, in recordable form, and executed by a majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of such amendment when lodged among the records of the Trust or at such other time designated by the Board.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such time as a Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the first public offering of Shares of the Trust shall have become effective, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees or by an instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees.
 
11.4  Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets . Except as provided in Section 11.7, the Trust may merge or consolidate with any other corporation, association, trust or other organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of the Trust Property or the property, including its good will, upon such terms and conditions and for such consideration when and as authorized by two-thirds of the Trustees and approved by a Majority Shareholder Vote and any such merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange shall be determined for all purposes to have been accomplished under and pursuant to the statutes of the State of Delaware.
 
11.5  Subsidiaries . Without approval by Shareholders, the Trustees may cause to be organized or assist in organizing one or more corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations or other organizations to take over any or all of the Trust Property or to carry on any business in which the Trust shall directly or indirectly have any interest, and to sell, convey and transfer all or a portion of the Trust Property to any such corporation, trust, limited liability company, association or organization in exchange for the shares
 

 
 

 

 
or securities thereof, or otherwise, and to lend money to, subscribe for the shares or securities of, and enter into any contracts with any such corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, association or organization, or any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or organization in which the Trust holds or is about to acquire shares or any other interests.
 
11.6  Conversion . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Declaration or the By-Laws of the Trust, a favorable vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office followed by the favorable vote of the holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of each affected class or series outstanding, voting as separate classes or series, shall be required to approve, adopt or authorize an amendment to this Declaration that makes the Shares a ‘‘redeemable security’’ as that term is defined in the 1940 Act, unless such amendment has been approved by eighty percent (80%) of the Trustees, in which case approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote shall be required. Upon the adoption of a proposal to convert the Trust from a ‘‘closed-end company’’ to an ‘‘open-end company’’ as those terms are defined by the 1940 Act and the necessary amendments to this Declaration to permit such a conversion of the Trust’s outstanding Shares entitled to vote, the Trust shall, upon complying with any requirements of the 1940 Act and state law, become an ‘‘open-end’’ investment company. Such affirmative vote or consent shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the holders of the Shares otherwise required by law, or any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.
 
11.7  Certain Transactions . (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration and subject to the exceptions provided in paragraph (d) of this Section, the types of transactions described in paragraph (c) of this Section shall require the affirmative vote or consent of a majority of the Trustees then in office followed by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of each affected class or series outstanding, voting as separate classes or series, when a Principal Shareholder (as defined in paragraph (b) of this Section) is a party to the transaction. Such affirmative vote or consent shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the holders of Shares otherwise required by law or by the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, whether now or hereafter authorized, or any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.
 
(b) The term ‘‘Principal Shareholder’’ shall mean any corporation, Person or other entity which is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Shares of all outstanding classes or series and shall include any affiliate or associate, as such terms are defined in clause (ii) below, of a Principal Shareholder. For the purposes of this Section, in addition to the Shares which a corporation, Person or other entity beneficially owns directly, (a) any corporation, Person or other entity shall be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any Shares (i) which it has the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement or upon exercise of conversion rights or warrants, or otherwise (but excluding share options granted by the Trust) or (ii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly (including Shares deemed owned through application of clause (i) above), by any other corporation, Person or entity with which its ‘‘affiliate’’ or ‘‘associate’’ (as defined below) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of Shares, or which is its ‘‘affiliate’’ or ‘‘associate’’ as those terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (b) the outstanding Shares shall include Shares deemed owned through application of clauses (i) and (ii) above but shall not include any other Shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights or warrants, or otherwise.
 
(c) This Section shall apply to the following transactions:
 
(i) The merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder.
 
(ii) The issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan).
 

 
 

 

 
(iii) The sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than two percent (2%) of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.)
 
(iv) The sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary thereof, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than two percent (2%) of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for the purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period).
 
(d) The provisions of this Section shall not be applicable to (i) any of the transactions described in paragraph (c) of this Section if eighty percent (80%) of the Trustees shall by resolution have approved a memorandum of understanding with such Principal Shareholder with respect to and substantially consistent with such transaction, in which case approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote shall be the only vote of Shareholders required by this Section, or (ii) any such transaction with any entity of which a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes and series of a stock normally entitled to vote in elections of directors is owned of record or beneficially by the Trust and its subsidiaries.
 
(e) The Board of Trustees shall have the power and duty to determine for the purposes of this Section on the basis of information known to the Trust whether (i) a corporation, person or entity beneficially owns five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Shares of any class or series, (ii) a corporation, person or entity is an ‘‘affiliate’’ or ‘‘associate’’ (as defined above) of another, (iii) the assets being acquired or leased to or by the Trust or any subsidiary thereof constitute a substantial part of the assets of the Trust and have an aggregate fair market value of less than two percent (2%) of the total assets of the Trust, and (iv) the memorandum of understanding referred to in paragraph (d) hereof is substantially consistent with the transaction covered thereby. Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Section.
 
ARTICLE XII
 
Miscellaneous
 
12.1  Filing . (a) This Declaration and any amendment or supplement hereto shall be filed in such places as may be required or as the Trustees deem appropriate. Each amendment or supplement shall be accompanied by a certificate signed and acknowledged by a Trustee stating that such action was duly taken in a manner provided herein, and shall, upon insertion in the Trust’s minute book, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein. A restated Declaration, containing the original Declaration and all amendments and supplements theretofore made, may be executed from time to time by a majority of the Trustees and shall, upon insertion in the Trust’s minute book, be conclusive evidence of all amendments and supplements contained therein and may thereafter be referred to in lieu of the original Declaration and the various amendments and supplements thereto.
 
(b) The Trustees hereby authorize and direct a Certificate of Trust, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, to be executed and filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.
 
12.2  Resident Agent . The Trust shall maintain a resident agent in the State of Delaware, which agent shall initially be The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The Trustees may designate a successor resident agent, provided, however, that such appointment shall not become effective until written notice thereof is delivered to the office of the Secretary of the State.
 

 
 

 

 
12.3  Governing Law . This Declaration is executed by the Trustees and delivered in the State of Delaware and with reference to the laws thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity and construction of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to laws of said State and reference shall be specifically made to the Delaware General Corporation Law as to the construction of matters not specifically covered herein or as to which an ambiguity exists, although such law shall not be viewed as limiting the powers otherwise granted to the Trustees hereunder and any ambiguity shall be viewed in favor of such powers.
 
12.4  Counterparts . This Declaration may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart.
 
12.5  Reliance by Third Parties . Any certificate executed by an individual who, according to the records of the Trust, or of any recording office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to be a Trustee hereunder, certifying to: (a) the number or identity of Trustees or Shareholders, (b) the name of the Trust, (c) the due authorization of the execution of any instrument or writing, (d) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of Trustees or Shareholders, (e) the fact that the number of Trustees or Shareholders present at any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the requirements of this Declaration, (f) the form of any By Laws adopted by or the identity of any officers elected by the Trustees, or (g) the existence of any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs of the Trust, shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified in favor of any person dealing with the Trustees and their successors.
 
12.6  Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation . (a) The provisions of this Declaration are severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Internal Revenue Code or with other applicable laws and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of this Declaration; provided, however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.
 
(b) If any provision of this Declaration shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any jurisdiction.
 


 
 

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused these presents to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
 

 
     
   
John Perlowski
   
Sole Trustee

 

 

 

 
 

 


 
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
 
TO THE
 
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
 
OF
 
BLACKROCK MORTGAGE OPPORTUNITIES TRUST

 
WHEREAS, the initial sole trustee of BlackRock Mortgage Opportunities Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), has approved the amendment of the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated November 13, 2012 (the “Declaration of Trust”), in accordance with Section 11.3 thereof;
 
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to this Certificate of Amendment, the name of the Trust will be changed to “BlackRock Fixed Income Strategic Opportunities;”
 
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the Declaration of Trust is amended as follows:

 
 
1.
 
The Section 1.1 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
       
     
1.1    Name . This Trust shall be known as the “BlackRock Fixed Income Strategic Opportunities” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name or names as they may from time to time determine.
 
 
 
[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

 
 

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole trustee of the Trust, has executed this Certificate of Amendment, to be effective as of the 13th day of November, 2012.
 
 

 
     
   
John Perlowski
   
Sole Trustee
 

 
 
 

 

 
 

 


 
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
 
TO THE
 
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
 
OF
 
BLACKROCK FIXED INCOME STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES

 
WHEREAS, the initial sole trustee of BlackRock Fixed Income Strategic Opportunities, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), has approved the amendment of the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated November 13, 2012 (the “Declaration of Trust”), in accordance with Section 11.3 thereof;
 
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to this Certificate of Amendment, the name of the Trust will be changed to “BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust;”
 
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the Declaration of Trust is amended as follows:

 
 
1.
 
The Section 1.1 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
       
     
1.1    Name . This Trust shall be known as the “BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name or names as they may from time to time determine.

 
[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

 
 

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole trustee of the Trust, has executed this Certificate of Amendment, to be effective as of the 10th day of December, 2012.
 
 

 
     
   
John Perlowski
   
Sole Trustee
 

 
 

 


Exhibit (b)
 
 
 
BLACKROCK MULTI-SECTOR INCOME TRUST

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
 
Effective as of December 10, 2012
 

 
 

 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
  
 
  
Page
 
 
ARTICLE I
 
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
 
 
Section 1.
  
Chair
  
 
2
  
Section 2.
  
Annual Meetings of Shareholders
  
 
3
  
Section 3.
  
Special Meetings of Shareholders
  
 
3
  
Section 4.
  
Place of Meetings
  
 
4
  
Section 5.
  
Notice of Meetings
  
 
4
  
Section 6.
  
Nature of Business at Annual Meetings of Shareholders
  
 
4
  
Section 7.
  
Nomination of Directors
  
 
6
  
Section 8.
  
Conduct of Meetings
  
 
9
  
Section 9.
  
Postponements; Adjournments
  
 
10
  
Section 10.
  
Record Date
  
 
10
  
Section 11.
  
Voting
  
 
11
  
Section 12.
  
Quorum
  
 
11
  
Section 13.
  
Proxies
  
 
11
  
Section 14.
  
Inspectors of Election
  
 
12
  
Section 15.
  
Shareholder Action by Written Consent
  
 
12
  
Section 16.
  
Records at Shareholder Meetings
  
 
13
  
Section 17.
  
Share Ledger
  
 
13
  

 
 
ARTICLE II
 
DIRECTORS
 
 
Section 1.
  
Number and Qualification
  
 
13
  
Section 2.
  
Term of Office
  
 
16
  
Section 3.
  
Resignation and Removal
  
 
16
  
Section 4.
  
Vacancies
  
 
16
  
Section 5.
  
Meetings
  
 
17
  
Section 6.
  
Quorum
  
 
17
  
Section 7.
  
Required Vote
  
 
17
  
Section 8.
  
Committees
  
 
17
  
Section 9.
  
Director Action by Written Consent
  
 
18
  
Section 10.
  
Chair; Records
  
 
18
  

 
 
i

 

 
Section 11.
  
Delegation
  
 
18
  
Section 12.
  
Compensation
  
 
19
  
Section 13.
  
Governance
  
 
19
  

 
 
ARTICLE III
 
OFFICERS
 
 
Section 1.
  
Officers of the Fund
  
 
19
  
Section 2.
  
Election and Tenure
  
 
19
  
Section 3.
  
Removal and Resignation of Officers
  
 
19
  
Section 4.
  
Chair of the Board of Directors
  
 
19
  
Section 5.
  
Vice Chair of the Board of Directors
  
 
19
  
Section 6.
  
President
  
 
19
  
Section 7.
  
Secretary
  
 
19
  
Section 8.
  
Treasurer and/or Chief Financial Officer
  
 
20
  
Section 9.
  
Other Officers and Duties
  
 
20
  

 
 
ARTICLE IV
 
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
  
  
Section 1.
  
No Personal Liability of Directors or Officers
  
 
20
  
Section 2.
  
Mandatory Indemnification
  
 
21
  
Section 3.
  
Good Faith Defined; Reliance on Experts
  
 
21
  
Section 4.
  
Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses
  
 
22
  
Section 5.
  
Insurance
  
 
22
  
Section 6.
  
Subrogation
  
 
22
  

 
 
ARTICLE V
 
STOCK
 
 
Section 1.
  
Shares of Stock
  
 
22
  
Section 2.
  
Transfer Agents, Registrars and the Like
  
 
22
  
Section 3.
  
Transfer of Shares
  
 
22
  
Section 4.
  
Registered Shareholders
  
 
22
  
Section 5.
  
Register of Shares
  
 
23
  
Section 6.
  
Disclosure of Holdings
  
 
23
  
Section 7.
  
Signatures
  
 
23
  
Section 8.
  
Lost Certificates
  
 
23
  

 
 
ARTICLE VI
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
 
Section 1.
  
Filing
   
 23
 

 

 
ii

 


 
Section 2.
  
Governing Law
  
 
23
  
Section 3.
  
Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation
  
 
23
  

 
 
ARTICLE VII
 
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
 
 
Section 1.
  
Amendment and Repeal of Bylaws
  
 
24
  
 

 
iii

 


 
BLACKROCK MULTI-SECTOR INCOME TRUST
 
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
 
These Amended and Restated Bylaws are made and adopted pursuant to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated as of November 13, 2012, as from time to time amended (hereinafter called the “ Charter ”), of BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust (the “ Fund ”).
 
Definitions. As used in these Bylaws, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
 
12(d) Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
 
1940 Act ” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
5% Holder ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
 
Bylaws ” shall mean these Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Fund, as amended or restated from time to time by the Directors.
 
Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Directors ” and “ Board of Directors ” shall mean the persons duly elected or appointed to the Board of Trustees or Board of Directors, as the case may be, of the Fund from time to time, so long as they shall continue in office, and all other persons who at the time in question have been duly elected or appointed and have qualified as directors or trustees in accordance with the provisions hereof and are then in office.
 
Disabling Conduct ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of Article IV.
 
Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
immediate family member ” shall mean any parent, child, spouse, spouse of a parent, spouse of a child, brother or sister (including step and adoptive relationships).
 
Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of Article IV.
 
Independent Director ” shall mean a Director that is not an “interested person” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
 
Independent Non-Party Directors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) of Article IV.
 
investment company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
 
Management Director ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
 
nominated or seated ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
 
Non-Management Director ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
 

 
1

 

 
Person ” shall mean and include natural persons, corporations, partnerships, trusts, limited liability companies, associations, joint ventures and other entities, whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.
 
Prohibited Conduct ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 of Article II.
 
Proposed Nominee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 of Article I.
 
Proposed Nominee Associated Person ” of any Proposed Nominee shall mean (A) any Person acting in concert with such Proposed Nominee, (B) any direct or indirect beneficial owner of Shares owned of record or beneficially by such Proposed Nominee or Person acting in concert with the Proposed Nominee and (C) any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Proposed Nominee or a Proposed Nominee Associated Person.
 
proxy access rules ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 of Article I.
 
SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Shareholder Associated Person ” of any beneficial or record shareholder shall mean (A) any Person acting in concert with such shareholder, (B) any direct or indirect beneficial owner of Shares owned of record or beneficially by such shareholder or any Person acting in concert with such shareholder, (C) any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such shareholder or a Shareholder Associated Person and (D) any member of the immediate family of such shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person.
 
Shares ” shall mean (i) if the Fund is organized as a trust, the units of beneficial interest into which the beneficial interests in the Fund shall be divided from time to time, (ii) if the Fund is organized as a corporation, the shares of stock of the Fund and (iii) if the Fund is organized as a limited liability company, the limited liability company interests of the Fund, and in each case includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares. In addition, Shares also means any preferred units of beneficial interest, preferred stock or preferred limited liability company interests which may be issued from time to time, as described herein. All references to Shares shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all series or classes as the context may require.
 
special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting ” shall mean a special meeting called by Directors for the purpose of electing Directors in the event that an annual meeting is not held on or before such date as may be required by the NYSE Amex, New York Stock Exchange or such other exchange or trading system on which shares are principally traded, if applicable.
 
Special Counsel ” shall mean an “independent legal counsel” as defined in Reg. §270.0-1(a)(6) promulgated under the 1940 Act, and such counsel shall be (i) selected by a majority of the Independent Non-Party Directors, (ii) if fewer than 50% of the Independent Directors are Independent Non-Party Directors, the regular independent counsel to the Independent Directors, or (iii) if such counsel is not able to act in a capacity contemplated in these Bylaws for ethical or other reasons, counsel selected by such regular independent counsel to the Independent Directors.
 
Special Meeting Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(i) of Article I.
 
ARTICLE I
 
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
 
Section 1. Chair . The Chair, if any, shall act as chair at all meetings of the shareholders. In the Chair’s absence, the Vice Chair, if any, shall act as chair at the meeting. In the absence of the Chair and the Vice Chair, the Director or Directors present at each meeting may elect a temporary chair for the meeting, who may be one of themselves.
 

 
2

 
 
 
Section 2. Annual Meetings of Shareholders . The annual meeting of shareholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time and at such place as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the event that such a meeting is not held on or before such date as may be required by the NYSE Amex, New York Stock Exchange or such other exchange or trading system on which shares are principally traded, if applicable, a subsequent “special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting” may be called by the Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting of shareholders. Directors may only be elected at an annual meeting of shareholders or a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting of shareholders.
 
Section 3. Special Meetings of Shareholders .
 
(a) Unless otherwise required by binding law or by the Charter, special meetings of shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, except for the election of Directors, may be called by the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee) or the President and shall be called by the Secretary at the request in writing by the shareholders of record of not less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding Shares of the Fund or class or series of Shares having voting rights on the matter. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).
 
(b) (i) Any shareholder of record seeking to request a special meeting shall send written notice to the Secretary (the “ Special Meeting Request ”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, requesting the Secretary to call a special meeting. Proof of the requesting shareholder’s ownership of Shares at the time of giving the Special Meeting Request must accompany the requesting shareholder’s Special Meeting Request. The Special Meeting Request shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at the meeting, shall be signed by one or more shareholders of record (or their duly authorized agents), shall bear the date of signature of each requesting shareholder (or its duly authorized agent) signing the Special Meeting Request and shall set forth all information that each such shareholder of record and, with respect to the beneficial owners of Shares on whose behalf such request is being made, each such beneficial owner of Shares would be required to disclose in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies with respect to the proposed business to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, as well as additional information required by Article I Section 6(d) of these Bylaws. Upon receiving the Special Meeting Request, the Directors may in their discretion fix a special meeting date, which need not be the same date as that requested in the Special Meeting Request.
 
(ii) A shareholder of record providing notice of business proposed to be brought before a special meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 3(b) shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the special meeting and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the special meeting.
 
(iii) The Board of Directors shall determine the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the Secretary.
 
(iv) Within ten (10) days of receipt of a valid Special Meeting Request, the Secretary shall inform the requesting shareholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing the notice of meeting (including the Fund’s proxy materials). The Secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon receipt of a Special Meeting Request and such meeting shall not be held unless the Secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the mailing of any notice of the meeting.
 

 
3

 

 
Section 4. Place of Meetings . Any shareholder meeting, including a special meeting, shall be held within or without the state in which the Fund was formed at such place, date and time as the Directors shall designate.
 
Section 5. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of all meetings of shareholders, stating the place, date and time of the meeting, shall be given by the Secretary by mail to each shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat at its registered address, mailed at least ten (10) days and not more than sixty (60) days before the meeting or otherwise in compliance with applicable binding law. Such notice will also specify the means of remote communications, if any, by which shareholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting.
 
Section 6. Nature of Business at Annual Meetings of Shareholders .
 
(a) Only such business (other than nominations for election to the Board of Directors, which must comply with the provisions of Section 7 of this Article I) may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders as is either:
 
(i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof),
 
(ii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or
 
(iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any shareholder of record of the Fund:
 
(A) who is a shareholder of record on the date such shareholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6 of this Article I and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such annual meeting; and
 
(B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6 of this Article I.
 
(b) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, such shareholder of record must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Fund.
 
(c) To be timely, a record shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or be mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Fund not less than one hundred and twenty (120) days nor more than one hundred and fifty (150) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder of record in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a record shareholder’s notice as described above.
 
(d) To be in proper written form, a record shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth the following information:
 

 
4

 
 
 
(i) as to each matter such shareholder of record proposes to bring before the annual meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, and
 
(ii) as to the record shareholder giving notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made,
 
(A) the name and address of such person and of any Shareholder Associated Person;
 
(B) (1) the class or series and number of all Shares which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any Shareholder Associated Person,
 
(2) the name of each nominee holder of Shares owned beneficially but not of record by such person or any Shareholder Associated Person, and the number of such Shares held by each such nominee holder,
 
(3) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, with respect to Shares, and
 
(4) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of Shares) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, with respect to Shares;
 
(C) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between or among such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, and any other Person or Persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business and any material interest of such person or any Shareholder Associated Person, in such business, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person;
 
(D) a representation that the shareholder of record giving notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting; and
 
(E) information relating to such person or any Shareholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies by such person with respect to the proposed business to be brought by such person before the annual meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act.
 
(e) A shareholder of record providing notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 6 of this Article I shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual meeting and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund not later
 

 
5

 

 
than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual meeting.
 
(f) No business (other than nominations for election to the Board of Directors, which must comply with the provisions of Section 7 of this Article I) shall be conducted at the annual meeting of shareholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 6 of this Article I. If the chair of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chair shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.
 
(g) Nothing contained in this Section 6 of this Article I shall be deemed to affect any rights of shareholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Fund’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision of law).
 
Section 7. Nomination of Directors .
 
(a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Fund. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made only at any annual meeting of shareholders, or at any special meeting in lieu of the annual meeting of shareholders:
 
(i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or
 
(ii) by any shareholder of record, or group of shareholders of record, of the Fund:
 
(A) who is a shareholder or are shareholders of record on the date such shareholder(s) give the notice provided for in this Section 7 of this Article I and on the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such annual meeting or special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting; and
 
(B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 7 of this Article I.
 
(b) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a shareholder of record, or group of shareholders of record, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Fund.
 
(c) To be timely, a record shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or be mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Fund:
 
(i) in the case of an annual meeting, not less than one hundred and twenty (120) days nor more than one hundred and fifty (150) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within twenty-five (25) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder of record in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs;
 
(ii) in the case of a special meeting of shareholders in lieu of an annual meeting, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and
 

 
6

 

 
(iii) in no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or such a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting, or the public announcement of such an adjournment or postponement, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above.
 
(d) To be in proper written form, a record shareholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth the following information:
 
(i) as to each person whom the shareholder of record proposes to nominate for election as a director (a “ Proposed Nominee ”) and any Proposed Nominee Associated Person:
 
(A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such Proposed Nominee and of any Proposed Nominee Associated Person;
 
(B) the principal occupation or employment of such Proposed Nominee;
 
(C) (1) the class or series and number of all Shares which are owned beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, by such Proposed Nominee and any Proposed Nominee Associated Person, and the name and address of the record holder(s) of such Shares (if different than the beneficial owner(s)) as they appear on the records of the Fund,
 
(2) the name of each nominee holder of Shares owned beneficially but not of record by such Proposed Nominee or any Proposed Nominee Associated Person, and the number of such Shares held by each such nominee holder,
 
(3) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such Proposed Nominee, or any Proposed Nominee Associated Person, with respect to Shares,
 
(4) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of Shares) has been made by or on behalf of such Proposed Nominee, or any Proposed Nominee Associated Person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, such Proposed Nominee, or any Proposed Nominee Associated Person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such Proposed Nominee, or any Proposed Nominee Associated Person, with respect to the Shares,
 
(5) a representation as to whether such Proposed Nominee is an “interested person,” as defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and sufficient information about the Proposed Nominee to permit counsel to the Fund to confirm such representation, including information with respect to each relationship set forth in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act which may cause such Proposed Nominee to be an interested person of the Fund or a representation that no such relationship exists;
 
(6) information to establish to the satisfaction of the Board of Directors that the Proposed Nominee satisfies the director qualifications as set out in Section 1 of Article II; and
 

 
7

 
 
 
(D) any other information relating to such Proposed Nominee or Proposed Nominee Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act (even if an election contest is not involved); and
 
(ii) as to the shareholder of record giving the notice, and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made,
 
(A) the name and record address of such person and of any Shareholder Associated Person;
 
(B) (1) the class or series and number of all Shares which are owned beneficially or of record by such person and any Shareholder Associated Person,
 
(2) the name of each nominee holder of Shares of the Fund owned beneficially but not of record by such person or any Shareholder Associated Person, and the number of Shares held by each such nominee holder,
 
(3) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, with respect to stock of the Fund, and
 
(4) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of Shares) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, with respect to Shares;
 
(C) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings (whether written or oral) between such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, and any proposed nominee or any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are being made by such person, and any material interest of such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person, in such nomination, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such person, or any Shareholder Associated Person;
 
(D) a representation that the shareholder, or group of shareholders, giving notice intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting or special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice;
 
(E) any other information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies for election of directors in an election contest pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act (even if an election contest is not involved).
 
(iii) Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each Proposed Nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.
 

 
8

 
 
 
(e) A shareholder of record, or group of shareholders of record, providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at an annual meeting or special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that:
 
(i) the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 7 of this Article I shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual meeting or special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund not later than five (5) business days after the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to receive notice of such annual meeting or special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting; and
 
(ii) any subsequent information reasonably requested by the Board of Directors to determine that the Proposed Nominee has met the director qualifications as set out in Section 1 of Article II is provided, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to or be mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund not later than five (5) business days after the request by the Board of Directors for subsequent information regarding director qualifications has been delivered to or mailed and received by such shareholder of record, or group of shareholders of record, providing notice of any nomination.
 
(f) No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Fund unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 7 of this Article I. If the chair of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chair shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.
 
(g) Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 7 of this Article I to the contrary, a nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be submitted for inclusion in the Fund’s proxy materials to the extent required by rules adopted by the SEC providing for such nominations and inclusion and interpretations thereof (“ proxy access rules ”), and, if such nomination is submitted under the proxy access rules, such submission:
 
(i) in order to be timely, must be delivered to, or be mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Fund no later than 120 calendar days before the date that the Fund mailed (or otherwise disseminated) its proxy materials for the prior year’s annual meeting (or such other date as may be set forth in the proxy access rules for companies without advance notice bylaws);
 
(ii) in all other respects, must be made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of the proxy access rules, as in effect at the time of the nomination, or any successor rules or regulations of the SEC then in effect; and
 
(iii) must provide the Fund with any other information required by this Section 7 of this Article I, by applicable binding law, the Charter or a resolution of the Directors for nominations not made under the proxy access rules, except to the extent that requiring such information to be furnished is prohibited by the proxy access rules. The provisions of this paragraph of this Section 7 of this Article I do not provide shareholders of the Fund with any rights, nor impose upon the Fund any obligations, other than the rights and obligations set forth in the proxy access rules.
 
Section 8. Conduct of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Fund may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the shareholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chair of any meeting of the shareholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such
 

 
9

 

 
acts as, in the judgment of such chair, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chair of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (c) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (d) limitations on attendance at and participation in the meeting to shareholders, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chair of the meeting shall determine; (e) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by shareholders; and (g) the extent to which, if any, other participants are permitted to speak.
 
Section 9. Postponements; Adjournments . The Board of Directors may, prior to a meeting of shareholders being convened, postpone such meeting from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. The chair of any meeting of the shareholders may adjourn the meeting from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communications, if any, by which shareholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Fund may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned one or more times without further notice not later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after the record date. If after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 of this Article I shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting and each other shareholder entitled to notice of the meeting.
 
Section 10. Record Date .
 
(a) For the purposes of determining the shareholders who are entitled to vote at or otherwise entitled to notice of any meeting, the Directors may, without closing the transfer books, fix a date not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days prior to the date of such meeting of shareholders as a record date for the determination of the Persons to be treated as shareholders of record for such purposes. The record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Directors. If no record date is fixed by the Directors and the stock transfer books are not closed, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day immediately preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the shareholders of record shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
 
(b) In order that the Fund may determine the shareholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Directors and no prior action by the Directors is required by applicable binding law or the Charter to take such action, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Fund by delivery to its registered office in the state in which the Fund was formed, its resident agent, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Fund having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the shareholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Fund’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Directors and prior action by the Directors is required by applicable binding law or the Charter, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
 

 
10

 
 
 
Section 11. Voting .
 
(a) Shareholders shall have no power to vote on any matter except matters on which a vote of shareholders is required by applicable binding law, the Charter or a resolution of the Directors. Except as otherwise provided herein, any matter required to be submitted to shareholders and affecting one or more classes or series of Shares shall require approval by the required vote of all the affected classes and series of Shares voting together as a single class; provided, however, that as to any matter with respect to which a separate vote of any class or series of Shares is required by the 1940 Act, such requirement as to a separate vote by that class or series of Shares shall apply in addition to a vote of all the affected classes and series voting together as a single class. Shareholders of a particular class or series of Shares shall not be entitled to vote on any matter that affects only one or more other classes or series of Shares.
 
(b) Subject to any provision of applicable binding law, the Charter, these Bylaws or a resolution of the Directors specifying a greater or a lesser vote requirement for the transaction of any item of business that properly comes before any meeting of shareholders (i) with respect to the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a plurality of the Shares represented in person or by proxy at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the shareholders with respect to such matters, (ii) for all other items of business, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Shares represented in person or by proxy at any meeting at which a quorum is present and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders with respect to such matter(s), and (iii) where a separate vote of one or more classes or series of Shares is required on any matter, the affirmative vote of a plurality of Shares or a majority of the Shares, as required by the preceding clauses of this paragraph, of such class or series of Shares represented in person or by proxy, at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the shareholders of such class or series with respect to such matter.
 
(c) Only shareholders of record shall be entitled to vote. Each full Share shall be entitled to one vote and fractional Shares shall be entitled to a vote of such fraction. When any Share is held jointly by several persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Share, but if more than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote shall be cast in accordance with applicable binding law.
 
(d) There shall be no cumulative voting in the election or removal of Directors.
 
Section 12. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the Shares entitled to vote on any matter at a meeting present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at such meeting of the shareholders for purposes of conducting business on such matter. The absence from any meeting, in person or by proxy, of a quorum of Shareholders for action upon any given matter shall not prevent action at such meeting upon any other matter or matters which may properly come before the meeting, if there shall be present thereat, in person or by proxy, a quorum of Shareholders in respect of such other matters. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the chair of the meeting shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 9 of this Article I, until a quorum shall be present or represented.
 
Section 13. Proxies .
 
(a) At any meeting of shareholders, any holder of Shares entitled to vote thereat may vote by properly executed proxy, provided that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Fund as the Directors or Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. Pursuant to a resolution of a majority of the Directors, proxies may be solicited in the name of one or more Directors or one or more of the officers or employees of the Fund. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof, unless otherwise
 

 
11

 

 
provided in the proxy. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. If the holder of any such Share is a minor or a person of unsound mind, and subject to guardianship or to the legal control of any other person as regards the charge or management of such Share, such person may vote by their guardian or such other person appointed or having such control, and such vote may be given in person or by proxy.
 
(b) Without limiting the manner in which a shareholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such shareholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a shareholder may grant such authority:
 
(i) A shareholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such shareholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the shareholder or such shareholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.
 
(ii) A shareholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such shareholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was authorized by the shareholder. If it is determined that such telegrams, cablegrams or other electronic transmissions are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.
 
(c) Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a shareholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.
 
Section 14. Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of the shareholders, the Board of Directors, by resolution, may appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the person acting as chair of any meeting of shareholders may, and on the request of any shareholder or shareholder proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election of the meeting. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of the shareholders, the chair of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by applicable binding law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Fund. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law or assigned by the chair of the meeting and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by applicable binding law.
 
Section 15. Shareholder Action by Written Consent .
 
(a) Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Fund may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if the holders entitled to vote thereon, in the proportion of Shares required for approval of such action at a meeting of shareholders, consent to the action in writing and the written
 

 
12

 

 
consents are filed with the records of the meetings of shareholders. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of shareholders.
 
(b) Any such consent shall be delivered to the Fund by delivery to its registered office in the state in which the Fund was formed, its resident agent, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Fund having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the shareholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Fund’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each shareholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Article I Section 15 to the Fund, written consents signed in accordance with Section 15(a) of this Article I by holders to take action are delivered to the Fund by delivery to its registered office in the state in which the Fund was formed, its resident agent, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Fund having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the shareholders are recorded. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.
 
Section 16. Records at Shareholder Meetings . The officer of the Fund who has charge of the share ledger of the Fund shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders of record entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each shareholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each shareholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Fund. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any shareholder who is present.
 
Section 17. Share Ledger . The share ledger of the Fund shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the share ledger, the list required by Section 16 of this Article I or the books of the Fund, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the shareholders.
 
ARTICLE II
 
DIRECTORS
 
Section 1. Number and Qualification . Prior to a public offering of Shares there may be a sole Director. Thereafter, the number of Directors shall be determined by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Directors then in office, provided that the number of Directors shall be no less than the lower limit for Directors as stated in the Charter and no more than fifteen (15) and the Directors shall satisfy the requirements set forth below in this Section 1 of this Article II. No reduction in the number of Directors shall have the effect of removing any Director from office prior to the expiration of the Director’s term. Directors need not own Shares and may succeed themselves in office. Directors who have such present or former associations with the Fund’s investment adviser as may cause such person not to be an Independent Director are referred to as “ Management Directors ”. Each Director who is not a Management Director is referred to as a “ Non-Management Director .”
 
(a) After the offering of Shares, only persons satisfying the following qualification requirements applicable to all Directors may be nominated, elected, appointed, qualified or seated (“ nominated or seated ”) to serve as directors:
 
(i) An individual nominated or seated as a Director shall be at least twenty-one (21) years of age and not older than the younger of (A) the mandatory retirement age determined from time to time by the Directors or a committee of the Directors and
 

 
13

 

(B) eighty (80) years of age, in each case at the time the individual is nominated or seated, and not under legal disability;
 
(ii) An individual nominated or seated as a Director shall, at the time the individual is nominated or seated, serve as a Director of no more than 5 companies having securities registered under the Exchange Act (investment companies having the same investment adviser or investment advisers affiliated through a control relationship shall all be counted as a single company for this purpose);
 
(iii) Except as set forth in Section 1 of this Article II, an individual nominated or seated as a Director shall not be an employee, officer, partner, member, director or 5% or greater shareholder in any investment adviser (other than the Fund’s investment adviser or any investment adviser affiliated with the Fund’s investment adviser), collective investment vehicle primarily engaged in the business of investing in “investment securities” (as defined in the 1940 Act) (an “ investment company ”) or entity controlling or controlled by any investment adviser (other than the Fund’s investment adviser or any investment adviser affiliated with the Fund’s investment adviser) or investment company unless a majority of the Board of Directors shall have determined by resolution that such relationship will not present undue conflicts or impede either the ability of the individual to discharge the duties of a Director or the free flow of information between the Fund’s investment adviser and the Board of Directors;
 
(iv) An individual nominated or seated as a Director shall not have been charged (unless such charges were dismissed or the individual was otherwise exonerated) with a criminal offense involving moral turpitude, dishonesty or breach of trust, or have been convicted or have pled guilty or nolo contendere with respect to a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof;
 
(v) An individual nominated or seated as a Director shall not be and shall not have been subject to any censure, order, consent decree (including consent decrees in which the respondent has neither admitted nor denied the findings) or adverse final action of any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority (including self-regulatory organizations), barring or suspending such individual from participation in or association with any investment-related business or restricting such individual’s activities with respect to any investment-related business (collectively, “ Prohibited Conduct ”), nor shall an individual nominated or seated as a Director be the subject of any investigation or proceeding that could reasonably be expected to result in an individual nominated or seated as a Director failing to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph, nor shall any individual nominated or seated as a Director be or have engaged in any conduct which has resulted in, or could have reasonably been expected or would reasonably be expected to result in, the SEC censuring, placing limitations on the activities, functions, or operations of, suspending, or revoking the registration of any investment adviser under Section 203(e) or (f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;
 
(vi) An individual nominated or seated as a Director shall not be and shall not have been the subject of any of the ineligibility provisions contained in Section 9(b) of the 1940 Act that would permit, or could reasonably have been expected or would reasonably be expected to permit the SEC by order to prohibit, conditionally or unconditionally, either permanently or for a period of time, such individual from serving or acting as an employee, officer, director, member of an advisory board, investment adviser or depositor of, or principal underwriter for, a registered investment company or affiliated person (as defined in Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act) of such investment adviser, depositor, or principal underwriter; and
 
(vii) An individual nominated or seated as a Director shall not be and shall not have been the subject of any of the ineligibility provisions contained in Section 9(a) of the 1940
 

 
14

 

 
Act that would result in, or could have reasonably been expected or would reasonably be expected to result in such individual or a company of which such individual is an affiliated person (as defined in Section 2(a)(3) of the 1940 Act) being ineligible to serve or act in the capacity of employee, officer, director, member of an advisory board, investment adviser, or depositor of any registered investment company, or principal underwriter for any registered investment company, registered unit investment trust, or registered face-amount certificate company.
 
(b) After the offering of Shares, only persons satisfying the following additional qualification requirements applicable to all Non-Management Directors shall be nominated or seated as Non-Management Directors:
 
(i) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may not be an “interested person” of the Fund as defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act;
 
(ii) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may not directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote, or be a member of a group of shareholders party to an agreement, arrangement or practice for sharing information or decisions concerning shareholder actions or the acquisition, disposition or voting of Shares, who together directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote, 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of Shares of the Fund (each such person and each member of such a group, a “ 5% Holder ”), may not control or act in concert with a 5% Holder, and may not be an immediate family member of a 5% Holder or of a person who controls or acts in concert with a 5% Holder;
 
(iii) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, be employed or have been employed within the last year by any 5% Holder or any person who controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or acts in concert with a 5% Holder;
 
(iv) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, have accepted directly or indirectly, during the year of the election for which such individual is nominated or seated or during the immediately preceding calendar year, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from any 5% Holder or from any person who controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or acts in concert with any 5% Holder;
 
(v) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, be an officer, director, general partner or managing member (or person performing similar functions) of any 5% Holder or of any person who controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or acting in concert with a 5% Holder;
 
(vi) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, be employed or employed within the last year by any investment company or any company or companies controlled by an investment company which in the aggregate own (A) more than three percent (3%) of the outstanding voting Shares of the Fund, (B) securities issued by the Fund having an aggregate value in excess of five percent (5%) of the total assets of such investment company and any company or companies controlled by such investment company, (C) securities issued by the Fund and by all other investment companies having an aggregate value in excess of ten percent (10%) of the total assets of the investment company making such investment and any company or companies controlled by the investment company making such investment, or (D) together with other investment companies having the same investment adviser and companies controlled by such investment companies, more than ten percent (10%) of the total outstanding Shares of the
 

 
15

 

 
Fund (an investment company making such investment(s) and any company or companies controlled by it in the aggregate owning securities in excess of the amounts set forth in (A), (B), (C) or (D) being referred to as a “ 12(d) Holder ”), or by any person who controls, is controlled by, under common control with or acts in concert with a 12(d) Holder;
 
(vii) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, have accepted directly or indirectly, during the year of the election for which such individual is nominated or seated, or during the immediately preceding calendar year, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from any 12(d) Holder or from any person who controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or acts in concert with any 12(d) Holder;
 
(viii) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, be an officer, director, partner or member (or person performing similar functions) of any 12(d) Holder or of any person who controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or acting in concert with a 12(d) Holder; and
 
(ix) An individual nominated or seated as a Non-Management Director may not, and any immediate family member of such nominee may not, control or act in concert with any 12(d) Holder or any person who controls, is controlled by, is under common control with or acting in concert with a 12(d) Holder.
 
Section 2. Term of Office . The term of office of a Director shall be as provided in the Charter. The Directors shall be elected at an annual meeting of the shareholders or special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting. Each Director elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting or special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting where his or her successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified. The term of office of a Director shall terminate and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death, resignation, removal, bankruptcy, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to perform the duties of the office of the Director.
 
Section 3. Resignation and Removal . Any of the Directors may resign (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by an instrument in writing signed by such Director and delivered or mailed to the Directors, the Chair, if any, the President, or the Secretary and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date according to the terms of the instrument. Any of the Directors may be removed, provided the aggregate number of Directors after such removal shall not be less than the minimum number set forth in the Charter, only by the proportion of votes of the shareholders or Directors, as applicable, that are set forth in the Charter as the required proportion of votes for the removal of a Director, and with or without cause as may be permitted by the Charter or as required by applicable binding law. Upon the resignation or removal of a Director, each such resigning or removed Director shall execute and deliver to the Fund such documents as may be required by applicable binding law or the Charter or as may be requested by the remaining Directors as being in the best interests of the Fund and the shareholders. Upon the incapacity or death of any Director, such Director’s legal representative shall execute and deliver to the Fund on such Director’s behalf such documents as the remaining Directors shall require as provided in the preceding sentence.
 
Section 4. Vacancies . Whenever a vacancy in the Board of Directors shall occur, the remaining Directors may fill such vacancy by appointing an individual having the qualifications described in this Article by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Directors, whether or not sufficient to constitute a quorum, then in office or may leave such vacancy unfilled or may reduce the number of Directors. The aggregate number of Directors after such reduction shall not be less than the minimum number required by the Charter. If the shareholders of any class or series are entitled separately to elect one or more Directors, a majority of the remaining Directors elected by that class or series or the sole remaining Director elected by that class or series may fill any vacancy among the number of Directors elected by that class or series. If the shareholders of any class or series are entitled separately to elect one or more Directors and no Director of such class or series remains, a majority of the remaining Directors (regardless of the class of shareholders entitled to vote for such Directors) may fill any vacancy. Any vacancy created by an increase in Directors may be filled by the appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in this Article II made by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Directors then in
 

 
16

 

 
office. Whenever a vacancy in the number of Directors shall occur, until such vacancy is filled as provided herein, the Directors in office, regardless of their number, shall have all the powers granted to the Directors and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Directors.
 
Section 5. Meetings .
 
(a) Meetings of the Directors shall be held from time to time upon the call of the Chair, if any, the Vice Chair, if any, the President or any two Directors. Regular meetings of the Directors may be held without call or notice at a time and place fixed by the Bylaws or by resolution of the Directors. Notice of any other meeting shall be given by the Secretary and shall be delivered to the Directors orally or by email not less than 24 hours, or otherwise in writing not less than 72 hours, before the meeting, but may be waived in writing by any Director either before or after such meeting. Directors shall provide the Secretary with an email address to which the Secretary may send communications relating to the Fund. The attendance of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been properly called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting, and no notice need be given of action proposed to be taken by written consent. Whenever written notice is required by binding law, the Charter or these Bylaws to be given to any Director, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such Director at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Fund, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited with a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, or by facsimile or email to a location provided by the Director to the Fund.
 
(b) The Secretary of the Fund shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors and of each committee thereof. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, an Assistant Secretary or a person appointed by the chair of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the members of each committee of the Board of Directors may appoint any person to act as secretary of any meeting of such committee and the Secretary of the Fund may, but need not if such committee so elects, serve in such capacity.
 
(c) Unless otherwise provided by applicable binding law, all or any one or more Directors may participate in a meeting of the Directors or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other; participation in a meeting pursuant to any such communications system shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
Section 6. Quorum . Any time there is more than one Director, a quorum for all meetings of the Board of Directors shall be one-third, but not less than two, of the Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present. With respect to actions of the Directors and any committee of the Directors, Directors who are not Independent Directors in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes under this Article II Section 6 and shall be entitled to vote to the extent not prohibited by the 1940 Act.
 
Section 7. Required Vote . Unless otherwise required or permitted in the Charter or by applicable binding law (including the 1940 Act), any action of the Board of Directors may be taken at a meeting at which a quorum is present by vote of a majority of the Directors present.
 
Section 8. Committees .
 
(a) The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees of its members. Each member of a committee must meet the requirements for membership, if any, imposed by
 

 
17

 

 
applicable binding law and the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Fund are listed or quoted for trading. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. Subject to the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Fund are listed or quoted for trading, in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another qualified member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any Director serving on a committee of the Board of Directors may be removed from such committee at any time by the Board of Directors or by any committee to which such authority is delegated.
 
(b) Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution or charter establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Fund, and may authorize the seal of the Fund, if any, to be affixed to all papers which may require it.
 
(c) Any committee of the Directors, including an executive committee, if any, may act with or without a meeting. Any time there is more than one Director on a committee, unless otherwise required by the committee’s charter, a quorum for all meetings of any committee shall be one-third, but not less than two, of the members thereof. Unless otherwise required by applicable binding law (including the 1940 Act) or provided in the Charter, these Bylaws or the committee’s charter, any action of any such committee may be taken at a meeting at which a quorum is present by vote of a majority of the members present. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.
 
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article II Section 8, the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing any committee of the Board of Directors or the charter of any such committee may establish requirements or procedures relating to the governance or operation of such committee that are different from, or in addition to, those set forth in these Bylaws and, to the extent that there is any inconsistency between these Bylaws and any such resolution or charter, the terms of such resolution or charter shall be controlling.
 
Section 9. Director Action by Written Consent . Subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act, any action which may be taken by Directors by vote may be taken without a meeting if that number of the members of the Board of Directors or of the respective committee, as the case may be, required for approval of such action at a meeting of the Directors or such committee consent to the action in writing or electronic transmission and the written consents or electronic transmission are filed with the records of the meetings of Directors. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Directors or the committee.
 
Section 10. Chair; Records . The Chair, if any, shall act as chair at all meetings of the Directors. In absence of the Chair, the Vice Chair, if any, shall act as chair at the meeting. In the absence of the Chair and the Vice Chair, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to act as temporary chair. The results of all actions taken at a meeting of the Directors, or by written consent of the Directors, shall be recorded by the Secretary or, in the absence of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or such other person appointed by the Board of Directors as the meeting secretary.
 
Section 11. Delegation . Unless otherwise provided in the Charter or these Bylaws and except as provided by applicable binding law, the Directors shall have the power to delegate from time to time to such of their number or to one or more officers, employees or agents of the Fund the doing of such things, including any matters set forth in the Charter or these Bylaws, and the execution of such instruments in the name of the Fund.
 

 
18

 

 
Section 12. Compensation . The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.
 
Section 13. Governance . The Board of Directors may from time to time require all its members (including any individual nominated to serve as a Director) to agree in writing as to matters of corporate governance, business ethics and confidentiality while such persons serve as a Director, such agreement to be on the terms and in a form determined satisfactory by the Board of Directors, as amended and supplemented from time to time in the discretion of the Board of Directors.
 
ARTICLE III
 
OFFICERS
 
Section 1. Officers of the Fund . The Directors shall elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and may elect a Chair and a Vice Chair. Any Chair or Vice Chair shall, and the President, Secretary and Treasurer may, but need not, be a Director. No other officer of the Fund need be a Director. Any two or more of the offices may be held by the same Person, except that after the Fund’s initial public offering the same person may not be both President and Secretary.
 
Section 2. Election and Tenure . The Chair, if any, and Vice Chair, if any, President, Secretary, Treasurer and such other officers as the Directors from time to time may elect shall serve at the pleasure of the Directors or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. The Directors may fill a vacancy in office or add any additional officers at any time.
 
Section 3. Removal and Resignation of Officers . Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the Directors. This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal in breach of a contract of employment. Any officer may resign at any time by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the Chair, if any, President, or Secretary, and such resignation shall take effect immediately upon receipt by the Chair, if any, President, or Secretary, or at a later date according to the terms of such notice in writing.
 
Section 4. Chair of the Board of Directors . The Chair of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chair of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these Bylaws or by the Board of Directors.
 
Section 5. Vice Chair of the Board of Directors . The Vice Chair shall perform the duties of the Chair when the Chair is not able to fulfill those duties for any reason.
 
Section 6. President . The President shall, subject to the control of the Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business of the Fund and of its employees and shall exercise such general powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a Fund. The President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Directors shall from time to time determine. In the absence or disability of the President, the Directors shall delegate authority to another officer of the Fund to perform all of the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the President.
 
Section 7. Secretary . The Secretary shall maintain the minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, shareholders, Directors and committees of Directors, if any. The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal of the Fund, if any, and the Secretary (and any other person so authorized by the Directors) may affix the seal, or if permitted, facsimile thereof, to any instrument executed by the Fund which would be sealed by a business corporation in the state in which the Fund was formed executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers executing such instrument on behalf of the Fund. The Secretary shall
 

 
19

 

 
also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a business corporation in the state in which the Fund was formed and shall have such other authorities and duties as the Directors shall from time to time determine, including but not limited to calling special meetings of shareholders and providing written notice of all meetings of shareholders.
 
Section 8. Treasurer and/or Chief Financial Officer . The Directors can nominate a Treasurer and/or Chief Financial Officer, and, except as otherwise directed by the Directors, such officer(s) shall have the general supervision of the monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and documents of the Fund, and shall have and exercise under the supervision of the Directors and of the President all powers and duties normally incident to the office. Such officer(s) may endorse for deposit or collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Fund or to its order. Such officer(s) shall deposit all funds of the Fund in such depositories as the Directors shall designate. Such officer(s) shall be responsible for such disbursement of the funds of the Fund as may be ordered by the Directors or the President. Such officer(s) shall keep accurate account of the books of the Fund’s transactions which shall be the property of the Fund, and which together with all other property of the Fund in such officer(s)’s possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of the Directors. Unless the Directors shall otherwise determine, such officer(s) shall be the principal accounting officer(s) of the Fund and shall also be the principal financial officer(s) of the Fund. Such officer(s) shall have such other duties and authorities as the Directors shall from time to time determine. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Directors may authorize any adviser, administrator, manager or transfer agent to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds of any series of the Fund on behalf of such series.
 
Section 9. Other Officers and Duties . The Directors may elect or appoint, or may authorize the President to appoint, such other officers or agents with such powers as the Directors may deem to be advisable. Assistant officers shall act generally in the absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in the duties of the office. Each officer, employee and agent of the Fund shall have such other duties and authority as may be conferred upon such person by the Directors or delegated to such person by the President. If the Directors elect or appoint, or authorize the President to appoint, a chief executive officer of the Fund, such chief executive officer, subject to direction of the Directors, shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Fund to execute any and all loans, documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages, registration statements, applications, requests, filings and other instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents of the Fund. Unless otherwise directed by the Directors, the chief executive officer shall have full authority and power, on behalf of all of the Directors, to attend and to act and to vote, on behalf of the Fund at any meetings of business organizations in which the Fund holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other persons, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such persons. The chief executive officer shall have such further authorities and duties as the Directors shall from time to time determine. In the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the Directors shall delegate authority to another officer of the Fund to perform all of the duties of the chief executive officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all of the restrictions upon the chief executive officer.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 1. No Personal Liability of Directors or Officers . No Director, advisory board member or officer of the Fund shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Fund or its shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his or her duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the assets of the Fund for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Fund. If any Director, advisory board member or officer, as such, of the Fund, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, such person shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of the Charter or this Article IV Section 1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director, advisory board member or officer of the Fund existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
 

 
20

 

 
Section 2. Mandatory Indemnification .
 
(a) The Fund hereby agrees to indemnify each person who is or was a Director, advisory board member or officer of the Fund (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”) to the full extent permitted under the Charter. In addition, the Fund may provide greater but not lesser rights to indemnification pursuant to a contract approved by at least a majority of Directors between the Fund and any Indeminitee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the Indemnitee’s position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “ Disabling Conduct ”). Furthermore, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee (A) was authorized by a majority of the Directors or (B) was instituted by the Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the Indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification.
 
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise provided in the Charter or in any agreement relating to indemnification between an Indemnitee and the Fund, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (A) a majority vote of a quorum of those Directors who are both Independent Directors and not parties to the proceeding (“ Independent Non-Party Directors ”), that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (B) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, a Special Counsel in a written opinion concludes that the Indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder.
 
(c) Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and the Charter, the Fund shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Fund or serving in any capacity at the request of the Fund to the full extent permitted for corporations organized under the corporations laws of the state in which the Fund was formed, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Directors.
 
(d) Any repeal or modification of the Charter or Section 2 of this Article IV shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Director, advisory board member or officer of the Fund existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
 
Section 3. Good Faith Defined; Reliance on Experts . For purposes of any determination under this Article IV, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Fund, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Fund, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Fund in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Fund or on information or records given or reports made to the Fund by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert or agent selected with reasonable care by the Fund. The provisions of this Article IV Section 3 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Article IV. Each Director and officer or employee of the Fund shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Fund, upon an opinion of counsel selected by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Directors, or upon reports made to the Fund by any of the Fund’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or
 

 
21

 

 
consultant selected with reasonable care by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Directors, officers or employees of the Fund, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Director.
 
Section 4. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IV shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
Section 5. Insurance . The Directors may maintain insurance for the protection of the Fund’s property, the shareholders, Directors, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Directors shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Directors in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.
 
Section 6. Subrogation . In the event of payment by the Fund to an Indemnitee under the Charter or these Bylaws, the Fund shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute such documents and do such acts as the Fund may reasonably request to secure such rights and to enable the Fund effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.
 
ARTICLE V
 
STOCK
 
Section 1. Shares of Stock . Except as otherwise provided in a resolution approved by the Board of Directors, all Shares of the Fund shall be uncertificated Shares.
 
Section 2. Transfer Agents, Registrars and the Like . The Directors shall have authority to employ and compensate such transfer agents and registrars with respect to the Shares of the Fund as the Directors shall deem necessary or desirable. The transfer agent or transfer agents may keep the applicable register and record therein the original issues and transfers, if any, of the Shares. Any such transfer agents and/or registrars shall perform the duties usually performed by transfer agents and registrars of certificates of stock in a corporation, as modified by the Directors. In addition, the Directors shall have power to employ and compensate such dividend disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the reinvestment of dividends as they shall deem necessary or desirable. Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to any of them by the Directors.
 
Section 3. Transfer of Shares . Shares of the Fund shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by the Charter, these Bylaws and applicable binding law. Transfers of Shares shall be made on the books of the Fund, and in the case of certificated Shares, only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; or, in the case of uncertificated Shares, upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered holder of the Shares or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and upon payment of all necessary transfer taxes and compliance with appropriate procedures for transferring Shares in uncertificated form; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement, compliance or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Fund shall determine to waive such requirement. If any certificated Shares are issued as provided in Section 1 of this Article V, they may be transferred only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes. With respect to certificated Shares, every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Fund shall be marked “ Cancelled ,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary of the Fund or the transfer agent thereof. No transfer of Shares shall be valid as against the Fund for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the Share records of the Fund by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.
 
Section 4. Registered Shareholders . The Fund may deem and treat the holder of record of any Shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be required to take any notice of any right or claim of right of any other person.
 

 
22

 

 
Section 5. Register of Shares . A register shall be kept at the offices of the Fund or any transfer agent duly appointed by the Directors under the direction of the Directors which shall contain the names and addresses of the shareholders and the number of Shares held by them respectively and a record of all transfers thereof. Separate registers shall be established and maintained for each class or series of Shares. Each such register shall be conclusive as to who are the holders of the Shares of the applicable class or series of Shares and who shall be entitled to receive dividends or distributions or otherwise to exercise or enjoy the rights of shareholders. No shareholder shall be entitled to receive payment of any dividend or distribution, nor to have notice given to such Person as herein provided, until such Person has given their address to a transfer agent or such other officer or agent of the Directors as shall keep the register for entry thereon.
 
Section 6. Disclosure of Holdings . The holders of Shares or other securities of the Fund shall upon demand disclose to the Directors in writing such information with respect to direct and indirect ownership of Shares or other securities of the Fund as the Directors deem necessary or appropriate.
 
Section 7. Signatures . Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Fund with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
 
Section 8. Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Fund alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Fund a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Fund on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 1. Filing . These Bylaws and any amendment or supplement hereto shall be filed in such places as may be required or as the Directors deem appropriate. Each amendment or supplement shall be accompanied by a certificate signed and acknowledged by the Secretary stating that such action was duly taken in a manner provided herein, and shall, upon insertion in the Fund’s minute book, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein.
 
Section 2. Governing Law . These Bylaws and the rights of all parties and the validity and construction of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed according to the laws of the state in which the Fund was formed, although such law shall not be viewed as limiting the powers otherwise granted to the Directors hereunder and any ambiguity shall be viewed in favor of such powers.
 
Section 3. Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulation .
 
(a) The provisions of these Bylaws are severable, and if the Directors shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Code or with other applicable binding laws and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of these Bylaws; provided, however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of these Bylaws or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.
 
(b) If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such
 

 
23

 

 
jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of these Bylaws in any jurisdiction.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
 
Section 1. Amendment and Repeal of Bylaws . The Directors shall have the exclusive power to amend or repeal the Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws at any time. Except as may be required by applicable binding law or the Charter, action by the Directors with respect to the Bylaws shall be taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors. The Directors shall in no event adopt Bylaws which are in conflict with the Charter, and any inconsistency shall be construed in favor of the related provisions in the Charter.
 
 

 
 
24
 
 

 
Exhibit (e)
 
 
BLACKROCK MULTI-SECTOR INCOME TRUST
AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
 
 
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
Pursuant to this Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) of the undersigned BlackRock Closed-End Trust (the “Trust”), unless a holder (a “Shareholder”) of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest (the “Common Shares”) otherwise elects, all dividends and distributions on such Shareholder’s Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (“Computershare”), as agent for Shareholders in administering the Plan (the “Plan Agent”), in additional Common Shares of the Trust.  Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the Shareholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by Computershare as the Dividend Disbursing Agent. Participants may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all dividends and distributions in cash by sending written instructions to Computershare, as the Dividend Disbursing Agent, at the address set forth below.  Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by written notice if received by the Plan Agent prior to the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or distribution.
 
The Plan Agent will open an account for each Shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such Shareholder’s Common Shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or other distribution (together, a “dividend”) payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in Common Shares. The Common Shares will be acquired by the Plan Agent for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized Common Shares from the Trust (“newly issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding Common Shares on the open market (“open-market purchases”). If, on the dividend payment date, the net asset value per share (NAV) is equal to or less than the market price per share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition often referred to as a “market premium”), the Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in newly issued Common Shares on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the NAV on the dividend payment date. However, if the NAV is less than 95% of the market price on the dividend payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price on the dividend payment date. If, on the dividend payment date, the NAV is greater than the market price per share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition often referred to as a “market discount”), the Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired on behalf of the participants in open-market purchases. In the event of a market discount on the dividend payment date, the Plan Agent will have until the last business day before the next date on which the Common Shares trade on an
 

 
1

 

“ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the dividend payment date, whichever is sooner (the “last purchase date”), to invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired in open-market purchases. It is contemplated that the Trust will pay monthly income dividends. If, before the Plan Agent has completed its open-market purchases, the market price per common share exceeds the NAV per common share, the average per common share purchase price paid by the Plan Agent may exceed the NAV of the Common Shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer Common Shares than if the dividend had been paid in newly issued Common Shares on the dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to open-market purchases, the Plan provides that if the Plan Agent is unable to invest the full dividend amount in open-market purchases, or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Agent may cease making open-market purchases and may invest any uninvested portion in newly issued shares. Investments in newly issued shares made in this manner would be made pursuant to the same process described above and the date of issue for such newly issued shares will substitute for the dividend payment date.
 
The Plan Agent will maintain all Shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnish written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by Shareholders for tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent on behalf of the Plan participant.
 
In the case of Shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees that hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the record Shareholder and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
 
The Plan Agent’s fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends and distributions will be paid by the Trust. However, each participant will pay a per share fee incurred with respect to the Plan Agent’s open-market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of dividends.  Participants that request a sale of Common Shares through the Plan Agent are subject to a $2.50 sales fee and a brokerage commission of $0.15 per Common Share sold.
 
VOTING
 
Each Shareholder proxy will include those Common Shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for Common Shares held pursuant to the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.
 
TAXATION
 
The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends.
 
AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
 

 
2

 


 
The Plan may be amended or terminated by the Trust. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.  Notice will be sent to Plan participants of any amendments as soon as practicable after such action by the Trust.
 
INQUIRIES REGARDING THE PLAN
 
All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Agent at Computershare Trust Company, N.A., P.O. Box 43078, Providence RI 02940-3078, with overnight correspondence being directed to the Reinvestment Plan Agent at 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021; or by calling (800) 699-1236.
 
APPLICABLE LAW
 
These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.
 
EXECUTION
 
To record the adoption of the Plan as of                , 201 , the Trust has caused this Plan to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Trust by a duly authorized officer.
 

 
3

 

 
By and on behalf of
 
BLACKROCK MULTI-SECTOR INCOME TRUST
   
   
   
 
By:
 
Title:




 
Exhibit (g)(1)
 
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
 
 
AGREEMENT, dated          ,2013, between BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust (the “ Trust ”), a Delaware statutory trust, and BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “ Advisor ”), a Delaware limited liability company.
 
 
WHEREAS, the Advisor has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”); and
 
 
WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Advisor is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;
 
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
 
 
1.            In General .  The Advisor agrees, all as more fully set forth herein, to act as investment advisor to the Trust with respect to the investment of the Trust’s assets and to supervise and arrange for the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the purchase of securities for and the sale of securities held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.
 
2.            Duties and Obligations of the Advisor with Respect to Investment of Assets of the Trust .  Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section and subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Advisor shall (i) act as investment advisor for and supervise and manage the investment and reinvestment of the Trust’s assets and in connection therewith have complete discretion in purchasing and selling securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (ii) supervise continuously the investment program of the Trust and the composition of its investment portfolio; (iii) arrange, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets held in the investment portfolios of the Trust; and (iv) provide investment research to the Trust.
 
3.            Duties and Obligations of Advisor with Respect to the Administration of the Trust .  The Advisor also agrees to furnish office facilities and equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and administrative services (other than such services, if any, provided by the Trust’s custodian, transfer agent and dividend disbursing
 

 
 

 

 
agent and other service providers, as the case may be) for the Trust.  To the extent requested by the Trust, the Advisor agrees to provide the following administrative services:
 
(a)           Oversee the determination and publication of the Trust’s net asset value in accordance with the Trust’s policy as adopted from time to time by the Board of Trustees of the Trust;
 
(b)           Oversee the maintenance by the Trust’s custodian, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent, as the case may be, of certain books and records of the Trust as required under Rule 31a-1(b)(4) of the 1940 Act and maintain (or oversee maintenance by such other persons as approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust) such other books and records required by law or for the proper operation of the Trust;
 
(c)           Oversee the preparation and filing of the Trust’s federal, state and local income tax returns, as applicable, and any other required tax returns;
 
(d)           Review the appropriateness of and arrange for payment of the Trust’s expenses;
 
(e)           Prepare for review and approval by officers of the Trust, financial information for the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports, proxy statements and other communications with shareholders required or otherwise to be sent to Trust shareholders, and arrange for the printing and dissemination of such reports and communications to shareholders;
 
(f)           Prepare for review by an officer of the Trust, the Trust’s periodic financial reports required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) on Form N-SAR, Form N-CSR, Form N-PX, Form N-Q, and such other reports, forms and filings, as may be mutually agreed upon;
 
(g)           Prepare such reports relating to the business and affairs of the Trust as may be mutually agreed upon and not otherwise appropriately prepared by the Trust’s custodian, counsel or auditors;
 
(h)           Prepare such information and reports as may be required by any stock exchange or exchanges on which the Trust’s shares are listed;
 
(i)           Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees of the Trust concerning the performance of the independent accountants as the Board of Trustees of the Trust may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
 
(j)           Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees of the Trust concerning the performance and fees of the Trust’s custodian, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent, as the case may be, as the Board of Trustees of the Trust may reasonably request or deems appropriate;
 

 
 

 

 
(k)           Oversee and review calculations of fees paid to the Trust’s service providers;
 
(l)           Oversee the Trust’s portfolios and perform necessary calculations as required under Section 18 of the 1940 Act;
 
(m)           Consult with the Trust’s officers, independent accountants, legal counsel, custodian, accounting agent, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent, as the case may be, in establishing the accounting policies of the Trust and monitor financial and shareholder accounting services;
 
(n)           Review implementation of any share purchase programs authorized by the Board of Trustees of the Trust;
 
(o)           Determine the amounts available for distribution as dividends and distributions to be paid by the Trust to its shareholders; prepare and arrange for the printing of dividend notices to shareholders; and provide the Trust’s dividend disbursing agent and custodian with such information as is required for such parties to effect the payment of dividends and distributions and to implement the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan;
 
(p)           Prepare such information and reports as may be required by any banks from which the Trust borrows funds;
 
(q)           Provide such assistance to the Trust’s custodian, counsel and auditors as generally may be required to properly carry on the business and operations of the Trust;
 
(r)           Assist in the preparation and filing of Forms 3, 4, and 5 pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 30(f) of the 1940 Act for the Trustees and officers of the Trust, such filings to be based on information provided by those persons;
 
(s)           Respond to or refer to the Trust’s officers or transfer agent, any shareholder (including any potential shareholder) inquiries relating to the Trust; and
 
(t)           Supervise any other aspects of the Trust’s administration as may be agreed to by the Trust and the Advisor.
 
All services are to be furnished through the medium of any trustees, officers or employees of the Advisor or its affiliates as the Advisor deems appropriate in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder.  The Advisor may from time to time, in its sole discretion to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisors, including, without limitation, affiliates of the Advisor, to perform investment advisory services with respect to the Trust, or assign all or a portion of this agreement to any of its affiliates.  The Advisor may terminate any or all sub-advisors in its sole discretion at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.
 

 
 

 

 
The Trust will reimburse the Advisor or its affiliates for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the performance of the administrative services described in this paragraph 3.
 
 
4.            Covenants .  (a)  In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Advisor shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by: (i)  the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust; and
 
(b)           In addition, the Advisor will:
 
(i)           place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer.  Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Advisor will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders.  In placing orders, the Advisor will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency.  Consistent with this obligation, the Advisor may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Advisor.  Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Advisor hereunder.  A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor to the Trust and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term.  In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Advisor, or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law;
 
(ii)           maintain a policy and practice of conducting its investment advisory services hereunder independently of the commercial banking operations of its affiliates.  When the Advisor makes investment recommendations for the Trust, its investment advisory personnel will not inquire or take into consideration whether the issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale for the Trust’s accounts are customers of the commercial department of its affiliates; and
 
(iii)           treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any
 

 
 

 

 
purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.
 
5.            Services Not Exclusive .  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Advisor or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment advisor for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Advisor or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Advisor will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
 
6.            Books and Records .  In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust, and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request.  The Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.
 
7.            Agency Cross Transactions .  From time to time, the Advisor or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “ Account ”) securities which the Advisor’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy.  Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Advisor or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from one or both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent.  This is because in a situation where the Advisor is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Advisor or an affiliate is receiving commissions from both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Advisor’s part regarding the advisory client.  The SEC has adopted a rule under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), which permits the Advisor or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance.  By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Advisor or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account.  The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Advisor.
 
8.            Expenses .  During the term of this Agreement, the Advisor will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred in connection with its duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or Directors/Trustees fees of any officers or Directors/Trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Advisor; provided that the Board of Trustees of the Trust may
 

 
 

 

 
approve reimbursements to the Advisor of the pro rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and all similar employment costs for the time spent on the Trust’s operations (including, without limitation, compliance matters) (other than the provision of investment advice and administrative services required to be provided hereunder) of all personnel employed by the Advisor who devote substantial time to the Trust’s operations or the operations of other investment companies advised by the Advisor.
 
9.            Compensation of the Advisor .  (a)  The Trust agrees to pay to the Advisor and the Advisor agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Advisor pursuant to this Agreement, an aggregate monthly fee in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.80% of the sum of the average daily value of the Managed Assets of the Trust.  “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust (including any assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes) minus the sum of the Trust’s accrued liabilities (other than money borrowed for investment purposes).
 
For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.
 
(b)           For purposes of this Agreement, the Managed Assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.
 
10.            Indemnity .  (b)  The Trust may, with the prior consent of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act), indemnify the Advisor, and each of the Advisor’s trustees, officers, employees, agents, associates and controlling persons and the trustees, partners, members, officers, employees and agents thereof (including any individual who serves at the Advisor’s request as trustee, officer, partner, member, trustee or the like of another entity) (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees (all as provided in accordance with applicable state law) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth herein or thereafter by reason of such Indemnitee having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (1) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Trust or the Trust’s shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful
 

 
 

 

 
misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Indemnitee’s position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “ disabling conduct ”), (2) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Trust and that such Indemnitee appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and did not involve disabling conduct by such Indemnitee and (3) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act).
 
(b)           The Trust may make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if the Trustees of the Trust determine that the facts then known to them would not preclude indemnification.  In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met:  (A) the Indemnitee shall provide security for such Indemnitee undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any unlawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum consisting of Trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“ Disinterested Non-Party Trustees ”) or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
 
(c)           All determinations with respect to the standards for indemnification hereunder shall be made (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that such Indemnitee is not liable or is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion.  All determinations that advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and shall be made in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (2) above.
 
The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnitee may be lawfully entitled.
 

 
 

 

 
11.            Limitation on Liability .   (1) The Advisor will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by Advisor or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, as provided in Section 5.1 of Article V of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, this Agreement is executed by the Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, not individually but as such Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, and the obligations hereunder are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders individually but bind only the estate of the Trust.
 
12.            Duration and Termination .
 
(a)           This Agreement shall become effective on the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein,  shall continue in effect for a period of two years.  Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Advisor 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Advisor), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Advisor on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust).  This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment.  (As used in this Agreement, the terms “ majority of the outstanding voting securities ,” “ interested person ” and “ assignment ” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)
 
13.            Notices .  Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
 
14.            Amendment of this Agreement .  No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in
 

 
 

 

 
writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.  Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.
 
15.            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
 
16.            Use of the Name BlackRock .  The Advisor has consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “BlackRock” in the name of the Trust.  Such consent is conditioned upon the employment of the Advisor as the investment advisor to the Trust.  The name or identifying word “BlackRock” may be used from time to time in other connections and for other purposes by the Advisor and any of its affiliates.  The Advisor may require the Trust to cease using “BlackRock” in the name of the Trust, if the Trust ceases to employ, for any reason, the Advisor, any successor thereto or any affiliate thereof as investment advisor of the Trust. If so required by the Advisor, the Trust will cease using “BlackRock” in its name as promptly as practicable and make all reasonable efforts to remove “BlackRock” from its name including calling a special meeting of shareholders.
 
17.            Miscellaneous .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
 
18.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.


[Signature Page Follows]
 
 

 
 

 


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the foregoing instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and the year first above written.
 
 
 
BLACKROCK MULTI-SECTOR INCOME TRUST
       
       
 
By:
   
     
Name:
     
Title:
   
   
 
BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
       
       
 
By:
   
     
Name:
     
Title:




 
Exhibit (g)(2)


 
SUB-INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT
 

AGREEMENT dated          , 2013, among BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Trust ”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Advisor ”), and BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Sub-Advisor ”).
 
WHEREAS, the Advisor has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”);
 
WHEREAS, the Advisor wishes to retain the Sub-Advisor to provide it with certain sub-advisory services as described below in connection with Advisor’s advisory activities on behalf of the Trust;
 
WHEREAS, the investment management agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, dated            ,   2013 (such agreement or the most recent successor agreement between such parties relating to advisory services to the Trust is referred to herein as the “ Advisory Agreement ”), contemplates that the Advisor may appoint a sub-adviser to perform investment advisory services with respect to the Trust; and
 
WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Advisor is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
 
1.             Appointment .  The Advisor hereby appoints the Sub-Advisor to act as sub-advisor with respect to the Trust and the Sub-Advisor accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.
 
2.             Services of the Sub-Advisor .  Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and control of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, the Sub-Advisor will perform certain of the day-to-day operations of the Trust, which may include one or more of the following services, at the request of the Advisor:  (a) acting as investment advisor for and managing the investment and reinvestment of those assets of the Trust as the Advisor may from time to time request and in connection therewith have complete discretion in purchasing and selling such securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (b) arranging, subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets of the Trust; (c) providing investment research and
 

 
1

 

credit analysis concerning the Trust’s investments, (d) assist the Advisor in determining what portion of the Trust’s assets will be invested in cash, cash equivalents and money market instruments, (e) placing orders for all purchases and sales of such investments made for the Trust, and (f) maintaining the books and records as are required to support the Trust’s investment operations.  At the request of the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor will also, subject to the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and control of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, provide to the Advisor or the Trust any of the facilities and equipment and perform any of the services described in Section 3 of the Advisory Agreement.  In addition, the Sub-Advisor will keep the Trust and the Advisor informed of developments materially affecting the Trust and shall, on its own initiative, furnish to the Trust from time to time whatever information the Sub-Advisor believes appropriate for this purpose.  The Sub-Advisor will periodically communicate to the Advisor, at such times as the Advisor may direct, information concerning the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust, including:  (a) the name of the issuer, (b) the amount of the purchase or sale, (c) the name of the broker or dealer, if any, through which the purchase or sale is effected, (d) the CUSIP number of the instrument, if any, and (e) such other information as the Advisor may reasonably require for purposes of fulfilling its obligations to the Trust under the Advisory Agreement.  The Sub-Advisor will provide the services rendered by it under this Agreement in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions (as currently in effect and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time) as stated in the Trust’s Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and the resolutions of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
 
3.             Covenants . (a)  In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”); (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
 
(b)           In addition, the Sub-Advisor will:
 
(i)           place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer.  Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Advisor will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders.  In placing orders, the Sub-Advisor will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency.  Consistent with this obligation, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor.  Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services
 

 
2

 

 
required to be performed by the Sub-Advisor hereunder.  A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor to the Trust and their other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term.  In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law.  Subject to the foregoing and the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and other applicable provisions of law, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers and dealers with which it or the Trust is affiliated;
 
(ii)           maintain books and records with respect to the Trust’s securities transactions and will render to the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees, such periodic and special reports as they may request;
 
(iii)           maintain a policy and practice of conducting its investment advisory services hereunder independently of the commercial banking operations of its affiliates.  When the Sub-Advisor makes investment recommendations for the Trust, its investment advisory personnel will not inquire or take into consideration whether the issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale for the Trust’s accounts are customers of the commercial department of its affiliates; and
 
(iv)           treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Sub-Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.
 
4.             Services Not Exclusive .  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Sub-Advisor or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment advisor for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Advisor or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
 

 
3

 


 
5.             Books and Records .  In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust as the case may be and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust, any such records upon the Trust’s request as the case may be.  The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act (to the extent such books and records are not maintained by the Advisor).
 
6.             Agency Cross Transactions .  From time to time, the Sub-Advisor or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “ Account ”) securities which the Sub-Advisor’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy.  Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Advisor or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent.  This is because in a situation where the Sub-Advisor is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Sub-Advisor or an affiliate is receiving commissions from one or both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Sub-Advisor’s part regarding the advisory client.  The SEC has adopted a rule under the Advisers Act which permits the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance.  By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account.  The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Sub-Advisor.
 
7.             Expenses .  During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred by the Sub-Advisor in connection with its duties hereunder; provided that the Board of Trustees of the Trust may approve reimbursement to the Sub-Advisor of the pro-rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and all similar employment costs for the time spent on the Trust’s operations (including, without limitation, compliance matters) (other than the provision of investment advice and administrative services required to be provided hereunder) of all personnel employed by the Sub-Advisor who devote substantial time to the Trust’s operations or the operations of other investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Sub-Advisor.
 
8.             Compensation .
 
(a)           For that portion of the Fund for which the Sub-Advisor acts as sub-adviser, the Advisor agrees to pay to the Sub-Advisor and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Sub-Advisor pursuant to this Agreement, an annual fee in arrears in an amount equal to 46% of the management fees received by the Advisor from the Trust with respect to the average daily value of the Managed Assets of the Trust allocated to the Sub-Advisor.
 

 
4

 


 
(b)           For purposes of this Agreement, the Managed Assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.
 
9.             Indemnity .
 
(a)           The Trust may, with the prior consent of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the trustees of the Trust that are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act), indemnify the Sub-Advisor and each of the Sub-Advisor’s directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and controlling persons and the directors, partners, members, officers, employees and agents thereof (including any individual who serves at the Sub-Advisor’s request as director, officer, partner, member, trustee or the like of another entity) (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees (all as provided in accordance with applicable state law) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth herein or thereafter by reason of such Indemnitee having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (1) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Trust, the Trust’s shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Indemnitee’s position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “ disabling conduct ”), (2) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Trust and that such Indemnitee appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and did not involve disabling conduct by such Indemnitee and (3) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act).
 
(b)           The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be
 

 
5

 

sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if the trustees of the Trust determine that the facts then known to them would not preclude indemnification.  In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met:  (A) the Indemnitee shall provide a security for such Indemnitee-undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any unlawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“ Disinterested Non-Party Trustees ”) or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
 
(c)           All determinations with respect to indemnification hereunder shall be made (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that such Indemnitee is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or even, if obtainable, if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion.  All determinations that advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized shall be made in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (2) above.
 
The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnitee may be lawfully entitled.
 
10.             Limitation on Liability .
 
(a)           The Sub-Advisor will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Advisor or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, as provided in Section 5.1 of Article V of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, this Agreement is executed by the Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, not individually but as such Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, and the obligations hereunder are not binding upon any of the Trustees or Shareholders individually but bind only the estate of the Trust.
 

 
6

 

 
11.             Duration and Termination .
 
 
(a)           This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years.  Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees, who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
 
 
(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust or the Advisor at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Sub-Advisor 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Sub-Advisor), provided that such termination by the Trust or the Advisor shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Sub-Advisor on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust and the Advisor), and will terminate automatically upon any termination of the Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor.  This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment.  (As used in this Agreement, the terms “ majority of the outstanding voting securities ,” “ interested person ” and “ assignment ” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)
 
12.             Notices .  Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
 
13.             Amendment of this Agreement .  No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.  Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.
 
14.             Miscellaneous .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
 

 
7

 


 
15.             Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
 
16.             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
 

 
[Signature Page Follows]
 
 

 
8

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
 


 
BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
       
       
 
By:
   
     
Name:
     
Title:


 
BLACKROCK FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
       
       
 
By:
   
     
Name:
     
Title:


 
BLACKROCK MULTI-SECTOR INCOME TRUST
       
       
 
By:
   
     
Name:
     
Title:
 
Exhibit (g)(3)
 
SUB-INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT
 

AGREEMENT dated                      , 2013, among BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Trust ”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Advisor ”), and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Sub-Advisor ”).
 
WHEREAS, the Advisor has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”);
 
WHEREAS, the Advisor wishes to retain the Sub-Advisor to provide it with certain sub-advisory services as described below in connection with Advisor’s advisory activities on behalf of the Trust;
 
WHEREAS, the investment management agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, dated            , 2013 (such agreement or the most recent successor agreement between such parties relating to advisory services to the Trust is referred to herein as the “ Advisory Agreement ”), contemplates that the Advisor may appoint a sub-adviser to perform investment advisory services with respect to the Trust; and
 
WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Advisor is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:
 
1.             Appointment .  The Advisor hereby appoints the Sub-Advisor to act as sub-advisor with respect to the Trust and the Sub-Advisor accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.
 
2.             Services of the Sub-Advisor .  Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and control of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, the Sub-Advisor will perform certain of the day-to-day operations of the Trust, which may include one or more of the following services, at the request of the Advisor:  (a) acting as investment advisor for and managing the investment and reinvestment of those assets of the Trust as the Advisor may from time to time request and in connection therewith have complete discretion in purchasing and selling such securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (b) arranging, subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets of the Trust; (c) providing investment research and credit analysis concerning the Trust’s investments, (d) assist the Advisor in determining
 

 
1

 

 
what portion of the Trust’s assets will be invested in cash, cash equivalents and money market instruments, (e) placing orders for all purchases and sales of such investments made for the Trust, and (f) maintaining the books and records as are required to support the Trust’s investment operations.  At the request of the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor will also, subject to the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and control of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, provide to the Advisor or the Trust any of the facilities and equipment and perform any of the services described in Section 3 of the Advisory Agreement.  In addition, the Sub-Advisor will keep the Trust and the Advisor informed of developments materially affecting the Trust and shall, on its own initiative, furnish to the Trust from time to time whatever information the Sub-Advisor believes appropriate for this purpose.  The Sub-Advisor will periodically communicate to the Advisor, at such times as the Advisor may direct, information concerning the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust, including:  (a) the name of the issuer, (b) the amount of the purchase or sale, (c) the name of the broker or dealer, if any, through which the purchase or sale is effected, (d) the CUSIP number of the instrument, if any, and (e) such other information as the Advisor may reasonably require for purposes of fulfilling its obligations to the Trust under the Advisory Agreement.  The Sub-Advisor will provide the services rendered by it under this Agreement in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions (as currently in effect and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time) as stated in the Trust’s Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and the resolutions of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
 
3.             Covenants . (a)  In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”); (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
 
(b)           In addition, the Sub-Advisor will:
 
(i)           place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer.  Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Advisor will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders.  In placing orders, the Sub-Advisor will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency.  Consistent with this obligation, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor.  Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Advisor hereunder.  A commission
 

 
2

 

 
paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor to the Trust and their other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term.  In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law.  Subject to the foregoing and the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and other applicable provisions of law, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers and dealers with which it or the Trust is affiliated;
 
(ii)           maintain books and records with respect to the Trust’s securities transactions and will render to the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees, such periodic and special reports as they may request;
 
(iii)           maintain a policy and practice of conducting its investment advisory services hereunder independently of the commercial banking operations of its affiliates.  When the Sub-Advisor makes investment recommendations for the Trust, its investment advisory personnel will not inquire or take into consideration whether the issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale for the Trust’s accounts are customers of the commercial department of its affiliates; and
 
(iv)           treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Sub-Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.
 
4.             Services Not Exclusive .  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Sub-Advisor or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment advisor for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Advisor or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
 

 
3

 


5.             Books and Records .  In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust as the case may be and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust, any such records upon the Trust’s request as the case may be.  The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act (to the extent such books and records are not maintained by the Advisor).
 
6.             Agency Cross Transactions .  From time to time, the Sub-Advisor or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “ Account ”) securities which the Sub-Advisor’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy.  Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Advisor or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent.  This is because in a situation where the Sub-Advisor is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Sub-Advisor or an affiliate is receiving commissions from one or both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Sub-Advisor’s part regarding the advisory client.  The SEC has adopted a rule under the Advisers Act which permits the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance.  By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account.  The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Sub-Advisor.
 
7.             Expenses .  During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred by the Sub-Advisor in connection with its duties hereunder; provided that the Board of Trustees of the Trust may approve reimbursement to the Sub-Advisor of the pro-rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and all similar employment costs for the time spent on the Trust’s operations (including, without limitation, compliance matters) (other than the provision of investment advice and administrative services required to be provided hereunder) of all personnel employed by the Sub-Advisor who devote substantial time to the Trust’s operations or the operations of other investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Sub-Advisor.
 
8.             Compensation .
 
(a)           For that portion of the Fund for which the Sub-Advisor acts as sub-adviser, the Advisor agrees to pay to the Sub-Advisor and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Sub-Advisor pursuant to this Agreement, an annual fee in arrears in an amount equal to 46% of the management fees received by the Advisor from the Trust with respect to the average daily value of the Managed Assets of the Trust allocated to the Sub-Advisor.
 

 
4

 


(b)           For purposes of this Agreement, the Managed Assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.
 
9.             Indemnity .
 
(a)           The Trust may, with the prior consent of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the trustees of the Trust that are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act), indemnify the Sub-Advisor and each of the Sub-Advisor’s directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and controlling persons and the directors, partners, members, officers, employees and agents thereof (including any individual who serves at the Sub-Advisor’s request as director, officer, partner, member, trustee or the like of another entity) (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees (all as provided in accordance with applicable state law) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth herein or thereafter by reason of such Indemnitee having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (1) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Trust, the Trust’s shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Indemnitee’s position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “ disabling conduct ”), (2) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Trust and that such Indemnitee appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and did not involve disabling conduct by such Indemnitee and (3) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act).
 
(b)           The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be
 

 
5

 

 
sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if the trustees of the Trust determine that the facts then known to them would not preclude indemnification.  In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met:  (A) the Indemnitee shall provide a security for such Indemnitee-undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any unlawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“ Disinterested Non-Party Trustees ”) or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
 
(c)           All determinations with respect to indemnification hereunder shall be made (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that such Indemnitee is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or even, if obtainable, if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion.  All determinations that advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized shall be made in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (2) above.
 
The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnitee may be lawfully entitled.
 
10.             Limitation on Liability .
 
(a)           The Sub-Advisor will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Advisor or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, as provided in Section 5.1 of Article V of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, this Agreement is executed by the Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, not individually but as such Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, and the obligations hereunder are not binding upon any of the Trustees or Shareholders individually but bind only the estate of the Trust.
 

 
6

 


11.             Duration and Termination .
 
(a)           This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years.  Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees, who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust or the Advisor at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Sub-Advisor 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Sub-Advisor), provided that such termination by the Trust or the Advisor shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Sub-Advisor on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust and the Advisor), and will terminate automatically upon any termination of the Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor.  This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment.  (As used in this Agreement, the terms “ majority of the outstanding voting securities ,” “ interested person ” and “ assignment ” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)
 
12.             Notices .  Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
 
13.             Amendment of this Agreement .  No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.  Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.
 
14.             Miscellaneous .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
 

 
7

 


15.             Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.
 
16.             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
 

 
[Signature Page Follows]
 

 
8

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
 

 
BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
       
 
By:
   
   
Name:
Title:
 
       
       
 
BLACKROCK INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT, LLC
       
 
By:
   
   
Name:
Title:
 
       
       
 
BLACKROCK MULTI-SECTOR INCOME TRUST
       
 
By:
   
   
Name:
Title:
 
 
Exhibit (i)
 

 
THE BLACKROCK CLOSED-END COMPLEX
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 
The Board of the BlackRock Closed-End Complex established the BlackRock Closed-End Complex Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of February 24, 2000. The BlackRock Closed-End Complex Deferred Compensation Plan was amended and restated effective as of September 27, 2002 and subsequently amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008 (as amended and restated, the "Plan"). The purpose of the Plan is to provide eligible trustees of Participating Funds the opportunity to defer the receipt of all or a portion of the amounts payable to them as compensation for services rendered as members of the Board of the respective funds. The terms and conditions applicable to Deferred Compensation that is not Grandfathered Deferred Compensation shall be governed by the terms of Appendix A attached hereto.
 
1.           DEFINITIONS
 
1.1    Definitions. Unless a different meaning is plainly implied by the context, the following terms as used in the Plan shall have the following meanings:
 
The term “ Administrator ” shall mean BlackRock Advisors, LLC, in its capacity as the administrator of the Plan on behalf of the Participating Funds; provided, that, BlackRock Advisors, LLC may hire consultants or other third parties to provide administrative services in connection with the Plan.
 
The term “ Advisor ” shall mean BlackRock Advisors, LLC and its affiliates.
 
The term “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Trustees or Board of Directors of each respective Participating Fund.
 
The term “ Deferral Share Account ” shall mean a book entry account maintained to reflect the number and value of shares of Eligible Investments that the Administrator determines could have been purchased with an Eligible Trustee's Deferred Compensation as provided in this Plan and any earnings thereon.
 
The term “ Eligible Investment ” shall mean a fund managed by the Advisor and designated by the Participating Funds from time to time as an investment medium that may be chosen by an Eligible Trustee in which such Trustee's Deferred Compensation may be deemed to be invested, provided that any Eligible Investment that is also the Participating Fund from which an Eligible Trustee's deferred compensation is paid, is not an Eligible Investment that may be chosen by such Trustee as an investment medium for such deferred compensation.


 
 

 

 
The term “ Eligible Trustee ” shall mean a member of the Board who is not an "interested person" of a Participating Fund or the Adviser, as such term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940  Act ").
 
The term “ Exchange ” shall mean the principal stock exchange on which common shares of an Eligible Investment trade.
 
The term “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to a date, on a per share basis, the closing price of an Eligible Investment, as reported on the consolidated tape of the Exchange on such date or, if the Exchange is closed on such date, the next succeeding date on which it is open.
 
The term “ Grandfather Deferred Compensation ” shall mean all Deferred Compensation amounts which were earned and vested under the Plan as of December 31, 2004.
 
The term “ Participating Funds ” shall mean those registered investment management companies for which the Advisor serves or will serve in the future as investment manager, whether existing at the time of adoption of the Plan or established at a later date, designated by each respective Board as a fund from which compensation may be deferred by an Eligible Trustee. Participating Funds shall be listed on Schedule A to the Plan from time to time, provided that failure to list a Participating Fund on Schedule A shall not affect its status as a Participating Fund.
 
The term “ Valuation Date ” shall mean the last business day of each calendar quarter and any other day upon which the Participating Fund makes valuations of the Deferral Share Accounts.
 
1.2    Trustees and Directors. Where appearing in the Plan, “ Trustee ” shall also refer to “ Director ” and “ Board of Trustees ” shall also refer to “ Board of Directors .”
 
1.3    Separate Plan for each Participating Fund. The Plan is drafted, and shall be construed, as a separate Plan between each Eligible Trustee and each Participating Fund.
 
2.           DEFERRALS

2.1    Deferral Elections.
 
(a)     An Eligible Trustee that elects to participate in the Plan (a “ Participant ”) may defer receipt of up to 50% of the annual compensation (including fees for attending meetings) earned by such Eligible Trustee for serving as a member of the Board or as a member of any committee (or subcommittee of such committee) of the Board of which such Eligible Trustee from time to time may be a member (the “ Deferred Compensation ”). Expenses of attending meetings of the Board, committees of the Board or subcommittees of such committees or other reimbursable expenses may not be deferred.
 
(b)     Deferred Compensation shall be withheld from each payment of compensation by the Participating Fund to the Participant based upon the percentage amount elected by the Participant under Section 2.3 hereof and pursuant to the Participant's Election Form.

2.2    Manner of Election.
 
 
 
 

 

 
(a)     An Eligible Trustee shall elect to participate in the Plan and defer compensation by completing, signing and filing with the Participating Funds an election to defer in such written form as may be prescribed (the “ Election ”). The Election shall include:
 
(i)        The percentage of compensation to be deferred;
 
(ii)        The method of payment of Deferred Compensation (i.e., in a lump sum or the number of installments);
 
(iii)        The time or times of payment of the Deferred Compensation; and
 
(iv)        Any beneficiary(ies) designated by the Participant pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan.
 
(b)     Each Participant's receipt of compensation shall be deferred until the first to occur of any of the following events:
 
(i)       The date which such Participant ceases to be a Trustee of the Participating Fund;
 
(ii)        A date selected by such Participant as specified on the Participant 's Election;
 
(iii)        A date on which some future event occurs which is not within the Participant's control, as specified on the Participant's Election;
 
(iv)        Upon the death of the Participant;

(v)       In the sole discretion of the Participating Fund, upon disability or financial hardship of the Participant;
 
(vi)       The effective date of the sale or liquidation of the Participating Fund or to comply with applicable law; or
 
(vii)        Upon termination of the Plan in accordance with Section 4.5 hereof.

2.3    Period of Deferrals.
 
(a)     Any Election by an Eligible Trustee pursuant to the Plan shall be irrevocable from and after the date on which such Election is filed with the Participating Fund and shall be effective to defer compensation of an Eligible Trustee as follows:
 

 
 

 

 
(i)       As to any Eligible Trustee in office on the original effective date of the Plan (prior to any amendments or restatements) who files an Election no later than thirty (30) days after such effective date, such Election shall be effective to defer any compensation which is earned by the Eligible Trustee after the date of the filing of the Election, or such effective date of the Plan, if later;
 
(ii)       As to any individual who becomes an Eligible Trustee after the original effective date of the Plan and who files an Election within thirty (30) days of becoming an Eligible Trustee, such Election shall be effective to defer any compensation which is earned by the Eligible Trustee after the date of the filing of the Election, or the effective date of the Plan, if later;
 
(iii)        As to any other Eligible Trustee, the Election shall be effective to defer any compensation that is earned from and after the first day of the calendar year next succeeding the calendar year in which the Election is filed; and
 
(iv)        Any Elections in effect on the date this Plan is amended and restated shall remain in effect so that a Participant need not execute new a Election.
 
(b)     A Participant may revoke such Participant's Election at any time by filing a written notice of termination with the Participating Fund. Any compensation earned by the Participant after receipt of the notice by the Participating Fund shall be paid currently and no longer deferred as provided in the Plan.
 
(c)     A Participant who has filed a notice to terminate deferral of compensation may thereafter again file a new Election pursuant to Section 2.2(a) hereof effective for any calendar year subsequent to the calendar year in which the new Election is filed.
 
2.4    Valuation of Deferral Share Account.
 
(a)     Deferred Compensation will be deferred on the date it otherwise would have been paid to a Participant (the “ Deferral Date ). Each Participating Fund will establish a Deferral Share Account for each Participant that will be credited with all or a portion of the Participant's Deferred Compensation from time to time in accordance with this Plan. The specific Participating Funds that maintain Deferral Share Accounts will be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. The amount initially credited to a Participant's Deferral Share Account in connection with each Deferred Compensation amount shall be determined by reference to the number of whole shares of Eligible Investments selected by the Participant that the Deferred Compensation could have purchased at the Fair Market Value per share of such Eligible Investments on a date on or about the Deferral Date (less any brokerage fees payable upon the acquisition of shares of such in the open market). Deferred Compensation shall be credited to the Deferral Share Account as soon as reasonably practicable after the Deferral Date, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. Deferred Compensation not credited to the Deferral Share Account on or about the Deferral Date (e.g. because the remaining amount is not sufficient to purchase an additional whole share of Eligible Investments selected by the Participant or for any other reason) shall be credited to the Deferral Share Account as soon as reasonably practicable, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion (i.e. , as soon as such amount, when taken
 

 
 

 

 
together with other uncredited amounts, is sufficient to purchase a whole share of an Eligible Investment as selected by the Participant).
 
(b)     On each Valuation Date, each Deferral Share Account will be credited or debited with the amount of gain or loss that would have been recognized had the Deferral Share Account been invested in the Eligible Investments designated by the Participant. Each Deferral Share Account will be credited with the Fair Market Value of shares that would have been acquired through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributed as if the amount of Deferred Compensation represented by such Deferral Share Account had been invested and reinvested in shares of the Eligible Investments designated by the Participant. Each Participating Fund shall, from time to time, further adjust the Participant's Deferral Share Account to reflect the value which would have been earned as if the amount of Deferred Compensation credited to such Deferral Share Account had been invested and reinvested in shares of the Eligible Investments designated by the Participant, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion in accordance with this Plan.
 
 (c)     The Deferral Share Account shall be debited to reflect any distributions as of the date such distributions are made in accordance with Section 3 of the Plan.

2.5    Investment of Deferral Share Account.
 
(a)     The Participating Funds shall from time to time designate one or more funds eligible for investment. A Participant's deferred amounts shall be allocated equally among the Eligible Investments. If, as the result of the requirement that notional purchases of Eligible Investments be made in whole shares as set forth in Section 2.4 or for any other reason, not all of a Participant's Deferred Compensation has been credited to the Deferral Share Account, the cash balance of such Deferred Compensation shall be held until the next Valuation Date on which the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, that it is reasonably practicable to make a notional purchase (debiting the cash balance of the Participant's Deferred Compensation) of one or more Eligible Investments then selected by the Participant.
 
(b)     Participating Funds may, from time to time, remove any fund from or add any fund to the list of Eligible Investments. If the Participating Funds discontinue an Eligible Investment, the amounts deferred in the discontinued Eligible Investment will be redirected to other Eligible Investments currently in effect.
 
3.           DISTRIBUTIONS FROM DEFERRAL SHARE ACCOUNT

3.1    Distribution Election.
 
The aggregate value of a Participant's Deferral Share Account and any Deferred Compensation held in cash and not yet credited to a Participant's Deferral Share Account will be paid in a lump sum or in ten (10) or fewer annual installments, as specified in the Participant's Election (or Elections). Distributions will be made as of the first business day of January of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant ceases being a Trustee or on such other dates as the Participant may specify in such Election (or Elections), which shall not be earlier than six (6) months following the Election.
 
(a)     If a Participant elects installment payments, the unpaid balance in the Participant's Deferral Share Account shall continue to accrue earnings and dividend equivalents, computed in
 

 
 

 

 
accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4, and shall be prorated and paid over the installment period. The amount of the first payment shall be a fraction of the then Fair Market Value of such Participant's Deferral Share Account, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is the total number of installments; provided that cash not yet credited to a Participant's Deferral Share Account, if any, will be added to such amount as a part of the first payment. The amount of each subsequent payment shall be a fraction of the then Fair Market Value of the Participant's Deferral Share Account remaining after the prior payment, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the total number of installments elected minus the number of installments previously paid.
 
(b)     All payments shall be in cash; provided, however, if a lump sum payment is elected, the Participant may elect to receive payment in full and fractional shares of the Eligible Investments selected by such Participant at Fair Market Value at the time of payment of the amounts credited to the Participant's Deferral Share Account; provided, further, that any Deferred Compensation held in cash will be distributed in cash. Any such election shall be filed in writing by the Participant with the Participating Fund at least ten (10) business days prior to the date which such payment is to be made.
 
(c)     A Participant may at any time, and from time to time, change any distribution election applicable to such Participant's Deferral Share Account, provided that no election to change the timing of any distribution shall be effective unless it is made in writing and received by the Participating Fund at least six (6) months prior to the earlier of (i) the time at which the Participant ceases to be a Trustee or (ii) the time such distribution shall commence.

3.2    Death Prior to Complete Distribution. In the event of a Participant's death prior to distribution of all amounts in such Participant's Deferral Share Account, notwithstanding any Election made by the Participant and notwithstanding any other provision set forth herein, the value of such Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall be paid in a lump sum in accordance with the provisions of the Plan as soon as reasonably possible to the Participant's designated beneficiary(ies) (the “ Beneficiary ) or, if such Beneficiary(ies) does not survive the Participant or no beneficiary is designated, to such Participant's estate. Any Beneficiary(ies) so designated by a Participant may be changed at any time by notice in writing from such Participant to the Participating Fund. All payments under this Section 3.2 shall otherwise be paid in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof.
 
3.3    Payment in Discretion of Participating Funds.

Amounts deferred hereunder, based on the then adjusted value of the Participant's Deferral Share Account as of the Valuation Date next following plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash, may become payable to the Participant in the discretion of the Participating Fund:
 
(a)     Disability. If the Participating Fund finds on the basis of medical evidence satisfactory to it that the Participant is prevented from engaging in any suitable gainful employment or occupation and that such disability will be permanent and continuous during the remainder of such Participant's life, the Participating Fund shall distribute the amounts in the Participant's Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash in a lump sum or in the number of installments previously selected by the Participant.
 

 
 

 


(b)     Financial Hardship. If the Participant requests and if the Participant provides evidence of financial hardship, the Participating Fund may, in its sole and absolute discretion, permit a distribution of all or a portion of the Participant's Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash prior to the date on which payments would have commenced under Section 3.1.

3.4    Acceleration of Payments.
 
(a)     In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of a Participating Fund or the distribution of all or substantially all of a Participating Fund's assets and property to its shareholders (for this purpose a sale, conveyance or transfer of a Participating Fund's assets to a trust, partnership, association or another corporation in exchange for cash, shares or other securities with the transfer being made subject to, or with the assumption by the transferee of, the liabilities of such Participating Fund shall not be deemed a termination of such Participating Fund or such a distribution), the entire unpaid balance of the Participant's Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash of such Participating Fund shall be paid in a lump sum as of the effective date thereof.
 
(b)     The Participating Funds are empowered to accelerate the payment of deferred amounts to all Participants and Beneficiaries in the event that there is a change in law which would have the effect of adversely affecting such persons' rights and benefits under the Plan if acceleration did not occur.
 
4.           MISCELLANEOUS

4.1    Statements of Account.
 
The Participating Funds will furnish each Participant with a statement setting forth the value of such Participant's Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash as of the end of each calendar year and all credits and debits of such Deferral Share Account or to any Deferred Compensation held in cash during such year. Such statements will be furnished no later than sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar year.

4.2    Rights in Deferral Share Account.
 
Credits to the Deferral Share Accounts or to any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall (i) remain part of the general assets of the Participating Funds, (ii) at all times be the sole and absolute property of the Participating Funds and (iii) in no event be deemed to constitute a fund, trust or collateral security for the payment of the Deferred Compensation to which Participants are entitled. The right of the Participant or any Beneficiary or estate to receive future payment of Deferred Compensation under the provisions of the Plan shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Participating Funds, if any, available at the time of payment. A Participating Fund shall not reserve or set aside funds for the payment of its obligations hereunder by any form of trust, escrow, or similar arrangement. The arrangement described in this Plan shall be "unfunded" for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for purposes of the Employee Retirement Security Income Act of 1974, as amended.

4.3    Non-Assignability.
  

 
 

 


The rights and benefits of Participants under the Plan and any other person or persons to whom payments may be made pursuant to the Plan shall not be subject to alienation, assignment, pledge, transfer or other disposition, except as otherwise provided by law.
 
4.4    Interpretation and Administration.

The Participating Funds shall have the general authority to interpret, construe and implement provisions of the Plan and to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as shall be from time to time, deemed advisable. Any determination by the Participating Funds shall be final and conclusive.

4.5    Amendment and Termination.

The Participating Funds may in their sole discretion amend or terminate the Plan at any time. No amendment or termination shall adversely affect any then existing deferred amounts or rights under the Plan. Upon termination of the Plan, the remaining balance of the Participant's Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall be paid to the Participant (or to a beneficiary, as the case may be), in a lump sum as soon as practicable but no more than thirty (30) days following termination of the Plan.
 
4.6    Incapacity.

If the Participating Funds shall receive satisfactory evidence that the Participant or any Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefit under the Plan is, at the time when such benefit becomes payable, a minor, or is physically or mentally incompetent to receive such benefit and to give a valid release therefor, and that another person or an institution is then maintaining or has custody of the Participant or Beneficiary and that no guardian, committee or other representative of the estate of the Participant or Beneficiary shall have been duly appointed, the Participating Funds may make payment of such benefit otherwise payable to the Participant or Beneficiary to such other person or institution and the release of such other person or institution shall be a valid and complete discharge for the payment of such benefit.

4.7    Payments Due Missing Persons.
 
The Participating Funds shall make a reasonable effort to locate all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan. However, notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, if, after a period of five (5) years from the date such benefit shall be due, any such persons entitled to benefits have not been located, their rights under the Plan shall stand suspended. Before this provision becomes operative, the Participating Funds shall send a certified letter to all such persons to their last known address advising them that their benefits under the Plan shall be suspended. Any such suspended amounts shall be held by the Participating Funds for a period of three (3) additional years (or a total of eight (8) years from the time the benefits first become payable) and thereafter, if unclaimed, such amounts shall be forfeited, subject to applicable laws in the jurisdiction in which the respective Participating Fund is organized.

4.8    Agents.
 
The Participating Funds may employ agents and provide for such clerical, legal, actuarial, accounting, advisory or other services as they deem necessary to perform their duties under the Plan. The
 

 
 

 

 
Participating Funds shall bear the cost of such services and all other expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan.

4.9    Governing Law.
 
All matters concerning the validity, construction and administration of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the respective Participating Fund is organized.

4.10    Non-Guarantee of Status.
 
Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract or guarantee of the right of the Participant to be, or remain as, a Trustee of any of the Participating Funds or to receive any, or any particular rate of, compensation from any of the Participating Funds.

4.11    Counsel.

The Participating Funds may consult with legal counsel with respect to the meaning or construction of the Plan, their obligations or duties hereunder or with respect to any action or proceeding or any question of law, and they shall be fully protected with respect to any action taken or omitted by them in good faith pursuant to the advice of legal counsel.

4.12    Entire Plan.
 
The Plan contains the entire understanding between the Participating Funds and the Participant with respect to the payment of non-qualified elective deferred compensation by the Participating Funds to the Participant.

4.13    Non-liability of Administrator and Participating Funds.

Interpretations of, and determinations (including factual determinations) related to, the Plan made by the Administrator or Participating Funds in good faith, including any determinations of the amounts of the Deferral Share Accounts, shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties; and the Administrator, the Participating Funds and their officers and Trustees shall not incur any liability to the Participant for any such interpretation or determination so made or for any other action taken by it in connection with the Plan in good faith.
 
4.14    Successors and Assigns.

The Plan shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Participating Funds and their successors and assigns and to the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.

4.15    Severability.
 

 
 

 

 
In the event any one or more provisions of the Plan are held to be invalid or unenforceable, such illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect unaffected by such invalidity or unenforceability.
 
4.16    Rule 16b-3 Compliance.
 
It is the intention of the Participating Funds that all transactions under the Plan be exempt from liability imposed by Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Therefore, if any transaction under the Plan is found not to be in compliance with Section 16(b), the provision of the Plan governing such transaction shall be deemed amended so that the transaction does so comply and is so exempt, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Participating Fund, and in all events the Plan shall be construed in favor of its meeting the requirements of an exemption.
 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Participating fund has caused this Plan to be executed by one of its duly authorized officers, as of this day of January 2008.
 
 
   
By:
   
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
 


Witness:
   
Name:
 
Title:
 


 
 

 

SCHEDULE A
 
BLACKROCK CLOSED-END COMPLEX
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 
PARTICIPATING FUNDS
 
Each registered closed-end investment company advised by BlackRock Advisors, LLC is a Participating Fund except as set forth below:
 
None
 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE B
 
ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS
1.
BlackRock International Growth and Income Trust
 
BGY
2.
BlackRock Credit Allocation Income Trust IV 1
 
BTZ
3.
BlackRock Enhanced Dividend Achievers tm Trust
 
BDJ
4.
BlackRock Energy and Resources Trust 2
 
BGR
5.
BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust
 
BGT
6.
BlackRock Credit Allocation Income Trust II, Inc. 3
 
PSY
7.
BlackRock Limited Duration Income Trust
 
BLW
8.
BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund VI, Inc.
 
HYT

_______________________
 
1  Formerly known as BlackRock Preferred and Equity Advantage Trust.
2  Formerly known as BlackRock Global Energy and Resources Trust.
3  Formerly known as BlackRock Preferred Income Strategies Fund, Inc.

 
 

 

BLACKROCK CLOSED-END COMPLEX
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 
Deferral Election Form
 
The undersigned hereby elects to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan ("Plan") in accordance with the elections made in this Deferral Election Form. I understand that the percentage of my compensation set forth below will be deferred under the Plan and "invested" equally in the eight funds that are Eligible Investments.
 

1.
Amount Deferred
 
I hereby elect to defer up to _____% (not more than 50%) of the annual compensation I earn as a Trustee of the BlackRock Closed-End Complex subsequent to the effective date of this election form.
 
2.
Time of Payment
 
I hereby elect for deferred amounts to be paid as follows:
 
o  On the first business day in January of the calendar year following the calendar year in which I cease to be a Trustee; or
 
o  On the following other date:_________________________
 

3.
Number of Payments
 
I hereby elect to receive payment as follows:
 
o Entire amount in a lump sum; or
 
o  In _______________ annual installments (not to exceed 10).
 
I hereby relinquish and release any and all rights to receive payment of the deferred amounts except in accordance with the Plan. I hereby direct and authorize the Administrator to make payments of deferral amounts as it deems necessary or desirable to facilitate administration of the Plan; provided, that such payments shall be made in accordance with the Plan and the foregoing elections.

 
 

 

 
Executed this            day of                  ,_____
 
     
 
Trustee's Signature
 
 
Received and accepted by each of the Participating Funds:

By:
   
     
Date:
   

 
 

 

BLACKROCK CLOSED-END COMPLEX
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 
Designation of Beneficiary
 
The undersigned hereby designates the person or persons named below as the beneficiary(ies) of any benefits which may become due according to the terms and conditions of the BlackRock Closed-End Complex Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan") in the event of my death.
 
o  To my Estate: or
 
o To the following beneficiaries:

 
Primary:
 
     
     
   
(Name, address and relationship) if living, or if not living at my my death, to
     
 
Secondary:
 
     
     
   
(Name, address and relationship) if living, or if not living at my my death, to my Estate.
       
 
I hereby revoke all prior beneficiary designation(s) made under the terms of the Plan by execution of this form.
 
Executed this            day of                  ,_____
 
     
 
Trustee's Signature
 

 
 
 
Exhibit (j)
 

 

 

 

 

 
AGREEMENT BETWEEN
 
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
 
AND
 
EACH OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANIES
 
LISTED ON SCHEDULE A ATTACHED HERETO
 

 


 
 

 


Table of Contents
 
             
ARTICLE I. DEFINED TERMS
  
 
1
  
Section 1.01.
    
“Account”
  
 
1
  
Section 1.02.
    
“Affiliate”
  
 
2
  
Section 1.03.
    
“Agreement”
  
 
2
  
Section 1.04.
    
“Authorized Person(s)”
  
 
2
  
Section 1.05.
    
“Bank Account”
  
 
2
  
Section 1.06.
    
“Banking Institution”
  
 
2
  
Section 1.07.
    
“Board”
  
 
2
  
Section 1.08.
    
“Business Day”
  
 
2
  
Section 1.09.
    
“Commission”
  
 
2
  
Section 1.10.
    
“DR”
  
 
3
  
Section 1.11.
    
“Domestic Subcustodian”
  
 
3
  
Section 1.12.
    
“Eligible Securities Depository”
  
 
3
  
Section 1.13.
    
“Foreign Subcustodian”
  
 
3
  
Section 1.14.
    
“Fund”
  
 
3
  
Section 1.15.
    
“Institutional Client”
  
 
4
  
Section 1.16.
    
“Interest Bearing Deposits”
  
 
4
  
Section 1.17.
    
“Investment Company Act”
  
 
4
  
Section 1.18.
    
“Loans”
  
 
4
  
Section 1.19.
    
“Overdraft”
  
 
4
  
Section 1.20.
    
“Overdraft Notice”
  
 
4
  
Section 1.21.
    
“Person”
  
 
4
  
Section 1.22.
    
“Procedural Agreement”
  
 
4
  
Section 1.23.
    
“Proper Instructions”
  
 
4
  
Section 1.24.
    
“Property”
  
 
5
  
Section 1.25.
    
“Securities System”
  
 
5
  
Section 1.26.
    
“Segregated Account”
  
 
5
  
Section 1.27.
    
“Series”
  
 
6
  
Section 1.28.
    
“Shareholder Servicing Agent”
  
 
6
  
Section 1.29.
    
“Shares”
  
 
6
  
Section 1.30.
    
“Subcustodian”
  
 
6
  
Section 1.31.
    
“Terminating Fund”
  
 
6
  
ARTICLE II. APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN
  
 
6
  
ARTICLE III. POWERS AND DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN
  
 
7
  
Section 3.01.
    
Safekeeping
  
 
7
  
Section 3.02.
    
Manner of Holding Securities
  
 
7
  
Section 3.03.
    
Security Purchases and Sales
  
 
9
  
Section 3.04.
    
Exchanges of Securities
  
 
11
  
Section 3.05.
    
Depositary Receipts
  
 
12
  
Section 3.06.
    
Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers
  
 
12
  
Section 3.07.
    
Stock Dividends, Rights, Etc.
  
 
13
  
Section 3.08.
    
Options
  
 
13
  
 
i


 
 

 


Section 3.09.
    
Futures Contracts
  
 
14
  
Section 3.10.
    
Borrowings
  
 
15
  
Section 3.11.
    
Interest Bearing Deposits
  
 
15
  
Section 3.12.
    
Foreign Exchange Transactions
  
 
16
  
Section 3.13.
    
Securities Loans
  
 
17
  
Section 3.14.
    
Collections
  
 
18
  
Section 3.15.
    
Dividends, Distributions and Redemptions
  
 
19
  
Section 3.16.
    
Proceeds from Shares Sold
  
 
19
  
Section 3.17.
    
Proxies, Notices, Etc
  
 
20
  
Section 3.18.
    
Bills and Other Disbursements
  
 
20
  
Section 3.19.
    
Nondiscretionary Functions
  
 
20
  
Section 3.20.
    
Bank Accounts
  
 
20
  
Section 3.21.
    
Deposit of Fund Assets in Securities Systems
  
 
21
  
Section 3.22.
    
Maintenance of Assets in Underlying Fund Systems
  
 
23
  
Section 3.23.
    
Other Transfers
  
 
24
  
Section 3.24.
    
Establishment of Segregated Account(s
  
 
24
  
Section 3.25.
    
Custodian’s Books and Records
  
 
24
  
Section 3.26.
    
Opinion of Fund’s Independent Certified Public Accountants
  
 
26
  
Section 3.27.
    
Reports by Independent Certified Public Accountants
  
 
26
  
Section 3.28.
    
Overdrafts
  
 
26
  
Section 3.29.
    
Reimbursement for Advances
  
 
27
  
Section 3.30.
    
Claims
  
 
28
  
ARTICLE IV. PROPER INSTRUCTIONS AND RELATED MATTERS
  
 
28
  
Section 4.01.
    
Proper Instructions
  
 
28
  
Section 4.02.
    
Authorized Persons
  
 
29
  
Section 4.03.
    
Persons Having Access to Assets of the Fund or Series
  
 
30
  
Section 4.04.
    
Actions of Custodian Based on Proper Instructions
  
 
30
  
ARTICLE V. SUBCUSTODIANS
  
 
30
  
Section 5.01.
    
Domestic Subcustodians
  
 
30
  
Section 5.02.
    
Foreign Subcustodians
  
 
31
  
Section 5.03.
    
Termination of a Subcustodian
  
 
31
  
Section 5.04.
    
Eligible Securities Depositories
  
 
32
  
ARTICLE VI. STANDARD OF CARE; INDEMNIFICATION
  
 
33
  
Section 6.01.
    
Standard of Care
  
 
33
  
Section 6.02.
    
Liability of Custodian for Actions of Other Persons
  
 
36
  
Section 6.03.
    
Indemnification
  
 
37
  
Section 6.04.
    
Fund’s Right to Proceed
  
 
39
  
ARTICLE VII. COMPENSATION
  
 
40
  
ARTICLE VIII. TERMINATION
  
 
41
  
Section 8.01.
    
Termination of Agreement as to One or More Funds
  
 
41
  
Section 8.02.
    
Termination as to One or More Series
  
 
42
  
ARTICLE IX. MISCELLANEOUS
  
 
43
  
Section 9.01.
    
Execution of Documents, Etc.
  
 
43
  
Section 9.02.
    
Representative Capacity; Nonrecourse Obligations
  
 
43
  
 
ii

 
 

 


Section 9.03.
    
Several Obligations of the Funds and the Series
  
 
44
  
Section 9.04.
    
Representations and Warranties
  
 
44
  
Section 9.05.
    
Entire Agreement
  
 
45
  
Section 9.06.
    
Waivers and Amendments
  
 
46
  
Section 9.07.
    
Interpretation
  
 
46
  
Section 9.08.
    
Captions
  
 
47
  
Section 9.09.
    
Governing Law
  
 
47
  
Section 9.10.
    
Notices
  
 
47
  
Section 9.11.
    
Assignment
  
 
47
  
Section 9.12.
    
Counterparts
  
 
48
  
Section 9.13.
    
Confidentiality; Survival of Obligations
  
 
48
  
Section 9.14.
    
Shareholder Communications
  
 
48
  
 
iii


 
 

 


CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
 
AGREEMENT made this 21 st day of September, 2001 between each of the investment companies listed on Schedule A hereto, as the same may be amended from time to time and State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Custodian”).
 
WITNESSETH:
 
WHEREAS, each Fund (as defined in Section 1.14 below) desires to appoint the Custodian as custodian on its own behalf and, if a series fund, on behalf of each of its series, in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, under the terms and conditions set forth in this Custodian Agreement (including any Schedules or Appendices hereto), and the Custodian has agreed to act as custodian for such Fund; and
 
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors/Trustees of each Fund has approved the appointment of the Custodian as “Foreign Custody Manager,” as such term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, of such Fund, and the Custodian has agreed to assume the responsibilities of a Foreign Custody Manager under the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the guidelines and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors/Trustees of each Fund and annexed hereto as Schedule B.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I.
 
DEFINED TERMS
 
The following terms are defined as follows:
 
Section 1.01. “Account” shall mean an account of the Custodian established at a bank, Securities System or Subcustodian (as defined in Sections 1.25 and 1.30, respectively), which
 
1


 
 

 


shall include only Property (as defined in Section 1.24) held as custodian or otherwise for a Fund or a series of a Fund. To the extent required by law or in accord with standard industry practice in a particular market, an Account may be an omnibus account in the name of the Custodian or its nominee provided that the records of the Custodian shall indicate at all times the Fund or other customer for which Property is held in such Account and the respective interests therein.
 
Section 1.02. “Affiliate” shall mean any entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with any other entity.
 
Section 1.03. “Agreement” shall mean this agreement between each of the Funds and the Custodian and all current or subsequent schedules and appendices hereto.
 
Section 1.04. “Authorized Person(s)” shall mean all persons authorized in writing by each Fund to give Proper Instructions (as defined in Section 1.23) or any other notice, request, direction, instruction, certificate or instrument on behalf of a Fund or a series thereof.
 
Section 1.05. “Bank Account” shall mean any demand deposit bank account (provided that demand may not be made by check), which will be an interest bearing bank account where permitted by law and agreed between the Custodian and a Fund, held on the books of the Custodian or a Subcustodian for the account of a Fund or a series of a Fund.
 
Section 1.06. “Banking Institution” shall mean a bank or trust company, including the Custodian, any Subcustodian or any subsidiary or Affiliate of the Custodian.
 
Section 1.07. “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors or Trustees, as applicable, of a Fund.
 
Section 1.08. “Business Day” shall mean any day on which the New York Stock Exchange or the Custodian is open for business that is not a Saturday or Sunday.
 
Section 1.09. “Commission” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
2


 
 

 


Section 1.10. “DR” shall mean an American Depositary Receipt, European Depositary Receipt, or Global Depositary Receipt or similar instrument issued by a depositary to represent the underlying securities held by the depositary.
 
Section 1.11. “Domestic Subcustodian” shall mean any bank as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the Investment Company Act (as defined in Section 1.17) meeting the requirements of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, that acts on behalf of one or more Funds, or on behalf of the Custodian as custodian for one or more Funds, as a Subcustodian for purposes of holding cash, securities and other assets of such Funds and performing other functions of the Custodian within the United States.
 
Section 1.12. “Eligible Securities Depository” shall mean a system for the central handling of securities as defined in Rule 17f-4 under the Investment Company Act that meets the requirements of an “eligible securities depository” under Rule 17f-7 under the Investment Company Act, as such may be amended or interpreted from time to time by the Commission.
 
Section 1.13. “Foreign Subcustodian” shall mean (i) any bank, trust company, or other entity meeting the requirements of an “eligible foreign custodian” under the rules and regulations under Section 17(f) of the Investment Company Act or by order of the Commission exempted therefrom, or (ii) any bank as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the Investment Company Act meeting the requirements of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder to act on behalf of one or more Funds as a Subcustodian for purposes of holding cash, securities and other assets of such Fund(s) and performing other functions of the Custodian in countries other than the United States.
 
Section 1.14. “Fund” shall mean any registered, open-end or closed-end investment company listed on Schedule A hereto as it shall be amended from time to time. Collectively, they shall be referred to as the “Funds.”
 
3


 
 

 


Section 1.15. “Institutional Client” shall mean a major commercial bank, corporation, insurance company, or substantially similar institution that purchases or sells securities and makes substantial use of custodial services.
 
Section 1.16. “Interest Bearing Deposits” shall mean interest bearing fixed term and call deposits.
 
Section 1.17. “Investment Company Act” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
 
Section 1.18. “Loans” shall mean corporate loans or participation interests therein, or assignments thereof.
 
Section 1.19. “Overdraft” shall mean any payment or transfer of funds on behalf of a Fund or series of a Fund for which there are, at the close of business on the date of such payment or transfer, insufficient funds held by the Custodian on behalf of such Fund or series thereof.
 
Section 1.20. “Overdraft Notice” shall mean any written notification of an Overdraft by facsimile transmission or any other such manner as a Fund and the Custodian may agree in writing.
 
Section 1.21. “Person” shall mean the Custodian or any Subcustodian or Securities System, or any Eligible Securities Depository used by any such Subcustodian, or any nominee of the Custodian or any Subcustodian.
 
Section 1.22. “Procedural Agreement” shall mean any futures margin procedural agreement among a Fund or series of a Fund, the Custodian and any futures commission merchant.
 
Section 1.23. “Proper Instructions” shall mean: (i) either a tested telex or a written (including, without limitation, facsimile transmission) request, direction, instruction or certification signed or initialed by or on behalf of the applicable Fund or series of a Fund by one
 
4


 
 

 


or more Authorized Persons; (ii) a telephonic or other oral communication by one or more Authorized Persons; or (iii) a communication effected directly between an electro-mechanical or electronic device or system (including, without limitation, computers) by or on behalf of the applicable Fund that is transmitted in compliance with the security procedures established for such communications by the Custodian and the Fund; provided , however , that communications purporting to be given by an Authorized Person shall be considered Proper Instructions only if the Custodian reasonably believes such communications to have been given by an Authorized Person with respect to the transaction involved. Proper Instructions shall include all information necessary to permit the Custodian to fulfill its duties and obligations thereunder. Proper Instructions provided by facsimile transmission or under subsection (ii) shall be subject to a commercially reasonable authentication procedure, such as call back.
 
Section 1.24. “Property” shall mean any securities or other assets of a Fund or series that are accepted by the Custodian for safekeeping, or cash accepted by the Custodian for deposit on behalf of a Fund or series of a Fund.
 
Section 1.25. “Securities System” shall mean (i) the Depository Trust Company, including its Mortgage Backed Securities Division and/or (ii) any book-entry system as provided in (1) Subpart O of Treasury Circular No. 300, 31 CFR 306, (2) Subpart B of 31 CFR Part 350, (3) the book-entry regulations of federal agencies substantially in the form of Subpart O, (4) any other domestic clearing agency registered with the Commission under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which acts as a securities depository. Each such Securities System shall be approved by each Fund’s Board.
 
Section 1.26. “Segregated Account” shall mean an account established for and on behalf of a Fund in which may be held Property that is maintained: (i) for the purposes set forth in Section 3.08, 3.09, and 3.10, hereof; (ii) for the purposes of compliance by the Fund with the
 
5


 
 

 


procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent release or releases of the Commission relating to the maintenance of Segregated Accounts by registered investment companies, or (iii) for any other lawful purposes as may be deemed necessary by the Fund.
 
Section 1.27. “Series” shall mean the one or more series of shares into which a Fund may be organized, each of which shall represent an interest in a separate portfolio of Property and shall include all of the existing and additional Series now or hereafter listed on Schedule A.
 
Section 1.28. “Shareholder Servicing Agent” shall mean a Fund’s transfer agent or person performing comparable duties.
 
Section 1.29. “Shares” shall mean all classes of shares of a Fund or Series.
 
Section 1.30. “Subcustodian” shall mean any duly appointed Domestic Subcustodian or Foreign Subcustodian.
 
Section 1.31. “Terminating Fund” shall mean a Fund or Series that has terminated the Agreement with the Custodian or as to which the Custodian has terminated the Agreement, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.01.
 
ARTICLE II.
 
APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN
 
Each Fund hereby appoints the Custodian as custodian and as Foreign Custody Manager for the term and subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Custodian’s duties and obligations as Foreign Custody Manager and with respect to Eligible Securities Depositories shall be as set forth in this Agreement, including Schedule B hereto. Each Fund shall deliver to the Custodian or a Subcustodian, or shall cause to be delivered to the Custodian or a Subcustodian, Property
 
6


 
 

 


owned by such Fund and, where applicable, shall specify to which of its Series such Property is to be specifically allocated.
 
ARTICLE III.
 
POWERS AND DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN
 
With respect to Property of each Fund or Series, the Custodian shall have and perform the following powers and duties:
 
Section 3.01. Safekeeping . The Custodian shall from time to time receive delivery of Property of a Fund or Series and shall maintain, hold and, with respect to Property that is not cash, keep safely all Property of each Fund or each Series that has been delivered to and accepted by the Custodian. Custodian shall accept and maintain Property received in the form of cash as a deposit obligation of the Custodian or a Subcustodian.
 
Section 3.02. Manner of Holding Securities .
 
(a) The Custodian shall at all times hold securities of each Fund or Series (i) by physical possession of the share certificates or other instruments representing such securities in registered or bearer form, or (ii) in book-entry form by a Securities System or by a transfer agent or registrar of another investment company (an “Underlying Fund System”), or (iii) with respect to Loans, by possession of all documents, certificates and other such instruments, including any schedule of payments (“Financing Documents”) as are delivered to the Custodian.
 
(b) Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall open an Account in the name of each Fund or Series and shall hold registered securities of each Fund or Series (i) in the name or any nominee name of the Custodian, a Subcustodian or the Fund, or (ii) in street name. In carrying out the foregoing obligation, the Custodian shall, to the extent permitted by law and, where Custodian deems it advisable based upon any legal advice Custodian has
 
7


 
 

 


obtained with respect to a particular market and upon other factors the Custodian deems appropriate, hold registered securities of each Fund or Series in a manner that is appropriate to the Fund’s tax domicile and that takes into consideration the best interests of the Fund with respect to regulatory matters relating to custody; and provided further that the Custodian shall, on an ongoing basis, provide accurate information to a Fund and such other persons as a Fund may designate with respect to the registration status of each Fund’s securities, and an accurate record of securities held by each Fund and such Fund’s respective interest therein.
 
(c) The Custodian may hold Property for all of its customers, including a Fund or Series, with any Foreign Subcustodian in an Account that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers or in a depository account, including an omnibus account, with an Eligible Securities Depository; provided , however , that (i) the records of the Custodian with respect to Property of any Fund or Series that are maintained in such Account or depository account shall identify such Property as belonging to the applicable Fund or Series and (ii) to the extent permitted and customary in the market in which the Account or depository account is maintained, the Custodian shall require that Property so held by a Foreign Subcustodian or Eligible Securities Depository be held separately from any assets of the Custodian or such Foreign Subcustodian.
 
(d) The Custodian shall send each Fund a written statement, advice or notification of any transfers of any Property of the Fund to or from an Account or an account at an Eligible Securities Depository (a “depository account”). Each such statement, advice or notification shall identify the Property transferred and the entity that has custody of the Property. Unless a Fund provides the Custodian with a written exception or objection to any such statement, advice or notification within ninety (90) days of Fund’s receipt thereof, the Fund shall be deemed to have approved such statement, advice or notification. To the extent permitted by law and the terms of
 
8


 
 

 


this Agreement, the Custodian shall not be liable for the contents of any such statement, advice or notification that has been approved by a Fund.
 
Section 3.03. Security Purchases and Sales .
 
(a) Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, insofar as funds are available for the purpose, the Custodian shall pay for and receive securities purchased for the account of a Fund or Series, payment being made by the Custodian only: (i) upon receipt of the securities, certificates, or other acceptable evidence of ownership (1) by the Custodian, or (2) by a clearing corporation of a national securities exchange of which the Custodian is a member, (3) by a Securities System or (4) by an Underlying Fund System; or (ii) otherwise in accordance with (1) Proper Instructions, (2) applicable law, (3) generally accepted trading practices, or (4) the terms of any instrument representing the purchase. With respect to a clearing corporation or Securities System, securities may be held only with an entity approved by a Fund’s Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of U.S. repurchase agreements entered into by a Fund, the Custodian may release funds to a Securities System or to a Domestic Subcustodian prior to the receipt of advice from the Securities System or Domestic Subcustodian that the securities underlying such repurchase agreement have been transferred by book entry into the Account of the Custodian maintained with such Securities System or Domestic Subcustodian, so long as such payment instructions to the Securities System or Domestic Subcustodian require that the Securities System or Domestic Subcustodian may make payment of such funds to the other party to the repurchase agreement only upon transfer by book-entry of the securities underlying the repurchase agreement into the Account. In the case of time deposits, call account deposits, currency deposits, and other deposits, contracts or options pursuant to Sections 3.08, 3.09, 3.11
 
9


 
 

 


and 3.12, the Custodian may not make payment therefor without receiving an instrument or other document evidencing said deposit except in accordance with standard industry practice.
 
(b) Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall make delivery of securities that have been sold for the account of a Fund or Series, but only: (i) against payment therefor (1) in the form of cash, by a certified check, bank cashier’s check, bank credit, or bank wire transfer, (2) by credit to the Account of the Custodian with a clearing corporation of a national securities exchange of which the Custodian is a member, or (3) by credit to the Account of the Custodian with a Securities System subject to final end-of-day settlement in accordance with the rules of the applicable Securities System; or (ii) otherwise in accordance with (1) Proper Instructions, (2) applicable law, (3) generally accepted trading practices, or (4) the terms of any instrument representing the sale.
 
(c) In the case of the purchase or sale of securities the settlement of which occurs outside of the United States or the receipt of which and payment therefor take place in different countries, such securities shall be delivered and paid for in accordance with local custom and practice generally accepted by Institutional Clients in the applicable country or countries. In the case of securities held in physical form, if standard industry practice in the country so requires, such securities shall be delivered and paid for in accordance with “street delivery custom” to a broker or its clearing agent (for example, against delivery to the Custodian or a Subcustodian of a receipt for such securities) provided that the Custodian shall take reasonable steps (which shall not include the institution of legal proceedings except pursuant to Section 6.03(c)) in its discretion to seek to ensure prompt collection of the payment for, or the return of, such securities by the broker or its clearing agent, and provided further that the Custodian shall not be responsible for the selection of or the failure or inability to perform of such broker or its clearing agent.
 
10


 
 

 


Section 3.04. Exchanges of Securities . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law and in accord with standard industry practice in the relevant market, exchange securities held by the Custodian for the account of any Fund or Series for other securities in connection with any reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, change of par value, conversion or other event relating to the securities or the issuer of such securities, and to deposit any such securities in accordance with the terms of any reorganization or protective plan. With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to a Fund all written information actually received by the Corporate Actions Department or other applicable department of the Custodian, or from a Subcustodian, an Eligible Securities Depository, or a Securities System, or directly from issuers of the securities whose tender or exchange is sought and from the parties (or their agents) making the tender or exchange offer. If the Fund desires to take action with respect to any tender offer, exchange offer, or any other similar transaction, the Fund shall notify the Custodian, within a time period set by the Custodian and communicated promptly to the Fund, prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take such action. Without receiving such instructions, the Custodian may surrender securities in temporary form for definitive securities, may surrender securities for transfer into a name or nominee name as permitted in Section 3.02(b), and may surrender securities for a different number of certificates or instruments representing the same number of shares or same principal amount of indebtedness, provided that the securities to be issued will be delivered to the Custodian or nominee of the Custodian and further provided that the Custodian shall, consistent with local market practice, at the time of surrendering the securities or instruments (i) receive a receipt or other instrument or document evidencing the ownership thereof or (ii) take other reasonable steps to seek to ensure proper delivery of the securities and adequate protection of a Fund’s ownership interest in the securities.
 
11


 
 

 


Section 3.05. Depositary Receipts . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall instruct a Subcustodian appointed pursuant to Article V hereof to surrender securities to the depositary that holds securities of an issuer that are represented by DRs for such securities against a written receipt therefor adequately describing such securities and written evidence satisfactory to the Subcustodian that the depositary has acknowledged receipt of instructions to issue DRs with respect to such securities in the name of the Custodian, or a nominee of the Custodian, for delivery to the Custodian’s location, or at such other place as the Custodian may from time to time designate.
 
Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall surrender DRs to the issuer thereof against a written receipt therefor adequately describing the DRs surrendered and written evidence satisfactory to the Custodian that the issuer of the DRs has acknowledged receipt of instructions to cause its depositary to deliver the securities underlying such DRs to a Subcustodian.
 
Section 3.06. Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall deliver to the issuer or trustee thereof, or to the agent of either, warrants, puts, calls, rights or similar securities, for the purpose of being exercised or sold, provided that the new Property, if any, acquired by such action is to be delivered to the Custodian, and, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, to deposit securities upon invitations for tenders of securities, provided that the consideration for such securities is to be paid or delivered to the Custodian, or the tendered securities are to be returned to the Custodian. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Custodian shall take all commercially reasonable action, unless otherwise directed to the contrary in Proper Instructions, to comply with the terms of all mandatory or compulsory exchanges, calls, tenders, redemptions, or similar rights of security ownership of which the Custodian has actual knowledge, and shall promptly notify each
 
12


 
 

 


applicable Fund of such action in writing by facsimile transmission or in such other manner as such Fund and the Custodian may agree in writing.
 
Section 3.07. Stock Dividends, Rights. Etc. The Custodian shall receive and collect all stock dividends, rights, foreign tax reclaims and other items of a like nature, and deal with the same pursuant to Proper Instructions relative thereto. Custodian duties and obligations under this Section 3.07 may from time to time be limited by written agreement between the Custodian and a Fund or Series. With respect to securities held by the Custodian in street name, Custodian’s duties and obligations under this Section 3.07 shall be limited to those stock dividends, foreign tax reclaims and other items of a like nature that the Custodian is able, using commercially reasonable methods (which shall not include the institution of legal proceedings except pursuant to Section 6.03(c)) in its discretion, to receive and collect from the record holders of such securities. The Custodian’s further duties and obligations with respect to tax reclaims shall be as set forth in Schedule C hereto.
 
Section 3.08. Options . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions and in accordance with the provisions of any agreement between the Custodian, any registered broker-dealer and, if necessary, a Fund on its own behalf or on behalf of any applicable Series relating to compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation or of any registered national securities exchange or similar organization(s), the Custodian shall: (i) receive and retain confirmations or other documents, if any, evidencing the purchase or writing of an option on a security or securities index by the applicable Fund or Series; (ii) deposit and maintain Property in a Segregated Account; and (iii) pay, release and/or transfer such Property in accordance with notices or other communications evidencing the expiration, termination or exercise of such options furnished by the Options Clearing Corporation, the securities or options exchange on which such options are traded, or such other organization as may be responsible for handling
 
13


 
 

 


such option transactions. Each Fund or Series (severally and not jointly) and the broker-dealer shall be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held in any Segregated Account established in compliance with applicable margin maintenance requirements and the performance of other terms of any option contract, or releases of the Commission or interpretive positions of the Commission staff.
 
Section 3.09. Futures Contracts . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, or pursuant to the provisions of any Procedural Agreement among a Fund, the Custodian, and any futures commission merchant regarding “margin,” the Custodian shall: (i) receive and retain confirmations, if any, evidencing the purchase or sale of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract by the applicable Fund; (ii) segregate and maintain in a Segregated Account Property designated as initial, maintenance or variation margin deposits intended to secure the performance by the applicable Fund or Series of its obligations under any futures contracts purchased or sold or any options on futures contracts written by the Fund, in accordance with the provisions of any Procedural Agreement designed to comply with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or any commodity exchange or contract market (such as the Chicago Board of Trade), or any similar organization(s), regarding such margin deposits; and (iii) release assets from and/or transfer assets into such margin accounts only in accordance with any such Procedural Agreement. Alternatively, the Custodian may deliver assets in accordance with Proper Instructions to a futures commission merchant for purposes of the margin requirements in accordance with Rule 17f-6 under the Investment Company Act. If delivery is made in accordance with Proper Instructions, Custodian shall be deemed to have acted in accordance with Rule 17f-6. Each Fund or Series (severally and not jointly) and such futures commission merchant shall be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held in the Segregated
 
14


 
 

 


Account in compliance with applicable margin maintenance requirements and the performance of any futures contract or option on a futures contract in accordance with its terms.
 
Section 3.10. Borrowings . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall deliver securities of any Fund or Series thereof to lenders or their agents or otherwise establish a Segregated Account at the Custodian as agreed to by the applicable Fund or Series and the Custodian and, where applicable, any third-party lender, as collateral for borrowings effected by such Fund, provided that such borrowed money is payable to or upon the Custodian’s order as Custodian for the applicable Fund and concurrently with the delivery of such securities.
 
Section 3.11. Interest Bearing Deposits . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions directing the Custodian to purchase Interest Bearing Deposits for the account of a Fund or Series, the Custodian shall purchase such Interest Bearing Deposits in the name of the Custodian on behalf of the applicable Fund or Series with such Banking Institutions and in such amounts as the applicable Fund or Series may direct pursuant to Proper Instructions. Such Interest Bearing Deposits may be denominated in U.S. dollars or other currencies, as the applicable Fund or Series may determine and direct pursuant to Proper Instructions. The Custodian shall include in its records with respect to the assets of each Fund or Series appropriate notation as to the amount and currency of each such Interest Bearing Deposit, the accepting Banking Institution and all other appropriate details, and shall receive and retain such forms of advice or receipt, if any, evidencing such Interest Bearing Deposit as may be forwarded to the Custodian by the Banking Institution. The responsibilities of the Custodian to each Fund for Interest Bearing Deposits accepted on the Custodian’s books in the United States on behalf of a Fund or Series shall be that of an U.S. bank for a similar deposit.
 
With respect to Interest Bearing Deposits other than those accepted on the Custodian’s books (i) the Custodian shall be responsible for the collection of income as set forth in Section
 
15


 
 

 


3.14 and the transmission of cash and instructions to and from such Interest Bearing Deposit; and (ii) except upon the request of a Fund and as agreed by the Custodian, the Custodian shall have no duty with respect to the selection of the Banking Institution. So long as the Custodian acts in accordance with Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall have no responsibility for the failure of such Banking Institution to pay upon demand. As mutually agreed from time to time by a Fund and the Custodian, the Custodian shall be responsible for the prudent selection and monitoring of a Banking Institution. The Custodian shall not be liable for the insolvency of any Banking Institution that is not a branch or Affiliate of the Custodian. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall take such commercially reasonable actions as the applicable Fund deems necessary or appropriate to cause each such Interest Bearing Deposit to be insured to the maximum extent possible by all applicable deposit insurers including, without limitation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (it being understood and acknowledged that such deposits are not eligible for “pass-through” insurance).
 
Section 3.12. Foreign Exchange Transactions .
 
(a) Foreign Exchange Transactions Other Than as Principal . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall settle foreign exchange contracts or options to purchase and sell foreign currencies for spot and future delivery on behalf of and for the account of a Fund or Series with such currency brokers or Banking Institutions as the applicable Fund or Series may determine and direct pursuant to Proper Instructions. The Custodian shall be responsible for the transmission of cash to and receipt of cash from the currency broker or Banking Institution with which the contract or option is made, the safekeeping of all certificates and other documents and agreements delivered to the Custodian or a Subcustodian evidencing or relating to such foreign exchange transactions and the maintenance of proper records as set forth in Section 3.25. Except as agreed upon in writing by the Custodian and a Fund from time to time, the Custodian
 
16


 
 

 


shall have no duty under this Section 3.12(a) with respect to the selection of the currency brokers or Banking Institutions with which the Fund or a Series deals or, so long as the Custodian acts in accordance with Proper Instructions, for the failure of selected brokers or Banking Institutions to comply with the terms of any contract or option.
 
(b) Foreign Exchange Contracts as Principal . The Custodian shall not be obligated to enter into foreign exchange transactions as principal. However, if the Custodian has made available to a Fund its services as a principal in foreign exchange transactions, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall enter as principal into foreign exchange contracts or options to purchase and sell foreign currencies for spot and future delivery on behalf of and for the account of a Fund or Series. When acting as principal, the Custodian shall be responsible for the prudent selection of the currency brokers or Banking Institutions and the failure of such currency brokers or Banking Institutions to comply with the terms of any contract or option. In cases where the Custodian, or its subsidiaries, Affiliates, or Subcustodians enter into a separate master foreign exchange contract with a Fund that covers foreign exchange transactions for an Account, the terms and conditions of that foreign exchange contract, and, to the extent not inconsistent, this Agreement, shall apply to such transactions.
 
Section 3.13. Securities Loans . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall deliver securities of any Fund in connection with loans of securities by such Fund, to the borrower thereof or a securities lending agent identified by the Fund, upon, or, upon Proper Instructions, prior to, the receipt of cash collateral, if any, for such borrowing. In the event U.S. Government securities are to be used as collateral, the Custodian will not release the securities to be loaned until it has received confirmation that such collateral has been delivered to the Custodian. The Custodian and each Fund understand that the timing of receipt of such confirmation will normally require that the delivery of securities to be loaned will be made one
 
17


 
 

 


day after receipt of collateral in the form of U.S. Government securities. To the extent the Custodian acts as lending agent for a Fund, each party’s duties and obligations with respect to that arrangement will be governed by a separate written agreement mutually agreed upon by the Fund and the Custodian.
 
Section 3.14. Collections . Consistent with standard industry practice in the applicable market, the Custodian shall, and shall cause any Subcustodian to, take all commercially reasonable steps (which shall not include the institution of legal proceedings except pursuant to Section 6.03(c)) at its discretion to: (i) collect amounts due and payable to each Fund or Series with respect to portfolio securities and other assets of each such Fund or Series; (ii) promptly credit to the Account of each applicable Fund or Series all income and other payments relating to portfolio securities and other assets held by the Custodian hereunder no later than upon Custodian’s receipt of such income or payments or as otherwise agreed in writing by the Custodian and the applicable Fund; (iii) promptly endorse and deliver any instruments required by standard industry practice in each market to effect such collections; and (iv) pursuant to Proper Instructions, promptly execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for all federal, state and foreign tax purposes in connection with receipt of income, capital gains or other payments with respect to portfolio securities and other assets of each applicable Fund or Series, or in connection with the purchase, sale or transfer of such securities or other assets. The Custodian shall promptly notify each applicable Fund in accordance with standard operating procedures if any amount payable with respect to portfolio securities or other assets of the Fund or Series is not received by the Custodian when due. The Custodian shall not be responsible for the collection of amounts due and payable with respect to portfolio securities or other assets that are in default. With respect to amounts due and payable on portfolio securities held by the Custodian in street name, Custodian’s duties and obligations under this Section 3.14 shall be
 
18


 
 

 


limited to the collection of amounts of which Custodian has actual knowledge and that it is able, using commercially reasonable methods, to collect from the record holder of such securities. Subject to the provisions of any separate written agreement entered into by the Custodian and a Fund pursuant to Section 3.13, income due each Fund or Series on securities loaned shall be the responsibility of such Fund or Series, provided that the Custodian shall use all commercially reasonable methods to assist the Fund or Series to collect such income.
 
Section 3.15. Dividends, Distributions and Redemptions . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall promptly release funds or securities to the Shareholder Servicing Agent or otherwise apply funds or securities, insofar as available, for the payment of dividends or other distributions to Fund shareholders. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall release funds or securities, insofar as available, to the Shareholder Servicing Agent or as such Shareholder Servicing Agent shall otherwise instruct for payment to Fund shareholders who have delivered to such Shareholder Servicing Agent a request for repurchase or redemption of their shares of capital stock of such Fund.
 
Section 3.16. Proceeds from Shares Sold . The Custodian shall receive funds representing cash payments received for Shares issued or sold from time to time by a Fund or Series and shall promptly credit such funds to the Account(s) of the applicable Fund or Series. The Custodian shall promptly notify each applicable Fund or Series of Custodian’s receipt of cash in payment for Shares issued by such Fund or Series by facsimile transmission or in such other manner as the Fund or Series and Custodian may agree in writing. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall: (i) deliver all federal funds received by the Custodian in payment for Shares in payment for such investments as may be set forth in such Proper Instructions and at a time agreed upon between the Custodian and the applicable Fund or Series; and (ii) make federal funds received by the Custodian available to the applicable Fund or Series
 
19


 
 

 


as of specified times agreed upon from time to time by the applicable Fund or Series and the Custodian, in the amount received in payment for Shares which are deposited to the Accounts of each applicable Fund or Series.
 
Section 3.17. Proxies, Notices, Etc . The Custodian shall provide each Fund or Series with proxy services in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Schedule D to this Agreement.
 
Section 3.18. Bills and Other Disbursements . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall pay or cause to be paid, insofar as funds are available for the purpose, bills, statements, or other obligations of each Fund or Series.
 
Section 3.19. Nondiscretionary Functions . The Custodian shall attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer or other dealings with securities or other assets of each Fund held by the Custodian, except as otherwise directed from time to time pursuant to Proper Instructions.
 
Section 3.20. Bank Accounts .
 
(a) Accounts with the Custodian and any Subcustodians . The Custodian shall open and operate a Bank Account on the books of the Custodian or any Subcustodian or a Banking Institution other than the Custodian or any Subcustodian provided that such Bank Account(s) shall be in the name of the Custodian or a nominee of the Custodian, for the account of a Fund or Series, and shall be subject only to the draft or order of the Custodian; provided, however, that such Bank Accounts in countries other than the United States may be held in an Account of the Custodian containing only assets held by the Custodian as a fiduciary or custodian for customers, and provided further, that the records of the Custodian shall indicate at all times the Fund or other customer for which Property is held in such Account and the respective interests therein. Such Bank Accounts may be denominated in either U.S. Dollars or
 
20


 
 

 


other currencies. The responsibilities of the Custodian to each applicable Fund or Series for deposits accepted on the Custodian’s books in the United States shall be that of a U.S. bank for a similar deposit. The responsibilities of the Custodian to each applicable Fund or Series for deposits accepted on any Subcustodian’s books shall be governed by the provisions of Section 6.01. ). Except upon the request of a Fund and as agreed by the Custodian, the Custodian shall have no duty with respect to the selection of a Banking Institution. As mutually agreed from time to time by a Fund and the Custodian, the Custodian shall be responsible for the prudent selection and monitoring of a Banking Institution. The Custodian shall not be liable for the insolvency of any Subcustodian or Banking Institution that is not a branch or Affiliate of the Custodian.
 
(b) Deposit Insurance . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall take such commercially reasonable actions as the applicable Fund deems necessary or appropriate to cause each deposit account established by the Custodian pursuant to this Section 3.20 to be insured to the maximum extent possible by all applicable government deposit insurers including, without limitation, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
 
Section 3.21. Deposit of Fund Assets in Securities Systems . The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by a Fund or Series in a Securities System provided that such Fund’s Board has specifically approved such Securities System prior to its use. Use of a Securities System shall be in accordance with applicable Federal Reserve Board and Commission rules and regulations, if any, and Custodian’s duties and obligations with respect to securities deposited or maintained therein will at all times be subject to the rules and procedures of the applicable Securities System. To the extent permitted by the foregoing, use of a Securities System shall also be subject to the following provisions:
 
21


 
 

 


 (a) The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain Fund securities, either directly or through one or more Subcustodians appointed by the Custodian (provided that any such Subcustodian shall be qualified to act as a custodian of such Fund pursuant to the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder), in a Securities System provided that such securities are represented in an Account of the Custodian or such Subcustodian in the Securities System, which Account shall not include any assets of the Custodian or Subcustodian other than assets held as a fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for customers and shall be so designated on the books and records of the Securities System.
 
(b) The Securities System shall be obligated to comply with the directions of the Custodian or Subcustodian, as the case may be, with respect to the securities held in such Account.
 
(c) Each Fund or Series hereby designates the Custodian, or the Custodian’s or Securities System’s nominee, as the case may be, as the party in whose name or nominee name any securities deposited by the Custodian in the Account at the Securities System are to be registered.
 
(d) The books and records of the Custodian with respect to securities of a Fund or Series that are maintained in a Securities System shall identify by book-entry those securities belonging to the Fund or Series.
 
(e) Upon receipt of Proper Instructions and subject to the provisions of Section 3.03, the Custodian shall pay for securities purchased for the account of any Fund or Series upon (i) receipt of advice from the Securities System that such securities have been transferred to the Account of the Custodian, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such payment and transfer for the account of such Fund or Series. The Custodian shall transfer securities sold for the account of any Fund or Series upon (i) receipt of
 
22


 
 

 


an advice from the Securities System that payment for such securities has been transferred to the Account of the Custodian, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such transfer and payment for the account of such Fund or Series. Copies of all advices from the Securities System of transfers of securities for the account of a Fund or Series shall identify the Fund or Series, be maintained for the Fund or Series by the Custodian or Subcustodian as referred to in Section 3.21(a), and be provided to the Fund or Series at its request. The Custodian shall furnish to each Fund or Series confirmation of each transfer to or from the account of such Fund or Series in the form of a written report or notice and shall furnish to each Fund or Series copies of daily transaction reports reflecting each day’s transactions in the Securities System for the account of that Fund or Series on the next succeeding Business Day. Such transaction reports shall be delivered to each applicable Fund or Series, or any Subcustodian designated by such Fund or Series, pursuant to Proper Instructions by computer or in any other manner as such Fund or Series and the Custodian may agree in writing.
 
(f) The Custodian shall provide each Fund with any report obtained by the Custodian or Subcustodian as referred to in Section 3.21(a) on the Securities System’s accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in the Securities System.
 
(g) Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall terminate the use of any such Securities System on behalf of that Fund or Series as promptly as practicable and shall take all actions reasonably practicable to safeguard the securities of any Fund or Series maintained with such Securities System.
 
Section 3.22. Maintenance of Assets in Underlying Fund Systems . The Custodian may maintain securities owned by each Fund or Series by book-entry in an Underlying Fund System provided that the Custodian’s books and records identify the specific type and amount of
 
23


 
 

 


securities so held and the Custodian reconciles those records against the book-entry records of the Underlying Fund System on a monthly basis.
 
Section 3.23. Other Transfers . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall deliver securities, funds and other Property of each Fund to a Subcustodian or another custodian of such Fund; and, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, make such other disposition of securities, funds or other Property of such Fund in a manner other than, or for purposes other than, as enumerated elsewhere in this Agreement, provided that Proper Instructions relating to such disposition shall include a statement of the amount of securities to be delivered and the name of the person or persons to whom delivery is to be made.
 
Section 3.24. Establishment of Segregated Account(s) . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall establish and maintain on its books a Segregated Account for and on behalf of a Fund or Series in which Segregated Account may be held Property of such Fund or Series, including securities maintained by the Custodian in a Securities System pursuant to Section 3.21 hereof, said Segregated Account to be maintained: (i) for the purposes set forth in Section 3.08, 3.09, and 3.10, hereof; (ii) for the purposes of compliance by the Fund with the procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666 (pub. avail. Apr. 18, 1979), or any subsequent release or releases of the Commission relating to the maintenance of Segregated Accounts by registered investment companies, or (iii) for any other lawful purposes as may be deemed necessary by the Fund.
 
Section 3.25. Custodian’s Books and Records . The Custodian shall provide any assistance reasonably requested by a Fund in the preparation of reports to such Fund’s shareholders and others, audits of accounts, and other ministerial matters of like nature. The Custodian shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to securities and other assets held for the account of each Fund or Series as required by the rules and regulations of the
 
24


 
 

 


Commission applicable to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act, including, without limitation: (i) journals or other records of original entry containing a detailed and itemized daily record of all receipts and deliveries of securities (including certificate and transaction identification numbers, if any), and all receipts and disbursements of cash; (ii) ledgers or other records reflecting (1) securities in transfer, (2) securities in physical possession, (3) securities borrowed, loaned or collateralizing obligations of each Fund, (4) monies borrowed and monies loaned (together with a record of the collateral therefor and substitutions of such collateral), (5) dividends and interest received, (6) the amount of tax withheld by any person in respect of any collection made by the Custodian or any Subcustodian, and (7) the amount of reclaims or refunds for foreign taxes paid; and (iii) canceled checks and bank records related thereto. The Custodian shall keep such other books and records of each Fund or Series as such Fund or Series shall reasonably request and Custodian shall agree, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld. All such books and records maintained by the Custodian shall be maintained in a form acceptable to the applicable Fund or Series and in compliance with the rules and regulations of the Commission, including, but not limited to, books and records required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations from time to time adopted thereunder. All books and records maintained by the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement shall at all times be available upon reasonable prior notice during normal business hours for inspection and use by such Fund or Series and its agents, including, without limitation, its independent certified public accountants. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no Fund or Series shall take any actions or cause the Custodian to take any actions that would cause the Custodian, either directly or indirectly, to violate any applicable laws, regulations or orders.
 
25


 
 

 


Section 3.26. Opinion of Fund’s Independent Certified Public Accountants . The Custodian shall take all commercially reasonable actions as a Fund may request to obtain from year to year favorable opinions from such Fund’s independent certified public accountants with respect to the Custodian’s activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of the Fund’s Form N-1A and the Fund’s Form N-SAR or other periodic reports to the Commission and with respect to any other requirements of the Commission.
 
Section 3.27. Reports by Independent Certified Public Accountants . At the request of a Fund, the Custodian shall deliver to such Fund a written report prepared by the Custodian’s independent certified public accountants with respect to the custodial services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Custodian’s accounting system, internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding Property, including Property deposited and/or maintained in a Securities System or Eligible Securities Depository or with a Subcustodian. Such report shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail as may reasonably be required by any Fund and as may reasonably be obtained by the Custodian. Delivery by the Custodian of its then current SAS 70 Report shall constitute compliance with this Section 3.27.
 
Section 3.28. Overdrafts . In the event that the Custodian is directed by Proper Instructions to make any payment or transfer of funds on behalf of a Fund for which there are, at the close of business on the date of such payment or transfer, insufficient funds held by the Custodian on behalf of such Fund, the Custodian may, in its discretion, provide an Overdraft to the applicable Fund, in an amount sufficient to allow the completion of such payment. Overdrafts may also arise by reason of the Custodian’s reversal of any provisional credit extended to a Fund. Any Overdraft provided hereunder (i) shall be payable on demand or at such time as shall be agreed upon by the applicable Fund and the Custodian; and (ii) shall accrue
 
26


 
 

 


interest from the date of the Overdraft to the date of payment in full by the applicable Fund at a rate agreed upon in writing, from time to time, by the Custodian and the applicable Fund. The Custodian and each Fund acknowledge that the purpose of such Overdrafts is to support on a temporary basis the purchase or sale of securities for prompt delivery in accordance with the terms hereof, or to meet emergency cash needs not reasonably foreseeable by such Fund. The Custodian shall promptly provide an Overdraft Notice of any Overdraft by facsimile transmission or in such other manner as such Fund and the Custodian may agree in writing. If, pursuant to Proper Instructions, a Fund or Series requests the Custodian to take any action with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or which action may, in the reasonable opinion of the Custodian, result in the Custodian or its nominee assigned to the Fund or Series being liable for the payment of money or incurring liability in some other form, the Fund, or the Fund on behalf of a Series, shall, as a prerequisite to the Custodian agreeing to take such action, provide indemnity to the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to the Fund and the Custodian.
 
Section 3.29. Reimbursement for Advances . If, in carrying out Proper Instructions, the Custodian advances cash or securities or makes any payment from Custodian’s own funds for any purpose for the benefit of a Fund or Series, including the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or of contracts for foreign exchange, or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except such as may arise from the Custodian’s or its nominee’s own negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct, any Property held for the account of that Fund or Series shall be security for such advance or payment in an amount not to exceed the amount of such advance or payment. If the applicable Fund or Series fails to promptly repay the advance, the Custodian shall be entitled to use such Fund’s or Series’ available cash and to dispose of the
 
27


 
 

 


Property of such Fund or Series to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement in full for the amount of such advance or payment. The security interest granted to the Custodian under this Section 3.29 shall apply to all advances provided by the Custodian to a Fund or Series, including Overdrafts as defined in Section 1.19 and intraday overdrafts that arise and are settled during the same Business Day, for the period during which any such advance remains outstanding.
 
Section 3.30. Claims . The Custodian agrees that all claims upon a Fund with respect to subjects covered by the attached Schedule E shall be made in accordance with Schedule E. In the event that the Custodian needs to make a claim against a Fund pursuant to Schedule E, the Custodian must make such claim within ninety (90) Business Days of the event causing the necessary claim, or within such other period as may be mutually agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and a Fund. Claims not covered by Schedule E shall be made within such period as may be mutually agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and a Fund. The applicable Fund will research the cause and make payment if applicable, or forward the claim to the appropriate party.
 
ARTICLE IV.
 
PROPER INSTRUCTIONS AND RELATED MATTERS
 
Section 4.01. Proper Instructions .
 
(a)  Oral Communications . Proper Instructions in the form of oral communications shall be confirmed on the same day as such instructions are given by the applicable Fund or Series by tested telex or in a writing (including a facsimile transmission) signed or initialed by or on behalf of the applicable Fund or Series by one or more Authorized Persons, but the lack of such confirmation shall in no way affect any action taken by the Custodian in reasonable reliance upon such oral instructions prior to the Custodian’s receipt of
 
28


 
 

 


such confirmation. Each Fund and the Custodian are hereby authorized to record any and all telephonic or other oral instructions communicated to the Custodian.
 
(b)  Form of Proper Instructions . Proper Instructions may relate to specific transactions or to types or classes of transactions, and may be in the form of standing instructions. Proper Instructions may be transmitted electronically or by computer, provided that a Fund or Series has followed any relevant security procedures agreed to from time to time by the Fund and the Custodian. Each Fund shall be responsible for safeguarding any testkeys, identification codes or other security devices that the Custodian makes available to the Fund. The Custodian shall be without liability for relying on any instruction, including any instruction transmitted via facsimile, that it reasonably believes to be a Proper Instruction.
 
(c)  Address for Proper Instructions . Proper Instructions shall be delivered to the Custodian at the address and/or telephone, telecopy or telex number, or appropriate electronic address, agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and the applicable Fund.
 
Section 4.02. Authorized Persons . Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement and from time to time thereafter, as appropriate, each Fund shall deliver to the Custodian, duly certified as appropriate by a Treasurer or Secretary of such Fund, a certificate setting forth the names, titles, signatures and scope of authority of Authorized Person(s) of such Fund. Such certificate may be accepted and relied upon by the Custodian as conclusive evidence of the facts set forth therein and shall be considered to be in full force and effect until delivery to the Custodian of a similar certificate to the contrary. Upon delivery of a certificate that deletes the name(s) of a person previously authorized by a Fund to give Proper Instructions, such persons shall no longer be considered an Authorized Person or authorized to issue Proper Instructions for that Fund and the Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund of any outstanding notice, request, direction, instruction, certificate or instrument(s) signed by such person on behalf of such Fund.
 
29


 
 

 


Section 4.03. Persons Having Access to Assets of the Fund or Series . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no Authorized Person, Director, Trustee, officer, employee or agent of any Fund or Series shall have physical access to the assets of the Fund or Series held by the Custodian nor shall the Custodian deliver any assets of such Fund or Series for delivery to an account the Custodian knows or should know to be the account of such person; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4.03 shall prohibit (i) any Authorized Person from giving Proper Instructions so long as such action does not result in delivery of or access to assets of any Fund or Series prohibited by this Section 4.03; or (ii) each Fund’s independent certified public accountants from examining or reviewing the assets of the Fund or Series held by the Custodian. Each Fund or Series shall deliver to the Custodian a written certificate (duly certified by the Secretary or Treasurer of the Fund) identifying all Authorized Persons, Directors, Trustees, officers, employees and agents of such Fund or Series.
 
Section 4.04. Actions of Custodian Based on Proper Instructions . So long as and to the extent that the Custodian acts in accordance with (a) Proper Instructions and (b) the terms of this Agreement, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property, or evidence of title thereof, received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE V.
 
SUBCUSTODIANS
 
The Custodian may, from time to time, in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Article V, select and appoint one or more Domestic Subcustodians and/or Foreign Subcustodians to act on behalf of a Fund or Series.
 
Section 5.01. Domestic Subcustodians . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions and in accordance therewith, the Custodian may from time to time select and appoint one or more
 
30


 
 

 


Domestic Subcustodians to hold and maintain Property of a Fund or a Series in the United States. The Custodian may also, at any time and from time to time, without instructions from a Fund or Series, appoint a Domestic Subcustodian; provided , that , the Custodian shall notify each applicable Fund in writing of the identity and qualifications of any proposed Domestic Subcustodian at least thirty (30) days prior to appointment of such Domestic Subcustodian, and such Fund may, in its sole discretion, by written notice to the Custodian executed by an Authorized Person disapprove of the appointment of such Domestic Subcustodian. If, following notice by the Custodian to each applicable Fund regarding appointment of a Domestic Subcustodian and the expiration of thirty (30) days after the date of such notice, such Fund shall have failed to notify the Custodian of its disapproval thereof, the Custodian may, in its discretion, appoint such proposed Domestic Subcustodian as its Subcustodian.
 
Section 5.02. Foreign Subcustodians . The Custodian may, at any time and from time to time, select and appoint a Foreign Subcustodian, subject to the provisions of the 17f-5 Procedures and Guidelines included in Schedule B attached hereto. Each Foreign Subcustodian and the countries where it may hold securities and other assets of the applicable Funds shall be listed on Schedule F attached hereto, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.06 hereof. Each Fund shall be responsible for informing the Custodian sufficiently in advance of a proposed investment of the Fund or one of its Series that is to be held in a country in which no Foreign Subcustodian is authorized to act, in order that there shall be sufficient time for the Custodian (i) to effect the appropriate arrangements with a proposed foreign subcustodian or (ii) to determine in its sole discretion and timely inform the Fund that such appropriate arrangements are not available through the Custodian.
 
Section 5.03. Termination of a Subcustodian . The Custodian shall monitor each Domestic Subcustodian and Foreign Subcustodian on a continuing basis and shall take all
 
31


 
 

 


reasonable actions to ensure that each such Subcustodian performs all of its obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the subcustodian agreement between the Custodian and such Subcustodian. In the event that the Custodian determines that a Subcustodian has failed to substantially perform its obligations thereunder, the Custodian shall promptly notify each applicable Fund of such failure to perform. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall terminate a Subcustodian with respect to a Fund and either (i) select and appoint in its sole discretion a replacement Subcustodian in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.01 or Section 5.02, as the case may be, or (ii) determine in its sole discretion and inform the Fund in a timely manner that appropriate alternate arrangements are not available through the Custodian. In addition to the foregoing, the Custodian may, at any time in its discretion, upon written notification to each applicable Fund, terminate any Domestic Subcustodian or Foreign Subcustodian.
 
Section 5.04. Eligible Securities Depositories . The Custodian or a Subcustodian may at any time and from time to time place and maintain Property of a Fund or Series with an Eligible Securities Depository subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including the 17f-7 Procedures and Guidelines included in Schedule B. Each Eligible Securities Depository through which the Custodian or any Subcustodian may hold securities and other assets of the Funds shall be listed on Schedule G attached hereto, as it may be amended from time to time. Each Fund or Series and the Custodian understand and acknowledge that a Fund or Series may maintain Property with an Eligible Securities Depository prior to the receipt of the initial risk analysis required by Schedule B and prior to its inclusion on Schedule G; provided, however, that such analysis shall be completed by the Custodian and provided to the Fund or Series as soon as practicable after such Property is placed with the Eligible Securities Depository.
 
32


 
 

 


ARTICLE VI.
 
STANDARD OF CARE; INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 6.01. Standard of Care .
 
(a)  General Standard of Care . The Custodian shall be responsible for the performance only of those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement, including any Schedules or Appendices hereto, and/or in Proper Instructions, and shall have no implied duties or obligations hereunder. The Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, diligence, and prudence in carrying out all of these duties and obligations. The Custodian shall be liable to each Fund or Series for all losses, damages and expenses suffered or incurred by such Fund or Series as a direct result of the failure of the Custodian to exercise such reasonable care, diligence and prudence, or as a result of the negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct of the Custodian.
 
(b)  General Limitation on Liability . The Custodian shall have no liability for any indirect, consequential, special or speculative losses, damages, or expenses incurred by a Fund or Series even if Custodian has been advised of the possibility of same and regardless of the form of action. The Custodian shall not be liable for any loss that results from (i) the general risk of investing or (ii) the risk of investing or holding assets in a particular country. The Custodian shall not be liable for the insolvency of a Securities System or Eligible Securities Depository, nor shall the Custodian be liable for the insolvency of any Subcustodian that is not a branch or Affiliate of the Custodian unless the Custodian was negligent in the appointment of such Subcustodian. The Custodian also shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim resulting from, or caused by, force majeure, including but not limited to, nationalization, expropriation, or other governmental actions such as currency restrictions or devaluations, strikes or
 
33


 
 

 


work stoppages (except with respect to employees of the Custodian or a branch or affiliate of the Custodian), insurrection, revolution, acts of war or terrorism, or acts of God.
 
(c)  Actions Prohibited by Applicable Law, Etc . In no event shall the Custodian incur liability hereunder if any Person is prevented, forbidden or delayed from performing, or omits to perform, any act that this Agreement provides shall be performed or omitted to be performed, by reason of: (i) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or order of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or of any foreign country, or political subdivision thereof or of any court of competent jurisdiction; or (ii) any act of God or war or other similar circumstance beyond the control of the Custodian, unless and to the extent that, in each case, such delay or nonperformance is caused by (1) the negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct of the applicable Person, or (2) a malfunction or failure of equipment operated or used by the applicable Person other than a malfunction or failure beyond such Person’s control that could not reasonably be anticipated and/or prevented by such Person.
 
(d)  Mitigation by Custodian . Upon the occurrence of any event that causes or that the Custodian believes or a Fund reasonably believes will imminently cause any loss, damage or expense to any Fund or Series, the Custodian (i) shall take and (ii) shall take all reasonable steps to cause any applicable Domestic Subcustodian or Foreign Subcustodian to take all commercially reasonable steps to mitigate the effects of such event and to avoid continuing harm to a Fund or Series. If the Custodian must seek Proper Instructions from a Fund or Series in order either to take such commercially reasonable steps itself or to take all reasonable steps to cause any applicable Domestic Subcustodian or Foreign Subcustodian to take all commercially reasonable steps and timely requests such Proper Instructions, but the applicable Fund or Series
 
34


 
 

 


does not provide such Proper Instructions, the Custodian (both as to itself and with respect to any applicable Subcustodian) shall have no further obligations under this Section 6.01(d).
 
(e)  Advice of Counsel . The Custodian shall be entitled to receive and act upon advice of counsel on all matters. The Custodian shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted in good faith pursuant to the advice of (i) counsel for the applicable Fund or Funds, or (ii) at the expense of the Custodian, such other counsel as the Custodian may choose; provided, however, with respect to the performance of any action or omission of any action upon such advice, the Custodian shall be required to conform to the standard of care set forth in Section 6.01(a).
 
(f)  Liability for Past Records . The Custodian shall have no liability in respect of any loss, damage or expense suffered by a Fund, insofar as such loss, damage or expense arises from the performance of the Custodian’s duties hereunder by reason of the Custodian’s reliance upon records that were maintained for such Fund by entities other than the Custodian prior to the Custodian’s appointment as custodian for such Fund.
 
(g)  Authorization to Take Action . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Fund or Series authorizes the Custodian to take such actions as may be necessary to fulfill Custodian’s duties and obligations under this Agreement notwithstanding that Custodian or any of its divisions or Affiliates may have a material interest in a transaction or circumstances are such that Custodian may have a potential conflict of duty or interest in connection with a transaction, including a conflict arising from the fact that the Custodian or any of its Affiliates may provide brokerage services to other customers, act as financial adviser to the issuer of Property, act as a lender to the issuer of Property, act as agent for more than one customer in the same transaction, have a material interest in the issuance of Property or earn profits from any of the activities set forth above.
 
35


 
 

 


Section 6.02. Liability of Custodian for Actions of Other Persons .
 
(a)  Domestic Subcustodians and Foreign Subcustodians . The Custodian shall be liable for the actions or omissions of any Domestic Subcustodian selected by the Custodian, or, subject to the provisions of the Rule 17f-5 Procedures and Guidelines included in Schedule B, any Foreign Subcustodian to the same extent as if such action or omission were performed by the Custodian itself. If a Fund directs the Custodian to appoint a specific Domestic Subcustodian, the Custodian shall, with respect to such Domestic Subcustodian, be responsible only for losses arising from its own negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct. In the event of any loss, damage or expense suffered or incurred by a Fund caused by or resulting from the actions or omissions of any Domestic Subcustodian or Foreign Subcustodian for which the Custodian is liable, the Custodian shall reimburse such Fund in the amount of any such loss, damage or expense.
 
(b)  Securities Systems . Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.02(a) to the contrary, the Custodian shall only be liable to a Fund for any loss, damage or expense suffered or incurred by such Fund resulting from the use by the Custodian or a Subcustodian of a Securities System to the extent the Custodian or Subcustodian, as applicable, is able to recover from the Securities System, unless such loss, damage or expense is caused by, or results from, the Custodian’s or Subcustodian’s negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct in its interactions with the Securities System; provided, however, that in the event of any such loss, damage or expense, the Custodian shall, or cause its Subcustodians to, take all commercially reasonable steps to enforce such rights as it may have against the Securities System to protect the interests of the Fund.
 
(c)  Eligible Securities Depositories . With respect to Eligible Securities Depositories, the Custodian shall be responsible only for those duties and obligations set forth in
 
36


 
 

 


the 17f-7 Procedures and Guidelines included in Schedule B to this Agreement pursuant to the requirements of Rule 17f-7 under the Investment Company Act. The Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, diligence and prudence in carrying out its duties and responsibilities with respect to Eligible Securities Depositories.
 
(d)  Reimbursement of Expenses . Each Fund shall reimburse the Custodian for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Custodian on behalf of such Fund in connection with the fulfillment of its obligations under this Section 6.02; provided, however, that such reimbursement shall not apply to expenses occasioned by or resulting from the negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct of the Custodian.
 
Section 6.03. Indemnification .
 
(a)  Indemnification Obligations . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, each Fund or Series severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian and its nominees, directors, officers, agents, and employees (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) from all loss, damage and expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), including but not limited to those arising out of claims of negligence made by third parties, suffered or incurred by the Indemnitees arising out of or related to actions taken by the Custodian on behalf of such Fund or Series in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement; provided , however , that such indemnity shall not apply to any loss, damage and expense arising out of or related to the negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct of any Indemnitee or to any consequential, special, or speculative loss, damage or expense. In addition, each Fund or Series agrees severally and not jointly to indemnify any Person against any liability incurred by reason of taxes assessed to such Person, or other loss, damage or expenses incurred by such Person, resulting solely from the fact that securities and other property of such Fund or Series are registered in the name of such Person; provided, however, that in no
 
37


 
 

 


event shall such indemnification be applicable to income, franchise or similar taxes that may be imposed or assessed against any Person.
 
(b)  Notice of Litigation, Right to Prosecute, Etc . No Fund or Series shall be liable for indemnification for losses or expenses arising out of litigation against an Indemnitee under this Section 6.03 if such Indemnitee shall have failed promptly to notify such Fund in writing of the commencement of any litigation or proceeding brought against such Indemnitee in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Section 6.03 to the extent that such failure to notify shall have had a material adverse effect on such Fund or Series. With respect to claims in such litigation or proceedings for which indemnity by a Fund may be sought and subject to applicable law and the ruling of any court of competent jurisdiction, such Fund shall be entitled to participate in any such litigation or proceeding and, after written notice from such Fund to any Indemnitee, such Fund may assume the defense of such litigation or proceeding with counsel of its choice at its own expense in respect of that portion of the litigation for which such Fund may be subject to an indemnification obligation; provided, however, an Indemnitee shall be entitled to participate in (but not control) at its own cost and expense, the defense of any such litigation or proceeding if such Fund has not acknowledged in writing its obligation to indemnify the Indemnitee with respect to such litigation or proceeding. If such Fund is not permitted to participate in or control such litigation or proceeding under applicable law or by a ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction, such Indemnitee shall reasonably prosecute such litigation or proceeding. An Indemnitee shall not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement in any such litigation or proceeding without providing each applicable Fund with adequate notice of any such settlement or judgment, and without each such Fund’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. All Indemnitees shall submit written evidence to each applicable Fund with respect to any cost or expense for which they are seeking
 
38


 
 

 


indemnification in such form and detail as such Fund may reasonably request. With respect to the Custodian, if a Fund has acknowledged in writing its obligation to indemnify the Custodian, the Fund shall not settle for other than monetary damages a claim that materially affects the Custodian without the Custodian’s prior written consent.
 
(c)  Commencement of Litigation . The Custodian may not commence any litigation on behalf of a Fund or Series except pursuant to Proper Instructions or with the applicable Fund’s prior written consent. Except where the Custodian is a necessary party to the litigation, a Fund or Series shall not instruct the Custodian to commence litigation without the Custodian’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
 
Section 6.04. Fund’s Right to Proceed . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each Fund shall have, at its election upon reasonable notice to the Custodian, the right to enforce, to the extent permitted by any applicable agreement and applicable law, the Custodian’s rights against any Subcustodian, Securities System, Eligible Securities Depository or other Person for loss, damage or expense caused such Fund by such Subcustodian, Securities System, Eligible Securities Depository or other Person, and shall be entitled to enforce the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claim against such Subcustodian, Securities System, Eligible Securities Depository or other Person, which the Custodian may have as a consequence of any such loss, damage or expense, if and to the extent that such Fund has not been made whole for any such loss or damage. If the Custodian makes such Fund whole for any such loss or damage, the Custodian shall retain the ability to enforce its rights directly against such Subcustodian, Securities System or other Person and the Fund shall provide the Custodian with reasonable cooperation in respect of such enforcement. Upon such Fund’s election to enforce any rights of the Custodian under this Section 6.04, such Fund shall reasonably prosecute all actions and proceedings directly relating to the rights of the Custodian in respect of the loss,
 
39


 
 

 


damage or expense incurred by such Fund; provided that, so long as such Fund has acknowledged in writing its obligation to indemnify the Custodian under Section 6.03 hereof with respect to such claim, such Fund shall retain the right to settle, compromise and/or terminate any action or proceeding in respect of the loss, damage or expense incurred by such Fund without the Custodian’s consent and, provided further, that if such Fund has not made an acknowledgement of its obligation to indemnify, such Fund shall not settle, compromise or terminate any such action or proceeding without the written consent of the Custodian, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Custodian agrees to cooperate with each Fund and take all actions reasonably requested by such Fund in connection with such Fund’s enforcement of any rights of the Custodian. Each Fund agrees to reimburse the Custodian for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Custodian on behalf of such Fund in connection with the fulfillment of its obligations under this Section 6.04; provided, however, that such reimbursement shall not apply to expenses occasioned by or resulting from the negligence, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct of the Custodian. Each Fund agrees that it shall not settle for other than monetary damages a claim that materially affects the Custodian without the Custodian’s prior written consent.
 
ARTICLE VII.
 
COMPENSATION
 
Each Fund shall compensate the Custodian in an amount, and at such times, as may be agreed upon in writing, from time to time, by the Custodian and such Fund.
 
40


 
 

 


ARTICLE VIII.
 
TERMINATION
 
Section 8.01. Termination of Agreement as to One or More Funds . With respect to each Fund, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the first to occur of: (i) termination by the Custodian by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed to such Fund, such termination to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such delivery; (ii) termination by such Fund by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed to the Custodian, such termination to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such delivery; or (iii) termination by such Fund by written notice delivered to the Custodian, based upon such Fund’s determination that there is a reasonable basis to conclude that the Custodian is insolvent or that the financial condition of the Custodian is deteriorating in any material respect, in which case termination shall take effect upon the Custodian’s receipt of such notice or at such later time as such Fund shall designate. In the event of termination pursuant to this Section 8.01 by any Fund, each Terminating Fund shall make payment of all accrued fees and unreimbursed expenses with respect to such Terminating Fund within a reasonable time following termination and delivery of a statement to the Terminating Fund setting forth such fees and expenses. In the event of a termination by a Fund or the Custodian, each Fund shall identify in any notice of termination or in a subsequent writing, a successor custodian or custodians to which the Property of the Terminating Fund shall, upon termination of this Agreement with respect to such Terminating Fund, be delivered. In the event that securities and other assets of such Terminating Fund remain in the possession of the Custodian after the date of termination hereof with respect to such Terminating Fund owing to failure of the Terminating Fund to appoint a successor custodian (i) the Custodian shall be entitled to compensation for its services in accordance with the fee schedule most recently in effect, for such period as the Custodian retains possession of such
 
41


 
 

 


securities and other assets, and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the duties and obligations of the Custodian and the Terminating Fund shall remain in full force and effect and (ii) the Custodian may (but shall be under no obligation to), upon 30 day’s written notice to the Terminating Fund appoint a successor custodian provided that such successor custodian is eligible to hold the Terminating Fund’s assets and the Terminating Fund shall not have objected to such appointment. In the event of the appointment of a successor custodian, it is agreed that the Property owned by a Terminating Fund and held by the Custodian, any Subcustodian or nominee shall be delivered to the successor custodian; and the Custodian agrees to cooperate with such Terminating Fund in the execution of documents and performance of other actions necessary or desirable in order to substitute the successor custodian for the Custodian under this Agreement. Upon the transfer of the assets of a Terminating Fund to a successor custodian, the Custodian may deduct from such assets prior to the transfer an amount equal to the sum of any unpaid fees or expenses to which the Custodian is entitled by reason of its services as Custodian.
 
Section 8.02. Termination as to One or More Series . This Agreement may be terminated as to one or more Series of a Fund (but less than all Series) by delivery of an amended Schedule A deleting such Series pursuant to Section 9.06 hereof, in which case termination as to such deleted Series shall take effect thirty (30) days after the date of such delivery. The execution and delivery of an amended Schedule A which deletes one or more Series shall constitute a termination of this Agreement only with respect to such deleted Series, shall be governed by the preceding provisions of Section 8.01 as to the identification of a successor custodian and the delivery of Property of the Series so deleted, and shall not affect the obligations of the Custodian and any Fund hereunder with respect to the other Series set forth in Schedule A, as amended from time to time.
 
42


 
 

 


ARTICLE IX.
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 9.01. Execution of Documents, Etc .
 
(a)  Actions by each Fund . Upon request, each Fund shall execute and deliver to the Custodian such proxies, powers of attorney or other instruments as may be reasonable and necessary or desirable in connection with the performance by the Custodian or any Subcustodian of their respective obligations to such Fund under this Agreement or any applicable subcustodian agreement with respect to such Fund, provided that the exercise by the Custodian or any Subcustodian of any such rights shall in all events be in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
(b)  Actions by Custodian . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall execute and deliver to each applicable Fund or to such other parties as such Fund(s) may designate in such Proper Instructions, all such documents, instruments or agreements as may be reasonable and necessary or desirable in order to effectuate any of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
Section 9.02. Representative Capacity; Nonrecourse Obligations . A copy of the articles of incorporation, declaration of trust or other organizational document of each Fund is on file with the secretary of the state of the Fund’s formation, and notice is hereby given that this Agreement is not executed on behalf of the directors or trustees of any Fund as individuals, and the obligations of this Agreement are not binding upon any of the directors, trustees, officers, shareholders or partners of any Fund individually, but are binding only upon the Property of each Fund or Series. The Custodian agrees that no shareholder, director, trustee, officer or partner of any Fund may be held personally liable or responsible for any obligations of any Fund arising out of this Agreement.
 
43


 
 

 


Section 9.03. Several Obligations of the Funds and the Series . With respect to any obligations of a Fund on its own behalf or on behalf of any of its Series arising out of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligations arising under Sections 3.28, 6.03, 6.04 and Article VII hereof, the Custodian shall look for payment or satisfaction of any obligation solely to the assets and property of the applicable Fund or Series to which such obligation relates as though each Fund had separately contracted with the Custodian by separate written instrument on its own behalf and with respect to each of its Series.
 
Section 9.04. Representations and Warranties .
 
(a)  Representations and Warranties of Each Fund . Each Fund hereby severally and not jointly represents and warrants that each of the following shall be true, correct and complete with respect to each Fund at all times during the term of this Agreement: (i) the Fund is duly organized under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and is registered as an open-end management investment company or closed-end management investment company, as the case may be, under the Investment Company Act, and (ii) the execution, delivery and performance by the Fund of this Agreement are (1) within its power, (2) have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and (3) will not (a) contribute to or result in a breach of or default under or conflict with any existing law, order, regulation or ruling of any governmental or regulatory agency or authority, or (b) violate any provision of the Fund’s articles of incorporation, declaration of trust or other organizational document, or bylaws, or any amendment thereof or any provision of its most recent Prospectus or, if any, Statement of Additional Information.
 
(b)  Representations and Warranties of the Custodian . The Custodian hereby represents and warrants to each Fund that each of the following shall be true, correct and complete at all times during the term of this Agreement: (i) the Custodian is duly organized
 
44


 
 

 


under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and qualifies to act as a custodian and foreign custody manager to open-end management investment companies or closed-end investment companies, as the case may be, under the provisions of the Investment Company Act; and (ii) the execution, delivery and performance by the Custodian of this Agreement are (1) within its power, (2) have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and (3) will not (a) contribute to or result in a breach of or default under or conflict with any existing law, order, regulation or ruling of any governmental or regulatory agency or authority, or (b) violate any provision of the Custodian’s corporate charter, or other organizational document, or bylaws, or any amendment thereof.
 
Section 9.05. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of each Fund, on the one hand, and the Custodian, on the other, with respect to the subject matter hereof and, accordingly, supersedes as of the effective date of this Agreement any custodian agreement heretofore in effect between each Fund and the Custodian.
 
Section 9.06. Waivers and Amendments . No provision of this Agreement may be waived, amended or terminated except by a statement in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such waiver, amendment or termination is sought; provided, however: (i) Schedule A listing each Fund and each Series for which the Custodian serves as custodian may be amended from time to time to add one or more Funds or one or more Series of one or more Funds, by each applicable Fund’s execution and delivery to the Custodian of an amended Schedule A, and the execution of such amended Schedule A by the Custodian, in which case such amendment shall take effect immediately upon execution by the Custodian. Schedule A may also be amended from time to time to delete one or more Funds or one or more Series (but less than all of the Series) of one or more Funds, by each applicable Fund’s execution and delivery to the Custodian of an amended Schedule A, in which case such amendment shall take
 
45


 
 

 


effect thirty (30) days after such delivery, unless otherwise agreed by the Custodian and each applicable Fund in writing; (ii) Schedule B setting forth the 17f-5/17f-7 Procedures and Guidelines may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by each applicable Fund and the Custodian; (iii) Schedule C setting forth the Custodian’s duties and obligations with respect to tax services may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by each applicable Fund and the Custodian; (iv) Schedule D setting forth the Custodian’s duties and obligations with respect to proxy services may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by each applicable Fund and the Custodian; (v) Schedule E relating to claims may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by each applicable Fund and the Custodian; and (vi) Schedule F setting forth the foreign subcustodian bank network used by each Fund or Series may be amended by the Custodian at any time upon prompt written notice to each applicable Fund.
 
Section 9.07. Interpretation . In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian and any Fund may agree from time to time on such provisions interpretative of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement with respect to such Fund as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretative or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretative or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable federal or state regulations or any provision of the articles of incorporation or analogous governing document of the Fund. No interpretative or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement or affect any other Fund.
 
46


 
 

 


Section 9.08. Captions . Headings contained in this Agreement, which are included as convenient references only, shall have no bearing upon the interpretation of the terms of the Agreement or the obligations of the parties hereto.
 
Section 9.09. Governing Law . Insofar as any question or dispute may arise in connection with this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to the conflict of laws provisions of the State of New York.
 
Section 9.10. Notices . Except in the case of Proper Instructions, notices and other writings contemplated by this Agreement shall be delivered by hand or by facsimile transmission (provided that in the case of delivery by facsimile transmission, notice shall also be mailed postage prepaid) to the parties at the following addresses:
 
1. If to any Fund:
 
c/o Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P.
800 Scudders Mill Road
Plainsboro, New Jersey 08536
 
Attn: Donald C. Burke
Telephone: (609) 282-7085
Telefax: (609) 282-7231
 
2. If to the Custodian:
 
State Street Bank and Trust Company
One Heritage Drive, 2 North
North Quincy, MA 02171
 
Attn: Linda Murphy
Telephone: (617) 985-6308
Telefax: (617) 537-5152
 
or to such other address as a Fund or the Custodian may have designated in writing to the other.
 
Section 9.11. Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of each Fund severally and the Custodian and their respective successors and assigns, provided that, subject to the provisions of Section 8.01 hereof, neither the Custodian nor any
 
47


 
 

 


Fund may assign this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party.
 
Section 9.12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. With respect to each Fund, this Agreement shall become effective when an amended Schedule A including the Fund has been signed and delivered by such Fund to the Custodian.
 
Section 9.13. Confidentiality; Survival of Obligations . The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially the terms and conditions of this Agreement and all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including non-public personal information within the meaning of Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-P, shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party without the prior consent of such providing party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by any bank examiner of the Custodian or any Subcustodian, any auditor of the parties hereto, by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation. The provisions of this Section 9.13 and Sections 9.01, 9.02, 9.03, 9.09, 3.27, 4.01(a), 4.04, 8.01, Article VI and Article VII hereof, and any other rights or obligations incurred or accrued by any party hereto prior to termination of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
 
Section 9.14. Shareholder Communications . Rule 14b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires banks that hold securities for the account of customers to respond to requests by issuers of securities for the names, addresses and holdings of beneficial owners of
 
48


 
 

 


securities of that issuer held by the bank unless the beneficial owner has expressly objected to disclosure of this information. In order to comply with the rule, the Custodian needs each Fund to indicate whether the Fund authorizes the Custodian to provide the Fund’s name, address, and share position to requesting companies whose stock the Fund owns. If a Fund tells the Custodian “no,” the Custodian will not provide this information to requesting companies. If the Fund tells the Custodian “yes” or does not check either “yes” or “no” below, the Custodian is required by the rule to treat the Fund as consenting to disclosure of this information for all securities owned by the Fund or any funds or accounts established by the Fund. Please indicate below whether the Funds consent or object by checking one of the alternatives below
 
YES ¨ The Custodian is authorized to release each Fund’s name, address, and share positions.
 
NO ¨ The Custodian is not authorized to release each Fund’s name, address, and share positions.
 
— SIGNATURES FOLLOW —
 
49


 
 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and on its behalf on the day and year first above written.
 
                 
Each of the Investment Companies Listed on
Schedule A Attached Hereto
  
   
State Street Bank and Trust Company
         
By:
  
/s/ Donald Burke
  
   
By:
 
/s/ Joseph L. Hooley
         
Name:
  
Donald Burke
  
   
Name:
 
Joseph L. Hooley
         
Title:
  
Treasurer
  
   
Title:
 
Executive Vice President
 
50
 
 
Exhibit (k)(1)
 
Transfer Agency and Service Agreement
 
Among
 
Each of the BlackRock Closed-End Investment Companies
 
Listed Herein on Exhibit C
 
and
 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
 
and
 
Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc.
 

 
1

 

Table of Contents
 
Section 1. Certain Definitions
4
Section 2. Appointment of Agent
5
Section 3. Standard Services
6
Section 4. Dividend Disbursing Services
7
Section 5. Fee and Expenses
8
Section 6. Representations and Warranties of Transfer Agent
9
Section 7. Representations and Warranties of Customer
10
Section 8. Indemnification/Limitation of Liability
10
Section 9. Damages
13
Section 10. Responsibilities of the Transfer Agent
13
Section 11. Covenants of the Customer and Transfer Agent
14
Section 12. Confidentiality
14
Section 13. Term and Termination
15
Section 14. Assignment
17
Section 15. Unaffiliated Third Parties
17
Section 16. Miscellaneous
17
Section 16.1. Notices
17
Section 16.2. Successors
18
Section 16.3. Amendments
18
Section 16.4. Severability
18
 
 
2

 
 
Section 16.5. Governing Law
18
Section 16.6. Force Majeure
18
Section 16.7. Descriptive Headings
18
Section 16.8. Third Party Beneficiaries
18
Section 16.9. Survival
18
Section 16.10. Priorities
19
Section 16.11. Merger of Agreement
19
Section 16.12. Counterparts
19


 
3

 

AGREEMENT made as of the 1st day of December, 2006, by and among each of the BlackRock closed-end investment companies listed on Exhibit C attached hereto, having a principal office and place of business at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 (each the “Customer”), and Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its fully owned subsidiary Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally charted trust company doing business at 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021 (collectively the “Transfer Agent”).
 
WHEREAS , the Customer desires to appoint the Transfer Agent as sole transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursing agent and administrator of dividend reinvestment plans.
 
WHEREAS , the Board of Directors or Trustees, as applicable, of each Customer has approved appointment of the Transfer Agent and the form of this Agreement.
 
NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.   Certain Definitions.
 
(a) “Account” or “Accounts” shall mean the account of each Shareholder which account shall hold any full or fractional shares of stock held by such Shareholder and/or outstanding funds or tax reporting to be done.
 
(b) “Additional Services” shall mean any and all services which are not Services as set forth in the Fee and Service Schedule, but performed by Transfer Agent upon request of Customer.
 
(c) “Agreement” shall mean this agreement and any and all exhibits or schedules attached hereto and any and all amendments or modifications, which may from time to time be executed.
 
(d) “Annual Period” shall mean each twelve (12) month period commencing on the Effective Date and, thereafter, on each anniversary of the Effective Date.
 
(e) “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors or the Board of Trustees, as the case may be, of each Customer.
 
(f) “Closed Account” shall mean an account with a zero share balance, no outstanding funds or no reportable tax information.
 
(g) “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” shall mean the services as set forth in Section 4 and in the Fee and Service Schedule.
 
(h) “Effective Date” shall mean the date first stated above.
 
(i) “Fee and Service Schedule” shall mean the fees and services set forth in the “Fee and Service Schedule” attached hereto.
 
 
4

 

(j) “Participant” or “Participants” shall mean Shareholders enrolled in a Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
 
(k) “Services” shall mean any and all services as further described herein and in the “Fee and Service Schedule” or other schedules attached hereto.
 
(l) “Share” shall mean common units of beneficial interest or common stock, as the case may be, of each Customer authorized by the Customer’s respective Declaration of Trust or Articles of Incorporation, as the case may be.
 
(m) “Shareholder” shall mean the holder of record of Shares.
 
2. Appointment of Agent.
 
2.1 Appointments . The Customer hereby appoints the Transfer Agent to act as sole transfer agent and registrar for all Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Transfer Agent accepts said appointment.
 
2.2 Documents . In connection with the appointment of Transfer Agent as the transfer agent and registrar for a Customer, the Customer will provide or has previously provided the following documents to the Transfer Agent:
 
 
(a)
Copies of Registration Statements and amendments thereto, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for initial public offerings;
     
 
(b)
Specimens of all forms of stock certificates relating to outstanding Shares, in forms approved by the Board of Directors of the Customer, with a certificate of the Secretary of each Customer as to such approval; and
     
 
(c)
Specimens of the Signatures of the officers of the Customer authorized to sign stock certificates and individuals authorized to sign written instructions and requests.
 
2.3 Records . Transfer Agent may adopt as part of its records all lists of holders, records of the Customer’s stock, books, documents and records which have been employed by any former agent of the Customer for the maintenance of the ledgers for the Customer’s Shares, provided such ledger is certified by an officer of Customer or the prior transfer agent to be true, authentic and complete.
 
2.4 Shares . Customer shall, if applicable, inform Transfer Agent as to (i) the existence or termination of any restrictions on the transfer of Shares and in the application to or removal from any certificate of stock of any legend restricting the transfer of such Shares or the substitution for such certificate of a certificate without such legend, (ii) any authorized but unissued Shares reserved for specific purposes, (iii) any outstanding shares which are exchangeable for Shares and the basis for exchange, (iv) reserved Shares subject to option and the details of such
 
 
5

 

reservation and (v) special instructions regarding dividends and information of foreign holders.
 
2.5 Customer’s Agent . Transfer Agent represents that it is engaged in an independent business and will perform its obligations under this Agreement as an agent of Customer.
 
2.6 Certificates . Upon notification from Transfer Agent, Customer shall deliver to Transfer Agent an appropriate supply of stock certificates, which certificates shall provide a signature panel for use by an officer of or authorized signor for Transfer Agent to sign as transfer agent and registrar, and which shall state that such certificates are only valid after being countersigned and registered.
 
3. Standard Services.
 
3.1 Services . The Transfer Agent will perform the following services:
 
In accordance with the procedures established from time to time by agreement between the Customer and the Transfer Agent, the Transfer Agent shall:
 
 
(a)
issue and record the appropriate number of Shares as authorized and hold such shares in the appropriate shareholder (“Shareholder”) account;
     
 
(b)
effect transfers of Shares by the registered owners thereof upon receipt of appropriate documentation;
     
 
(c)
prepare and transmit payments for dividends and distributions declared by the Customer, provided good funds for said dividends or distributions are received by the Transfer Agent on or prior to the scheduled payable date for said dividends or distributions;
     
 
(d)
act as agent for Shareholders pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan, and other investment programs, if any, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of the agreements relating thereto to which the Transfer Agent is or will be a party;
     
 
(e)
issue replacement certificates for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon receipt from the respective Shareholder by the Transfer Agent of an open penalty surety bond satisfactory to it and holding it and the Customer harmless, absent notice to the Customer and the Transfer Agent that such certificates have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser. The Transfer Agent, at its option, may issue replacement certificates in place of mutilated stock certificates upon presentation thereof without such indemnity. Further, the Transfer Agent may at its sole option accept indemnification from a Customer to issue replacement certificates for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed in lieu of an open penalty bond; and
     
 
(f)
issue replacement checks and place a stop payment order on original checks
 
 
6

 

based on shareholder’s representation that a check was not received or was lost. Such stops and replacement will be deemed to have been made at the request of Customer and Customer shall be responsible for all losses or claims resulting from such replacement.
 
3.2 Customary Services . The Transfer Agent shall perform all the customary services of a transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, dividend reinvestment plan agent, and other investment programs as described in Section 3.1 consistent with those requirements in effect as of the date of this Agreement. The detailed services and definition, frequency, limitations and associated costs (if any) are set out in the attached fee and service schedule (“Fee and Service Schedule”).
 
3.3 Compliance with Laws . The Customer agrees the Transfer Agent is obligated to and the Transfer Agent agrees to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, codes, order and government rules in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.
 
3.4 Unclaimed Property and Lost Shareholders . The Transfer Agent shall report unclaimed property to each state in compliance with state law and Section 17Ad-17 of the Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (the “Exchange Act”) for lost shareholders. If the Funds are not in compliance with applicable state laws, there will be no charge for such Funds for the first two years for this service, other than a charge of $3.00 per due diligence notice mailed; provided that after the first two years, the Transfer Agent will charge Customer its then standard fee plus any out-of-pocket expenses, and such fees will be estimated and provided upon liquidation of any Customer.
 
3.5 Compliance with Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) Regulations . The Transfer Agent shall ensure compliance with OFAC laws and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
4. Dividend Disbursing Services .
 
4.1 Declaration of Dividends . Upon receipt of a written notice from the President, any Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of Customer declaring the payment of a dividend, Transfer Agent shall disburse such dividend payments provided that in advance of such payment, Customer furnishes Transfer Agent with sufficient funds. The payment of such funds to Transfer Agent for the purpose of being available for the payment of dividend checks from time to time is not intended by Customer to confer any rights in such funds on Fund Shareholders whether in trust or in contract or otherwise.
 
4.2 Stop Payments . Customer hereby authorizes Transfer Agent to stop payment of checks issued in payment of dividends, but not presented for payment, when the payees thereof allege either that they have not received the checks or that such checks have been mislaid, lost, stolen, destroyed or, through no fault of theirs, are otherwise beyond their control and cannot be produced by them for presentation and collection, and Transfer Agent shall issue and deliver
 
 
7

 

duplicate checks in replacement thereof, and Customer shall indemnify Transfer Agent against any loss or damage resulting from reissuance of the checks.
 
4.3 Tax Withholding . Transfer Agent is hereby authorized to deduct from all dividends declared by the Funds and disbursed by Transfer Agent, as dividend disbursing agent, the tax required to be withheld pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442 and 3406 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or by any Federal or State statutes subsequently enacted, and to make the necessary return and payment of such tax in connection therewith.
 
4.4 Dividends and Other Distributions . For Customers that are municipal term trusts, Transfer Agent will act as the paying agent for the Customer for all dividends and distributions, but upon receipt thereof shall hold such dividends or distributions on behalf of the shareholders.
 
5. Fees and Expenses.
 
5.1 Fee and Service Schedules . Customer agrees to pay Transfer Agent fees for services performed pursuant to this Agreement as set forth in the Fee and Service Schedule attached hereto, for the Initial Term of the Agreement, as defined in Section 13.
 
5.2 COLA/Fee Increases . After the Initial Term of the Agreement, providing that service mix and volumes remain constant, the fees listed in the Fee and Service Schedule shall be increased by the accumulated change in the National Employment Cost Index for Service Producing Industries (Finance, Insurance, Real Estate) for the preceding years of the contract, as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of. Fees will be increased on this basis on each successive contract anniversary thereafter.
 
5.3 Adjustments . Notwithstanding Section 5.1 above, fees, and the out-of-pocket expenses and advances identified under Section 5.4 below, may be changed from time to time as agreed upon in writing between the Transfer Agent and the Customer.
 
5.4 Out-of-Pocket Expenses . In addition to the fees paid under Section 5.1 above, the Customer agrees to reimburse the Transfer Agent for out-of-pocket expenses, including but not limited to postage, forms, telephone, microfilm, microfiche, taxes, records storage, exchange and broker fees, or advances incurred by the Transfer Agent for the items set out in Exhibit A attached hereto. Out-of-pocket expenses may include the costs to Transfer Agent of administrative expenses, as indicated on Exhibit A. In addition, any other expenses incurred by the Transfer Agent at the request or with the consent of the Customer, will be reimbursed by the Customer.
 
5.5 Postage . Postage for mailing of dividends, proxies, Customer reports and other mailings to all shareholder accounts shall be advanced to the Transfer Agent by the Customer prior to commencement of the mailing date of such materials.
 
5.6 Invoices . The Customer agrees to pay all fees and reimbursable expenses within forty-five (45) days of receipt of the respective billing notice, except for any fees or expenses that are subject to good faith dispute. In the event of such a dispute, the Customer may only
 
 
8

 

withhold that portion of the fee or expense subject to the good faith dispute. The Customer shall notify the Transfer Agent in writing within forty-five (45) days following the receipt of each billing notice if the Customer is disputing any amounts in good faith. If the Customer does not provide such notice of dispute within the required time, the billing notice will be deemed accepted by the Customer. The Customer shall settle such disputed amounts within five (5) days of the day on which the parties agree on the amount to be paid by payment of the agreed amount. If no agreement is reached, then such disputed amounts shall be settled as may be required by law or legal process. Invoices shall be sent to each Customer, with a duplicate copy to BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
 
5.7 Taxes . Customer shall pay all sales or use taxes in lieu thereof with respect to the Services (if applicable) provided by Transfer Agent under this Agreement.
 
5.8 Late Payments.
 
(a) If any undisputed amount in an invoice of the Transfer Agent (for fees or reimbursable expenses) is not paid when due, the Customer shall pay the Transfer Agent interest thereon (from the due date to the date of payment) at a per annum rate equal to one percent (1.0%) plus the Prime Rate (that is, the base rate on corporate loans posted by large domestic Transfer Agents) published by The Wall Street Journal (or, in the event such rate is not so published, a reasonably equivalent published rate selected by Customer on the first day of publication during the month when such amount was due. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, such interest rate shall be no greater than permitted under applicable provisions of Massachusetts law.
 
(b) The failure by Customer to pay an invoice within 45 days after written and telephonic notice to Customer that payment is overdue or the failure by the Customer to timely pay two consecutive invoices shall constitute a material breach pursuant to Section 15.4(a) below. Transfer Agent will provide notice by writing and telephone forty-five (45) days after payment is past due. The Transfer Agent may terminate this Agreement for such material breach immediately and shall not be obligated to provide the Customer with 30 days to cure such breach.
 
5.9 Services Required by Legislation . Services required by legislation or regulatory mandate that become effective after the effective date of this Agreement shall not be part of the standard services, and shall be billed by appraisal.
 
5.10 Overtime Charges . Overtime charges will be assessed in the event of a late delivery to the Transfer Agent of Customer material for mailings to shareholders, unless the mail date is rescheduled. Such material includes, but is not limited to, proxy statements, quarterly and annual reports, dividend enclosures and news releases.
 
5.11 Bank Accounts . The Customer acknowledges that the Transfer Agent may receive float benefits and/or investment earnings in connection with maintaining certain bank accounts required to provide services under this Agreement (e.g., dividend disbursing accounts).
 
 
9

 

6. Representations and Warranties of Transfer Agent .
 
6.1 Governance . Computershare Trust Company, N.A. is a federally chartered limited purpose national bank duly organized under the laws of the United States and Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc. is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and they have full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Transfer Agent has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and constitutes the legal valid and binding obligation of Transfer Agent enforceable against Transfer Agent in accordance with its terms.
 
6.2 Compliance . The execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement by Transfer Agent will not violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any material term, condition or provision of, or require the consent of any other party to, (i) any existing law, ordinance, or governmental rule or regulation to which Transfer Agent is subject, (ii) any judgement, order, writ, injunction, decree or award of any court, arbitrator or governmental or governmental or regulatory official, body or authority which is applicable to Transfer Agent, (iii) the incorporation documents or by-laws of , or any material agreement to which Transfer Agent is a party.
 
6.3 Facilities . The Transfer Agent has and will continue to have access to the necessary facilities, equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement.
 
7. Representations and Warranties of Customer.
 
Each Customer severally and not jointly represents and warrants to the Transfer Agent that:
 
7.1 Organizations . It is a corporation duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization;
 
7.2 Governance . It is empowered under applicable laws and by its charter documents to enter into and perform this Agreement. All corporate proceedings required by said charter documents and applicable law have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by each Customer has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or trust action and constitutes the legal valid and binding obligation of each Customer enforceable against each Customer in accordance with its terms;
 
7.3 Securities Act of 1933 . A registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) has been filed and is currently effective, or will be effective prior to the sale of any Shares, and will remain so effective, and all appropriate state securities law filings have been made with respect to all the Shares of each Customer outstanding or being offered for sale except for any Shares which are offered in a transaction or series of transactions which are exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act and state securities laws; information to the contrary will result in immediate notification to the Transfer Agent.
 
 
10

 

8. Indemnification/Limitation of Liability.
 
8.1 Standard of Care. The Transfer Agent shall at all times act in good faith and agrees to use its best efforts within reasonable time limits to insure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless said errors are caused by its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or that of its employees as set forth and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8.4 below.
 
8.2 Customer Indemnity . The Transfer Agent shall not be responsible for, and the Customer shall indemnify and hold the Transfer Agent harmless from and against, any and all losses, claims, damages, costs, charges, and counsel fees reasonably acceptable to Customer and expenses, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to:
 
(a) All actions of the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement, provided such actions are taken in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct;
 
(b) The Customer’s bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct or the material breach of any representation or warranty of the Customer hereunder;
 
(c) The reliance or use by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of information, records and documents which (i) are received by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors and furnished to it by or on behalf of the Customer, and (ii) have been prepared and /or maintained by the Customer or any other person or firm on behalf of the Customer. Such other person or firm shall include any former transfer agent or former registrar, or co-transfer agent or co-registrar or any current registrar where the Transfer Agent is not the current registrar other than State Street Bank and Trust Company in its role as prior transfer agent during the period from September 30, 1995 until the date of this Agreement;
 
(d) The reliance or use by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of any paper or document reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons including Shareholders;
 
(e) The reliance on, or the carrying out by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of any instructions or requests of the Customer’s representatives, provided such actions are taken in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct;
 
(f) The offer or sale of Shares in violation of any federal or state securities laws requiring that such shares be registered or in violation of any stop order or other determination or ruling by any federal or state agency with respect to the offer or sale of such Shares; and
 
(g) Any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any former agent of Customer (other than State Street Bank and Trust Company in its role as prior transfer agent during the period from September 30, 1995 until the date of this Agreement) and arising from
 
 
11

 

Transfer Agent’s reliance on the certified list of holders.
 
8.3 Instructions . At any time the Transfer Agent may apply to any officer of the Customer for instruction, and may consult with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Customer with respect to any matter arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Transfer Agent under this Agreement, and Transfer Agent and its agents and subcontractors shall not be liable and shall be indemnified by the Customer for taking action or omitting to take action by it in reliance upon such instructions or upon the advice or opinion of such counsel provided that when the action is taken it is performed in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct. The Transfer Agent, its agents and subcontractors shall be protected and indemnified in acting upon any paper or document reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons, or upon any instruction, information, data, records or documents provided the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors by telephone, in person, machine readable input, telex, CRT data entry or similar means authorized by the Customer or the Funds, and shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from the Customer. The Transfer Agent, its agents and subcontractors shall also be protected and indemnified in recognizing stock certificates which are reasonably believed to bear the proper manual or facsimile signatures of officers of the Customer, and the proper countersignature of any former transfer agent or former registrar, or of a co-transfer agent or co-registrar.
 
8.4 Transfer Agent Indemnification/Limitation of Liability . Transfer Agent shall be responsible for and shall indemnify and hold the Customer harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to Transfer Agent’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, or which arise out of Transfer Agent’s bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct or which arise out of the breach of any representation or warranty of Transfer Agent hereunder, for which Transfer Agent is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement; provided, however, that Transfer Agent’s aggregate liability during any term of this Agreement with respect to, arising from, or arising in connection with this Agreement, or as a result of any services provided or omitted to be provided under this Agreement, whether in contract, or in tort, or otherwise, is limited to, and shall not exceed, the following amounts: (a) amounts paid hereunder by the Customer to Transfer Agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the thirty-six (36) calendar months immediately preceding the event for which recovery from the Transfer Agent is being sought which arises out of the Transfer Agent’s negligence and (b) amounts paid hereunder by the Customer to Transfer agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the sixty (60) calendar months immediately preceding the event for which recovery is being sought which arises out of the Transfer Agent’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
8.5 Notice . In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this Section shall apply, upon the assertion of a claim for which one party may be required to indemnify the other, the party seeking indemnification shall promptly notify the other party of such assertion, and shall keep the other party advised with respect to all developments concerning such claim. The indemnifying party shall have the option to participate with the indemnified party in the defense of such claim or to defend against said claim in its own name or the name of the indemnified
 
 
12

 

party. The indemnified party shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnifying party may be required to indemnify it except with the indemnifying party’s prior written consent.
 
9. Damages.
 
NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF ANTICIPATED PROFITS, OCCASIONED BY A BREACH OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT EVEN IF APPRISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 
10. Responsibilities of the Transfer Agent.
 
The Transfer Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Customer, by its acceptance hereof, shall be bound:
 
10.1 Whenever in the performance of its duties hereunder the Transfer Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Customer or the Funds and delivered to the Transfer Agent. Such certificate shall be full authorization to the Transfer Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate provided the action taken is without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
 
10.2 The Customer agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Transfer Agent for the carrying out, or performing by the Transfer Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.
 
10.3 Transfer Agent, any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Transfer Agent may buy, sell or deal in the securities of the Customer or the Funds or become pecuniary interested in any transaction in which the Customer may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Customer or the Funds or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not appointed as agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Transfer Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Customer or the Funds or for any other legal entity.
 
10.4 No provision of this Agreement shall require the Transfer Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if it shall believe in good faith that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
 
 
13

 

11. Covenants of the Customer and Transfer Agent.
 
11.1 Customer Corporate Authority . The Customer has previously furnished or shall furnish to the Transfer Agent the following:
 
(a) A copy of the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Customer;
 
(b) Copies of all material amendments to its Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws made after the date of this Agreement, promptly after such amendments are made; and
 
(c) A certificate of the Customer as to the Shares authorized, issued and outstanding, as well as a description of all reserves of unissued shares relating to the exercise of options, warrants or a conversion of debentures or otherwise.
 
11.2 Transfer Agent Facilities . The Transfer Agent hereby agrees to establish and maintain facilities and procedures reasonably acceptable to the Customer for the safekeeping of stock certificates, check forms and facsimile signature imprinting devices, if any, and for the preparation, use, and recordkeeping of such certificates, forms and devices.
 
11.3 Records . The Transfer Agent shall keep records relating to the services to be performed hereunder, in the form and manner it may deem advisable and as required under the Exchange Act. The Transfer Agent agrees that all such records prepared or maintained by it relating to the services performed hereunder are the property of the Customer and will be preserved, maintained and made available in accordance with the requirements of law, and will be surrendered promptly to the Customer on and in accordance with its request.
 
11.4 Non-Solicitation of Transfer Agent Employees . Customer shall not attempt to hire or assist with the hiring of an employee of EquiServe or affiliated companies or encourage any employee to terminate their relationship with EquiServe or its affiliated companies.
 
11.5 Notification . Customer shall notify Transfer Agent as soon as possible in advance of any stock split, stock dividend or any similar event which may affect the Shares and any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other proceeding regarding Customer affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement to the contrary, Transfer Agent will have no obligation to perform any Services under the Agreement subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other proceeding regarding Customer affecting the enforcement of creditor’ rights unless Transfer Agent receives assurance satisfactory to it that it will receive full payment for such services. Further, Customer may not assume the Agreement after the filing of a bankruptcy petition without Transfer Agent’s written consent.
 
12. Confidentiality.
 
12.1 Covenant . The Transfer Agent and the Customer agree that they will not, at any time during the term of this Agreement or after its termination, reveal, divulge, or make known to any person, firm, corporation or other business organization, any customers’ lists, trade
 
 
14

 

secrets, or any other secret or confidential information whatsoever identified as confidential, whether of the Transfer Agent or of the Customer, used or gained by the Transfer Agent or the Customer during performance under this Agreement. The Customer and the Transfer Agent further covenant and agree to retain all such knowledge and information acquired during and after the term of this Agreement respecting such lists, trade secrets, or any secret or confidential information whatsoever in trust for the sole benefit of the Transfer Agent or the Customer and their successors and assigns. The above prohibition of disclosure shall not apply to the extent that the Transfer Agent must disclose such data to its sub-contractor or agents for purposes of providing services under this Agreement.
 
12.2 Shareholder “Non-Public Personal Information”. The Transfer Agent agrees that it will not disclose or use any “non-public personal information” about a Customer’s Shareholders other than such uses or disclosures which are necessary to permit the Transfer Agent to carry out its duties under this Agreement, or are otherwise required by the Transfer Agent in compliance with a regulatory investigation or in response to judicial process, including as set forth in Section 12.3 below. “Non-public personal information” about a Shareholder shall mean (i) personally identifiable financial information; (ii) any list, description, or other grouping of consumers that is derived from using any personally identifiable information that is not publicly available; and (iii) any other information that the Transfer Agent is prohibited from using or disclosing pursuant to Regulation S-P under Section 504 of the Gramm Leach Bliley Act.
 
12.3 Request for Records . In the event that any requests or demands are made for the inspection of the Shareholder records, other than request for records of Shareholders pursuant to standard subpoenas from state or federal government authorities (e.g., in divorce and criminal actions), the Transfer Agent will endeavor to notify the Customer and to secure instructions from an authorized officer of the Customer as to such inspection. The Transfer Agent expressly reserves the right, however, to exhibit the Shareholder records to any person whenever it is advised by counsel that it may be held liable for the failure to exhibit the Shareholder records to such person or if required by law or court order.
 
13. Term and Termination.
 
13.1 Term. The initial term of this Agreement (the “Initial Term”) shall be three (3) years from the date first stated above unless terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 13 . Unless a terminating party gives written notice to the other party sixty (60) days before the expiration of the Initial Term this Agreement will renew automatically from year to year (“Renewal Term”). Sixty (60) days before the expiration of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term the parties to this Agreement will agree upon a Fee Schedule for the upcoming Renewal Term. If no new fee schedule is agreed upon, the fees will increase as set forth in Section 5.2 .
 
13.2 Early Termination . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, should Customer desire to move any of its services provided by the Transfer Agent hereunder to a successor service provider prior to the expiration of the then current Initial or Renewal Term, or without the required notice period, the Transfer Agent shall make a good faith effort to facilitate the conversion on such prior date, however, there can be no guarantee that the
 
 
15

 

Transfer Agent will be able to facilitate a conversion of services on such prior date. In connection with the foregoing, should services be converted to a successor service provider, or if the Customer is fully liquidated other than the liquidation of a Customer which is a term trust at its scheduled liquidation time, or its assets merged or purchased or the like with another entity which does not utilize the services of the Transfer Agent, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses or costs associated with the movement of records and material will be borne by the Customer. Additionally, the Transfer Agent reserves the right to charge for any other reasonable expenses associated with such termination and a de-conversion/transition fee in an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate fees incurred by Customer during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period.
 
13.3 Expiration of Term. After the expiration of the Initial Term or Renewal Term whichever currently in effect, should either party exercise its right to terminate, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses or costs associated with the movement of records and material will be borne by the Customer. Additionally, the Transfer Agent reserves the right to charge for any other reasonable expenses associated with such termination and a de-conversion/transition fee in an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate fees incurred by Customer during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period.
 
13.4 Termination .
 
This Agreement may be terminated in accordance with the following:
 
(a) at any time by either party upon a material breach of a representation, covenant or term of this Agreement by the other which is not cured within a period not to exceed thirty (30) days after the date of written notice thereof by the other party; and
 
(b) by Transfer Agent, at any time, in the event that during the term if this Agreement, a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding is filed by or against Customer or a trustee or receiver is appointed for any substantial part of Customer’s property (and in a case of involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceeding, there is entered an order for relief, or order appointing a receiver or some similar order or decree and Customer does not succeed in having such order lifted or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of its entry), or Customer makes an assignment of all or substantially all of its property for the benefit of creditors or ceases to conduct its operations in the normal course or business.
 
13.5 Records . Upon receipt of written notice of termination, the parties will use commercially practicable efforts to effect an orderly termination of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Transfer Agent will deliver promptly to Customer, in machine readable form on media as reasonably requested by Customer, all stockholder and other records, files and data supplied to or compiled by Transfer Agent on behalf of Customer.
 
 
16

 
 
14. Assignment.
 
14.1 Affiliates . The Transfer Agent may, without further consent of the Customer assign its right and obligations hereunto to any affiliated and registered transfer agent under Section 17(A)(c)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Act. The Transfer Agent will not assign its rights and obligations to any other person without consent.
 
14.2 Sub-contractors . Transfer Agent may, without further consent on the part of Customer, subcontract with other subcontractors for telephone and mailing services as may be required from time to time; provided, however, that the Transfer Agent shall be as fully responsible to the Customer for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor as it is for its own acts and omissions.
 
15. Unaffiliated Third Parties.
 
Nothing herein shall impose any duty upon the Transfer Agent in connection with or make the Transfer Agent liable for the actions or omissions to act of unaffiliated third parties such as, by way of example and not limitation, airborne services, the U.S. mails and telecommunication companies, provided, if the Transfer Agent selected such company, the Transfer Agent shall have exercised due care in selecting the same.
 
16. Miscellaneous.
 
16.1 Notices .
 
Any notice or communication by the Transfer Agent or the Customer to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the other’s address:
 
If to the Customer:
 
c/o BlackRock Advisors Inc.
100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
Attn:
 
If to the Transfer Agent:
 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
c/o Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc.
150 Royall Street
Canton, MA 02021
Telecopy No.: (781) 575-4210
Attn: General Counsel
 
The Transfer Agent and the Customer may, by notice to the other, designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
 
 
17

 

16.2 Successors .
 
All the covenants and provisions of this agreement by or for the benefit of the Customer or the Transfer Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.
 
16.3 Amendments .
 
This Agreement may be amended or modified by a written amendment executed by both parties hereto and authorized or approved by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Customer.
 
16.4 Severability .
 
If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provision, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.
 
16.5 Governing Law .
 
This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
 
16.6 Force Majeure .
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Transfer Agent shall not be liable for any delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation, acts of God, shortage of supply, breakdowns or malfunctions, interruptions or malfunction of computer facilities, or loss of data due to power failures or mechanical difficulties with information storage or retrieval systems, labor difficulties, war, or civil unrest.
 
16.7 Descriptive Headings .
 
Descriptive headings of the several sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.
 
16.8 Third Party Beneficiaries .
 
The provisions of this Agreement are intended to benefit only the Transfer Agent, the Customer and their respective permitted successors and assigns. No rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of this agreement, and there are no third party beneficiaries hereof.
 
 
18

 

16.9 Survival .
 
All provisions regarding indemnification, warranty, liability and limits thereon, and confidentiality and protection of proprietary rights and trade secrets shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
 
16.10 Priorities .
 
In the event of any conflict, discrepancy, or ambiguity between the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and any schedules or attachments hereto, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement shall take precedence.
 
16.11 Merger of Agreement .
 
This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.
 
16.12 Counterparts .
 
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.
 
BlackRock Advisors, Inc.
 
On behalf of the BlackRock Closed-End Investment
Companies listed on Exhibit C

By:
           
Name:
           
Title:
           
             
Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc.
 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
             
By:
     
By:
   
Name:
     
Name:
   
Title:
     
Title:
   
 

19
 
Exhibit (k)(2)
 
EXECUTION COPY
 
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is dated as of December 29, 2000 by and among STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, a Massachusetts trust company (“State Street”), and each entity listed on Schedule I hereto, together with any other entity which may from time to time become a party to this Agreement by execution of an Instrument of Accession substantially in the form attached as Exhibit 1 hereto (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”).
 
WHEREAS, each Fund is, unless otherwise noted, registered as an open-end or closed-end, management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); and
 
WHEREAS, each Fund desires to retain State Street to furnish certain accounting and other administrative services, and State Street is willing to furnish such services, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.
INTERPRETATION
   
1.1 
In this Agreement:
   
 
“Agreement” means this Agreement including the recitals hereto and the Schedules and Exhibits, as the same may be amended from time to time by agreement of the parties.
   
 
“Authorized Person” means any person authorized by a Fund to give Proper Instructions on behalf of the Fund and in respect of whom State Street has not received written notice from the Fund that such authorization has been revoked.
   
 
“Authorized Price Sources” means pricing sources designated by a Fund on State Street’s standard form price source authorization, as the same may be amended by the Fund and State Street from time to time or as otherwise designated by the Fund or an Authorized Person, including, without limitation, the investment adviser to the Fund.
   
 
“Business Day” means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading or on which banking institutions in the City of New York are open for business.
   
 
“Charter Documents” means a Fund’s Articles of Incorporation or Declaration of Trust, as the case may be, and By-Laws.
   
 
“Compliance Monitoring Services” means the agreed investment compliance checks as may be carried out by State Street in respect of a Fund on a daily (or other periodic) basis pursuant to the provisions of the Compliance Monitoring Services Addendum attached
 
 
 

 
 
 
hereto as Exhibit 2. “Constitutive Documents” means, collectively, a Fund’s Charter Documents and Prospectus, as defined herein.
   
 
“Existing Service” means a Service which is described in the Service Level Agreement or which is determined by the JSC (as defined in Section 15) to be an Existing Service.
   
 
“Historic Fund Records” means the books, records, data files, documents and other information maintained by or on behalf of each Fund as part of the Services prior to the effective date of this Agreement and which are necessary for the provision of the Services by State Street hereunder.
   
 
“MLIM” means Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P.
   
 
“New Service” means a Service other than an Existing Service.
   
 
“Proper Instructions” means instructions (which may be standing instructions) received by State Street from an Authorized Person, in any of the following forms:
   
 
(i) in writing signed by the Authorized Person; or
   
 
(ii) in a tested communication; or
   
 
(iii) in a communication utilizing access codes effected between electro mechanical or electronic devices as may be agreed upon by the parties in writing from time to time; or
   
 
(iv) by such other means as may be agreed upon in writing from time to time by State Street and the party giving such instruction including, without limitation, oral instructions.
   
 
“Prospectus” means a Fund’s currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the 1940 Act and the Fund’s Prospectus(es) and Statement(s) of Additional Information relating to all portfolios and all amendments and supplements thereto as in effect from time to time.
   
 
“Service Level Agreement” means the Service Level Agreement of even date herewith between State Street and MLIM relating to the provision of the Services, as amended from time to time.
   
 
“Services” means the accounting and other administrative services described in Sections 3 and 4 hereof.
   
1.2
References herein to a Fund shall be deemed to include each portfolio or class of share of such Fund, as applicable. For purposes of any liability or indemnification provision hereunder each separate portfolio of an investment company shall be considered a Fund.
   
1.3 
In this Agreement references to “persons” shall include legal as well as natural entities, references importing the singular shall include the plural (and vice versa), use of the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and numbered schedules, exhibits, sections or sub-sections shall (unless the contrary intention appears) be construed as references to such schedules and exhibits hereto and sections or sub-sections herein bearing those numbers. The Schedules and Exhibits are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
2

 

2.
APPOINTMENT
   
2.1
Each Fund hereby retains State Street and State Street agrees to provide the Services, in each case subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and subject to the control, supervision and direction of the Fund and the review and comment by the Fund’s auditors and legal counsel and in accordance with such procedures as may be established from time to time between the Fund and State Street. State Street confirms that it shall offer employment to substantially all of those persons employed by, and in good standing with, the Mutual Fund Accounting Department of MLIM as of the date hereof
   
2.2
In the event that a Fund establishes one or more additional series of shares with respect to which it desires to have State Street render Services under the terms hereof, it shall so notify State Street in writing and thereafter such series will be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and shall be maintained and accounted for by State Street on a discrete basis.
   
2.3
Subject to obtaining the prior written approval of each Fund, State Street may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a third party, provided that State Street’s liability to the Funds shall not be affected thereby.
   
2.4
It is hereby acknowledged and agreed by each Fund that this Agreement is entered into by the Fund as a principal contracting party and not as agent for any other party and nothing contained herein shall be interpreted as creating any contractual obligations on the part of State Street towards any shareholders of the Fund.
   
2.5
State Street shall not be responsible for any duties or obligations which it has not specifically undertaken pursuant to this Agreement and no such duties or obligations shall be implied or inferred.
   
2.6
This Agreement and the Services to be provided by State Street hereunder shall be revised by the parties from time to time to comply with changes in any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Funds.
   
2.7 
If any literature, including, but not limited to, brochures, advertising materials, web site contents and marketing materials, issued by or on behalf of a Fund contains any reference to State Street, other than literature merely identifying State Street as providing accounting or administrative services to the Fund, or if any literature issued by State Street contains any reference to a Fund, then the Fund or State Street, as the case may be, will obtain the other party’s prior written consent to such reference before its publication in any form.
   
3.
ACCOUNTING SERVICES
   
3.1
State Street shall maintain the books of account and other financial records of each Fund in accordance with applicable law, including Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and rules thereunder, other than records maintained by the Fund’s custodian (as agreed among the
 
 
3

 

 
Fund, State Street and the custodian) and shall perform the following duties in the manner prescribed by the Constitutive Documents and further in accordance with such written procedures, including, but not limited to, the Service Level Agreement, as may be established between the Fund and State Street from time to time:
   
 
3.1.1
Record general ledger entries;
     
 
3.1.2
Calculate daily net income;
     
 
3.1.3
Reconcile activity to the trial balance;
     
 
3.1.4
Calculate and publish daily net asset value;
     
 
3.1.5
Prepare account balances; and
     
 
3.1.6 
Provide such other accounting services as may be required to enable each Fund to maintain its books and records in compliance with applicable law and generally accepted accounting principles.
     
3.2 
Each Fund shall provide timely prior written notice to State Street of any modification in the manner in which such calculations are to be performed. For purposes of calculating the net asset value of a Fund, State Street shall value the Fund’s portfolio securities utilizing prices obtained from Authorized Price Sources. State Street shall not be responsible for any revisions to the methods of calculation prescribed by the Constitutive Documents or the Fund unless and until such revisions are communicated in writing to State Street.
   
4.
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES
   
4.1
State Street shall provide the following additional administrative services to each Fund in the manner prescribed by the Constitutive Documents and further in accordance with such written procedures, including, but not limited to, the Service Level Agreement, as may be established between the Fund and State Street from time to time:
   
 
4.1.1
Oversee the maintenance by the Fund’s custodian of certain books and records of the Fund as required under Rule 31a-1(b) of the 1940 Act;
     
 
4.1.2
Calculate, submit for approval by officers of the Fund and arrange for payment of the Fund’s expenses;
     
 
4.1.3
Prepare for review and approval by officers of the Fund financial information for the Fund’s semi-annual and annual reports, proxy statements and other communications required or otherwise to be sent to Fund shareholders;
     
 
4.1.4
Prepare and file, following review by an officer of and legal counsel for the Fund, the Fund’s periodic financial reports required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on Form N-
 
 
4

 

 
SAR and prepare financial information required by Form N-1A, Form N-2 and other regulatory filings and such other financial reports, forms or filings as may be mutually agreed upon;
   
 
4.1.5
Prepare reports relating to the business and affairs of the Fund as may be mutually agreed upon and not otherwise prepared by the Fund’s investment adviser, custodian, legal counsel or independent accountants;
     
 
4.1.6
Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Directors of the Fund (the “Board”) concerning the performance of the Fund’s independent accountants as the Board may reasonably request;
     
 
4.1.7
Make such reports and recommendations to the Board concerning the performance and fees of the Fund’s custodian and transfer and dividend disbursing agent (the “Transfer Agent”) as the Board may reasonably request or deem appropriate;
     
 
4.1.8
Consult with the Fund’s officers, independent accountants, legal counsel, custodian and Transfer Agent in establishing and following the accounting policies of the Fund;
     
 
4.1.9
Provide Compliance Monitoring Services to assist the Fund’s investment adviser in complying with Internal Revenue Code mandatory qualification requirements, the requirements of the 1940 Act and Fund prospectus limitations as may be mutually agreed upon;
     
 
4.1.10
Assist the Fund in the handling of routine regulatory examinations and work closely with the Fund’s legal counsel in response to any non-routine regulatory matters;
     
 
4.1.11 
Assist the Fund in the preparation of reports to the Board of Directors and with any other work of a routine or non-routine nature that requires information maintained or accessible through the Fund’s accounting and financial records.
     
4.2
State Street shall be responsible for the provision of the office facilities and the personnel required by it to perform the Services contemplated herein. State Street shall also provide reasonable facilities for use by the Fund’s auditors in connection with any periodic inspection of the books and records maintained by State Street hereunder.
   
5.
SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT
   
5.1 
In conjunction with this Agreement, State Street and MLIM shall enter into a Service Level Agreement which specifies key performance indicators and delivery benchmarks in respect of the Services and which reflects the performance goals of the parties from time to time.
 
 
5

 

5.2
Subject at all times to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, State Street shall use all reasonable endeavors to provide the Services in accordance with the Service Level Agreement.
   
5.3 
Each Fund shall use all reasonable endeavors to fulfill its duties and obligations under the Service Level Agreement and to cause any third parties referenced therein to do likewise. State Street shall have no liability for any loss, liability, claim, cost or expense to the extent resulting from or caused by the failure of a Fund or any other party referenced in the Service Level Agreement to comply with the terms thereof. For avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall not relieve State Street of liability to the extent any such loss or expense arises from its own negligence, bad faith, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct in the discharge of its duties hereunder.
   
5.4
The liability of State Street in respect of its obligations under the Service Level Agreement shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement. In no event shall a failure by State Street to comply with any term or condition of the Service Level Agreement constitute a breach or violation of this Agreement giving rise to financial penalties, damages or contractual or other remedies, except as set out in this Section 5. However, the fact that State Street has met the key performance indicators or delivery benchmarks of the Service Level Agreement shall not relieve State Street of any liability that it might otherwise have under this Agreement arising from or as a result of its fraud, willful default, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties hereunder. It is the intention of State Street and each Fund that the remedy for any:
   
 
5.4.1
failure by State Street, a Fund or any third party referenced in the Service Level Agreement to meet the performance indicators, delivery benchmarks or other aspects of the Service Level Agreement; or
     
 
5.4.2
consistent failure by State Street, a Fund or any third party referenced in the Service Level Agreement to fulfill its duties and obligations under the Service Level Agreement in a material respect; or
     
 
5.4.3 
dispute relating to the Service Level Agreement,
     
 
shall be referral of the matter to the JSC (as defined below) for attempted resolution or, where applicable, termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 20.6.4.
     
5.5
The purpose of the referral to the JSC is to resolve the inability of the relevant party to meet the provisions of the Service Level Agreement. It shall be the responsibility of the JSC to develop and oversee implementation of procedural or operational changes which will enable the Service Level Agreement to be more regularly met; revise the obligations of the parties under the Service Level Agreement to more adequately meet the service requirements of the Funds; or otherwise develop a solution aimed at ensuring that the inability to meet the Service Level Agreement will be less likely to occur in the future.
   
5.6
If a matter is referred to the JSC pursuant to Section 5.4 and despite implementation of the JSC’s recommendations, a party consistently fails to meet in a material respect its
 
 
6

 

 
obligations under the Service Level Agreement that were the subject of the referral or any revised obligations agreed as a result of the referral (other than for reasons outside the party’s reasonable control), then the matter shall be referred to the senior executive of the Global Investor Services Group of State Street and the First Vice President — MLIM Operations (or their equivalents following any reorganization) (together the “Executive Officers”) for resolution. The referral shall expressly cite this Section 5 and state that the relevant Fund(s) or State Street, as the case may be, may exercise its right to terminate this Agreement should the matter not be resolved.
   
5.7
If the Executive Officers are unable to resolve the matter within thirty (30) Business Days of the referral, and if (but only if) all relevant parties agree in writing within five (5) Business Days of the aforementioned deadline, the matter may be submitted to a mutually-acceptable Professional Mediator (as defined in Section 26.5 below) to attempt to facilitate a resolution within thirty (30) Business Days of the referral. Any such mediation shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 26.4 through 26.6 below.
   
5.8
If either (i) following a failure by the Executive Officers to resolve the matter, the relevant Fund(s) and State Street do not agree on use of a Professional Mediator or (ii) the matter has not been resolved within thirty (30) Business Days of the conclusion of such mediation effort, then the relevant Fund(s) or State Street, as the case may be, shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Sections 20.4.3 and 20.6.4, respectively.
   
5.9
Nothing in this Section 5 shall limit the liability of State Street for any failure to perform the Services in accordance with the standard of care set forth in Section 11 and the terms of this Agreement as distinct from a failure by State Street to meet key performance indicators or delivery benchmarks of the Service Level Agreement. The fact that the Service Level Agreement performance metrics have been met shall not excuse State Street from liability that it would otherwise have under the terms of this Agreement.
   
6.
NECESSARY INFORMATION
   
6.1 
Each Fund will promptly deliver to State Street copies of each of the following documents and all future amendments and supplements thereto, if any:
   
 
6.1.1
The Fund’s Charter Documents;
     
 
6.1.2
The Fund’s Prospectus;
     
 
6.1.3
Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board authorizing (1) the Fund to enter into this Agreement and (2) certain individuals on behalf of the Fund to (a) give Proper Instructions to State Street pursuant to this Agreement and (b) sign checks and pay expenses;
     
 
6.1.4 
A copy of the investment advisory agreement between the Fund and its investment adviser; and
 
 
7

 

 
6.1.5 
Such other certificates, documents or opinions which State Street may, in its reasonable discretion, deem necessary or appropriate in the proper performance of its duties.
     
6.2
Each Fund shall provide or cause to be provided to State Street such additional data and information as State Street may reasonably require in order to discharge its duties under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the information detailed in the Service Level Agreement. State Street shall have no liability for the failure to provide, any error in the provision of, or any delay in providing, any of the Services to the extent the provision of such Services is dependent upon receipt of the aforesaid information and the same has not been provided in a materially complete, accurate and timely manner. For avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall not relieve State Street of liability to the extent any such loss or expense arises from its own negligence, bad faith, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct in the discharge of its duties hereunder.
   
6.3 
Each Fund shall assure that its custodian and other service providers make available to State Street such information in respect of the Fund as State Street may reasonably require for the performance of the Services.
   
6.4
Each Fund shall use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that any information provided or caused to be provided to State Street pursuant to this Agreement, including the Service Level Agreement, shall be provided in a complete, accurate and timely manner so as to enable State Street to duly render the Services.
   
6.5
In the course of discharging its duties hereunder, State Street may rely on the information provided to it by or on behalf of a Fund or by any persons authorized by a Fund including, without limitation, any other service providers to the Fund or any Authorized Price Sources.
   
6.6
Each Fund acknowledges and agrees that except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Service Level Agreement, State Street shall have no responsibility for, or duty to review, confirm or otherwise perform any investigation as to the completeness, accuracy or sufficiency of any information provided to it by the Fund, any persons authorized by the Fund or any other service providers to the Fund, including, without limitation, any Authorized Price Sources and shall be without liability for any loss, liability, claim, expense or damage suffered or incurred by any person as a result of State Street having relied upon and utilized such information in good faith. For avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall not relieve State Street of liability to the extent any such loss or expense arises from its own negligence, bad faith, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct in the discharge of its duties hereunder. State Street will promptly notify a Fund in the event it becomes aware that any information received by it is incomplete, inaccurate or insufficient or in the event of a failure or delay by any party to provide information required by State Street to discharge its duties under this Agreement.
 
 
8

 

7.
RECONCILIATION
   
7.1
Each Fund represents and warrants to State Street that it has completed or caused to be completed a full reconciliation of the Historic Fund Records and except as otherwise disclosed in writing to State Street such records are accurate and complete in all material respects.
   
7.2 
To the extent the Historic Fund Records remain unreconciled as of the effective date of this Agreement, each Fund shall ensure that the outstanding items are reconciled as soon as practicable or otherwise promptly redressed, in each case at the expense of the Fund. State Street shall provide all reasonable assistance to each Fund (at the expense of the Fund) to reconcile any outstanding items.
   
7.3
State Street shall have no liability to a Fund or any other person and shall be indemnified and held harmless by each Fund from and against any loss, liability, damage, claim, cost or expense resulting from or caused by its good faith reliance on the accuracy and completeness of the Historic Fund Records.
   
8.
PROPER INSTRUCTIONS
   
8.1
Each Fund shall provide State Street with an incumbency certificate specifying the names, specimen signatures and powers of all Authorized Persons in respect of the Fund. State Street may rely upon the identity and authority of such persons until it receives written notice from the relevant Fund to the contrary.
   
8.2
Each Fund will give State Street all necessary instructions to enable State Street to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement at such times and in such form as mutually agreed upon, including, without limitation, as State Street may request.
   
8.3
State Street shall have no responsibility or liability to a Fund and shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Fund, if a subsequent written confirmation of an oral Proper Instruction fails to conform to the oral instructions received by State Street. State Street shall promptly seek written confirmation of any oral instruction received by it.
   
8.4
State Street shall have no obligation to act in accordance with purported instructions to the extent they conflict with applicable law or regulation, provided that State Street shall not be under any obligation to ensure that any instruction received by it would not contravene any such laws or regulations.
   
8.5
State Street shall not be liable for any loss resulting from a delay while it obtains clarification of any Proper Instructions which it reasonably deems to be incomplete or unclear, provided that it promptly seeks such clarification.
   
8.6
State Street shall be held harmless by a Fund in acting upon any instruction, notice, request, consent, certificate or instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed or otherwise given by the proper party or parties.
 
 
9

 

8.7 
If a Fund instructs State Street to take any action (including, without limitation, the initiation of legal proceedings) which may involve the payment of money or liability on the part of State Street, State Street may refrain from acting in accordance with such instruction until it has received indemnity, security or both reasonably satisfactory to it and sufficient to hold it harmless from and against any loss, liability or expense which State Street may incur as a result of taking such action.
   
9.
PROFESSIONAL ADVICE
   
 
When deemed necessary for the proper performance of its duties under this Agreement with respect to specific and non-routine matters involving one or more of the Funds, State Street may, with the consent of a Fund (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), seek legal, tax, financial, administrative or other advice of a reputable professional adviser and State Street shall be reimbursed in respect of any costs and expenses properly incurred in obtaining and receiving any such advice. State Street shall have no liability to a Fund for any loss, liability, claim, cost, expense, tax or assessment arising as a direct or indirect result of having relied on such advice in good faith.
   
10.
COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
   
 
Each Fund assumes responsibility for complying with all securities, tax, commodities and other laws, rules and regulations applicable to it in the conduct of its business.
   
11.
STANDARD OF CARE; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
   
11.1
State Street shall at all times exercise reasonable care and diligence and act in good faith in the performance of its duties hereunder, provided, however, that State Street shall be without liability to any Fund or any agent thereof for any loss, liability, damage, claim, cost or expense unless caused by its own fraud, willful default, negligence or willful misconduct or that of its agents, delegates or employees. State Street shall be responsible for the performance of only such duties as are explicitly set forth in this Agreement and shall have no responsibility for the actions or activities of any other party (save its agents, delegates or employees), including other service providers to a Fund.
   
11.2
Each Fund, severally but not jointly, hereby indemnifies and secures harmless (to the maximum extent permitted by law) State Street from and against all claims, actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses (including without limitation legal fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) which State Street may incur or sustain (other than by reason of State Street’s bad faith, willful default or negligence or that of its agents, delegates or employees) in connection with the performance of its duties for that particular Fund under this Agreement or otherwise arising from any act or omission of that particular Fund or any other person (including any predecessor service provider to the Fund) prior to the effective date of this Agreement.
   
11.3
If State Street (the “Indemnified Party”) shall seek indemnification from a Fund (the “Indemnifying Party”) in respect of a claim or liability asserted by a third party, the Indemnified Party shall give written notice thereof to the Indemnifying Party promptly after it receives notice of the claim or liability being asserted, but the failure to do so shall
 
 
10

 

 
not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability except to the extent that it is prejudiced by the failure or delay in giving such notice. Such notice shall summarize the basis for the claim for indemnification and any claim or liability being asserted by the third party. Within 15 days after receiving such notice, the Indemnifying Party shall give written notice to the Indemnified Party stating whether it disputes the claim for indemnification and whether it will defend against the third-party claim or liability at its own cost and expense. If the Indemnifying Party fails to give notice that it disputes an indemnification claim within 15 days after receipt of notice thereof, it shall be deemed to have accepted and agreed to the claim. The Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to direct the defense against the third-party claim or liability with counsel selected by it (subject to the consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) as long as the Indemnifying Party is conducting a good faith and diligent defense. The Indemnified Party shall at all times have the right to fully participate in the defense of a third-party claim or liability at its own expense directly or through counsel. If no such notice of intent to dispute and defend a third-party claim or liability is given by the Indemnifying Party, or if such good faith and diligent defense is not being or ceases to be conducted by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, to undertake the defense of such claim or liability (with counsel selected by the Indemnified Party), and to compromise or settle it, exercising reasonable business judgment. Except as otherwise provided in the immediately preceding sentence, neither the Indemnified Party nor the Indemnifying Party shall settle or confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the Indemnifying Party will be asked to indemnify the Indemnified Party, except with the prior written consent of both parties. The Indemnified Party shall at all times make available such information and assistance as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request and shall cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in such defense, at the expense of the Indemnifying Party.
   
11.4
In no event shall any party be liable for any loss arising by reason of the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event (as defined in Section 12) which prevents, hinders or delays it from or in performing its obligations under this Agreement.
   
11.5 
State Street shall not be liable for any liabilities, damages, losses, claims, taxes, duties, costs or expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees) whatsoever incurred or suffered by a Fund at any time as a result of the failure of the Fund or any other person (other than State Street, its employees, agents or delegates) to comply with the laws or regulations of any country or jurisdiction. For avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall not relieve State Street of liability to the extent such other person’s failure to comply with laws or regulations is the direct result of State Street’s negligence, bad faith, fraud, willful default or willful misconduct in the discharge of its duties hereunder.
   
11.6
The provisions herein regarding indemnification, liability and limits thereon shall survive following the expiration or termination of this Agreement to the extent relating to any claim or right of action arising in connection with the performance of this Agreement and each Fund and State Street shall enter into such documents as shall be necessary to ensure the survival of the same.
 
 
11

 

11.7
Each Fund acknowledges that except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, State Street’s duties under this Agreement do not include any obligation to monitor the compliance of the Fund or any other person whatsoever with any restriction or guideline imposed by its Constitutive Documents or by law or regulation or otherwise with regard to the investment of the assets of the Fund. In no event shall State Street have any duty to enforce compliance by the Fund or any other person whatsoever with any such restrictions or guidelines.
   
11.8
Each Fund acknowledges and agrees that State Street shall provide Compliance Monitoring Services, if any, on a contractual basis only in accordance with the terms of the Compliance Monitoring Services Addendum attached hereto as Exhibit 2. The Compliance Monitoring Services are provided by State Street as a supplement to and not in place or in lieu of a Fund’s own compliance program and/or that of the investment advisers of the Fund.
   
11.9
State Street shall have no liability to a Fund or otherwise for any loss or liability resulting from State Street’s performance or non-performance of the Compliance Monitoring Services except as expressly set forth in the Compliance Monitoring Services Addendum.
   
11.10 
In no event shall State Street or any Fund be liable for any special, indirect, incidental, punitive or consequential damages of any kind whatsoever, even if advised of the possibility of such damages. The limitation on liability imposed by this Section 11.10 shall not be construed to relieve State Street of liability to a Fund in circumstances where (i) it is otherwise liable to the Fund under the terms of this Agreement for losses resulting from an inaccurate Net Asset Value calculation and (ii) the liability of the Fund arises from its obligation to compensate shareholders for direct loss resulting from the purchase or redemption of shares at such inaccurate Net Asset Value.
   
12.
FORCE MAJEURE
   
12.1
If a party is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under this Agreement by a Force Majeure Event (as defined below) then:
   
 
12.1.1 
that party’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended for so long as the Force Majeure Event continues and to the extent that party is so prevented, hindered or delayed;
     
 
12.1.2
as soon as reasonably possible after commencement of the Force Majeure Event that party shall notify the other party in writing of the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event, the date of commencement of the Force Majeure Event and the effects of the Force Majeure Event on its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement; and
     
 
12.1.3
as soon as reasonably possible after the cessation of the Force Majeure Event that party shall notify the other party in writing of the cessation of the Force Majeure Event and shall resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
 
 
12

 

12.2
For the purposes of this Section 12 and Section 11.4, “Force Majeure Event” means any event beyond the reasonable control of a party including, without limitation, acts of God, war damage, enemy action, riot, civil commotion, rebellion, act of any government or any other competent authority or compliance with any law or governmental order, rule, regulation or direction. For avoidance of doubt, provided that State Street has exercised reasonable care and diligence and complied with its obligations under Section 12.3 and 13 below, a Force Majeure Event shall include any failure or malfunction of any telecommunications, computer or other electrical, mechanical or technological application, service or system to the extent any such failure is beyond State Street’s reasonable control.
   
12.3
Each party hereto shall use all reasonable efforts to mitigate the effects of any Force Majeure Event.
   
13.
CONTINGENCY MEASURES
   
13.1
State Street shall maintain in a separate and safe place additional copies of all records required to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement or additional tapes, disks or other sources of information necessary to reproduce all such records.
   
13.2 
Within twelve (12) months of the date hereof, State Street shall establish and maintain a disaster recovery back-up facility available for its use in providing the Services required hereunder in the event circumstances beyond State Street’s control result in State Street not being able to process the necessary work at its principal facility. State Street shall, from time to time, upon request from a Fund provide written evidence and details of its arrangement with respect to such back-up facility. State Street further agrees to provide each Fund from time to time on request with a copy of the disaster recovery and contingency plans of State Street and to make its staff available to discuss such plans on request. Nothing in this Section shall relieve State Street of any liability that it might otherwise have under this Agreement arising from or as a result of its fraud, willful default, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties hereunder, provided, however, that the aggregate liability of State Street to any Fund in relation to the maintenance of a disaster recovery back-up facility during the initial twelve (12) months of this Agreement shall not at any time exceed an amount equal to ten (10) per cent of the fee paid or accrued and payable by such Fund (as of the date of the liability) in respect of the accounting and administrative services provided pursuant to the Agreement.
   
13.3
State Street shall at all times employ a then current version of one of the leading commercially available virus detection software programs to test the on-site hardware and software applications utilized by it to deliver the Services to determine that such hardware and software does not contain any computer code designed to disrupt, disable, harm, or otherwise impede operation. With respect to any applications utilized on a remote basis, State Street shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a similar representation or commitment from the third party provider of such application.
   
13.4 
State Street shall at its expense retain a firm of independent auditors to perform an annual audit of the internal accounting controls and procedures employed by State Street in the
 
 
13

 

 
performance of the Services and to issue a detailed report thereon and shall provide to each Fund a copy of such report within ten (10) Business Days of its issue by the independent auditors. The first such annual audit shall be carried out in the fourth quarter of 2001. State Street shall also allow each Fund’s independent auditors and the corresponding personnel of each Fund’s investment adviser reasonable access to perform their own audit of State Street’s internal accounting controls, provided, however, that the frequency and scope of such audits shall be as agreed by the JSC from time to time.
   
13.5
Upon request of a Fund, State Street shall from time to time as appropriate, furnish to such Fund a letter setting forth the insurance coverage maintained by State Street, any changes in such coverage which may have occurred from the date of the last such request and any claim relating to the Fund which State Street may have made under such insurance.
   
14.
FEES AND EXPENSES
   
14.1
In consideration of the provision of the Services by State Street, each Fund (or Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P., for those Funds identified on Schedule 1 hereto as Funds for which its investment adviser pays accounting costs) shall pay to State Street such fees and shall reimburse State Street such expenses as may be agreed by the parties from time to time in a separate written fee schedule.
   
14.2 
Each Fund will bear all expenses that are incurred in its operation and not specifically assumed by State Street. Expenses to be borne by each Fund, include, but are not limited to: organizational expenses; cost of services of independent accountants and outside legal and tax counsel (including such counsel’s review of the Fund’s registration statement, proxy materials, federal and state tax qualification as a regulated investment company and other reports and materials prepared by State Street under this Agreement); cost of any services contracted for by the Fund directly from parties other than State Street; cost of trading operations and brokerage fees, commissions and transfer taxes in connection with the purchase and sale of securities for the Fund; investment advisory fees; taxes, insurance premiums and other fees and expenses applicable to its operation; costs incidental to any meetings of shareholders including, but not limited to, legal and independent accountants’ fees, proxy filing fees and the costs of preparation, printing and mailing of any proxy materials; costs incidental to Board meetings, including fees and expenses of Board members; the salary and expenses of any officer, director\trustee or employee of the Fund; costs incidental to the preparation, printing and distribution of the Fund’s registration statements and any amendments thereto and shareholder reports; cost of typesetting and printing of prospectuses; cost of preparation and filing of the Fund’s tax returns, Form N-1A or N-2, and all notices, registrations and amendments associated with applicable federal and state tax and securities laws; all applicable registration fees and filing fees required under federal and state securities laws; and fidelity bond and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
 
 
14

 

15.
JOINT SERVICES COMMITTEE
   
15.1 
Following the signing of this Agreement, State Street and the Funds, in conjunction with MLIM and Princeton Administrators, L.P. (collectively, the “MLIM Group”) which have entered into separate Administrative Services Agreements with State Street, shall establish a Joint Services Committee (the “JSC”) comprised of an equal number of representatives appointed to represent State Street and the MLIM Group (the “Committee Members”). For purposes of this section, the MLIM Group shall be treated as one entity in terms of their ability to appoint representatives to the JSC. Except as otherwise agreed, a meeting shall not be validly constituted unless an equal number of representatives from the MLIM Group and State Street are present. The JSC shall continue in existence after termination of this Agreement until such time as all activities performed by State Street under this Agreement have been transferred to a successor service provider. All parties shall be entitled from time to time to replace any of their representatives (and shall notify one another of their intention to do so). The JSC shall monitor the progress and performance of this Agreement in relation to the Services and shall meet on a regular basis no less frequently than quarterly unless otherwise agreed. Each of State Street and the MLIM Group shall also be entitled to convene meetings of the JSC by giving notice to all members of the JSC. A representative of the Funds shall chair all meetings of the JSC. The minutes shall be kept by State Street and, subject to review of all parties, issued to the MLIM Group. The JSC shall establish its own procedures and each party shall use all reasonable endeavors to meet the actions agreed at those meetings and cooperate with the other to provide personnel, resources and actions to meet their obligations under this Agreement.
   
15.2
State Street shall provide to the JSC and the representative(s) of the MLIM Group a monthly report in such form as the Committee Members shall agree (the “Key Performance Indicator Report”) showing the following performance levels achieved by State Street in providing the relevant Services including, but not limited to:
   
 
15.2.1
the average performance in the previous 12 months;
     
 
15.2.2
the month with the highest and lowest performance levels in the previous 12 months; and
     
 
15.2.3
the performance in each month since the previous meeting.
     
15.3
The JSC shall be responsible for:
   
 
15.3.1 
determining whether a Service is an Existing Service or a New Service and, for this purpose, a Service shall be determined to be an Existing Service if, although that Service is not described in a Service Level Agreement, it is a service which a Fund can demonstrate (to the reasonable satisfaction of State Street) has been provided or made available prior to the date of this Agreement by MLIM to one or more of the Funds.
     
 
15.3.2 
oversight of the performance of the Services;
 
 
15

 

 
15.3.3 
oversight of the performance by State Street, each Fund and third parties of their duties under the Service Level Agreement;
     
 
15.3.4
determining when and where revisions need to be made to this Agreement and to the Service Level Agreement(s) to more adequately meet or address the service requirements of the Funds from time to time; and
     
 
15.3.5
determining changes to be made in the Services as a result of changes in any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Funds.
     
16.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF STATE STREET
   
16.1 
State Street represents and warrants to each Fund that:
   
 
16.1.1
It is a Massachusetts trust company, duly organized and existing under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts;
     
 
16.1.2
It has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the State of New Jersey;
     
 
16.1.3
All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;
     
 
16.1.4
No legal or administrative proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would impair State Street’s ability to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement; and
     
 
16.1.5
Its entrance into this Agreement shall not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of State Street or any law or regulation applicable to it.
     
17.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE FUNDS
   
17.1
Each Fund represents and warrants to State Street that:
   
 
17.1.1
It is a corporation or business trust, as the case may be, duly organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or establishment;
     
 
17.1.2
It has the requisite corporate or trust power and authority under applicable laws and by its Constitutive Documents to enter into and perform this Agreement;
     
 
17.1.3
All requisite proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;
     
 
17.1.4
It is an investment company properly registered under the 1940 Act;
 
 
16

 

 
17.1.5 
A registration statement under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act has been filed and, if the Fund is offering securities in a transaction that requires registration under the 1933 Act, will be effective and remain effective during the term of this Agreement as required by applicable law. The Fund also warrants to State Street that as of the effective date of this Agreement, all necessary filings under the securities laws of the states in which the Fund offers or sells its shares have been made;
     
 
17.1.6
No legal or administrative proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would impair the Fund’s ability to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement; and
     
 
17.1.7
Its entrance into this Agreement will not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Fund or any law or regulation applicable to it.
     
18.
CONFIDENTIALITY
   
 
The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially the terms and conditions of this Agreement and all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including nonpublic personal information pursuant to Regulation S-P of the Securities and Exchange Commission, shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party without the prior consent of such provident party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by any regulatory authority, any auditor or legal counsel of the parties hereto, by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation.
   
19.
RECORDS
   
19.1 
State Street is authorized to maintain all accounts, registers, corporate books and other documents and information on magnetic tape or disc or in accordance with any other mechanical or electronic system provided that they are capable of being reproduced in legible form in accordance with applicable laws.
   
19.2
In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, State Street agrees that all records which it maintains for a Fund shall at all times remain the property of the Fund, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered upon the termination of the Agreement or otherwise on written request. State Street further agrees that all records which it maintains for a Fund pursuant to Rule 3la-1 under the 1940 Act will be preserved for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act unless any such records are earlier surrendered as provided above. Records shall be surrendered in usable machine-readable form. State Street shall
 
 
17

 

 
have the right to retain copies of such records subject to observance of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement.
   
20.
TERM; TERMINATION
   
20.1
This Agreement shall become effective as of the date of its execution and delivery and shall continue in full force and effect for an initial term of five (5) years (the “Initial Term”) with automatic one year renewals from year to year thereafter unless otherwise terminated in accordance with this provisions of this Section 20.
   
20.2
Upon termination of this Agreement, each Fund shall pay to State Street upon demand, such fees and reimbursable costs, expenses and disbursements as may be due as of the date of such termination.
   
20.3 
State Street shall be entitled to resign its appointment hereunder in respect of a Fund:
   
 
20.3.1
following expiration of the Initial Term, by giving not less than 270 days notice in writing to the Fund to expire at any time, provided, however, that State Street will use reasonable efforts in assisting the Fund to select a successor and if, after the expiration of the notice period, a new administrative services provider has not been appointed or is not ready to assume its duties, State Street shall continue its appointment hereunder for such additional period as may be mutually agreed between State Street and the Fund.
     
 
20.3.2 
with immediate effect at any time prior to the expiry of the Initial Term if:
     
   
20.3.2.1 
such Fund shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Fund seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property; or the Fund shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the preceding actions, provided, however, that State Street may not resign its position on the basis that a Fund is being liquidated or reorganized for reasons other than bankruptcy or insolvency; or
 
 
18

 
 
 
   
20.3.2.2
such Fund shall commit a material breach of this Agreement, which breach,
although capable of remedy, has not been remedied by the Fund within thirty (30) days of written notice by State Street; or
       
   
20.3.2.3
the obligations and duties in respect of a Fund under the Service Level
Agreement have consistently not been met in a material respect and such failure has not been resolved by the JSC or the Executive Officers in accordance with Sections 5.5 through 5.8 above.
       
20.4
A Fund may terminate the appointment of State Street:
   
 
20.4.1
following expiration of the Initial Term, by giving not less than 270 days notice in writing to expire at any time.
     
 
20.4.2
with immediate effect at any time prior to the expiry of the Initial Term if:
       
   
20.4.2.1
State Street shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or
shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against State Street seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or_ insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or_ seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property; or State Street shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the preceding actions;
       
   
20.4.2.2
State Street shall commit any material breach hereunder, which breach, although capable of remedy, has not been remedied by State Street within thirty (30) days of written notice by a Fund;
       
   
20.4.2.3
The Fund has substantially liquidated or distributed its assets to shareholders
or a successor following a vote of such shareholders or other action to dissolve the Fund; or
       
   
20.4.2.4
State Street has consistently failed to meet the key performance indicators,
delivery benchmarks or other aspects of the Service Level Agreement in a material respect and such failure has not been resolved by the JSC or the Executive Officers in accordance with Sections 5.5 through 5.8 above.
     
 
20.4.3
A Fund may terminate this Agreement with effect on the expiry of the Initial Term by giving twelve months prior written notice or anytime thereafter in accordance with Section 20.4.1.

 
 
19

 

 
20.5 
In the event that a Fund terminates one or more series of shares with respect to which State Street renders Services or a Fund terminates State Street’s appointment pursuant to Section 20.4.2 above, it shall so notify State Street in writing.
   
20.6
Following any termination of this Agreement, State Street and each Fund agree to provide their committed cooperation to effect an orderly transition of State Street’s duties and responsibilities hereunder to a new administrative services provider(s) selected by the Fund or Funds as soon as may be reasonably practicable.
   
20.7
In the event this Agreement is terminated by one or more of the Funds pursuant to Section 20.4.2.4 or by State Street pursuant to Section 20.3.2.3, State Street shall pay one-half of the direct costs and expenses incurred by State Street and the Fund(s) in connection with such termination and the conversion to a successor administrative services provider and the Fund or Funds involved shall arrange for the payment of the balance.
   
21.
NOTICES
   
 
Any notice or other communication authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to either party shall be in writing and deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by confirmed facsimile, or posted by certified mail, return receipt requested, to the following address (or such other address as a party may specify by written notice to the other): if to a Fund c/o Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P., 500 College Road East, Plainsboro, NJ 08536, Attn: Treasurer, fax (609) 282-7231; and if to State Street: State Street Bank and Trust Company, 500 College Road East, Plainsboro, NJ 08536, Attn: Donald DeMarco, fax: 609-282-9239.
   
22.
FURTHER ASSURANCE
   
 
Each party to this Agreement shall do and execute or procure to be done and executed all necessary acts, deeds, documents and things reasonably in its power to give effect to this Agreement.
   
23.
NON-EXCLUSIVITY
   
23.1
The services of State Street to the Funds hereunder are not to be deemed exclusive and State Street and any affiliate shall be free to render similar services to others and to retain for its own use and benefit all fees or other monies payable thereby and neither State Street nor any affiliate shall be deemed to be affected with notice of or to be under any duty to disclose to the Funds any fact or thing which comes to the notice of State Street or that affiliate or any servant or agent of State Street or that affiliate in the course of State Street rendering similar services to others or in the course of its business in any other capacity or in any manner whatsoever otherwise than in the course of carrying out its duties hereunder.
   
23.2
Nothing herein contained shall prevent State Street or any affiliate from buying holding and dealing in any assets upon its own account or the account of others notwithstanding that similar assets may be held by State Street for the account of a Fund.
 
 
20

 

24.
NO PARTNERSHIP OR AGENCY
   
 
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a partnership between State Street and a Fund or as constituting any party the agent of another party (save as expressly set out in this Agreement) for any purpose whatsoever and no party shall have the authority or power to bind another party or to contract in the name of or create a liability against another party in any way or for any purpose.
   
25.
NON-WAIVER; FORBEARANCE
   
 
The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion or the failure of a party to exercise or any delay in exercising a right or remedy under this Agreement (including any right implied by law) shall not constitute a waiver of any such term, right or remedy or a waiver of any other rights or remedies and no single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall prevent any further exercise of the right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy.
   
26.
DISPUTES
   
26.1 
The parties desire to prevent both disputes and unanticipated issues arising under or relating to this Agreement. The parties further desire to resolve such disputes and unanticipated issues that nevertheless do occur by use of processes that are intended to avoid and prevent delaying or impairing in any way the performance by all parties of their respective obligations under this Agreement. Therefore, the parties have agreed to utilize the processes specified below in this Section 26 to resolve certain disputes, as described below, arising under or relating to this Agreement.
   
26.2
The parties agree that any issue(s) which may arise in connection with the Agreement shall initially be referred to the JSC, which shall establish a deadline for resolution of each matter submitted to it.
   
26.3
If the JSC has not fully resolved such issue(s) by the stated deadline, then the matter shall be referred to the Executive Officers for resolution.
   
26.4
If the Executive Officers are unable to resolve the matter within thirty (30) Business Days of the referral, and if (but only if) all relevant parties agree in writing within five (5) Business Days of the aforementioned deadline, then a mutually-acceptable Professional Mediator (as defined below) may be utilized to review the open issue(s) and attempt to facilitate a resolution within thirty (30) Business Days of referral of the issue(s). The parties will mutually determine the location, date, duration, and process for any such mediation effort, which shall be in all respects advisory to, and not binding on, the parties. State Street shall pay one-half of the costs of the Professional Mediator and the Fund or Funds involved shall arrange for the payment of the balance.
   
26.5
To be considered as the Professional Mediator, an individual must have experience in the investment and/or administrative services industry/ies (preferably both). Any individual employed during the last two (2) calendar years by any party or any party’s current primary legal, accounting, or consulting firm may not be utilized.
 
 
21

 

26.6 
In order to enable and facilitate candor and completeness during, and the optimal potential benefits of, the mediation process, both (1) the parties’ respective contentions, communications, documents, and/or submissions, if any, during the mediation, and (2) the analysis, comments, and/or recommendations of the Professional Mediator, if any (x) will remain confidential among the parties (to the extent permissible under applicable law, State Street and each Fund hereby acknowledging that State laws and/or regulations may require the public availability of some or all information and documents relating to this Agreement) and (y) may not be asserted, admitted, or otherwise utilized by any party as evidence against another party in any later or simultaneous mediation, binding arbitration, litigation, or otherwise.
   
26.7
If either (i) following a failure by the Executive Officers to resolve the matter, the relevant parties do not agree on use of a Professional Mediator or (ii) the open issue(s) have not been resolved within thirty (30) Business Days of the conclusion of such mediation effort, then resolution between the parties’ will be deemed to have failed and each party shall be free to enforce of its legal rights under this Agreement in such manner as it shall deem fit.
   
27.
REMEDIES ARE CUMULATIVE
   
 
Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights and remedies contained in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
   
28.
REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
   
 
This Agreement and all schedules, exhibits, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself, subject to any challenge on the grounds that the reproduction has been materially altered so that it does not conform to the terms of the original agreement, in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.
   
29.
VARIATION OF AGREEMENT
   
 
No variation, amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed for or on behalf of each party hereto.
   
30.
ASSIGNABILITY
   
 
This Agreement shall not be assigned by either State Street or a Fund without the prior consent in writing of the other party, except that State Street may assign this Agreement to a successor of all or a substantial portion of its business, or to a party controlling, controlled by or under common control with State Street.
 
 
22

 

31.
SUCCESSORS
   
 
This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Fund and State Street and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
   
32.
SEVERABILITY
   
 
In the event that any part of this Agreement shall be determined to be void or unenforceable for any reason, the remainder of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby (unless the purpose of the agreement is substantially frustrated by such determination), and shall be enforceable in accordance with the remainder of its terms as if the void or unenforceable part were not part hereof.
   
33.
COUNTERPARTS
   
 
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall, when executed and delivered be an original, but all the counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
   
34.
LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES
   
 
In relation to each Fund which is a business trust, this Agreement is executed and made by the Trustees of the Fund not individually, but as trustees under the Declarations of Trust of the Fund and the obligations of this Agreement are not binding upon any of such Trustees or upon any of the shareholders of the Fund individually, but bind only the trust estate of the Fund.
   
35.
GOVERNING LAW
   
 
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.
   
36. 
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
   
 
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between State Street and each Fund on the subject matter hereof and supersedes and terminates as of the date hereof, all prior oral or written agreements, arrangements or understandings between the parties
 
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]
 
 
23

 

SIGNATURE PAGE
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their officers designated below as of the date first written above.
 
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
 
By:
 
/s/ Donald DeMarco
 
   
Name: Donald DeMarco
 
   
Title: Senior Vice President
 
   
TERRY K. GLENN,
 
   
President
 
   
for and on behalf of the Funds listed on Schedule I hereto
 
   
/s/ Terry K. Glenn
 


 
24

 

EXHIBIT 1
 
Instrument of Accession
 
Reference is hereby made to the Administrative Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated December 29, 2000 by and between STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY (“State Street”) and each entity listed on Schedule 1 thereto or which has or shall become a signatory thereto by execution of an instrument of accession substantially in the form hereof.
 
In order that it may become a party to the aforesaid Agreement, including, without limitation, any and all schedules and exhibits thereto, [Fund Name] agrees and binds itself to the terms and conditions thereof and acknowledges that by its execution and delivery of this Instrument it shall assume all of the obligations and shall be entitled to all of the rights of a Fund (as such term is defined in the Agreement), as if it were an original party thereto.
 
This Instrument of Accession shall take effect and shall become a part of said Agreement immediately upon its execution and delivery.
 
Executed as of the date set forth below under the laws of the State of New York.
 
[NAME OF FUND]

By:
       
   
Name:
   
   
Title:
   
 
Accepted and agreed to:
 
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
 
By:
       
   
Name:
   
   
Title:
   
   
Date:
     
         
 

Exh. 1 - 1
 
Exhibit (k)(3)
 

BlackRock Advisors, LLC
100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809

 
, 2013

BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust
100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809

Gentlemen:

We are writing to confirm our understanding that BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust (the “Trust”) has a nonexclusive, revocable license to use the word “BlackRock” in its name and that if BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Advisor”) ceases to be the investment advisor to the Trust, the Trust will cease using such name as promptly as practicable, making all reasonable efforts to remove “BlackRock” from its name, including calling a special meeting of stockholders.

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel to the Trust, has informed us that the provision described above is contained in the Trust’s investment management agree­ment, and that continued use of the name “BlackRock” if the Advisor ceases to be the investment advisor would probably violate those provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, that require that the Trust’s name not be misleading.

Execution of this letter agreement on behalf of the Trust will signify that the Trust understands that it has a nonexclusive, revocable license to the use of the name “BlackRock.”


 
BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
       
       
 
By:
     
 
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
       
       
 
BLACKROCK MULTI-SECTOR INCOME TRUST
       
 
By:
     
 
   
Name:
     
Title:

 
Exhibit (p)
 
 
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
 
THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the    day of December 2012, between BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the “Trust”), and BlackRock Holdco 2, Inc. , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the “Purchaser”).
 
THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
 
i)           PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES
 
(1)        SALE AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Trust agrees to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Trust,         common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001, representing undivided beneficial interests in the Trust (the “Shares”), at a price per Share of $          for an aggregate purchase price of $             .
 
ii)          REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER.  The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants for the benefit of, the Trust that:
 
(1)        PURCHASE ENTIRELY FOR OWN ACCOUNT.  This Agreement is made by the Trust with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Pur­chaser’s representation to the Trust, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares are being acquired for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, and not as a nominee or agent and not with a view to the resale or distribution by the Purchaser of any of the Shares, and that the Purchaser has
 
 
1

 

no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Shares, in either case in violation of any securities registra­tion requirement under applicable law, but subject nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of its property shall at all times be within its control.  By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Shares.
 
(2)        INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE.  The Purchaser acknowledges that it can bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters (and particularly in the business in which the Trust operates) as to be capable of evaluat­ing the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares.  The Purchaser is an “accred­ited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”).
 
(3)        RESTRICTED SECURITIES.  The Purchaser understands that the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the United States securi­ties laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Trust in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such Shares may be resold without registration under the 1933 Act only in certain circum­stances.  In this connection, the Purchaser represents that it understands the resale limitations imposed by the 1933 Act and is generally familiar with the existing resale limitations imposed by Rule 144.
 
(4)        FURTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISPOSITION.  The Pur­chaser further agrees not to make any disposition directly or indirectly of all or any portion of the Shares unless and until:
 
(i)         There is then in effect a registration statement under the 1933 Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or
 
 
2

 

(ii)        The Purchaser shall have furnished the Trust with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Trust, that such disposition will not require registration of such Shares under the 1933 Act.
 
(iii)        Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by the Purchaser to any affiliate of the Purchaser, if the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms hereof to the same extent as if it were the original Purchaser hereunder.
 
(5)        LEGENDS.  It is understood that the certificate evidencing the Shares, if any, may bear either or both of the following legends:
 
(i)         “These securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. They may not be sold, offered for sale, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of a registration statement in effect with respect to the Shares under such Act or an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees of BlackRock Fixed Income Strategic Opportunities that such registration is not required.”
 
(ii)        Any legend required by the laws of any other applicable jurisdiction.
 
The Purchaser and the Trust agree that the legend contained in the paragraph above shall be removed at a holder’s request when they are no longer necessary to ensure compliance with federal securities laws.
 
(6)        COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
 
 
3

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
 
 
BLACKROCK MULTI-SECTOR INCOME TRUST
       
       
 
By:
   
     
Name:
     
Title:
       
       
       
 
BLACKROCK HOLDCO 2, INC.
       
       
 
By:
   
     
Name:
     
Title:
 

 
 
Exhibit (r)(1)
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
July 1, 2011
 
 
 
BlackRock - Confidential
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
I.
 
INTRODUCTION
 
 
The purpose of this Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is to prevent Access Persons (as defined below) of a Fund from engaging in any act, practice or course of business prohibited by paragraph (b) of Rule 17j-1 (the “Rule”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). This Code is required by paragraph (c) of the Rule. A copy of the Rule is attached to this Code as Appendix 1.
 
Access Persons (as defined below) of the BlackRock open- and closed-end funds and iShares funds (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”), in conducting their personal securities transactions, owe a fiduciary duty to the shareholders of the Funds. The fundamental standard to be followed in personal securities transactions is that Access Persons may not take inappropriate advantage of their positions. All personal securities transactions by Access Persons must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest between the Access Person’s interest and the interests of the Funds, or any abuse of an Access Person’s position of trust and responsibility. Potential conflicts arising from personal investment activities could include buying or selling securities based on knowledge of a Fund’s trading position or plans (sometimes referred to as front-running), and acceptance of personal favors that could influence trading judgments on behalf of the Fund. While this Code is designed to address identified conflicts and potential conflicts, it cannot possibly be written broadly enough to cover all potential situations and, in this regard, Access Persons are expected to adhere not only to the letter, but also the spirit, of the policies contained herein.
 
II.
DEFINITION
 
In order to understand how this Code applies to particular persons and transactions, familiarity with the key terms and concepts used in this Code is necessary. Those key terms and concepts are:
 
 
1.
“Access Person” means any Advisory Person of a Fund. A list of the Funds’ Access Persons is attached as Appendix 2 to this Code and will be updated from time to time.
 
 
2.
 
“Advisory person” means: (a) any director, officer, general partner or employee of a Fund or of any company in a control relationship to a Fund, who, in connection with his regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a “Covered Security” by the Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (b) any natural person in a control relationship to a Fund who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of “Covered Securities”.
 
 
3.
“Beneficial ownership” has the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), a copy of which is included as Appendix 3. The determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all securities which an Access Person has or acquires.
 
 
4.
“BRIL” means BlackRock Investments, LLC, each open-end Fund’s principal underwriter and the principal underwriter of certain closed-end funds.
 
 
5.
“BRIL Code” means the Code of Ethics adopted by BRIL.
 
 
6.
“BlackRock” means affiliates of BlackRock, Inc. that act as investment adviser and sub-adviser to the Funds.
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
July 1, 2011
  
 
Page 1 of 7
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
7.
“Board” means, collectively, the boards of directors or trustees of the Funds.
 
 
8.
“AEITP” means the Advisory Employee Investment Transaction Policy adopted by BlackRock and approved by the Board.
 
 
9.
“Control” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.
 
 
10.
“Covered Security” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, except that it shall not include: direct obligations of the U.S. Government; bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high-quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and shares issued by registered open-end investment companies. A high-quality short-term debt instrument is one with a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.
 
 
11.
“Independent Director” means a director or trustee of a Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
 
 
12.
“Investment Personnel” of a Fund means: (a) any employee of the Fund (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund; and (b) any natural person who controls the Fund and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund.
 
 
13.
“IPO” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, (the “1933 Act”) the issuer or which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
 
 
14.
“Limited Offering” means an offering exempt from registration under the 1933 Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or 4(6) or Rule 504, 505 or 506 under the 1933 Act.
 
 
15.
“Purchase or sale of a Covered Security” includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.
 
 
16.
“Automatic Investment Plan” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
 
III.
RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES OF BLACKROCK AND BRIL
 
 
1.
All Access Persons of BlackRock’s investment advisory companies and BRIL shall be subject to the restrictions, limitations and reporting responsibilities set forth in the AEITP and the BRIL Code, respectively, as if fully set forth herein.
 
 
2.
Persons subject to this Section III shall not be subject to the restrictions, limitations and reporting responsibilities set forth in Sections IV. and V. below. In particular, an Access Person of BlackRock’s investment advisory companies need not make a separate report under this Code to the extent the information would duplicate information required to be recorded under Rule 204-2(a)(13) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“Advisers Act”).
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page 2 of 7
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
IV.
PROHIBITIONS; EXEMPTIONS
 
1.
Prohibited Purchases and Sales
 
No Access Person may purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Covered Security in which that Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction would acquire, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership and which to the actual knowledge of that Access Person at the time of such purchase or sale:
 
 
(1)
is being considered for purchase or sale by a Fund; or
 
 
(2)
is being purchased or sold by a Fund.
 
2.
Exemptions from Certain Prohibitions
 
The prohibited purchase and sale transactions described in IV.1. above do not apply to the following personal securities transactions:
 
 
(1)
purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control;
 
 
(2)
purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or a Fund;
 
 
(3)
purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan (other than pursuant to a cash purchase plan option);
 
 
(4)
purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent the rights were acquired from that issuer, and sales of the rights so acquired;
 
 
(5)
any purchase or sale, or series of related transactions, involving 500 shares or less in the aggregate, if the issuer has a market capitalization (outstanding shares multiplied by the current price per share) greater than $1 billion;
 
 
(6)
any purchase or sale which the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) of BlackRock, or his designee (as defined in the AEITP), approves on the grounds that its potential harm to the Fund is remote.
 
3.
Prohibited Recommendations
 
An Access Person may not recommend the purchase or sale of any Covered Security to or for a Fund without having disclosed his or her interest, if any, in such security or the issuer thereof, including without limitation:
 
 
A.
any direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any Covered Security of such issuer, including any Covered Security received in a private securities transaction;
 
 
B.
any contemplated purchase or sale by such person of a Covered Security;
 
 
C.
any position with such issuer or its affiliates; or
 
 
D.
any present or proposed business relationship between such issuer or its affiliates and such person or any party in which such person has a significant interest.
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page 3 of 7
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
4.
Pre-Approval of Investments in Initial Public Offerings or Limited Offerings
 
No Investment Personnel shall purchase any security (including, but not limited to, any Covered Security) issued in an initial public offering (“IPO”) or a Limited Offering unless an officer of a Fund approves the transaction in advance. The CCO of the Funds shall maintain a written record of any decisions to permit these transactions, along with the reasons supporting the decision.
 
V.
REPORTING
 
1.
Initial Holdings Reports
 
No later than ten days after a person becomes an Access Person, he or she must report to a Fund the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person):
 
 
A.
the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;
 
 
B.
the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and
 
 
C.
the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
 
2.
Quarterly Reporting
 
 
A.
Every Access Person shall either report to each Fund the information described in paragraphs B and C below with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security or, in the alternative, make the representation in paragraph D below.
 
 
B.
Every report shall be made not later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected and shall contain the following information:
 
 
(1)
the date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;
 
 
(2)
the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
 
 
(3)
the price at which the transaction was effected;
 
 
(4)
the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected;
 
 
(5)
the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person; and
 
 
(6)
a description of any factors potentially relevant to an analysis of whether the Access Person may have a conflict of interest with respect to the transaction, including the existence of any substantial economic
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page 4 of 7
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
relationship between the transaction and securities held or to be acquired by a Fund.
 
 
C.
With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person, no later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter, an Access Person shall provide a report to each Fund containing the following information:
 
 
(1)
the name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;
 
 
(2)
the date the account was established; and
 
 
(3)
the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
 
 
D.
If no transactions were conducted by an Access Person during a calendar quarter that are subject to the reporting requirements described above, such Access Person shall, not later than 30 days after the end of that calendar quarter, provide a written representation to that effect to the Funds.
 
3.
Annual Reporting
 
 
A.
Every Access Person shall report to each Fund the information described in paragraph B below with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security.
 
 
B.
Annually, the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted):
 
 
(1)
the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
 
 
(2)
the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and
 
 
(3)
the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
 
4.
Exceptions to Reporting Requirements
 
 
A.
An Access Person is not required to make a report otherwise required under Sections V.1., V.2. and V.3. above with respect to any transaction effected for any account over which the Access Person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control; provided, however, that if the Access Person is relying upon the provisions of this Section 4(A) to avoid making such a report, the Access Person shall, not later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, identify any such account in writing and certify in writing that he or she had no direct or indirect influence over any such account.
 
 
B.
An Access Person is not required to make a report otherwise required under Section V.2. above with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page 5 of 7
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
C.
An Independent Director of a Fund who would be required to make a report pursuant to Sections V.1., V.2. and V.3. above, solely by reason of being a director of the Fund, is not required to make an initial holdings report under Section V.1. above and an annual report under Section V.3. above, and is only required to make a quarterly report under Section V.2. above if the Independent Director, at the time of the transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling the Independent Director’s official duties as a director of the Fund, should have known that: (a) the Fund has engaged in a transaction in the same security within the last 15 days or is engaging or going to engage in a transaction in the same security within the next 15 days; or (b) the Fund or BlackRock has within the last 15 days considered a transaction in the same security or is considering a transaction in the same security or within the next 15 days is going to consider a transaction in the same security.
 
5.
Annual Certification
 
 
A.
All Access Persons are required to certify that they have read and understand this Code and recognize that they are subject to the provisions hereof and will comply with the policy and procedures stated herein. Further, all Access Persons are required to certify annually that they have complied with the requirements of this Code and that they have reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of such policies. A copy of the certification form to be used in complying with this Section V.5.A. is attached to this Code as Appendix 4.
 
 
B.
Each Fund, BlackRock and BRIL shall prepare an annual report to the Board to be presented to the Board each year and which shall:
 
 
(1)
summarize existing procedures concerning personal investing, including preclearance policies and the monitoring of personal investment activity after preclearance has been granted, and any changes in the procedures during the past year;
 
 
(2)
describe any issues arising under this Code or procedures since the last report to the Board including, but not limited to, information about any material violations of this Code or procedures and the sanctions imposed during the past year;
 
 
(3)
identify any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon experience under this Code, evolving industry practice or developments in applicable laws and regulations;
 
 
(4)
contain such other information, observations and recommendations as deemed relevant by such Fund, BlackRock or BRIL; and
 
 
(5)
certify that such Fund, BlackRock and BRIL have adopted this Code with procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the provisions of Rule 17j-1(b) or this Code.
 
6.
Notification of Reporting Obligation and Review of Reports
 
Each Access Person shall receive a copy of this Code and be notified of his or her reporting obligations. All reports shall be promptly submitted upon completion to the Funds’ CCO who shall review such reports.
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page 6 of 7
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
7.
Miscellaneous
 
Any report under this Code may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making the report that the person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the securities to which the report relates.
 
VI.
RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
 
Each Fund shall maintain, at its principal place of business, records in the manner and to the extent set out below, which records shall be available for examination by representatives of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
 
1.
As long as this policy is in effect, a copy of it (and any version thereof that was in effect within the past five years) shall be preserved in an easily accessible place.
 
2.
The following records must be maintained in an easily accessible place for five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the event took place:
 
 
A.
a record of any violation of this Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation;
 
 
B.
a record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were required to make reports under Section IV., or who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports; and
 
 
C.
a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by investment personnel of securities under Section IV.4.
 
3.
The following records must be maintained for five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the event took place, the first two years in an appropriate and easily accessible place:
 
 
A.
a copy of each report made by an Access Person pursuant to this Code; and
 
 
B.
a copy of each annual report submitted by each Fund, BlackRock and BRIL to the Board.
 
VII.
CONFIDENTIALITY
 
No Access Person shall reveal to any other person (except in the normal course of his or her duties on behalf of a Fund) any information regarding securities transactions by a Fund or consideration by a Fund or BlackRock of any such securities transaction.
 
All information obtained from any Access Person hereunder shall be kept in strict confidence, except that reports of securities transactions hereunder will be made available to the SEC or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent required by law or regulation.
 
VIII.
SANCTIONS
 
Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Board may impose any sanctions it deems appropriate, including a letter of censure, the suspension or termination of any trustee, officer or employee of a Fund, or the recommendation to the employer of the violator of the suspension or termination of the employment of the violator.
 
©2011 BlackRock
Please contact Legal & Compliance for more information about this policy.
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page 7 of 7
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
I.
DEFINITIONS
 
For purposes of this section:
 
1.
Access Person means:
 
 
A.
Any Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund’s investment adviser. If an investment adviser’s primary business is advising Funds or other advisory clients, all of the investment adviser’s directors, officers, and general partners are presumed to be Access Persons of any Fund advised by the investment adviser. All of a Fund’s directors, officers, and general partners are presumed to be Access Persons of the Fund.
 
 
(1)
If an investment adviser is primarily engaged in a business or businesses other than advising Funds or other advisory clients, the term Access Person means any director, officer, general partner or Advisory Person of the investment adviser who, with respect to any Fund, makes any recommendation, participates in the determination of which recommendation will be made, or whose principal function or duties relate to the determination of which recommendation will be made, or who, in connection with his or her duties, obtains any information concerning recommendations on Covered Securities being made by the investment adviser to any Fund.
 
 
(2)
An investment adviser is “primarily engaged in a business or businesses other than advising Funds or other advisory clients” if, for each of its most recent three fiscal years or for the period of time since its organization, whichever is less, the investment adviser derived, on an unconsolidated basis, more than 50 percent of its total sales and revenues and more than 50 percent of its income (or loss), before income taxes and extraordinary items, from the other business or businesses.
 
 
B.
Any director, officer or general partner of a principal underwriter who, in the ordinary course of business, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund for which the principal underwriter acts, or whose functions or duties in the ordinary course of business relate to the making of any recommendation to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities.
 
2.
Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund’s investment adviser means:
 
 
A.
Any director, officer, general partner or employee of the Fund or investment adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Covered
 
     
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page A-1
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Securities by a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and
 
 
B.
Any natural person in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund.
 
3.
Control has the same meaning as in section 2(a)(9) of the Act.
 
4.
Covered Security means a security as defined in section 2(a)(36) of the Act, except that it does not include:
 
 
A.
Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;
 
 
B.
Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and
 
 
C.
Shares issued by open-end Funds.
 
5.
Fund means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act.
 
6.
An Initial Public Offering means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
7.
Investment Personnel of a Fund or of a Fund’s investment adviser means:
 
 
A.
Any employee of the Fund or investment adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund.
 
 
B.
Any natural person who controls the Fund or investment adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund.
 
8.
A Limited Offering means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(2) or section 4(6) or pursuant to rule 504, rule 505, or rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
9.
Purchase or sale of a Covered Security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.
 
10.
Security Held or to be Acquired by a Fund means:
 
 
A.
Any Covered Security which, within the most recent 15 days:
 
 
(1)
Is or has been held by the Fund; or
 
 
(2)
Is being or has been considered by the Fund or its investment adviser for purchase by the Fund; and
 
 
B.
Any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Covered Security described in paragraph (a)(10)(i) of this section.
 
11.
Automatic Investment Plan means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page A-2
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
 
II.
UNLAWFUL ACTIONS
 
It is unlawful for any affiliated person of or principal underwriter for a Fund, or any affiliated person of an investment adviser of or principal underwriter for a Fund, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by the person of a Security Held or to be Acquired by the Fund:
 
1.
To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund;
 
2.
To make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
 
3.
To engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Fund; or
 
4.
To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund.
 
III.
 
CODE OF ETHICS
 
 
1.
Adoption and Approval of Code of Ethics.
 
 
A.
Every Fund (other than a money market fund or a Fund that does not invest in Covered Securities) and each investment adviser of and principal underwriter for the Fund, must adopt a written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to prevent its Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by paragraph (b) of this section.
 
 
B.
The board of directors of a Fund, including a majority of directors who are not interested persons, must approve the code of ethics of the Fund, the code of ethics of each investment adviser and principal underwriter of the Fund, and any material changes to these codes. The board must base its approval of a code and any material changes to the code on a determination that the code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by paragraph (b) of this section. Before approving a code of a Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter or any amendment to the code, the board of directors must receive a certification from the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Funds, investment adviser’s, or principal underwriter’s code of ethics. The Fund’s board must approve the code of an investment adviser or principal underwriter before initially retaining the services of the investment adviser or principal underwriter. The Fund’s board must approve a material change to a code no later than six months after adoption of the material change.
 
 
C.
If a Fund is a unit investment trust, the Fund’s principal underwriter or depositor must approve the Fund’s code of ethics, as required by paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section. If the Fund has more than one principal underwriter or depositor, the principal underwriters and depositors may designate, in writing, which principal underwriter or depositor must conduct the approval required by paragraph
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page A-3
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
(c)(1)(ii) of this section, if they obtain written consent from the designated principal underwriter or depositor.
 
2.
Administration of Code of Ethics.
 
 
A.
The Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter must use reasonable diligence and institute procedures reasonably necessary to prevent violations of its code of ethics.
 
 
B.
No less frequently than annually, every Fund (other than a unit investment trust) and its investment advisers and principal underwriters must furnish to the Fund’s board of directors, and the board of directors must consider, a written report that:
 
 
(1)
Describes any issues arising under the code of ethics or procedures since the last report to the board of directors, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and
 
 
(2)
Certifies that the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter, as applicable, has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the code.
 
3.
Exception for Principal Underwriters. The requirements of paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section do not apply to any principal underwriter unless:
 
 
A.
The principal underwriter is an affiliated person of the Fund or of the Fund’s investment adviser; or
 
 
B.
An officer, director or general partner of the principal underwriter serves as an officer, director or general partner of the Fund or of the Fund’s investment adviser.
 
IV.
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS OF ACCESS PERSONS
 
1.
Reports Required.
 
Unless excepted by paragraph (d)(2) of this section, every Access Person of a Fund (other than a money market fund or a Fund that does not invest in Covered Securities) and every Access Person of an investment adviser of or principal underwriter for the Fund, must report to that Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter:
 
 
A.
Initial Holdings Reports. No later than 10 days after the person becomes an Access Person (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person):
 
 
(1)
The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;
 
 
(2)
The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and
 
 
B.
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
 
2.
Quarterly Transaction Reports.
 
No later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter, the following information:
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page A-4
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
A.
With respect to any transaction during the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:
 
 
(1)
The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;
 
 
(2)
The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
 
 
(3)
The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected;
 
 
(4)
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and
 
 
(5)
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
 
 
B.
With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person:
 
 
(1)
The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;
 
 
(2)
The date the account was established; and
 
 
(3)
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
 
3.
Annual Holdings Reports.
 
Annually, the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted):
 
 
A.
The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
 
 
B.
The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and
 
 
C.
The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
 
4.
Exceptions from Reporting Requirements.
 
 
A.
A person need not make a report under paragraph (d)(1) of this section with respect to transactions effected for, and Covered Securities held in, any account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control.
 
 
B.
A director of a Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Act, and who would be required to make a report solely by reason of being a Fund director, need not make:
 
 
(1)
An initial holdings report under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section and an annual holdings report under paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section; and
 
 
(2)
A quarterly transaction report under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, unless the director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Fund director, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the director’s transaction in a
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page A-5
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Covered Security, the Fund purchased or sold the Covered Security, or the Fund or its investment adviser considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security.
 
 
C.
An Access Person to a Fund’s principal underwriter need not make a report to the principal underwriter under paragraph (d)(1) of this section if:
 
 
(1)
The principal underwriter is not an affiliated person of the Fund (unless the Fund is a unit investment trust) or any investment adviser of the Fund; and
 
 
(2)
The principal underwriter has no officer, director or general partner who serves as an officer, director or general partner of the Fund or of any investment adviser of the Fund.
 
 
D.
An Access Person to an investment adviser need not make a separate report to the investment adviser under paragraph (d)(1) of this section to the extent the information in the report would duplicate information required to be recorded under § 275.204-2(a)(13) of this chapter.
 
 
E.
An Access Person need not make a quarterly transaction report under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter with respect to the Access Person in the time period required by paragraph (d)(1)(ii), if all of the information required by that paragraph is contained in the broker trade confirmations or account statements, or in the records of the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter.
 
 
F.
An Access Person need not make a quarterly transaction report under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.
 
5.
Review of Reports.
 
Each Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter to which reports are required to be made by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must institute procedures by which appropriate management or compliance personnel review these reports.
 
6.
Notification of Reporting Obligation.
 
Each Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter to which reports are required to be made by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must identify all Access Persons who are required to make these reports and must inform those Access Persons of their reporting obligation.
 
7.
Beneficial Ownership.
 
For purposes of this section, beneficial ownership is interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of this chapter in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder. Any report required by paragraph (d) of this section may contain a statement that the report will not be construed as an admission that the person making the report has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security to which the report relates.
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page A-6
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
V.
PRE-APPROVAL OF INVESTMENTS IN IPOS AND LIMITED OFFERINGS
 
Investment Personnel of a Fund or its investment adviser must obtain approval from the Fund or the Fund’s investment adviser before directly or indirectly acquiring beneficial ownership in any securities in an Initial Public Offering or in a Limited Offering.
 
VI.
RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS
 
1.
Each Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter that is required to adopt a code of ethics or to which reports are required to be made by Access Persons must, at its principal place of business, maintain records in the manner and to the extent set out in this paragraph (f), and must make these records available to the Commission or any representative of the Commission at any time and from time to time for reasonable periodic, special or other examination:
 
 
A.
A copy of each code of ethics for the organization that is in effect, or at any time within the past five years was in effect, must be maintained in an easily accessible place;
 
 
B.
A record of any violation of the code of ethics, and of any action taken as a result of the violation, must be maintained in an easily accessible place for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;
 
 
C.
A copy of each report made by an Access Person as required by this section, including any information provided in lieu of the reports under paragraph (d)(2)(v) of this section, must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report is made or the information is provided, the first two years in an easily accessible place;
 
 
D.
A record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were required to make reports under paragraph (d) of this section, or who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports, must be maintained in an easily accessible place; and
 
 
E.
A copy of each report required by paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place.
 
2.
A Fund or investment adviser must maintain a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by investment personnel of securities under paragraph (e), for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page A-7
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The following are “Access Persons” for purposes of the foregoing Code of Ethics:
 
 
 
Each Director/Trustee of the Funds
 
 
 
Each Officer of the Funds
 
 
 
The Portfolio Managers of the Funds
 
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page B-1
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Other than for purposes of determining whether a person is a beneficial owner of more than ten percent of any class of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Act, the term beneficial owner shall mean any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the equity securities, subject to the following:
 
1.
The term pecuniary interest in any class of equity securities shall mean the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the subject securities.
 
2.
The term indirect pecuniary interest in any class of equity securities shall include, but not be limited to:
 
 
A.
Securities held by members of a person’s immediate family sharing the same household; provided, however, that the presumption of such beneficial ownership may be rebutted; see also Rule 16a-1(a)(4);
 
 
B.
A general partner’s proportionate interest in the portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership. The general partner’s proportionate interest, as evidenced by the partnership agreement in effect at the time of the transaction and the partnership’s most recent financial statements, shall be the greater of:
 
 
(1)
The general partner’s share of the partnership’s profits, including profits attributed to any limited partnership interests held by the general partner and any other interests in profits that arise from the purchase and sale of the partnership’s portfolio securities; or
 
 
(2)
The general partner’s share of the partnership capital account, including the share attributable to any limited partnership interest held by the general partner.
 
 
C.
A performance-related fee, other than an asset-based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment adviser, investment manager, trustee or person or entity performing a similar function; provided, however, that no pecuniary interest shall be present where:
 
 
(1)
The performance-related fee, regardless of when payable, is calculated based upon net capital gains and/or net capital appreciation generated from the portfolio or from the fiduciary’s overall performance over a period of one year or more; and
 
 
(2)
Equity securities of the issuer do not account for more than ten percent of the market value of the portfolio. A right to a nonperformance-related fee alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities;
 
 
D.
A person’s right to dividends that are separated or separable from the underlying securities. Otherwise, a right to dividends alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities;
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page C-1
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
E.
A person’s interest in securities held by a trust, as specified in Rule 16a-8(b); and
 
 
F.
A person’s right to acquire equity securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable.
 
3.
A shareholder shall not be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in the portfolio securities held by a corporation or similar entity in which the person owns securities if the shareholder is not a controlling shareholder of the entity and does not have or share investment control over the entity’s portfolio.
 
 
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page C-2
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Code of Ethics for BlackRock Funds and iShares Funds
 
This is to certify that I have read and understand the Code of Ethics of the Funds and that I recognize that I am subject to the provisions thereof and will comply with the policy and procedures stated therein.
 
This is to further certify that I have complied with the requirements of such Code of Ethics and that I have reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of such Code of Ethics.
 
       
 
Please sign your name here:
  
 
     
 
Please print your name here:
  
 
     
 
Please date here:
  
 
 
Please sign two copies of this Certification Form, return one copy to Mr. Brian Kindelan, c/o BlackRock, 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809, and retain the other copy, together with a copy of the Code of Ethics, for your records.
 
     
Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons
 
  
 
BlackRock – Confidential
 
July 1, 2011
 
  
 
Page C-1
 

 
 
Exhibit (r)(2)
 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Version 13.0
July 3, 2012
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
         
  
BlackRock - Confidential
  
Page 1 of 7
 
 
 

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Version 13.0
July 3, 2012
 
1. Objective
 
BlackRock, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, “BlackRock” or the “Company”) have maintained a reputation for conducting their business activities in the highest ethical and professional manner. Indeed, BlackRock’s reputation for integrity is one of its most important assets and has been instrumental in its business success. Each BlackRock employee, officer and director —whatever his or her position — is responsible for continuing to uphold these high ethical and professional standards.
 
This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) covers a wide range of business activities, practices and procedures. It does not cover every issue that may arise in the course of BlackRock’s many business activities, but it sets out basic principles designed to guide employees, officers and directors of BlackRock. All of our employees, officers and directors must conduct themselves in accordance with this Code, and seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. This Code is a statement of policies for individual and business conduct and does not, in any way, constitute an employment contract or an assurance of continued employment.
 
Any employee who violates the requirements of this Code will be subject to disciplinary action, to the extent permitted by applicable law. If you are in or aware of a situation which you believe may violate or lead to a violation of this Code or other Company policies, you should follow the reporting process described in Section XV of this Code.
 
2. Compliance with Laws and Regulations
 
BlackRock’s business activities are subject to extensive governmental regulation and oversight. In particular, as an investment adviser and sponsor of investment companies and other investment products, BlackRock is subject to regulation under numerous US federal and state laws (such as the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Investment Company Act of 1940, various state securities laws, ERISA, and the Commodity Exchange Act), as well as the laws and regulations of the other jurisdictions in which we operate. Applicable laws broadly prohibit fraudulent, manipulative or deceptive market activities of any kind, either directly or indirectly, in connection with any security or derivative instrument (including but not limited to equities, debt, security-based swaps, swaps and futures.) Importantly, violations may occur regardless of whether the conduct in question was intended to create or actually resulted in an artificial price. All BlackRock employees, when engaging in transactions on behalf of BlackRock’s clients, are expected to comply with all applicable anti-fraud and manipulation rules. In addition, BlackRock is subject to regulation and oversight, as a public company, by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the New York Stock Exchange and, based on the ownership interest held by the PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”), the Federal Reserve Board. Finally, BlackRock is subject to increased regulatory scrutiny by virtue of its ownership of a trust bank, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency as a result of the services it provides to a wide variety of high profile clients, including the US and various foreign governments and corporations.
 
It is, of course, essential that BlackRock comply with the laws and regulations applicable to its business activities. Although you are not expected to know the details of these laws and regulations, it is important to know enough about them to determine when to seek advice from supervisors and BlackRock’s Legal and Compliance Department (“Legal and Compliance”). You must abide by applicable law in the country where you are located. In some instances, there may be a conflict between the applicable laws of two or more countries, states, or provinces. If you encounter such a conflict, or if a local law conflicts with a policy set forth in this Code, you should consult with your supervisor or Legal and Compliance to determine the appropriate course of action.
 
To assist in this effort, BlackRock has provided employees with its Compliance Manual and various policies and procedures which provide guidance for complying with these laws and regulations. In addition, the Company holds information and training sessions, including an annual compliance program provided by Legal and Compliance, to assist employees in achieving compliance with the laws and regulations applicable to BlackRock and its activities.
 
         
  
BlackRock - Confidential
  
Page 2 of 7
 
 
 

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Version 13.0
July 3, 2012
 
In addition, as a public company, BlackRock is required to file periodic reports with the SEC. It is BlackRock’s policy to make full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in compliance with applicable rules and regulations in all periodic reports required to be filed by the Company.
 
3. Conflicts of Interest
 
Your obligation to conduct the Company’s business in an honest and ethical manner includes the ethical handling of actual, apparent and potential conflicts of interest between personal and business relationships. A “Conflict of Interest” may arise under various circumstances. A Conflict of Interest arises when a person’s private interest interferes, or even appears to interfere, in some way with the interests of the Company. A conflict situation can arise when an employee, officer or director, or his or her immediate family members sharing the same household takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her Company work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of Interest arise when an employee, officer or director, or members of his or her immediate family members sharing the same household, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company. Loans to, or guarantees of obligations of, employees, directors or their immediate family members, or members sharing the same household, may create conflicts of interest.
 
Conflicts of Interest also arise when a BlackRock employee, officer or director works in some manner for a competitor, client or vendor. Thus, you are not allowed to work for a competitor as a consultant or board member or in any other capacity, except as approved in writing by BlackRock’s General Counsel. In addition, potential Conflicts of Interest may arise between the interests of BlackRock on the one hand and the interests of one or more of its clients on the other hand. As an investment adviser and fiduciary, BlackRock has a duty to act solely in the best interests of its clients and to make full and fair disclosure to its clients.
 
Conflicts of Interest may not always be clear-cut and it is not possible to describe every situation in which a conflict of interest may arise. Therefore, if you have a question, you should consult your supervisor, the Company’s General Counsel or another member of Legal and Compliance. Any employee, officer or director who becomes aware of a conflict or potential conflict should bring it to the attention of a supervisor, manager or a member of Legal and Compliance.
 
4. Insider Trading
 
Employees, officers and directors who have access to confidential information about BlackRock, our clients or issuers in which we invest client assets are not permitted to use or share that information for stock trading purposes or for any other purpose except in the proper conduct of our business. All non-public information about BlackRock or any of our clients or issuers should be considered “confidential information.” To use material, non-public information for personal financial benefit or to “tip” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of this information is not only unethical but also illegal.
 
In this regard, BlackRock has adopted an Insider Trading Policy and an Advisory Employee Investment Transaction Policy (“AEITP”) . Under the AEITP , BlackRock employees are required to pre-clear all advisory transactions in securities (except for certain exempt securities such as mutual funds and Treasury bills). If you have any questions regarding the use of confidential information or any of the above securities trading policies, please consult a member of Legal and Compliance.
 
5. Corporate Opportunities
 
Employees, officers and directors are prohibited from taking for themselves personal opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position without the consent of the Board of Directors or, in some cases, the General Counsel. No employee, officer or director may use corporate property, information, or position for improper personal gain, and no employee, officer or director may compete with the Company directly or indirectly. Employees, officers and directors owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.
 
6. Competition and Fair Dealing
 
We seek to outperform our competition fairly and honestly. We seek competitive advantages through superior performance, never through unethical or illegal business practices. Misappropriating proprietary
 
         
  
BlackRock - Confidential
  
Page 3 of 7
 
 
 

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Version 13.0
July 3, 2012
 
information, possessing trade secret information that was obtained without the owner’s consent, or inducing such disclosures by past or present employees of other companies is prohibited. We should each endeavor to respect the rights of and deal fairly with the Company’s clients, vendors and competitors. No one in the course of conducting BlackRock’s business should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other intentional unfair-dealing practice.
 
7. Entertainment and Gifts
 
The purpose of business entertainment and gifts in a commercial setting is to create good will and sound working relationships, not to gain unfair advantage with clients or vendors. No gift or entertainment should ever be offered, given, provided or accepted by any BlackRock employee, officer, or director, or members of their immediate family members sharing the same household unless it: (i) is unsolicited; (ii) is not a cash gift; (iii) is consistent with customary business practices; (iv) is not excessive in value; (v) cannot be construed as a bribe or payoff; (vi) is given or accepted without obligation; (vii) is not intended to induce or reward improper performance of a function or activity or to obtain or retain business or an advantage in the conduct of business; and (viii) does not violate applicable laws or regulations, including those applicable to persons associated with public or private pension plans, and those regulated by any financial services authority, such as brokers or registered representatives regulated by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). Additional guidance regarding gifts and entertainment is contained in the Policy on Gifts and Entertainment , the Compliance Manual and BlackRock’s Corporate Travel and Entertainment Policy . Please discuss with your supervisor or a member of Legal and Compliance any gift or entertainment which you are not certain is appropriate.
 
What is acceptable in the commercial business environment may be entirely unacceptable in dealings with the public sector in the United States, the United Kingdom and other countries. There are strict laws that govern providing gifts and entertainment, including meals, transportation and lodging, to public officials. You are prohibited from providing gifts or anything of value to public officials or their employees or members of their families in connection with the Company’s business for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or a business advantage. For more information, see the section of this Code entitled “Bribery and Corruption” and the Company’s Policy on Anti-Bribery and Corruption.
 
8. Discrimination and Harassment
 
The diversity of BlackRock’s employees is a tremendous asset. BlackRock is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment of any kind. In particular, it is BlackRock’s policy to comply with the law by affording equal opportunity to all qualified applicants and existing employees without regard to race, religion, color, national origin, sex (including pregnancy and gender identity), sexual orientation, age, ancestry, physical or mental disability, marital status, political affiliation, citizenship status, genetic information, or protected veteran status or any other basis that would be in violation of any applicable ordinance or law. All personnel actions, including but not limited to recruitment, selection, hiring, training, transfer, promotion, termination, compensation, and benefits conform to this policy. In addition, BlackRock will not tolerate harassment, bias or other inappropriate conduct on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex (including pregnancy and gender identity), sexual orientation, disability, age, ancestry, physical or mental disability, marital status, political affiliation, citizenship status, genetic information, or status as a Vietnam-era veteran or any other basis by a manager, supervisor, employee, customer, vendor or visitor that would be in violation of any applicable ordinance or law. BlackRock’s Equal Employment Opportunity Policy and other employment policies are available on the Company’s internal website.
 
9. Recordkeeping
 
The Company requires honest and accurate recording and reporting of information in order to conduct its business and to make responsible business decisions. In addition, since BlackRock is engaged in a variety of financial services activities and is a public company, it is subject to extensive regulations regarding maintenance and retention of books and records. BlackRock’s record retention policies are available on the Company’s internal website.
 
         
  
BlackRock - Confidential
  
Page 4 of 7
 
 
 

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Version 13.0
July 3, 2012
 
Generally, all of BlackRock’s books, records, accounts and financial statements must be maintained in reasonable detail, must appropriately reflect the Company’s transactions and must conform both to applicable legal requirements and to BlackRock’s system of internal controls.
 
Many employees regularly use business expense accounts, which must be documented and recorded accurately. If you are not sure whether a certain expense is proper, ask your supervisor or the Finance Department. BlackRock’s Corporate Travel and Entertainment Policy is available on the Company’s internal website.
 
Business records and communications often become public, and employees should avoid exaggeration, derogatory remarks, guesswork, or inappropriate characterizations of people and companies that can be misunderstood. This applies equally to e-mail, internal memos, and formal reports. Records should always be retained or destroyed according to the Company’s record retention policies. Finally, in the event of litigation or governmental investigations, please consult Legal and Compliance regarding any specific record-keeping requirements or obligations.
 
10. Confidentiality
 
Generally, BlackRock employees, officers and directors must maintain the confidentiality of confidential information entrusted to them by the Company or its clients, except when disclosure is authorized by Legal and Compliance or required by laws or regulations. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the Company or its clients, if disclosed. It also includes information that clients and other parties have entrusted to us. The obligation to preserve confidential information continues even after employment ends. All employees of BlackRock have signed a Confidentiality and Employment Policy or similar policy which sets forth specific obligations regarding confidential information. Any questions regarding this policy or other issues relating to confidential information should be directed to a member of Legal and Compliance.
 
11. Protection and Proper Use of BlackRock Assets
 
You should endeavor to protect BlackRock’s assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness, and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. Any suspected incident of fraud or theft must immediately be reported to Legal and Compliance for investigation, and employees are strongly encouraged to report the incident to their supervisors. Company technology, equipment or other resources should not be used for non-Company business, though incidental personal use may be permitted.
 
Your obligation to protect the Company’s assets includes its proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks, and copyrights, as well as business, marketing and service plans, engineering and manufacturing ideas, systems, software programs, designs, databases, records, salary information and any unpublished financial data and reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information would violate Company policy, and it could also be illegal and result in civil and/or criminal penalties. BlackRock’s Intellectual Property Policy details each employee’s obligation to protect BlackRock’s intellectual property.
 
12. Bribery and Corruption
 
BlackRock employees, officers, directors or representatives are prohibited from offering or giving anything of value, directly or indirectly to:
 
 
a)
public officials – if the intention is to influence the official and obtain; or
     
 
b)
persons in the private sector – if the purpose is to induce such persons to perform (or reward them for performing) a relevant function or activity improperly.
 
It is strictly prohibited to make illegal payments to public officials of any country for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or an advantage in the course of business conduct. See BlackRock’s Policy on Anti-Bribery and Corruption .
 
Charitable contributions can give rise to breaches of anti-bribery laws. Guidance on these issues is set out in BlackRock’s Policy on Political Contributions and Lobbying .
 
         
  
BlackRock - Confidential
  
Page 5 of 7
 
 
 

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Version 13.0
July 3, 2012
 
Additionally, many laws govern the limitations and/or prohibitions on contributions to political candidates and parties, as well as the employment of former governmental personnel. Guidance regarding political contributions is contained in BlackRock’s Policy on Political Contributions and Lobbying .
 
13. Drugs and Alcohol
 
The Company prohibits the use, possession or distribution of illegal drugs by employees while employed by BlackRock. Also, the Company prohibits any use of alcohol by employees that might affect their fitness for duty or job performance, the operations of the Company, and/or their security or safety or that of others. For some jurisdictions, newly hired employees may be required to submit to drug screening tests on a timely basis and, where required to submit to the screening, must pass it in order to be employed by BlackRock. For some jurisdictions, a current employee may also be asked to submit to and pass drug screening and alcohol detection tests under certain circumstances.
 
14. Waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
 
The Company will waive application of the policies set forth in this Code only where circumstances warrant granting a waiver. Any waiver of this Code for executive officers or directors may be made only by BlackRock’s Board of Directors or a committee of the Board and will be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulation.
 
15. Reporting Any Illegal or Unethical Behavior
 
Employees must immediately report illegal or unethical behavior to a member of Legal and Compliance who supports your department or a Managing Director within Legal and Compliance. In addition, employees of BlackRock may utilize the Employee Complaint Hotline. The BlackRock intranet homepage contains the link to the hotline toll-free number. Employees may also make a report by completing information set out on a link on BlackRock’s internal website for reporting illegal, unethical or inappropriate business practices or conduct or violations of BlackRock’s compliance policies. Employees are encouraged to provide their names as this information may make it easier for BlackRock to investigate a concern and to provide the employee with protection against retaliation . Employees outside of the European Union may, however, choose to report any concern anonymously. Employees in the European Union may report a concern anonymously if such concern relates to finance, financial crimes, accounting, auditing, falsification of business records, bribery and anti-corruption (or in accordance with further restrictions applicable to a particular EU country).
 
Reports will be treated confidentially to the extent reasonably possible. Due to certain requirements under data protection laws in Europe, the Company may be obligated to inform the subject of a reported violation in Europe that the report was filed and how he or she may exercise his or her right to access and correct the information regarding the allegation. However, this right to access information does not automatically entitle the subject of the allegation to information identifying the person who reported the allegation.
 
BlackRock will not discharge, demote, suspend, threaten, harass or in any manner discriminate against any employee in the terms and conditions of employment because of a report of misconduct by others made in good faith. Employees are expected to cooperate in internal investigations of misconduct.
 
The General Counsel of BlackRock will report material violations of this Code or the policies and procedures referenced herein to the Board of Directors of BlackRock (or a committee thereof) and to BlackRock’s Office of the Chairman.
 
16. Compliance Procedures
 
We must all work to ensure prompt and consistent action against violations of this Code. Since we cannot anticipate every situation that will arise, it is important that we have a way to approach a new question or potential problem in a complete and thorough manner. Your consideration of a new issue or potential problem should include, but not necessarily be limited to these basic steps:
 
Make sure you have all the facts .
In order to reach the right solutions, we must be as fully informed as possible.
 
         
  
BlackRock - Confidential
  
Page 6 of 7
 
 
 

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
Version 13.0
July 3, 2012
 
Ask yourself :
What specifically am I being asked to do? Does it seem unethical or improper? This will enable you to focus on the specific question you are faced with, and the alternatives you have. Use your judgment and common sense; if something seems unethical or improper, seek guidance before acting.
 
Clarify your responsibility and role .
In most situations, there is shared responsibility. Is your supervisor informed? It may help to get others involved and discuss the problem.
 
You may report violations in confidence and without fear of retaliation .
The Company does not permit retaliation of any kind against employees for good faith reports of violations.
 
Always ask first, act later .
If you are unsure of what to do in any situation, seek guidance before you act.
 
17. Acknowledgement
 
Each employee of BlackRock is required to sign a written acknowledgement that he or she has received a copy of this Code, has carefully read the Code and will abide by its terms. A violation of this Code may be cause for significant sanctions including termination of employment, to the extent permitted by applicable law.
 
         
  
BlackRock - Confidential
  
Page 7 of 7
 
Exhibit (s)

POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned officers and trustees of BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust (the “Fund”) do constitute and appoint John Perlowski, Anne Ackerley, Neal Andrews, Janey Ahn, Jay M. Fife, Benjamin Archibald and Eugene Drozdetski, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents (the “Agents”), each with full power and authority (acting separately and without the other) to execute in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as such officer or trustee a Registration Statement on Form N-2, including any pre-effective amendments and/or any post-effective amendments thereto and any subsequent Registration Statement of the Fund pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and any other filings in connection therewith, and to file the same under the 1933 Act and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or otherwise, with respect to the registration of the Fund or the registration or offering of the Fund’s shares of beneficial interest, as applicable; granting to such attorneys and agents and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation in the premises; and ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys and agents, or any of them, may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.

This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which taken together shall constitute one instrument.


(Remainder of page intentionally left blank)
 
 
 
-1-

 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Power of Attorney as of the 8th day of January, 2013.
 
 
Signature
 
Title
     
/s/ John Perlowski
   
John Perlowski
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
     
/s/ Neal J. Andrews    
Neal J. Andrews
 
Chief Financial Officer
     
/s/ Paul L. Audet    
Paul L. Audet
 
Director
     
/s/ Michael J. Castellano    
Michael J. Castellano
 
Director
     
/s/ Richard E. Cavanagh    
Richard E. Cavanagh
 
Director
     
/s/ Frank J. Fabozzi    
Frank J. Fabozzi
 
Director
     
/s/ Kathleen F. Feldstein    
Kathleen F. Feldstein
 
Director
     
/s/ James T. Flynn    
James T. Flynn
 
Director
     
/s/ Henry Gabbay    
Henry Gabbay
 
Director
     
/s/ Jerrold B. Harris    
Jerrold B. Harris
 
Director
     
/s/ R. Glenn Hubbard    
R. Glenn Hubbard   Director
     
/s/ W. Carl Kester    
W. Carl Kester
 
Director
     
/s/ Karen P. Robards    
Karen P. Robards
 
Director
     

 
 
-2-